(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Combined catalogs"

Ij AUlNiVERSITY OF N\ 




^S V 



^v 



\ 



COMBINED 
CATALOGS 



1953-1954 
ISSUE 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 
COLLEGE PARK. MARYLAND 






1 



0£ 



O «E- 



32R 



h 



Y^ 




I 



w 



IS* 



-■*;«■ «■ 



♦ 'i 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

General Information 9 

Agriculture, College of 43 

Arts and Sciences, College of 133 

Business and Public Administration, College of 237 

Education, College of 305 

Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences 371 

Home Economics, College of 425 

Military Science, College of 455 

Physical Education, Recreation and Health, College of 469 

Special and Continuation Studies, College of 512 

Summer School 615 

Graduate School 665 

Dentistry, School of 785 

Law, School of 821 

Medicine, School of 841 

Pharmacy, School of 933 

Nursing, School of 961 

Records and Statistics 991 

Honors, Medals, and Prizes ICE 1 

Student Enrollment, Summary of 1029 

General Index 1032 



IMPORTANT — The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as 
an irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Maryland. 
The University reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at 
any time within the student's term of residence. The University further 
reserves the right at any time! to ask a student to withdraw when it considers 
such action to be in the best interests of the University. 



See Outside Back Cover for List of Separate Catalogs 

Volume 6 May 22, 1953 Number 3 

A UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND PUBLICATION 

Is published four times in January, February. March and April ; three times in May : 
once in June and July; twice in August, September, October and November; and three 
times In December. 

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail 
matter under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912. Harvey L.. Miller, Director 
of T'ublications, University of Maryland, Editor. 



BOARD OF REGENTS 

AND 
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE Term 

Expires 

William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman, 100 West University Parkway, Baltimore 1958 

B. Herbert Browx, 12 W. Madison St., Baltimore I960 

Edmund S. Burke, Cumberland ' 1959 

Edward P. Holter, Middletown 1959 

Louis L. Kaplan, 1201 Eutaw Place, Baltimore 1961 

E. Paul Knotts, Denton, Caroline County 1954 

Arthur O. Lovejoy, 827 Park Avenue, Baltimore I960 

Charles P. McCormick, Light and Barre Sts., Baltimore 1957 

Harry H. Nuttle, Denton, Caroline County 1957 

C. Ewing Tuttle, 1114 St. Paul St., Baltimore 1962 

Mrs. John L. Wiiitehurst, 4101 Greenway, Baltimore 1956 

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine years 
each, beginning the first Monday in June. 

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the Board. 

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland 
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 

A regular meeting of the Board is held the last Friday in each month, except during the 
months of July and August. 

GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD 



President Byrd, Chairman 
Mr. Algire 
Col. Ambrose 
Dean Bamford 
Mr. Benton 
Dr. Bishop 
Mr. Brig ham 
Dr. Brueckner 
Mr. Buck 
President Byrp 
Dean Cairns 
Mk. Cissell 
Dean Cotterman 
Dean Devilbiss 
Dean Ehrensberger 



Dean Eppley 
Dr. Faber 
Mr. Fogg 
Dean Foss 
Dean Fraley 
Dean Gipe 
Dr. Gwin 
Mr. Haszard 
Dr. Haut 
Dean Howell 
Dr. Huff 
Dr. Hofksommer 
Dean Long 
Mrs. Low 



Miss Preinkert, Secretary 
Mr. Morrison 
Dean Mount 
Dr. Xystrom 



Miss Preinkert 
Dean Pyle 
Dean Robinson 
Dean Smith 
Dean Stamp 
Dean Steinberg 
Mk. Weber 
Dr. White 
Dean Wylie 
Dr. Zucker 



EDUCATIONAL COUNCIL 

The President, Dean of the Faculty, Chairman, Deans of Colleges, Chairmen of 
\cademic Divisions, Heads of Educational Departments, Director of Admissions, Regis- 



rar. 



OFFICERS OF THE ADMINISTRATION 

H. C. Byrd, LL.D., D.Sc, President of the University 

Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Dean of the Faculty 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Dean of the Graduate School 

Gordox M. Cairxs, Ph.D., Dean of Agriculture 

Leon P. Smith, Ph.D., Dean of College of Arts and Sciences 

J. Freeman Pvle, Ph.D.. Dean of College of Business and Public Administration 

, Dean of School of Dentistry 

Wilbur Devilbiss, Ed.D., Dean of College of Education, Director of Summer School 

S. S. Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean of College of Engineering 

M. Marie Mount, M.A., Dean of College of Home Economics 

Roger Howell, LL.B., Ph.D., Dean of School of Law 

H. Boyd Wylie, M.D., Dean of School of Medicine 

Joseph R. Ambrose, Col. U.S.A. F., Dean of College of Military Science and Professor of 

Air Science and Tactics 
L. M. Fraley, Ph.D., Dean of College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 
Florence M. Gipe, Ed.D., R.N., Dean of School of Nursing 
Noel E. Foss, Ph.D., Dean of School of Pharmacy 

Ray W. Ehrensberger, Ph.D.. Dean of College of Special and Continuation Studies 
Geary F. Eppley, M.S., Dean of Men, Director of Student Welfare 
Adele H. Stamp, M.A., Dean of Women 
Edgar F. Long, Ph.D., Dean of Students 
G. Watson Algire, M.S., Director of Admissions 
Alma H. Preinkert, M.A., Registrar 

Paul E. Nystrom, Director of Instruction, College of Agriculture 
James M. Gwin, Ph.D.. Director of the Agricultural Extension Service 
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Agricultural Experiment Station 
James M. Tatum, B.S., Director of Athletics 
George O. Weber, B.S., Business Manager 
George W. Morrison, B.S., Associate Business Manager 
Charles L. Benton, M.S., C.P.A., Director of Finance and Business 
W. J. Huff, Ph.D., D.Sci., Director of the Engineering Experiment Station 
George H. Buck, Ph.B., Director, University Hospital 
Howard Rovelstad, M.A., B.S.L.S., Director of Libraries 
Harry A. Bishop, M.D., Medical Director 
George W. Fogg, M.A., Director of Personnel 
Frank K Haszard, B.F.S., Director of Procurement and Supply 
Harvey L. Miller, Col., U. S. M. C. (Ret.), Director of Publications and Publicity 
David L. Brigham, B.S., General Alumni Secretary 
Douglas M. Peck, Lt. Col. U. S. A. F., Commandant of Cadets 

CHAIRMEN OF THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 

Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry, Chairman, The Lower Division 

Dr. John E. Faber, Professor of Bacteriology, Chairman, The Division of Biological Sciena 

Dr. Adolph E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages, Chairman, The Division <; 

Humanities 
Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering, Chairman, The Division 

Physical Sciences 
Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology, Chairman, The Division of Soci 

Sciences 



FACULTY COMMITTEES 

Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment 

Chairman Reiii; Messrs. Cairns, Eppley, Gustad, Hodgins, Long, Quigley, Robinson, 
Schindler, Manning, Weigand, White; Mmes. Crow, Preinkert, Stamp. 

Coordination of Agricultural Activities 

Chairman Cairns; Messrs. Aiialt, Bopst, Brueckner, Carpenter, Cory, Cox, Foster, 
(i\\i\, Haut, Holmes, Jill, Kuhn, Magruder, Nystrom. 

Council on Intercollegiate Athletics 

Chairman Eppley; Messrs. Ambrose, Cory, Faber, Reid, Tatum; President of the 
Student Government Association and the Chairman of the Alumni Council, ex-officio. 

Educational Standards, Policies and Coordination 

Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Bamford, Cairns, Devilbiss, Drake, Hahn, Hoff- 
sommer, Kuhn, Martin, Shreeve, L.P. Smith, Strahorn, Wylie; Mmes. Mitchell, 
Wiggins. 

Special and Adult Education 

Chairman Ehrensberger; Messrs. Ambrose, Brechbill, Burdette, Drazek, Manning, 
Reid. 

Honors Programs 

Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Devilbiss, Hoffsommer, Smith, Zucker. 

Libraries 

Chairman Martin; Messrs. Aisenberg, Brown, Foster, Hackman, Hall, Invernezzi, 
Parsons, Reeve, Rovelstad, Slama, Spencer; Mmes. Harman, Ida M. Robinson, Wiggin. 

Publications and Catalog 

Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Ball, Bamford, Crowell, Devilbiss, Fogg, Foss, Gwin, 
Haut, Howell, Miller, Pyle, Smith, Wylie, Zucker; Mmes. E. Frothingham, Mount, 
Preinkert. 

Public Functions and Public Relations 

Chairman Pyle; Messrs. Ambrose, Brigham, Cook, Cory, Ehrensberger, Eppley, 
7 ogg. Foss, Gewehr, Howell, Miller, Morrison, Randall, Reid, Shreeve, Weber, Wylie; 
VImes. Mount, Preinkert, Stamp. 

Religious Life Committee 

Chairman Shreeve; Messrs. Daiker, Gewehr, Hamilton, Randall, Reid, Scott, 
White; Mmes. Bryan, McNaughton. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

Chairman Cotterman; Messrs. Eppley, Long, Reid, Steinmeyer; Mmes. Mount, 
stamp. 

Student Life 

Chairman Reid; Messrs. Allen, Eppley, James, Kramer, Peck, Quk.ley, Straus- 
u-i.h, Tatum, White: Mmes. Binns, Harman, Preinkert, Stamp, and the President 
f the Student Government Association and the President of the Men's League 
nd the President of the Women's League. 



Poultry Wonqe 



VF-lS — —VF-12 



Animal 
Husbandry 
8orn* 



■ a m Vf-13— _vr ,c 

<,,,0 » , I I Cottogu 

^ -^ ====?-ii" ■ ■ ■ . 







iW>' 'OO 290 




COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS 

1953 



^^^™^"^» I N D E X 

A Arts and Sciences 

Ar Armory 

B Music 

BB Chemistry Annex 

1 B Administration 

C Chemistry (new) 

Col Coliseum 

D Dairy 

DD Psychology 

DW Dean of Women 

E Agronomy, Botany, Physics 

^ Horticulture 

G Gymnasium 

FF Mathematics 

GG Mathematics 

H Home Economics 

"H Seminar 

1 Agric, Eng. and Industrial Education 

J Engr. Classroom Bldg. 

I s - Zoology 

^ Librarv 

Morrill Hall 
Geography 




Symons Hall (Agric.) 

F » Poultry 

U Business and Public Administration 

K Classroom Building 

^, Eng. Lab. Building 

* -. Education 

~ Chem. Engineering 

* Wind Tunnel 

*} Women's Field House 

5 Animal Husbandry Pavilion 

z ■ ya " 



Sororities Not Shown — 
Alpha Chi Omega 
Alpha Xi Delta 

Fraternities Xot Shown 
Alpha Epsilon Pi 
Pi Alpha 

Phi Kappa Gamma 
Tau Epsilon Phi 
Zeta Beta Tau 



lematics 
Physics 

HHMM 



•ff 



1953 



1954 



1955 



JULY 1953 
S M TW T F S 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 14 15 1617 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 

AUGUST 
S M T W T F S 

1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 17 18 19 20 2122 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 

SEPTEMBER 

5 M T WT F S 
.... 12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 

OCTOBER 
S M T WT F S 

12 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 
11 12 13 14 1516 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 



NOVEMBER 

5 M T WT F S 
12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 1617 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 

DECEMBER 
SMTWTF S 
.. .. 12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 910 11 12 
13 1415 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 . . 



JANUARY 1954 

SMTWTF S 
12 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 2122 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

31 

FEBRUARY 

SMTWTF S 
.. 12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 



MARCH 
SMTWTF S 
.. 12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 910111213 
14 15 16 1718 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 

APRIL 
S M TWT F S 
12 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 .. 



MAY 
S M TWT 

2 3 4 5 6 

9 10 11 1213 

16 1718 19 20 

23 24 25 26 27 

30 31 

JUNE 

5 M T W T 
.. .. 12 3 

6 7 8 910 
13 14 15 1617 
20 21 22 23 24 
27 28 29 30 . . 



F S 
.. 1 
7 8 
14 15 
2122 
28 29 



F S 
4 5 
11 12 
1819 
25 26 



JULY 1954 

SMTWTF S 
1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 



AUGUST 

S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 5 6 7 

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

15 16 1718 19 20 21 

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

29 30 31 



SEPTEMBER 
S M TWT F S 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 91011 
12 13 14 15 1617 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 . . 
OCTOBER 
S M TWT F S 

12 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
1011 1213 1415 16 
17 18 19 20 2122 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 

NOVEMBER 
S M TWT F S 
.. 12 3 4 5 6 
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 
1415 16 17 18 19 20 
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 
28 29 30 



DECEMBER 
S M T W T F S 

12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 161718 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 .. 



JANUARY 1955 

5 M TWT F S 
1 

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

16 1718 19 20 2122 

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 

FEBRUARY 
SMTWTF S 
.. .. 12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 

MARCH 
SMTWTF S 
.. .. 12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 ... . 

APRIL 
S M TWT F S 
1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 

17 18 19 20 2122 23 

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

MAY 
SMTWTF S 
12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 

JUNE 

SMTWTF S 
12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 910 11 
12 13 14 15 1617 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 . . 



EASTER SUNDAYS: April 5, 1953: April 18, 1954 



CALENDAR 1953-1954 

College Park 



First Semester 



1953 

September 16-18 
September 21 
October 15 
November 25 
November 30 
December 19 

1954 

January 4 
January 20 
January 21-28 



Wednesday-Friday 

Monday 

Thursday 

Wednesday after last class 

Monday, 8 a.m. 

Saturday after last class 



Monday, 8 a.m. 
Wednesday 
Thursday-Thursday, inc. 



Registration, first semester 
Instruction begins 
Convocation, faculty and students 
Thanksgiving recess begins 
Thanksgiving recess ends 
Christmas recess begins 



Christmas recess ends 

Charter Day 

First semester examinations 



Second Semester 



February 3-5 
February 8 
February 22 
March 25 
April 15 
April 20 
May 13 
May 27- June 
May 30 
May 31 
June 5 



Wednesday-Friday 

Monday 

Monday 

Thursday 

Thursday after last class 

Tuesday, 8 a.m. 

Thursday 

Thursday-Friday, inc. 

Sunday 

Monday 

Saturday 



Registration, second semester 

Instruction begins 

Washington's birthday, holiday 

Maryland Day 

Easter recess begins 

Easter recess ends 

Military Day 

Second Semester examinations 

Baccalaureate exercises 

Memorial Day holiday 

Commencement exercises 



Summer Session, 1954 



June 21 


Monday 


Registration, summer session 


June 22 


Tuesday 


Summer session begins 


July 30 


Friday 


Summer session ends 




Short 


Courses 


June 14-19 


Monday-Saturday 


Rural Women's Short Course 


August 2-7 


M onday- S atur day 


4-H Club Week 


September 7-10 


Tuesday-Friday 


Firemen's Short Course 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 




MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION 

ME University of .Maryland, in addition to being a State University, is 
the "Land-Grant" institution of Maryland. The University is co-educational 
in all of its branches. 

College Park 

The undergraduate colleges and the Graduate School of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland are located at College Park, Prince George's Coun- 
ty, Maryland, on a beautiful tract of rolling, wooded land, less than 
eight miles from the heart of the Nation's capital, Washington, D. C. 
This nearness to Washington, naturally is of immeasurable advantage 
to students because of the unusual library facilities afforded by the 
Library of Congress and the libraries of Government Departments ; the privilege of observ- 
ing at close range sessions of the United States Supreme Court, the United States Senate 
and the House of Representatives; the opportunity of obtaining almost without effort an 
abundance of factual data which is constantly being assembled by the numerous agencies 
of the Federal Government. 

The University is served by excellent transportation facilities, including the main line of 
the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad, the Washington street car system, and several bus lines. 
The campus fronts on the Baltimore-Washington Boulevard, a section of U. S. Route No. 1, 
which makes the University easily accessible by private travel. 

College Park, and the adjacent Calvert Hills and College Heights, constitute a group 
of fine residential communities close to the University campus, where are located the homes 
of many of the members of the faculty and staff, and where students who prefer to live off 
campus may find desirable living accommodations at reasonable rates. 

Baltimore 

The professional schools of the University — Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing, and 
Pharmacy — the University Hospital, and the Baltimore Program of the College of Special 
and Continuation Studies are located in a group of splendid buildings, most of them erected 
in recent years, at or near the adjacent corners of Lombard and Greene and Redwood Streets, 
Baltimore, Maryland. 

Baltimore, a thriving, modern industrial city of more than a million inhabitants, has an 
old-established culture represented by outstanding educational institutions, libraries, museums, 
parks, public buildings, and places of historical interest. 

Baltimore is justly proud of its well earned reputation as a center of the highest type 
of professional education, and no finer location could be chosen by a young man or woman 
desiring to prepare for a professional career. 



10 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

While its advancement in recent years, both in the matter of physical plant facilities and 
educational standards has been especially rapid, the University has behind it a long and 
honorable record. 

The history of the present University is the history of two institutions; the old privately- 
owned and operated University of Maryland in Baltimore and the Maryland State College 
(formerly Maryland Agricultural College) at College Park. These institutions w^re merged 
in 1920. 

In 1807 the College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth medical school in 
the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810. A permanent home was estab- 
lished in 1814-1815 by the erection of the building at Lombard and Greene Streets in Balti- 
more, the oldest structure in America devoted to medical teaching. Here was founded one 
of the first medical libraries (and the first medical school library) in the United States. 
In 1812 the General Assembly of Maryland authorized the College of Medicine of Maryland 
to "annex or constitute faculties of divinity, law, and arts and sciences," and by the same 
act declared that the "college or faculties thus united should be constituted a university by 
the name and under the title of the University of Maryland." By authority of this act, 
steps were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of law," and in 1823 a regular school of 
instruction in law was opened. Subsequently there were added: in 1882 a Department of 
Dentistry which was absorbed in 1923 by the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery (founded 
in 1840, the first dental school in the world) ; in 1889 a School of Nursing; and in 1904 
the Maryland College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the third oldest pharmacy college in 
the United States). 

The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of the Maryland 
Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the Western Hemisphere. For three 
years the College was under private management. In 1862 the Congress of the United States 
passed the Land Grant Act. This act granted each State and Territory that should claim 
its benefits a proportionate amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip, the pro- 
ceeds from the sale of which should apply under certain conditions to the "endowment, sup- 
port, and maintenance of at least one college where the leading object shall be, without 
excluding other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to teach such 
branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanical arts, in such a manner 
as the Legislatures of the States may respectively prescribe, in order to promote the liberal 
and practical education of the industrial classes in the several pursuits and professions of 
life." This grant was accepted by the General Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland 
Agricultural College was named as the beneficiary of the grant. Thus the College became, 
at least in part, a State institution. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over entirely by 
the State. In 1916 the General Assembly granted a new charter to the College, and made 
it the Maryland State College. 

In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland was merged 
with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution was given the name University 
of Maryland. 

THE UNIVERSITY YEAR 

The University year is divided into two semesters of approximately seventeen weeks 
each, and a summer session of six weeks. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 11 

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY 

The government of the University is, by law, vested in a Board of Regents, consisting 
of eleven members appointed by the governor of the State, each for a term of nine years. 
The administration of the University is vested in the president. The deans, directors 
and other principal officers of the University form the Administrative Board. This group 
serves in an advisory capacity to the president. 

Following is a list of the administrative divisions of the University : 

At College Park 

College of Agriculture College of Physical Education, Recrea- 

College of Arts and Sciences tion and Health 

College of Business and Public Adminis- College of Special and Continuation 

tration Studies 

College of Education Graduate School 

Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering Summer School 

and Aeronautical Sciences 



College of Home Economics Agricultural Experiment Station 

College of Military Science Agricultural and Home Economics Ex- 

tension Service 

At Baltimore 

School of Dentistry School of Pharmacy 

School of Law University Hospital 

School of Medicine Maryland State Board of 

School of Nursing Agriculture 

State-Wide Activities 

The Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service maintains local representatives 
in every county of the State. These representatives, County Agents and Home Demon- 
stration Agents, provide expert assistance to farmers and farm families in their areas and, 
when necessary, call upon the large staff of specialists at the headquarters of the Ex- 
tension Service at College Park. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service, which is charged with responsibility for the control 
and eradication of diseases of live stock and poultry, maintains local veterinary inspectors 
throughout the State, in addition to specialists and laboratory technicians at the main 
laboratory at College Park and the branch laboratories in Salisbury, Centerville and 
Baltimore. 

PHYSICAL FACILITIES— GROUNDS, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 

College Park 

Grounds. The University grounds at College Park comprise approximately 1150 
acres. A broad rolling campus is surmounted by a commanding hill which overlooks a 
wide area and insures excellent drainage. Most of the buildings are located on this 
eminence and the adjacent grounds are laid out attractively in lawns and terraces orna- 
mented with trees, shrubbery and flower beds. 

Approximately 500 acres are used for research and teaching in horticulture, agricul- 
ture, dairying, livestock and poultry. An additional five hundred acres of land provided 



12 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

for plant research work are located at the Hopkins and Nash farms, five miles northwest 
of College Park and in various other localities. 

Buildings. The buildings of beautifully designed Georgian colonial motif comprise 
about fifty-six principal structures and an additional seventy-five for supplemental utility, 
providing facilities for the varied activities carried on at College Park. 

Administration and Instruction. This group consists of the following : The Admin- 
istration Building, which accommodates the offices of the President, Dean of the Faculty, 
Dean of Men, Business Manager, Comptroller, Director of Personnel, Registrar, Directors 
of Admissions, Procurement and Supply, and Cashier, as well as Student Supply Store 
and University Post Office. 

Symons Hall, which houses the office of the Dean of the College of Agriculture, 
the offices of the Agriculture and Home Economics Extension Service and the offices of 
the Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station, and the departments of Agricultural 
Economics, Agricultural Education, Animal Husbandry, and Poultry, as well as official 
Publications and general publicity. 

Other buildings whose space is principally devoted to the College of Agriculture 
are : Horticulture Building, Agricultural Engineering Buildhig, Agronomy and Botany 
Building, Dairy Building, Apiary, and the new Plant Laboratory, which includes greenhouses. 
The dairy barns, livestock barns, poultry and other Experiment Station farm buildings are, 
for the most part, on the north portion of the campus. 

The Arts and Sciences Building, Glenn L. Martin Engineering and Aeronautical 
Sciences Buildings, Education Building, Business and Public Administration Building and 
Home Economics Building, as the names imply, house the various colleges. 

The Armory, one of the finest structures of its kind in the country; the Ritchie Coliseum, 
seating 4,500, used for indoor sports events; the Gymnasium ; and the Women's Field 
House are utilized principally by the College of Military Science and the College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The Geography Building, Zoology Building 
and Classroom Building, Dean of Women's Building, Library. Morrill Hall, and the Home 
Economics Practice House, complete the principal structures in this group. 

A Chemistry Building, a Physics Building, and a new Mathematics Building, part of 
t lie Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering group, provide suitable classrooms and 
laboratories for the indicated sciences. 

Byrd Stadium, on the northwest corner of the campus, seats close to 50,000. Suitable 
I arking areas adjoin the stadium. The Women's Field House includes a modern swimming 
pool for recreation of women students. 

A new interdenominational Chapel provides facilities for on-campus religious services 
and quarters for the clergy. It is a memorial to former Maryland "gold star" students 
who gave their lives in World Wars I and II. as well as in Korea. The main chapel seats 
1.250. 

Ten temporary frame classroom buildings serve the present overflow from Psychology, 
Mathematics, and Journalism and provide a Recreation building for day students, headquarters 
for all student publications, and classrooms and play areas for the Nursery School. 

A Shop Building is being jointly used by the Industrial Education and Agricultural 
Engineering departments. 

Housing. The Women's Dormitories are Anne Arundel Hall, Margaret Brent Hall, 
Dormitories No. 2 and No. 3, and Temporary Dormitory "HH." In addition, there are 
five smaller units at present providing housing for sorority groups. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 13 

Men's Dormitories. Calvert and Silvester Halls are the only two named dormitories 
of a group of ten separate buildings housing men students. 

A Temporary Housing Project provides facilities for 1,100 male students in nine 
dormitories and 104 veteran families in thirteen family units. Four smaller units provide 
housing for fraternity groups. 

Experiment Station. The headquarters for the Agricultural Experiment Station are 
in the new Agricultural Building. The laboratories and greenhouses for this research 
work are located in several buildings on the campus. 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is located in a group of buildings about a mile east 
of the main campus, near the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad Station. The Grayson Labora- 
tory and Isolation Building, devoted to research in respiratory diseases of horses, is 
an additional facility. 

Service Buildings. This group includes the Central Heating Plant, Service Building, 
the Infirmary, the Dining Hall, and a new Central Warehouse. 

The Fire Service Extension Building is located near the south gate of the campus. 
It houses the Fire Extension Service offices as well as the College Park Volunteer Fire 
Department. 

Historical Building. Rossborough Inn. This historic Inn, built in 1798, is the oldest 
building on the campus and for many years housed the Agricultural Experiment Station. 
Entirely restored, it is now one of the most beautiful and interesting buildings on the 
campus. Rossborough Inn houses the offices of the Alumni Secretary. 

U. S. Government Buildings. United States Bureau of Mines. The Eastern Experi- 
ment Station of the United States Bureau of Mines is located on the University grounds. 
The general laboratories are used for instruction purposes in the College of Engineering 
as well as by the United States Government for experimental work. The building contains 
a geological museum and a technical library. United States Fish and Wildlife Service 
Laboratory. The technological research laboratory building of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife 
Service is located on the University campus. It contains laboratories for research in 
fisheries dealing with chemical, chemical engineering, bacteriological, nutritional, and biologi- 
cal subjects. Through a cooperative arrangement with the University it is possible for 
students to do graduate work using the facilities of these laboratories. 

Baltimore 

The group of buildings located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene Streets provides 
available housing for the Baltimore division of the University. The group comprises 
the original Medical School Building, erected in 1814; the Old Hospital, now used as an 
out-patient department ; the New University Hospital with approximately 450 beds ; the 
Frank C. Bressler Research Laboratory ; the Dental and Pharmacy Building; the Nurses' 
Home; the Lazv School Building; Davidge Hall, which houses the medical library; the 
Administration Building; and Gray Laboratory. A Psychiatric Institute Building has 
recently been constructed as an addition to University Hospital and provides 90 additional 
beds for psychiatric cases plus 200 additional general hospital beds. The Kelly Memorial 
has also been erected adjacent to the Hospital which will be used jointly by the University 
and the Pharmaceutical Association. 

LIBRARY FACILITIES 

Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions of the University. 



14 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The General Library at College Park, completed in 1931, is an attractive and well 
equipped structure. The main reading room on the second floor seats 250 and has about 5,000 
reference books and bound periodicals on open shelves. The five-tier stack room and 
basement are equipped with carrels and desks for use of advanced students. The Library- 
Annex, a temporary, two-story building located just west of the main building, is used 
for reserve book reading. The Annex accommodates 350 people. About 30,000 of the 
175,000 volumes on the campus are shelved in the Chemistry, Engineering, Entomology 
and Mathematics Departments, the Graduate School, and other units. Over 1,800 periodicals 
are currently received. 

Facilities in Baltimore consist of the libraries of the School of Dentistry, containing 
14,000 volumes; the School of Law, 27,000 volumes; the School of Medicine, 34,000 
volumes; the School of Nursing, 2,300 volumes; and the School of Pharmacy, 11,000 
volumes. The Medical Library is housed in Davidge Hall ; the remaining four libraries 
have quarters in the buildings of their respective schools, where they are readily available 
for use. Facilities for the courses in Arts and Sciences are offered jointly by the libraries 
of the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy. 

The libraries of the University total in the aggregate over 275,000 bound volumes. 
The General Library is a depository for publications of the United States Government and 
numbers some 75,000 documents in its collection. 

The University Library System is able to supplement its reference service by borrowing 
material from other libraries through Inter-Library Loan or Bibliofilm Service, or by 
arranging for personal work in the Library of Congress, the United States Department of 
Agriculture Library, and other agencies in Washington. 

ADMISSION PROCEDURE 

Undergraduate Schools: Applicants for admission to the College of Agriculture, 
Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Education, Engineering, and Home 
Economics should communicate with the director of Admissions, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland. 

Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should address 
the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College Park. 

Professional Schools: Information about admission to the professional schools in 
Baltimore may be had by writing to the dean of the college concerned or to the Director 
of Admissions of the University. 

Applicants from Secondary Schools: Procure an application blank from the Director 
of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask your principal or headmaster 
to enter your secondary school record and mail the blank to the Director of Admissions. 

To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than July 1st for 
the fall semester, and January 1 for the spring semester. Applications from students 
completing their last semester of secondary work are encouraged. If acceptable, supplemen- 
tary records may be sent upon graduation. 

Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Secure an application blank from 
the Director of Admissions. Fill in personal data requested and ask secondary school 
principal or headmaster to enter secondary school record and send the blank to the Director 
of Admissions. Request the Registrar of the College or University attended to send a 
transcript to the Director of Admissions, College Park, Maryland. 

Time of Admission: New students should plan to enter the University at the be- 



GENERAL INFORMATION 15 

ginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will be admitted at the beginning 
of either semester. 

ADMISSION OF FRESHMEN 

Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of Maryland 
or the District of Columbia will be admitted by certificate upon the recommendation of the 
principal. Graduates of out-of-state schools should have attained college certification marks, 
such marks to be not less than one letter or ten points higher than the passing mark. 

SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other indica- 
tions of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject matter. 

English -4 units required for all divisions of the University. 

Mathematics 3y 2 units, including Solid Geometry, required for Engineer- 
ing, Mathematics and Physics. 

For all Colleges, one unit of Algebra and one of Plane 
Geometry are desirable. A unit of Algebra will be needed 
by Business and Public Administration students and by 
most Education, Home Economics and Arts students. 

Social Science; Natural and 
Biological Science _ 1 unit from each group is required; two are desirable. 

Foreign Languages- Those who will follow the professions, enter journalism, 

foreign trade or service, study the humanities or do research, 
should have a good foundation in one or more, but none is 
required. 

Electives Fine Arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable. 

Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship and conduct 
are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to transfer students from accredited 
institutions under the following conditions : 

1. A minimum of one year of resident work or not less than 30 semester hours is 
necessary for a degree. 

2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced standing if tht 
transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory. 

Special Students. Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age, and wh( 
have not completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted to such courses as thej 
seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible to matriculate for a degree until entranci 
requirements have been satisfied. 

Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but who do no 
wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are eligible for admission to pursui 
courses for which they have met prerequisites. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN 

All undergraduate men and women students classified academically as freshmen o 
sophomores, who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit, are requirec 
to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses in physical education for ; 



16 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

total of four semester hours of credit. The successful completion of these courses is a 
requirement for graduation. These courses must be taken by all eligible students during 
the first two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or 
not. Men and women who have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these 
courses. Students who are physically disqualified from taking these courses, must enroll 
in adaptive courses for which credit will be given. Transfer students who do not have 
credit in these courses, or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until graduation, 
whichever occurs first. Students with military service may receive credit for these courses 
by applying to the Air Force R. O. T. C. Records Office. 

Required Uniform 

A regulation uniform as prescribed by the College of Physical Education, Recreation, 
and Health is required for both men and women. 

Required Equipment 

Students will be required to provide individual equipment for certain elective courses 
such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis. 

HEALTH EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR WOMEN 

All freshmen women who are registered for more than six semester hours of credit 
must enroll in and successfully complete the prescribed courses in health education for four 
semester hours of credit. Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses, 
or their equivalent, must complete them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs 
first. Women who have reached their thirtieth birthdays are exempt from these courses. 

REQUIREMENTS IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are required to 
take elementary military training for a period of two years. 

This training includes two hours of regularly scheduled drill per week at 11 :00 hours 
on Tuesdays and Thursdays and other drill formations at such times as designated by the 
PAST. 

The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it must 
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the University, 
whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not have the required 
two years of military training will be required to complete the course or take it until gradua- 
tion, whichever occurs first. 

Any male student in any undergraduate curriculum of the University who is accepted 
for such training may pursue an advanced course in this field which will lead to a reserve 
:ommission in the United States Air Force. This advanced training may be carried as an 
integral part of the student's academic program. 

BASIC AIR FORCE R. O. T. C. EXEMPTIONS 

1. Students who have completed the course in other senior units of the U. S. A. F., 
\rmy or Naval R. O. T. C. will receive credit. 

2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy, Marine 
Zorps, Coast Guard or Air Force will receive credit. 

3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast Guard or 
\ir Force for a period of time long enough to be considered equivalent to the training 



GENERAL INFORMATICS 17 

received in the A. F. R. O. T. C. program will receive credit. Short periods of service 
in any of the branches named above will be evaluated and allowed as credit toward com- 
pletion of the course. 

4. Graduate students will be exempt. 

5. Students classified as "Special Students" who are registered for less than seven 
semester hours will be exempt. 

6. Students who have passed their thirtieth . birthday before starting the course will 
be exempt from any part of the course not already completed. 

7. Students who are not citizens of the United States or one of its territorial possessions 
will be exempt. 

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Because the University feels that it is vital for every student to understand this country 
better, it has established a very comprehensive program of American studies. Work- in 
American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels. The first level is required 
of all freshmen or sophomores at the University of Maryland and is described below. 

The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major in this field 
(see catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences'). The third level is for students desiring 
to do graduate work in this field (see Catalog for the Graduate School). 

Courses in the American Civilization Program Required of 
All Freshmen and Sophomores 

All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) are required to 
take twelve semester hours of English (for sequence and descriptions, see the offerings of 
the Department of English), three semester hours of sociology (Soc. 1 — Sociology of Ameri- 
can Life), three semester hours of government (G. & P. 1 — American Government), and 
six semester hours of history (H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization). 

DELINQUENT STUDENTS 

A student must attain passing marks in fifty per cent of the semester hours for which 
he is registered, or he is automatically dropped from the University. The Registrar 
notifies the student, his parent or guardian, and the student's dean of this action. A student 
who has been dropped for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Committee on 
Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The Committee is empowered 
to grant relief for just cause. A student who has been dropped from the University for 
scholastic reasons, and whose petition for reinstatement is denied, may again petition after 
a lapse of at least one semester. 

The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal of a student 
who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of scholarship, or whose continuance 
in the University would be detrimental to his or her health, or to the health of others, or 
whose conduct is not satisfactory to the authorities of the University. Students of the last class 
may be asked to withdraw even though no specific charge be made against them. 

According to University regulations, excessive absence from any course is penalized 
by failure in that course. Students who are guilty of persistent absence from any course 
will be reported to the President or to his appointed representative for final disciplinary action. 



\fi 



rxil'ERSITY OF MARYLAND 



FEES AND EXPENSES 
General 

All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of Maryland for 
the exact amount of the charges. 

In cases where students have been awarded Legislative Scholarships or University 
Grants, the amount of such scholarship or grant will be deducted from the bill. 

All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students should come 
prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. No student will be admitted to classes 
until such payment has been made. Veterans are required to comply with these conditions 
if the University does not have in its possession at the time of registration an approved 
Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement from the Veterans Administration. 

The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other charges 
as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to keep the costs to the 
student as low as possible. 

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of a record 
issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his account. 

The University will award to all World War II Veteran Students approved by the 
Veterans Administration for the educational benefits under Public Laws 16 or 346, a 
scholarship whenever the total charges excluding room and board, but including textbooks 
and supplies, exceeds the $500 allotment per academic year payable to the University by 
the Federal Government. The amount of such scholarship shall be the difference between 
such total charges as above defined and the maximum amount payable by the Veterans 
Administration during the veteran student's period of eligibility. 

RESIDENTS, NON-RESIDENTS 

(See "Explanation of Fees" on opposite page). 



Fees for Undergraduate Students 

Maryland Residents 

Fixed Charges 

Athletic Fee 

Student Activities Fee 

Special Fee 

Infirmary Fee 

Advisory and Testing Fee 



Residents of the District of Columbia, 
Other States and Countries 

Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students. 
Total for Non-Resident Students 



Board and Lodging 

Board — 

Dormitory Room 

Total, Room and Board 



First 

Semester 

$ 82.00 

15.00 

10.00 

40.00 

5.00 

1.00 



Second 
Semester 
$ 83.00 



$153.00 

Semester 
$ 75.00 
$228.00 



$ 83.00 

Semester 
$ 75.00 



Total 

$165.00 

15.00 

10.00 

40.00 

5.00 

1.00 

$236\00 

Total 
$150.00 



$158.00 



$180.00 

$65-$75 



$180.00 
$65-$75 



$386.00 



$360.00 
$13O-$150 



_ $245-8255 



$245-8255 



$490-$510 



The above fees do not apply to the temporary Veterans' Housing Units, 
for these Units are as follows : 



Dormitory Unit, $55 per semester. 
Family Units: Two-room apartment 



month; Three-room apartment 



The rates 



month. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



19 



EXPLANATION OF FEES 

(See "Residents and Non-Residents" on opposite page). 

The Fixed Charges Pee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the cost of 
operating the University's physical plant and other various services which ordinarily would not 
be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. Included in these costs would 
be janitorial services, cost ol heat, electricity, water, etc., administrative and clerical cost, 
maintenance of buildings and grounds, maintenance ol llbrarii <i University publications, 

Alumni Office, the University Business and Financial Offices, the Registrar's Office, the Admis- 
sions Office and any other such services as are suppicni.-nt.il and necessary to teaching and re- 
search arc supported by this fee. 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department ol Intercollegiate Athletics. 
All students are eligible and encouraged to participate In all of the activities ol this department 
and to attend all contests in which they do not participate. 

The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the 
Student Union Building and the combination building used as an Auditorium for Physical Education 
and Indoor Athletics. 

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student Govern- 
ment Association. It covers subscription to the Diamondback, student newspaper ; the Old Line, 
literary magazine; the Terrapin, yearbook; class dues; and includes financial support for the 
musical and dramatic clubs. 

The Infirmary Fee does not include expensive drugs or special diagnostic procedures. Expen- 
sive drugs will be charged at cost and special diagnostic procedures, such as X-Kay, Electro- 
cardiographs, Basal Metabolic Rates, etc., will be charged at the lowest cost prevailing in the 
vicinity. 

Students entering the University for the second semester will pay the following additional 
fees: Athletic. $7.50; Student Activities, $8.00; Special. $20.00; Infirmary. $2.50; Advisory and 
Testing Fee, $1.00. 

SPECIAL FEES 

Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at time of first registration in the 

University 

Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree _ _ _ 



$ 10.00 

10.00 

2.50 

3.00 

10.00 



3.00 



Cap and Gown Fee for Bachelor's degree 

Engineering College Fee, Per Semester— 

Home Economics College Fee, Per Semester... _ _ 

Physical Education for Women; Fee Per Semester (to be charged for any woman 
registered in any course or combination of courses in Physical Education involving 
the use of the Swimming Pool) — 

(Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students registered for credit) 

LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES 
Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course 

Agricultural Engineering $ 3.00 

Bacteriology _ .$10.00 and 20.00 

Botany 5.00 

Chemical Engineering 8.00 

Chemistry 10.00 

Education (Depending on Labora- 
tory) $1.00, $2.00, $3.00, $5.00, 6.00 



Practice Teaching 
Dairy 



Electrical Engineering 

Entomology 

Home Economics — 

(Non-Home Ec. Students) 
Practical Art, Crafts, Tex- 
tiles and Clothing 

Foods and Home Man'ment, each. 



30.00 
3.00 
4.00 
3.00 



3.00 
7.00 



Horticulture $ 5.00 

Industrial Education 5.00 

Journalism $3.00 and 6.00 

Mechanical Engineering 3.00 

Music (Applied Music only) 30.00 

Physics — 

Introductory 3.00 

All Other 6.00 

Psychology 4.00 

Office Techniques and 

Management _ 7.50 

Speech — 

Radio and Stagecraft 2.00 

All Other 1.00 

Statistics 3.50 

Zoology , 8.00 



20 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Miscellaneous Fees and Charges 

Fee for part-time students per credit hour _ _ — 10.00 

(The term "part-time students'' is interpreted to mean undergraduate students 
taking 6 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying more than 6 semester 
hours pay the regular fees.) 

Late Registration Fee _ 5.00 

(All students are expected to complete their registration, including the filing of 
class cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration days.) Those who do 
not complete their registration during the prescribed days will be charged a fee of 
$5.00. 

Fee for change in registration 3.00 

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00 

Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester hour 5.00 

Makeup Examination Fee — (for students who are absent during any class period 
when tests or examinations are given) _ 1.00 

Transcript of Record Fee— _ _ .. 1.00 

Property Damage Charge — Students will be charged for damage to property or 
equipment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the individual student 
will be billed for it ; where responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the 
damage or replacing equipment will be pro-rated. 

Library Charges : 

Fine for failure to return book from general library before expiration of loan 
period per day .05 

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of loan 
period — 

First hour overdue ._ .25 

Each additional hour overdue _ .05 

In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be made. 

Text Books and Supplies 

Text books and classroom supplies — These costs vary with the course pursued, but 
will average per semester 35.00 

Fees for Graduate Students 

Fee for students carrying 10 or more semester credit hours 100.00 

Fee per semester hour for students carrying less than 10 semester credit hours 10.00 

Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration 10.00 

Diploma Fee for Master's Degree..- 10.00 

Cap and Gown Fee for Master's Degree 2.75 

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 35.00 

Cap and Gown Fee for Doctor's Degree . 3.75 



GENERAL INFORMATION 21 

Notes : Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, whether residents 
of the State of Maryland or not. 

All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are payable at the time 
of registration for each semester. 

Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation. 

Xo provision for housing graduate students is made by the University. 

Medical attention is not provided for graduate students, consequently, no 
Infirmary Fee is charged. 

Fees for Off-Campus Courses 

Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all students — 
full time and part time ; candidates for degrees, and non-candidates) : 

For Undergraduates - 10.00 

For Graduates - 10.00 

Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students taking off- 
campus courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours. Charge per credit hour 10.00 

Laboratory Fees — A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials used, is charged in 
laboratory courses. These fees vary with the course and can be ascertained in 
any case by inquiry of the Dean of the College of Special and Continuation 
Studies. 

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES 

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the academic year, 
should file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper signatures, in the office 
of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter of 
course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, and will forfeit his right to any refund 
to which he would otherwise be entitled. The date used in computing refunds is the 
date the application for withdrawal is filed in the office of the Registrar. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written consent 
of the student's parent or guardian. 

Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all charges 
except board, lodging, deposits for room reservation and advanced registration, less the 
matriculation fee in accordance with the following schedule : 

Percentage 
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks. - 60% 

Between three and four weeks - 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 

Board and lodging are refunded only in the event the student withdraws from the 
University. Refunds of board and lodging are made on a pro-rata, weekly basis. Dining 
Hall cards issued to boarding students must be surrendered at the Dining Hall office 
the day of withdrawal. 

No refunds of fixed charges, tuition, laboratory fees, etc., are allowed when courses 
are dropped, unless the student withdratvs from the University. 



22 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE 

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the time of 
their registration their parents have been domiciled in this State for at least one year. 

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first registra- 
tion in the University, and may not thereafter be changed by him unless, in the case of 
a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents of this State by maintaining such 
residence for at least one full year. However, the right of the minor student to change 
from a non-resident status to resident status must be established by him prior to the regis- 
tration period set for any semester. 

Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registration they 
have been domiciled in this State for at least one year provided such residence has not 
been acquired while attending any school or college in Maryland or elsewhere. 

The word domicile as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place of abode. 
For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained. 

REGULATION OF STUDIES 

Schedule of Courses. A Semester time schedule of courses, giving days, hours, and 
rooms, is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each semester. Classes are 
scheduled beginning at 8 :00 A. M. 

Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit in the 
University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week for one semester. Two 
or three periods of laboratory or field work are equivalent to one lecture or recitation period. 

Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in accordance with 
the official schedule. Students are required to use prescribed type of book in final ex- 
amination and tests if requested by instructor. 

Marking System: The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C, and D, pass- 
ing ; F, Failure ; I, Incomplete. 

Mark A denotes superior scholarship; mark B, good scholarship; mark C, fair scholar- 
ship ; and mark D, passing scholarship. 

In computing scholastic averages, numerical values are assigned as follows : A — 4 ; 
B— 3; C— 2; D— 1 ; F— 0. 

A scholastic average of C is required for graduation and for junior standing. The 
C average will be computed on the basis of the courses required by each student's curriculum. 
The average of transfer students and of those seeking combined degrees will be computed 
only on the courses taken in residence in the University of Maryland and in satisfaction 
of the non-professional curriculum requirements of the college granting the degree. An 
over-all average will also be computed to include all courses taken in the University as 
a basis for the award of honors and such other uses as may be deemed appropriate. If 
a course is repeated, the final mark in the course is used in determining credit and in 
computing the over-all average. 

Academic Regulations. A separate pamphlet is published each year listing the 
regulations which govern the academic work and other activities of students. 

REPORTS 

Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar to parents or guardians of minor 
students who are not veterans at the close of each semester. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



2S 




Between Classes 



JUNIOR STANDING 

For junior standing, the requirements shall be. in addition to the required military 
and physical education, fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic credit, the whole pro- 
gram to be completed with an average grade of C. 

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 
The University confers the following degrees : Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, 
Master of Education. Master of Arts. Master of Arts in American Civilization, Master 
of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Foreign Study, Doctor of 
Philosophy, Doctor of Education, Civil Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, 
Chemical Engineer, Bachelor of Laws. Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Dental Surgery, and 
Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy. 

Students in the two-year and three-year curriculums are awarded certificates. 

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a student who has had less than one 
year of resident work in this University. The last thirty semester credits of any curriculum 
leading to a baccalaureate degree must be taken in residence at the University of Mary- 
land. Candidates for the baccalaureate degree in combined curriculums at College Park 
and Baltimore must complete a minimum of thirty semester credits at College Park. 

An average mark of C (2.0) is required for graduation. The C average will be 
computed on the basis of the courses required by each student's curriculum. The average 
of transfer students and of those seeking combined degrees will be computed only on the 
courses taken in residence in the University of Maryland and in satisfaction of the non- 
professional curriculum requirements of the college granting the degree. An over-all 
average will also be computed to include all courses taken in the University as a basis 
for the award of honors and such other uses as may be deemed appropriate. 

The requirements for graduation vary according to the character of work in the 
different colleges and schools. Full information regarding specific college requirements 
for graduation will be found in the college sections of the catalog. 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar eight weeks prior 



24 VXIVERSITY OF MARY LAX D 

to the date he expects to graduate, a formal application for a degree. Candidates for 
degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred and diplomas are 
awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional cases. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records from the 
office of the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy ; for each additional copy, 
there is a charge of $1.00. Checks should be made payable to the University of Maryland. 

Transcripts of records should be requested at least one week in advance of the date 
when the records are actually needed. 

No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student or alumnus whose 
financial obligations to the University have not been satisfied. 

STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE 

The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of its student 
body and takes every reasonable precaution toward this end. All new undergraduate students 
will be given a thorough physical examination at the time of their entrance into the 
University. A well-equipped infirmary is available for the care of the sick or injured 
students. A small fee is charged undergraduate students for this infirmary service, but 
does not include expensive drugs and special diagnostic procedures. 

Infirmary Service 

1. All undergraduate students may receive dispensary service and medical advice at 
the infirmary during office hours established by the physician in charge. 

2. A registered nurse is on duty at all hours in the Infirmary. Students are required 
to report illnesses during doctors' office hours unless the case is an emergency. 

3. Students not residing in their own homes may, upon order of the University 
physician, be cared for in the Infirmary to the extent of the facilities available. Students 
living off the campus will be charged a subsistence fee. In case of illness requiring a 
special nurse, special medical attention, expensive drugs, X-rays or special tests, the expense 
must be borne by the student. 

4. Students living in dormitories, fraternity houses, sorority houses, or "off campus" 
houses who are too ill to go to the Infirmary must notify the housemother, proctor or 
householder who in turn will notify the Infirmary. This will be done in all cases, except 
emergencies, during the doctors' office hours. 

5. When a student is admitted to the Infirmary and the illness is of a serious nature, 
parents will be promptly informed of the admission and of the progress of the student's 
condition. Visiting hours are 10 A. M. to 11 A. M. and 7 P. M. to 7:30 P. M. daily. Each 
patient is allowed only three visitors at one time. No visitor may see any patient until 
permission is granted by the doctor or nurse in charge. 

6. Hospitalization is not available at the Infirmary for faculty, graduate students or 
employees. Emergency dispensary service, however, is available for faculty, graduate students 
and employees who are injured in University service or University activities. 

Public Health 

All dormitories, "off campus" houses, sorority and fraternity houses are inspected 
periodically by the student Health Service to insure that proper sanitary conditions are 



GENERAL INFORMATION 25 

maintained and that kitchens meet the prescribed standards for cleanliness and sanitation. All 
food handlers will be examined in accordance with directives issued by the Student Health 
Service. 

LIVING ARRANGEMENTS 
Dormitories 

1. Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dormitories should 
request room application cards by so indicating on their applications for admission. The 
Director of Admissions will refer these to the offices of the Dean of Men or the Dean 
of Women. Application cards or blanks will be sent to applicants and should be returned 
promptly. A fee of $15.00 will be requested which will be deducted from the first semester 
charges when the student registers. A room is not assured until notice is received from 
the Dean concerned. Room reservations not claimed by freshmen or upper-classmen on 
their respective registration days will be cancelled. A room will be held by special re- 
quest until after classes begin providing the dormitory office is notified by the first day 
of registration. Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the request is received later 
than August 15 for the first semester or January 15 for the second semester. 

2. Applications for rooms are acted upon only when a student has been fully 
admitted academically to the University. 

3. Reservations by students in attendance at the University will be made at least two 
weeks before the close of the preceding semester. New students are urged to attend to 
their housing arrangements about three months in advance of registration. It is understood 
that all housing and board arrangements which are made for the fall semester are bind- 
ing for the spring semester. Room and board charges will begin with the evening meal 
prior to the first day of registration and include the last day of classes for each semester 
with the exception of the Christmas recess and the Easter recess. Students unable to 
make other arrangements for the holidays may consult with the Dean of Men or the 
Dean of Women for assistance. All freshmen except those who live at home, are required 
to room in the dormitories when accommodations are available. 

Equipment 

Students assigned to dormitories should provide themselves with sufficient single blankets, 
at least two pairs of sheets, a pillow, pillow cases, towels, a laundry bag, a waste paper 
basket, a desk blotter and some bureau scarves. 

The individual student must assume responsibility for all dormitory property assigned 
to him. Any damage done to the property other than that which would result from 
ordinary wear and tear will be charged to the student concerned. It is therefore advisable 
to protect desk tops with blotters and bureaus with bureau scarves. 

Each student will be furnished a key for his room for which a deposit of SI. 00 will 
be made. This deposit will be returned in exchange for the key at the end of the year. 

Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service; each student is re- 
sponsible for his or her own laundry. There are several reliable laundry concerns in 
College Park, or if a student prefers, he may send his laundry home. Students may, if 
they wish, do their own laundry, not including bed linen, in the laundry room in each 
dormitory. 

Personal Baggage sent via the American Express and marked with your college 
housing address will be delivered when the student concerned notifies the College Park 
express office of his arrival. 



26 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Off-Campus Houses 

1. Men: Only upper-classmen, veterans and those freshmen who cannot be accommo- 
dated are allowed to live in houses off the campus. A list of "off campus" rooms is 
available in the Office of the Dean of Men. 

2. Women: All housing arrangements for women students must be approved by the 
Office of the Dean of Women. 

3. Undergraduate women students who cannot be accommodated in the women's 
dormitories are referred to private homes which are registered in the Office of the Dean 
of Women as "Off-Campus Houses for Undergraduate Women.'' The householders in 
these homes agree to maintain the same rules and regulations as in the dormitories but 
business arrangements are made entirely between the student and the householder. Students 
and their parents should plan to see these accommodations personally and talk with the 
householder before making final arrangements. Xo woman student should enter into an 
agreement with a householder without first ascertaining at the Office of the Dean of Women 
that the house is on the approved list. Xo "off campus" householder should accept a deposit 
without first checking with the Office of the Dean of Women as to the eligibility for housing 
of the applicant, which depends on the waiting lists from the various areas. 

Meals 

All students who live in permanent University dormitories must board at the University 
Dining Hall. 

Other students may make arrangements to board by the semester at the Dining Hall, 
eat at the University Cafeteria, or at eating establishments in College Park. A few "off- 
campus" houses provide board as well as room. 

Xo rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall or in other places 
where board is paid in advance. 

By applying to the Office of the Dean of Women, girls may find desirable rooms in 
good homes where they can earn their room and board. 

Estimated Expenses of "Off-Campus" Residence 

Most of the off campus houses have double rooms with twin beds and provide linens 
and towels. Some require the students to furnish their own bed linens. The price for a 
person in a double room is about $20.00 a month. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF WOMEN 
1 
, The Office of the Dean of Women exists for the purpose of furnishing friendly counsel 

and helpful guidance to women students. The staff is ever ready to assist in the student's 
adjustment to college. This may include advice in personal problems, in meeting financial 
] obligations, in finding and adjusting to her housing, and in orienting her to her new environ- 
( ment. In addition, the Office of the Dean of Women coordinates women's activities, handles 
1 matters of chaperonage at social functions, regulates sorority rushing in cooperation with 
I Panhellenic Association and advises the Women's Student Government Association. It has 
supervision over all housing accommodations for women students, whether on or off campus. 
e A personal interview with one of the members of this Department is required of every 
\ woman student on entering and on leaving the University. All women students are invited 
' to avail themselves of the services of this Department. 
I 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF MEN 

The Office of the Dean of Men exists for the purpose of furnishing friendly counsel 



GENERAL INFORMATION 27 

and helpful guidance to male students in connection with any of their personal problems, 
especially those related to social adjustment, financial need, employment, housing, etc. This 
office also handles for male students matters of discipline and infringement of University 
regulations. 

UNIVERSITY COUNSELING CENTER 

The University maintains a center where all students are encouraged to go for individual 
assistance on their vocational choices, personal problems, and educational progress. The 
University Counseling Center has a professionally qualified staff and has available an 
extensive selection of diagnostic devices for the analysis of interests, abilities, aptitudes, 
and adjustment. By virtue of the payment of the annual testing and advisory fee, all 
students are entitled to the professional services of this center without further charge. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT AID 

Under an act of the Legislature, the University may award such scholarships, and 
accept gifts for scholarships, as it may deem wise, and consistent with prudent financial 
operations. 

All scholarships for the undergraduate departments of the University at College Park 
are awarded by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships. All scholarship applicants are 
subject to the approval of the Director of Admissions insofar as qualifications for admission 
to the L T niversity are concerned. All holders of scholarships are subject to the educational 
standards of the University, and to deportment regulations and standards. 

Scholarships are awarded on the basis of apparent qualifications for leadership. In 
making scholarship awards, consideration is given to participation in the various student 
activities, and to other outstanding attributes that indicate future possibilities as a leader, 
as well as to scholastic achievement, character, and all other factors which distinguish the 
most worthwhile students. It is the intention that scholarships shall be provided for young 
men and women who have characteristics which make them outstanding among their 
fellows, who might not otherwise be able to provide for themselves an opportunity for 
advanced education. 

The types of scholarships and loan funds available are as follows : 

Full Scholarships 

The University awards 36 full scholarships, 24 for men and 12 for women, covering 
board, lodging, fixed charges, and fees for which graduates of Maryland high and prepara- 
tory schools only are eligible. These scholarships are similar to those which the State 
provides and pays for at private colleges in the State, except that the State makes no special 
appropriation therefor. 

General Assembly Scholarships 

These scholarships are for fixed charges only and are awarded by members of the 
Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member of the House of Delegates. 
These scholarships may be awarded by a member of the House of Delegates or a Senator 
only to persons in the county or legislative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or 
Senator represents. Awards of such scholarships are subject to approval by the Faculty 
Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as to qualifications for Ad- 
mission. 

University Grants 

The University awards to deserving and outstanding secondary school graduates a 
limited number of scholarships covering fixed charges only. 



28 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

District of Columbia Scholarships 

District of Columbia students for many years have been granted a favored position with 
regard to non-resident tuition charges. This favored position has been discontinued, which 
means that District of Columbia students now pay considerably higher costs to attend the 
University. In view of this, and in further view of the increased costs to students from 
other localities, and in line with action by several other universities and colleges which 
have increased tuition costs, the University has established 20 scholarships for the students 
from the District of Columbia and other states. 

Endowed Scholarships 

The University has a few endowed scholarships and special awards. These are paid 

for by income from funds especially established for this purpose. Brief descriptions of 
these awards follow : 

Albright Scholarship 

A scholarship, known as the Victor E. Albright Scholarship, is open to graduates of 
Garrett County High Schools who were born and reared in that County. Application should 
be made to the high school principals. 

Alumni Scholarships 

The alumni have established a limited number of scholarships. These scholarships are 
awarded by the Faculty Committee to the most outstanding applicants. 

Scholarships by Baltimore Merchants 

Baltimore merchants, through the Retail Merchants Association of Baltimore, have 
provided two scholarships of $300 each for residents of the State of Maryland who have 
completed the junior year of the Practical Art curriculum in the College of Home Economics. 
Each recipient must have shown proficiency and interest in merchandising. 

Borden Agricultural and Home Economics Scholarships 

A Borden Agricultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in the College 
of Agriculture who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in dairying and who, 
upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest average grade of all other 
similarly eligible students in all preceding college work. 

A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in the 
College of Home Economics who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in 
food and nutrition and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest 
average grade of all other similarly eligible students in all preceding college work. 

W. Atlee Burpee Company Scholarship Award in Horticulture 

A scholarship award of $100, open to upper class students in Horticulture at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland, has been established by the W. Atlee Burpee Company, Seed Growers, 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Clinton, Iowa. Its purpose is to encourage and stimulate 
interest in flower and vegetable growing. The award is made on the basis of scholarship, 
experience, and interest in research. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Scholarships 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two 
summer scholarships to outstanding students in the College of Agriculture, one for a student 
who has successfully completed his Junior year ; the other for a student who has success- 
fully completed his Freshman year. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together 
outstanding young men for leadership training. 



GENERAL IX FORM ATI ON 29 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two 
summer scholarships to outstanding Home Economics Students, one to a Junior and one to 
a Freshman. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young 
women for leadership training. 

Dairy Technology Scholarships 

The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and Di>trict of Columbia has established 
a limited number of $150 scholarships for students majoring in Dairy Products Technology. 
These scholarships are available both to high school graduates entering the University as 
freshmen and to students who have completed one or more years of their University 
curriculum. The purpose of these scholarships is to encourage and stimulate interest in the 
field of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership, personality, 
need, experience, interest in and willingness to work in the field of dairy technology. The 
Dairy Technological Society cooperates with the Scholarship Committee of the University 
in making these awards. 

Exel Scholarships 

The largest grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah B. Exel. These 
scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the general principles 
underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

Victor Frenkil Scholarship 

A scholarship of $250.00 is granted annually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Baltimore to 
a student from Baltimore City for attendance in the freshman class of the University of 
Maryland. This scholarship is established through the U. S. Internal Revenue Post Xo. 
186 American Legion and is to be awarded by the University Faculty Scholarship Com- 
mittee in accordance with the terms of the grant. Application blanks for this scholarship 
may be procured from the Chairman of the Child Welfare Committee of the U. S. Internal 
Revenue Post No. 186 American Legion, 15 East Preston Street, Baltimore 2, Md. 

William Randolph Hearst Scholarships 

These scholarships have been established through a gift of the Baltimore Xews-Post, 
one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of William Randolph Hearst. The undergraduate 
scholarship of $400 annually is open to the graduate of any high school in America. The 
graduate scholarship of $600 annually is open to the graduate of any college or university 
in America. These scholarships are awarded for special work in the University's program 
of American civilization. 

The Hecht Company Merchandising Award 

Three hundred dollars is offered by The Hecht Company of Washington to a resident 
of Maryland, or the District of Columbia, who is interested in merchandising as a career. 
The student must have completed the junior year of the Practical Art curriculum in the 
College of Home Economics and have met other specific requirements. 

Home Economics Scholarships 

Two thousand dollars has been made available for Home Economics Scholarships by 
Marie Mount. 

Kiwanis Scholarship 

A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by the Prince George 
County Kiwanis Club to a resident of Prince Georges County, Maryland, who in addition 
to possessing the necessary qualifications for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record, 
must have a reputation for high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship. 



30 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarships 

These scholarships, several in number, have been established through the benefaction of 
the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late Congressman Charles J. Linthicum, 
who served in Congress from the Fourth District of Maryland for many years. These 
scholarships are known as the Helen Aletta Linthicum scholarships. They are granted only 
to worthy young men and women who are residents of the State of Maryland and who have 
satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a reputation for splendid character 
and citizenship, and the determination to get ahead. 

"M" Club Scholarships 

The "M" Club of the University of Maryland provides each year a limited number of 
partial scholarships. These scholarships are awarded by the faculty committee to the mo^t 
outstanding applicants. 

Dr. Frank C. Marino Scholarship 

Dr. Frank C. Marino has established a $200 annual scholarship in Nursing Education. 
As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded by the Scholarship Committee to a 
student who demonstrates special interest and promise in this field. 

Maryland Educational Foundation Scholarships 

The Maryland Educational Foundation provides funds each year for the education of 
several outstanding young men. These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee 
to the most outstanding applicants. 

National Executive Housekeepers Association Scholarship 

Five hundred dollars has been made available by the National Executive Housekeepers 
Association for scholarships to students majoring in Housekeeping Administration. 

The Sears Roebuck Foundation Scholarships 

Ten scholarships of $200 each are granted bjc the Sears Roebuck Foundation to the 
sons of farmers in the State of Maryland who enroll in the freshman class of the College 
of Agriculture of this University. One $250 scholarship is granted each year to the sopho- 
more student in the College of Agriculture who proved to be the outstanding student on a 
Sears Roebuck scholarship the previous year. These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty 
Committee in accordance with the terms of the grant. 

A limited number of similar scholarships from the Sears Roebuck Foundation are also 
available for students in the College of Home Economics. 

J. McKenny Willis & Son Scholarship 

A scholarship of $500 is granted annually by J. McKenny Willis & Son. Inc., Grain, 
Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland, to an outstanding student in vocational 
agriculture in Talbot County who will matriculate in the College of Agriculture in th,' 
University. This scholarship is awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the 
terms of the grant. 

Application blanks for this scholarship may be procured at the Office of the County 
Superintendent of Schools of Talbot County. 

Washington Flour Scholarship 

This scholarship was made available by the Wilkins-Rogers Milling Company of Wash- 
ington, D. C, for Freshmen in the College of Home Economics, covers all fees and books 
for one year, and is open to any student a resident of the District of Columbia, of Prince 
George's or Montgomery Counties in Maryland, or Arlington or Fairfax Counties, or Alex- 



GENERAL INFORMATION 31 

andria in Virginia. It is awarded annually by the Faculty Committee in accordance with the 
general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

Loan Funds 

A. A. U. W. Loan. The College Park Branch of the American Association of 
University Women maintains a fund from which loans are made to women students of 
junior or senior standing who have been iiv attendance at the University of Maryland for at 
least one year. 

American Bankers Association Scholarship Loan Fund. A loan fund of $250 for 
one year only limited to students in the senior year or in graduate work in banking, economics, 
or related subjects in classes of senior grade or above. 

Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the provisions of the will of Catherine 
Moore Brinkley, a loan fund has been established, available for worthy students who are 
natives and residents of the State of Maryland, studying mechanical engineering or agricul- 
ture at the University of Maryland. 

Home Economics Loan Fund. A loan fund, established by the District of Columbia 
Home Economics Association, is available for students majoring in Home Economics. 

The Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority Loan. Annually a Sigma Delta loan of one 
hundred dollars, without interest, is made to a woman student registered in the Uuiversity 
of Maryland. 

The Henry Strong Educational Foundation 

From this fund, established under the will of General Harry Strong of Chicago, an 
annual allotment is made to the University of Maryland at College Park for scholarship 
loans available for the use of young men and women students under the age of twenty-five. 
Recommendations for the privileges of these loans are limited, in most part, to students in 
the junior and senior years. Only students who through stress of circumstances require 
financial aid and who have demonstrated excellence in educational progress are considered 
in making nominations to the secretary of this fund. 

Student Employment and Senior Placement. 

A considerable number of students earn some money through employment while in 
attendance at the University. No student should expect, however, to earn enough to pay all 
of his expenses. The amounts vary, but some earn from one-fourth to three-fourths of all 
the required funds. 

Generally the first year is the hardest for those desiring employment. After one has 
demonstrated that he is worthy and capable, there is much less difficulty in finding work. 

The University assumes no responsibility in connection with employment. It does, how- 
ever, make every effort to aid needy students. The nearby towns and the University are 
canvassed, and a list of available positions is placed at the disposal of the students. Appli- 
cations for employment should be made to the Director of Student Welfare. 

A Placement Service is also maintained to assist graduating seniors in finding employ- 
ment. 

Procedures in Applying for Scholarships and Student Aid 

All requests for information concerning scholarships and student aid should be addressed 



32 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland, Regulations and procedures for the award of scholarships are formulated by this ' 
committee. 

ATHLETICS AND RECREATION 

The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of all students, 
and besides the required physical education for freshmen and sophomores sponsors a compre- 
hensive intercollegiate and intramural program. Students are encouraged to participate in 
competitive athletics and to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving 
college. The intramural program which covers a large variety of sports is conducted by the 
Physical Education Department for both men and women. 

A full program in intercollegiate athletics is sponsored under the supervision of the 
Council on Intercollegiate Athletics. The University is a member of the Southern Con- 
ference, the National Collegiate Athletics Association, the United States Intercollegiate 
Lacrosse Association, Intercollegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and coop- 
erates with other national organizations in the promotion of amateur athletics. 

Excellent facilities are available for carrying on the activities of the program in physical 
development. The University has two modern gymnasia, a coliseum, a large armory, a 
modern stadium, a number of athletic fields, tennis courts, baseball diamonds, running tracks 
and the like constituting the major portion of the equipment. 

EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The following description of student activities covers those of the undergraduate divi- 
sions of College Park. The descriptions of those in the Baltimore divisions are included 
elsewhere. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT 

Regulation of Student Activities. The association of students in organized bodies 
for the purpose of carrying on voluntary student activities in orderly and productive ways, 
is recognized and encouraged. All organized student activities are under the supervision of 
the Student Life Committee. Such organizations are formed only with the consent of the 
Student Life Committee and the approval of the President. Without such consent and 
approval no student organization which in any way represents the University before the 
public, or which purports to be a University organization or an organization of L T niversity 
students, may use the name of the University in connection with its own name, or in con- 
nection with its members as students. 

Student Government. The Student Government Association consists of the Execu- 
tive Council, the Women's League, and the Men's League, and operates under its own 
constitution. Its officers are a president, a vice-president, a secretary, a treasurer, president of 
Women's League, and president of Men's League. 

The Executive Council is the over-all student governing body and performs the 
executive duties incident to managing student affairs and works in cooperation with the 
Student Life Committee. 

The Women's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women, han- 
dles matters pertaining to women students. 

The Men's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Men, handles 
matters pertaining to men students. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 33 

The Student Life Committee, a faculty committee appointed by the President, keeps 
in close touch with all activities and conditions, excepting classroom work, that effect the 
student, and acting in an advisory capacity, endeavors to improve any unsatisfactory con- 
ditions that may exist. 

A pamphlet entitled Academic Regulations, issued annually and distributed to the 
students in the fall, contains full information concerning student matters as well as a state- 
ment of the rules of the University. 

Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in good standing are elig- 
ible to represent the University in extra-curricular activities. In addition, various student 
organizations have established certain other requirements. To compete in varsity athletics a 
student must pass the required number of hours as determined by the Athletic Board. 

Discipline. In the government of the University, the President and faculty rely 
chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students. The student who pursues his studies 
diligently, attends classes regularly, lives honorably and maintains good behavior meets this 
responsibility. In the interest of the general welfare of the University, those who fail to 
maintain these standards are asked to withdraw. Students are under the direct supervision 
of the University only when on the campus, attending an approved function or representing 
the University, but they are responsible to the University for their conduct wherever they 
may be. 

HONORS AND AWARDS 

Scholarship Honors. Final honors for excellence in scholarship are awarded to 
one-fifth of the graduating class in each college. First honors are awarded to the upper 
half of this group ; second honors to the lower half. To be eligible for honors, at least two 
years of resident work must be completed, and the average must be B (3.00) or higher. 

The Goddard Medal. The James Douglas Goddard Memorial Medal is awarded 

annually to the resident of Prince George's County, born therein, who makes the highest 
average in his studies and who at the same time embodies the most manly attributes. The 
medal is given by Mrs. Anne K. Goddard James of Washington, D. C. 

Grange Award. The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior 
who has excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious 
service to the College of Agriculture. 

The Alpha Chi Sigma Award. The Maryland, Alpha Rho Chapter, of the Alpha 
Chi Sigma Fraternity awards annually a year's membership in the American Chemical 
Society to the senior in the Department of Chemistry or the Department of Chemical 
Engineering with the highest scholastic average based on three and one-half years, pro- 
vided the average is above 3.00. 

Sigma Chi Cup. Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man in the 
freshman class who makes the highest scholastic average during the first semester. 

Alpha Zeta Medal. The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards 
annually a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest 
average record in academic work. 

Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is awarded 
annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in 
the College of Engineering. The medal is given by Benjamin Berman. 

Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the girl who 
attains the highest average in academic work during the sophomore year. 



34 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the fresh- 
man girl in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest scholastic average during 
the first semester. 

Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers awards a 
cash prize of $25.00 annually to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the 
opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during his stay at 
the University. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Award. The Alpha Lambda Delta Award is given to the 
senior member of the group who has maintained the highest average for the past three and 
one-half years. She must have been in attendance in the institution for the entire time. 

American Society of Civil Engineers Award. The Maryland Section of the Ameri- 
can Society of Civil Engineers awards annually a junior membership in the American Society 
of Civil Engineers to the senior in the Department of Civil Engineering who has the highest 
scholastic standing. 

Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi awards annually 
an engineers' handbook to the junior in the College of Engineering who, during his sopho- 
more year, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship over that of his freshman 
year. 

Sigma Alpha Omicron Award. This is awarded to the senior student majoring in 
Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership. 

Delta Gamma Scholarship Award is offered to the woman member of the graduating 
class who has maintained the highest average during three and one-half years at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. 

The Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards. The University Theatre recognizes annually 
the man and woman members of the senior class who have done most for the advancement 
of dramatics at the University. 

Rabbi Edward L. Israel Interfaith Scholarship of $300 is awarded by the B'nai B'rith 
Lodges of Maryland and Washington, D. C, to the student in the junior class who has done 
most to improve interfaith relations on the campus. 

William S. Rosenbaum Memorial Foundation Award, Barbarossa Lodge 133, Knights 
of Pythias, Philadelphia, for excellence in Hebrew Studies, $25. 

Alpha Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma Award. To the senior in Chemistry or 

Chemical Engineering whose average is above 3.00 for three and one-half years. A mem- 
bership in the American Chemical Society. 

Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award. The New York Southern Society awards annually 
medallions and certificates to one man and one woman of the graduating class and one non- 
student who evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpfulness to other men and 
women. 

This award is made in memory of the first president of the New York Southern Society. 

CITIZENSHIP AWARDS 

Citizenship Prize for Men. An award is presented annually by President H. C. Byrd, 
a graduate of the Class of 1908, to the member of the senior class who, during his collegiate 
career, has most nearly typified the model citizen, and has done most for the general advance- 
ment of the interests of the University. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 35 

Citizenship Prize for Women. Presented annually as a memorial to Sally Sterling 
Byrd, by her children, to that girl member of the Senior Class who best exemplifies the 
enduring qualities of the pioneer woman. These qualities typify self dependence, courtesy, 
aggressiveness, modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sacrifice for others, 
strength of character, and those other qualities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such 
a fundamental part in the building of the Nation. 

MILITARY AWARDS 

Mahlon N. Haines '94 Trophy. This is offered to the colonel of the winning group. 

Military Department Award. Gold second lieutenant's insignia to the colonel of 
the winning group. 

The Governor's Cup. This is offered each year by His Excellency, the Governor 
of Maryland, to the best drilled squadron. 

The Alumni Cup. The Alumni offer each year a cup to the commanding officer of 
the best drilled flight. 

Scabbard and Blade. This cup is offered to the commander of the winning flight. 

The Meeks Trophy is awarded to the member of the varsity A. F. R. O. T. C. 
Rifle Team who fired the high score of each season. 

A Gold Medal is awarded to the member of the Freshman Rifle Team who fired 
the high score of each season. 

Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to each member of the winning squad in the 
squad drill competition. 

Pershing Rifle Medals are awarded to the three best drilled students in Pershing 
Rifles. 

Mehring Trophy Rifle Competition. A gold medal is awarded to the student firing 
highest score in this competition. 

Air Force Association Medal. A silver medal awarded to the outstanding first- and 
second-year student in the advanced Air R. O. T. C. course based on scholastic grades, 
both general and military, individual characteristics and the performance during the 
period of summer camp. 

Arnold Society Cup, awarded to the second-year advanced student who has done 
the most to advance the Air Force R. O. T. C. interests and activities on the campus. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch is offered annually to 
"the man who typifies the best in college athletics." The watch is given in honor of a 
former President of the University, R. W. Silvester. 

Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to Charles L. Linhardt 
'12 to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year. 

Edwin Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the class of 1913 to the player 
who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year. 

Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding senior base- 
ball player. 



36 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The Tom Birmingham Memorial Trophy. To the outstanding member of the box- . 
ing team, awarded by Major Benny Alperstein and Major Hotsy Alperstein in memory 
of the late Tom Birmingham, '37. 

The Dixie Walker Memorial Trophy. Offered by Theta Chi Fraternity in memory 
of Dixie Walker. Award for the boxer who shows the most improvement over pre- 
ceding years. 

The Teke Trophy. This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of Tau Kappa 
Epsilon Fraternity to the student who during his four years at the University has ren- 
dered the greatest service to football. 

Charles Leroy Mackert Trophy. This trophy is offered by William E. Krouse to 
the Maryland student who has contributed most to wrestling while at the University. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS 

Medals are awarded to members of the Executive Committee of the Student Government 
Association who faithfully perform their duties throughout the year. 

RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES 

The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the students, not solely 
in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities whose development along all lines, 
including the moral and religious, is included in the educational process. Pastors representing 
the major denominational bodies assume responsibility for work with the students of their 
respective faiths. A new chapel, one of the most beautiful structures of its kind, for use 
of all faiths, is on the campus. Church attendance is encouraged. 

Religious Life Committee. A faculty committee on religious affairs and social serv- 
ice has as its principal function the stimulation of religious thought and activity on the 
campus. It brings noted speakers on religious subjects to the campus from time to time. 
The committee cooperates with the Student Religious Council and the student pastors and 
assists the student denominational clubs in every way that it can. Opportunities are provided 
for students to consult with pastors representing the denominations of their choice. 

While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs, the importance of 
religion is recognized officially and religious activities are encouraged. 

Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs have been organized among the 
students for their mutual benefit and to undertake certain types of service. This year the 
list includes the Baptist Student Union, the Canterbury Club ("Episcopal), the Albright- 
Otterbein Club ("Evangelical United Brethren), the Christian Science Club, the Friends' 
University Group, Greek Orthodox Club, the Hillel Foundation (Jewish), the Lutheran 
Club, the Newman Club (Catholic), Maryland Christian Fellowship, the Wesley Founda- 
tion (Methodist), and the Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian). These clubs meet 
regularly for worship and discussion, and occasionally for social purposes. A pastor or a 
member of the faculty serves as adviser. 

FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES, SOCIETIES AND CLUBS 

General Statement 

Fraternities and sororities, as well as all other clubs and organizations recognized by 
the University, are expected to conduct their social and financial activities in accordance 
with the rules of good conduct and upon sound business principles. Where such rules and 
principles are observed, individual members will profit by the experience of the whole group, 
and thereby become better fitted for their life's work after graduation. Rules governing the 
different activities will be found in the list of Academic Regulations. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 37 

Honorary Fraternities. Honorary fraternities and societies in the University at 
College Park are organized to uphold scholastic and cultural standards. These are Phi 
Kappa Phi, a national honorary fraternity open to honor students, both men and women, 
in all branches of learning; Sigma Xi, an honorary scientific fraternity; Omicron Delta 
Kappa, men's national honor society, recognizing conspicuous attainment in non-curricular 
activities and general leadership ; Mortar Board, the national senior honor society for women 
recognizing service, leadership and scholarship : Alpha Lambda Delta, a national freshmen 
women's scholastic society requiring a 3.5 average ; Phi Eta Sigma, national freshman 
honor society for men. 

A group of national honorary fraternities encouraging development in specialized endeavor 
are : Tau Beta Phi, general engineering honor society ; Omicron Xu, women's home economics 
honor society ; Beta Gamma Sigma, men's and women's commerce honor society ; Sigma Pi 
Sigma, men's and women's physics honor society ; Phi Alpha Theta, men's and women's 
history honor society. 

The national professional fraternities which encourage high scholarship, professional 
research and advancement of professional ethics are : Alpha Zeta, men's professional agri- 
cultural fraternity ; Phi Delta Kappa, men's professional education fraternity : Beta Alpha Psi, 
men's professional accounting fraternity ; Iota Lambda Sigma, men's professional industrial 
education fraternity : Alpha Chi Sigma, men's professional chemistry fraternity ; and Delta 
Sigma Pi, professional commerce fraternity. 

The national recognition societies which promote achievement in various fields of activity- 
are: Scabbard and Blade, men's military society; Pershing Rifles, also men's military; 
Pi Delta Epsilon, men's and women's college journalism society; Alpha Kappa Delta, men's 
sociology- society ; Pi Sigma Alpha, men's and women's political science society ; National 
Collegiate Players, men's and women's dramatics society ; and Gamma Beta, a student band 
society. 

Sigma Alpha Omicron is a bacteriology honor society. The Arnold Society is an hon- 
orary Air Force R. O. T. C. society and the Varsity "M" Club is an honorary athletic 
organization. 

Fraternities and Sororities. There are twenty-two national fraternities, three local 
fraternities and fifteen national sororities at College Park. These in the order of their 
establishment at the University are : Kappa Alpha, Simga Xu, Phi Sigma Kappa, Delta 
Sigma Phi, Alpha Gamma Rho, Theta Chi, Phi Alpha, Tau Epsilon Phi. Alpha Tau Omega, 
Phi Delta Theta, Lambda Chi Alpha, Sigma Alpha Mu, Alpha Epsilon Pi, Phi Kappa 
Sigma, Sigma Chi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon. Tau Kappa Epsilon, Zeta Beta Tau, Delta Tau 
Delta, Sigma Pi. Sigma Phi Epsilon, Phi Kappa Tau, Delta Kappa Epsilon and Pi Kappa 
Alpha, national fraternities ; Alpha Omicron Pi, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Kappa Delta, Delta 
Delta Delta. Alpha Xi Delta, Phi Sigma Sigma, Alpha Delta Pi, Sigma Kappa, Gamma 
Phi Beta, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Pi Beta Phi, Delta Gamma. Kappa Alpha Theta, Alpha Gamma 
Delta, Alpha Chi Omega, and Sigma Delta Tau, national sororities ; Gamma Sigma, local 
sorority ; and Phi Kappa Gamma, local fraternity. 

Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural, scientific, 
social and other special objectives are maintained in the University. Some of these are 
purely student organizations; others are conducted jointly by students and members of the 
faculty. The list follows : 

Civic and Service Organisations. Interfraternity Council, Panhellenic Council, Inter- 
fraternity Pledge Council, Independent Students' Association, Daydodgers' Club, Student 
Unit of the American Red Cross, Latch Key, Alpha Phi Omega (national service fraternity), 
Chinese Student Club, Graduate Club, Gate and Key Club (a fraternity service organiza- 
tion), and Islamic Association. 



38 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Subject-Matter Organisations. Agricultural Council, Engineering Council, American 
Society of Mechanical Engineers, American Society of Civil Engineers, Student Affiliate of 
the American Chemical Society, Farm Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Student 
Port of Propellor Club, Plant Industry Club, Home Economics Club, Physical Education 
Majors Club, American Institute of Electrical Engineers and Institute of Radio Engineers, 
Industrial Education Association, Childhood Education Club, American Institute of Chemi- 
cal Engineers, Finance Club, Society for Advancement of Management, Marketing Club, 
Accounting Club, Maryland Poultry Science Club, Business Education Club, Economics 
Seminar Club, Federated Arts Club, Philosophy Club, Institute of Aeronautical Sciences, 
Press Club, Music Educators Club, Institute of Food Technology, Dairy Science Club, and 
Future Teachers of America. 

General Organizations. Student Grange, International Relations Club, Future Farmers 
of America, Sociology Club, French Club, German Club, Spanish Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, 
Women's Recreation Association, Cosmopolitan Club, International Club, Russian Club, and 
Public Relations Club. 

Recreational Organisations. Rossborough Club (large campus dances), University 
Theatre, Men's Glee Club, Women's Chorus, Clef and Key, Riding Club, Terrapin Trail 
Club. Gymkana Club, Swimming Club, Camera Club, Ballroom Dance Club (instructional 
group), Radio Club, Chess Club, Art Club, Authorship Club, University Orchestra, Sailing 
Club, Judo Club, Modern Dance Club, Ski Club, Astronomy Club, Model Airplane Club, 
and Maryland Flying Association. 

UNIVERSITY AND A. F. R. O. T. C. BANDS 

The University of Maryland Student Band and the A. F. R. O. T. C. Band are two 
separate musical organizations at the University, existing for the purpose of furthering the 
musical knowledge of interested students. The A. F. R. O. T. C. Band functions under the 
Military Department. The Student Band is under the direction of the Music Department 
and is assisted by the Military Department. Students are not required to be members of 
the University of Maryland Band to be eligible for the Air Force R. O. T. C. Band. The 
instruction of both bands is conducted by an experienced bandmaster. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

Four student publications are conducted under the guidance of a faculty adviser and 
the general supervision of the Student Publications Board. 

The Diamondback, a newspaper, summarizes the University news, and provides a medium 
for the discussion of matters of interest to the students and the faculty. 

The Terrapin, the annual, is a reflection of campus activities, serving to commemorate 
the principal events of the college year. 

The Old Line, is a literary, humorous and art magazine, published periodically. 

The "M" Book, a handbook issued for the benefit of incoming students, is designed to 
acquaint them with general University life. 

UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE 

The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and delivery of United States 
mail, including Parcel Post packages, and for inter-office communications. This office is 
located in the basement of the Administration Building. The campus post office is not a 
part of the United States Postal System and no facilities are available for sending or 
receiving postal money orders. Postage stamps, however, may be purchased. United States 



GENERAL INFORMATION 39 

mail is received at 8:30 A. M. and 2:00 P. M. and dispatched at 11 :15 A. M. and 4:15 P. M. 
daily, except that on Saturdays mail is dispatched at 11 :15 A. M. only. 

Each student in the University is assigned a Post Office box at the time of registration, 
for which a small fee is charged. Also, boxes are provided for the various University offices. 

One of the major reasons for the operation of the Post Office is to provide a con- 
venient method by which Deans, teachers and University officials may communicate with 
students. Students are therefore expected to call for their mail daily, if possible, in order 
that such communications may come to their attention promptly. 

STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE 

For the convenience of students, the Universitv maintains a Students' Supply Store, 
located in the basement of the Administration Building, where students may obtain at rea- 
sonable prices text books, classroom materials and equipment. The store also carries jewelry, 
stationery, fountain pens and noveltv items. 

This store is operated on a basis of furnishing students needed books and supplies at 
as low a cost as practicable, and profits, if any, are turned into the general Universitv 
treasury to be used for promoting general student welfare. The store is an integral part of 
the University and is owned by the State of Maryland. 

Because of heavy demand for text books at the beginning of each semester the Students' 
Suoplv Store operates a temporary annex on the campus. Location of this annex is posted 
at registration. 

ALUMNI 

The Alumni Council, composed of three representatives from each School and College 
in the University — one from "M" Club and one from each area Alumni Club — coordinates 
all general alumni interests and activities. The Council membership includes three repre- 
sentatives from each of the organized alumni associations for the Schools of Agriculture, 
Arts and Sciences, Business and Public Administration, Dentistry, Education, Engineering, 
Home Economics, Law, Medicine, Nursing, and Pharmacy. 

Council activities include the alumni publication Maryland, a scholarship program, and 
an annual Homecoming affair at College Park. Membership in the University of Maryland 
Alumni Association is automatically obtained through affiliation with one of the school 
organizations. Each School and College Alumni Association exerts an active interest in the 
welfare of its respective graduates and the University of Maryland. Objectives of the 
general Association include the promotion of the interests and welfare of the University of 
Maryland and efforts to further mutually beneficial relations between the University of 
Maryland, the people of the State, and the alumni. 

"Maryland" Magazine 

Maryland, a bi-monthly magazine, issued by the Alumni Association, is primarily an 
alumni publication. However, it publishes also articles of general interest, feature articles 
written by faculty members and alumni, campus news, and sports news. It is of reader 
interest to the alumni as well as the student body, next of kin of students, faculty members 
and Maryland residents in general. The magazine's circulation includes the exchange list 
of numerous universities and both the high schools and preparatory schools of the area. 
Maryland is edited and published by the University's Department of Publications. 

THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 

The academic divisions at the University of Maryland are constituted for the purpose 



40 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

of drawing into closer relationship the scholars among both students and faculty in related 
departments of study who are faced with common problems and the need for an exchange 
of experience in reference to progress underway which is of common interest extending 
beyond the bounds of individual departments. 

In addition to the functions of coordinating the work of related departments and stim- 
ulating scholarship in a broad subject field, it is more particularly the duty of divisions, 
through their chairmen, to sanction needed interdepartmental cooperative projects; check 
and report possible duplication of effort ; and in general, to serve as advisory bodies to the 
General Administrative Board. 

The chairmen of the divisions are chosen by the General Administrative Board, of which 
body they are members. 

Five academic divisions have been established in the University to date. These are : 

The Lower Division 
The Division of Biological Sciences 
The Division of Physical Sciences 
The Division of Humanities 
The Division of Social Sciences 

At the present time these divisions are constituted as follows : 
THE LOWER DIVISION 
Chairman, Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry 

Student programs in Freshman and Sophomore years of the University are under the 
general oversight of a faculty committee known as the Lower Division Committee. The 
members of this committee are especially selected because of their interest in student growth 
and development in Freshman and Sophomore years. They are drawn from the faculties of 
all of the departments in the University whose responsibility it is to offer courses to students 
in these years. 

It is the function of the Lower Division Committee to consider the general problem of 
courses which should be open to students in Freshman and Sophomore years ; the articula- 
tion of these courses in terms of the curricula needs of the several colleges ; and, in general, 
to stimulate interest in learning and teaching at this level. 

THE DIVISION OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. John E. Faber, Professor of Bacteriology 

The Division of Biological Sciences includes the departments of Bacteriology, Botany, 
Entomology, Zoology and Genetics, and representatives of other departments interested in 
this field. 

THE DIVISION OF HUMANITIES 
Chairman, Dr. Adolph E. Zucker, Professor of Foreign Languages 

The Division of Humanities includes the departments of Art, Classical Languages and 
Literature, English Language and Literature, Foreign Languages and Literature, Music, 
Practical Art, Philosophy, Speech, and representatives of other departments interested in 
this field. 

THE DIVISION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering 

The Division of Physical Sciences includes the departments of Astronomy, Chemistry, 



GENERAL INFORMATION 41 

Geology, Mathematics, Physics, and representatives of other departments interested in this 
field. 

THE DIVISION OF SOCIAL SCIENCES 
Chairman, Dr. Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor of Sociology 

The Division of Social Sciences includes the departments of Economics, Agricultural 
Economics, History, Home Management, Government and Politics, Psychology, Sociology, 
and representatives of other departments interested in this field. 






CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS 

AT COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND 



College of Agriculture. The College of Agriculture offers curricula leading to 
the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Agriculture ; Agricultural Chemistry ; Agri- 
cultural Economics and Marketing ; Agricultural Education and Rural Life ; Agriculture- 
Engineering; Agronomy (crops and soils); Animal Husbandry; Botany (plant cytology, 
morphology and taxonomy; plant pathology; and plant physiology and ecology); Dairy 
(dairy husbandry and dairy products technology); Entomology; Horticulture ("pomology 
and olericulture, floriculture and ornamental horticulture and commercial processing of horti- 
cultural crops) ; and Poultry Husbandry. 

College of Arts and Sciences. The College of Arts and Sciences provides liberal 
training leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricula are 
offered in American Civilization, Art, Bacteriology, Medical Technology, Chemistry, Eng- 
lish, Foreign Languages (French, German, Spanish, Russian and Hebrew), History, Mathe- 
matics, Physics, General Physical Sciences, Philosophy, Pre-dental, Pre-law, Pre-medical, 
Psychology, Sociology, Social Service, Crime Control, Speech, Zoology, and Fisheries 
Biology. 

The College of Arts and Sciences offers combined degrees with the Schools of Medicine, 
Law, and Nursing. 

College of Business and Public Administration. The college of Business and Public 
Administration offers curricula leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Organiza- 
tion and Administration, Public Administration, Economics, Geography, Government and 
Politics, Journalism, and Office Techniques and Management. 

College of Education. The College of Education offers curricula leading to the 
degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricula are offered in Academic 
Education, Art Education, Business Education, Dental Education, Elementary Education, 
Home Economics Education, Industrial Education, Music Education, Nursery School-Kinder- 
garten Education, Nursing Education, Physical Education, Health Education, and Recreation. 

The Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences. The 

Glenn L. Martin College of Engineering and Aeronautical Sciences offers curricula leading 
to a Bachelor of Science degree in Aeronautical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil 
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and Metallurgy. 

College of Home Economics. The College of Home Economics offers curricula 
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in General Home Economics, Foods and Nutri- 
tion, Home Economics Education, Institution Management, Home Economics Extension, 
Textiles and Clothing, and Practical Art. 

College of Military Science. The College of Military Science offers curricula lead- 
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Science. These curricula are especially designed for those who 



42 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

wish to follow a career in the Armed Forces. The Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps 
established by the Air Force in cooperation with the University is a major department in 
this College. Two years of training in this type of citizenship, Air Force science and tactics, 
are required of all male students under the age of thirty years. Any male student in any 
undergraduate curriculum of the University who is accepted for such training may pursue 
an advanced course in this field which will lead to a reserve or regular commission in the 
United States Air Force. 

College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The College of Physical 
Education, Recreation and Health offers curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Physical Education, in Recreation, in Health, and in Pre- Physical Therapy. In 
addition this College conducts the required physical activities program of the freshman and 
sophomore years designed to correct and improve the physical development of all students. 

College of Special and Continuation Studies. The College of Special and Continua- 
tion Studies provides a limited program of late afternoon and evening and Saturday morning 
courses both on and off campus for mature students who have full-time employment or who, 
for other reasons, cannot follow a full-time program of studies at College Park. These 
studies are offered at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. This College also con- 
ducts a special program for high school graduates whose secondary school preparation may 
be deficient in certain minor details. 

Summer School. The Summer School of six weeks duration provides programs of 
study to persons who find it convenient to attend the University during the summer months. 
Instruction is offered in most of the departments of the University. In the College of Edu- 
cation the offerings are considerably expanded. Teachers in service and other persons who 
are employed during the regular school year find a wide variety of courses available. 

Graduate School. The Graduate School has general jurisdiction over the graduate 
courses offered in the departments of the University at College Park and Baltimore. Through 
a program of inter-departmental cooperation under the immediate direction of this School, 
the University confers the degrees of Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Arts 
in American Civilization, Master of Business Administration, Master of Education, Master 
of Foreign Study, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate faculty 
includes all members of the various faculties who give instruction in approved graduate 
courses. 

AT BALTIMORE 

The Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing and Pharmacy offer curricula 
leading to professional degrees in their respective fields. 

CATALOGS 

See separate catalog listings on back cover. 



College of 

AGRICULTURE 

STAFF 

Many of the members of the Instructional staff are also on the staff of the 

Extension Service, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of 

the staffs of these two agencies appear elsewhere in this publication. 

Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean of Agriculture 

Paul E. Ny strom, DPA, Director of Instruction 

Thomas B. Symons, D.Agr., Dean of Agriculture Emeritus 

George J. Abrams, MS., Assistant Professor of Apiculture. 

Arthur M. Ahalt, M.S., Professor and Head of Agricultural Education. 

Charles O. Appleman, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology Emeritus. 

Wendell S. Arbuckle, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

John H. Axley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils. 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Botany. 

George M. Beal, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

Frank L. Bentz, Ph.D., Assistant in Soils. 

William E. Bickley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Luther B. Bohanan, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
Gerard A. Bourbeau, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Soils. 
Richard E. Brown, M.S., Instructor in Dairy Husbandry. 
Russell G. Brown, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany. 
Arthur L. Brueckner, V.M.D., Professor of Veterinary Science. 
John Buric, M.S., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. 
David J. Burns, M.S., Instructor Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering. 
Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 
Edgar A. Corbin, M.S., Instructor in Dairy Manufacturing. 
Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Entomology. 
Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Education. 
Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology. 
Samuel H. DeYault, Ph.D., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Emeritus. 

43 



44 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Harold M. DeYolt, D.V.M., Professor of Poultry Pathology. 

Willie M. Dugger, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology. 

Lee J. Enright, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ornamental Horticulture. 

John E. Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry. 

Hugh G. Gauch, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Physiology. 

Lester F. George, B.S., Instructor of Agricultural Engineering. 

Guy W. Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 

Willard W. Green, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Husbandry. 

Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Horticulture. 
Elizabeth E. Haviland, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Entomology. 
Harry J. Hofmeister, B.S., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 
Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology. 
Morley A. Jull, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry. 
Mark Keeney, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 
John R. Keller, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 
Malcolm H. Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry. 
Amihud Kramer, Ph.D., Professor of Horticulture. 
Robert W. Krauss, Ph.D., Research Associate in Plant Physiology. 
Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Agronomy. 
Emory C. Leffel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry. 
Conrad Liden, M.S., Assistant Professor of Agronomy. 
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor of Floriculture. 
Ellis Martin, B.S., Laboratory Mechanic in Agricultural Engineering. 
Joseph F. Mattick, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 
Delbert T. Morgan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Botany. 
Omar D. Morgan, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 
Samuel C. Munson, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology. 
Ray A. Murray, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Education. 
John B. S. Norton, D.Sc, Professor of Botany Emeritus. 
Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A.. Professor and Head of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
Paul R. Poffenberger, M.S., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
John W. Pou, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Dairy. 
George D. Quigley, B.S., Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 
Robert D. Rappleye, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Botany. 
Reginald L. Reagan, Professor of Veterinary Virology. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 45 

Thomas S. Ronningen, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agronomy. 

Reece I. Sailer, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology. 

Leland E. Scott, Ph.D., Professor of Horticultural Physiology. 

Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D., Professor of Poultry Husbandry. 

James B. Shanks, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Floriculture. 

Joseph C. Shaw, Ph.D., Professor of Dairy Husbandry. 

Howard H. Shepard, Ph.D., Lecturer in Entomology. 

Mark M. Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor of Landscape Gardening. 

Stanley C. Shull, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
Harold D. Smith, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
James R. Sperry, V.M.D., Associate Professor of Veterinary Science. 
Francis C. Stark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops. 
Orman E. Street, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Agronomy. 
Edward Strickling, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Soils. 
Arthur H. Thompson, Ph.D., Professor of Pomology. 
Herman S. Todd, B.S., Instructor in Horticulture. 

William P. Walker, M.S., Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D., Professor of Plant Pathology and State Plant Pathologist. 

*CRITIC TEACHERS IN AGRICULTURE 

Louis F. Ahalt, Middletown High School, Middletown, Md. 

W. Harlan Biggs, Hagerstown Vocational Center, Hagerstown, Aid. 

John R. Gee, Jr., La Plata High School, La Plata, Md. 

H. Palmer Hopkins, North Harford School, Pylesville, Md. 

Glenn W. Lewis, Easton High School, Easton, Md. 

Leib McDonald, Sparks High School, Sparks, Md. 

William W. Miles, Damascus High School, Damascus, Md. 

E. Kenneth Ramsburg, Boonsboro High School, Boonsboro, Md. 

Joseph K. Scott, Williamsport High School, Williamsport, Md. 

Maurice C. Ward, Poolesville High School, Poolesville, Md. 

Donald E. Watkins, Gaithersburg High School, Gaithersburg, Md. 



* Teachers of Vocational Agriculture who supervise student teachers in Agriculture 
during the practice teaching period. 




46 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean 

Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A., Director of Instruction 

THE College of Agriculture offers both general and specialized 
training for students who wish to prepare for professional work 
in the broad field of agricultural endeavor. Student pro- 
grams are arranged with a view to correlating technical 
work with related sciences and cultural subjects. Education 
in fundamentals receives special attention. Accordingly, 
young men and women are given a basic general education 
while they are being instructed in the various branches of 
agriculture. In addition to offering this opportunity for 
thorough grounding in the related basic natural and social 
sciences, it is an objective of the College to provide trained personnel for agricul- 
tural and allied industries. This personnel is recruited from rural and urban 
areas. Farm-reared students enter either general or specialized curricula; city- 
reared students tend to follow the specialized programs. 

History 

The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under the 
name of the Maryland Agriculture College. For three years the College was 
under private management. When Congress passed the Land Grant Act 
in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the State and 
named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. When the 
institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Maryland in Baltimore, 
the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the major divisions of 
this larger, more comprehensive organization. 

In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agricultural 
Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were established as the 
result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 respectively. A more 
complete description of these two services appear later in this bulletin. 

General 

The College provides curricula for those who wish to engage in general 
farming, livestock production, dairying, poultry husbandry, fruit or vegetable 
growing, floriculture or ornamental horticulture, field crop production, or in 
the highly specialized scientific activities connected with these industries. It 
prepares men to serve as farm managers, for positions with commercial con- 
cerns related to agriculture, for responsible positions as teachers in agriculture 
colleges and in departments of vocational agriculture in high schools or as 
investigators in experiment stations, for extension work, for regulatory activities, 
and for service in the United States Department of Agriculture. 

Through research the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and 
the fundamental sciences underlying it are constantly being extended and 



COLLEGE OE AGRICULTURE 47 

solutions for important problems arc being found. Research projects in many 
fields are in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from instructors 
who devote part time to research, or are closely associated with it, are kept 
in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in the investigations 
under way. The findings of these research scientists provide valuable informa- 
tion for use in classrooms, and make instruction virile and authentic. The 
results of the most scientific investigations are constantly before the student. 

Close contact of workers in the College with the problems of farmers and 
their families in all parts of the State, through the county agents, home demon- 
stration agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident instruction in 
the College ot" Agriculture. These contacts operate in two ways: problems 
confronting rural people are brought to the attention of research workers and 
the instructional staff, and results of research are taken to farmers and their 
families in their home communities through practical demonstrations. Hence 
the problems of the people of the State contribute to the strength of the College 
of Agriculture, and the College helps them in the improvement of agriculture 
and rural life. 

Through their regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the College 
of Agriculture are continually dealing witli the actual problems associated with 
the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm products and 
animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide range of activities 
and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect pests and diseases; 
preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals 
and plants; analyzing fertilizer, feed, and lime for guaranteed quality; and 
analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds to insure better seeds for 
farm planting. 

These fields contribute largely to agricultural education, as standardization 
and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry. Direct con- 
tact on the part of professors in their respective departments with the problems 
and methods involved makes for effective instruction. 

Special Advantages 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of Beltsville Research 
Center of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. This is the largest, best manned, 
and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world. Also, the University 
of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washington D. C, offices of the 
U. S. Department of Agriculture and other government departments, including 
the Library of Congress. Students can easily visit these agencies and become 
acquainted with their work and the men who conduct this work. Such contacts 
have already proved valuable to many University of Maryland graduates. 

Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before 
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meetings and 
otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agriculture in the 
United States is physically located to offer like opoortunities to its students. 



48 L'XIT'ERSITY OF MARY LAS D 

Coordination of Agricultural Work 

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland 
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and regu- 
latory functions within the individual departments, between the several depart- 
ments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several departments 
are closely associated with the research, extension and regulatory work being 
carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, devote a portion of 
their time to one or more of these types of activities. Close coordination of 
these four types of work enables the University to provide a stronger faculty 
in the College of Agriculture, and affords a higher degree of specialization than 
would otherwise be possible. It insures instructors an opportunity to keep in- 
formed on the latest results of research, and to be constantly in touch with 
current trends and problems which are revealed in extension and regulatory 
activities. Heads of departments hold staff conferences to this end, so that the 
student at all times is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the 
several fields of knowledge as it is possible for organization to put him. 

In order that the work of the College shall be responsive to agricultural 
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural in- 
dustries in the State, and that the course of instruction shall at all times be made 
most helpful for students who pursue them, Advisory Councils have been con- 
stituted in the major industries of agriculture. The Councils are composed of 
leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Maryland, and the instructional 
staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit of their counsel and advice. 
By this means the College, the industries, and the students are kept abreast of 
developments. 

Facilities and Equipment 

In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effective 
instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, the Uni- 
versity of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research and instruc- 
tion in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 1,500 acres, are 
operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of the most 
complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work in the 
country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and beef cattle, 
and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruction and research 
in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facilities are available in the 
Agronomy Department for breeding and selection in farm crops, and for soils 
research. The Poultry Department has a building for laboratories and class- 
rooms, a plant comprising thirty-four acres, and flocks of all the important 
breeds of poultry. The Horticulture Department is housed in a separate building, 
and has ample orchards and gardens for its various lines of work. 

Departments and Curricula 

Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as follows: 
Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Education and Rural Life; 
Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy (including crops and soils); Animal Hus- 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 49 

bandry; Botany (including plant morphology and taxonomy, plant pathology, 
and plant physiology and ecology); Dairy (including dairy husbandry and 
dairy products technology); Entomology (including bee culture); Horticulture 
(including pomology, olericulture, floriculture, ornamental horticulture and com- 
mercial processing); Poultry Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there 
are curricula in Agricultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of 
study may also be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one 
or more years of training in practical agricultural subjects. 

Admission 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must apply to 
the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern 
of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social, 
Biological and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra and 
Plane Geometry are necessary for certain curricula and desirable for all. While 
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is 
required for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable 
as electives. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment, 
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident 
and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of 
records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off- 
campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and student 
aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious 
denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs, the 
University Band, student publications. University Post Office and Supply Store, 
write to the Director of Publications for the General Information Issue of the 
Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed 
charges; $71.00 special fees; $360.00 board: $130.00 to $150.00 room; and labor- 
atory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee 
of S10.00 is charged for all new students. An additional charge of $150.00 is 
assessed students not residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publi- 
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years. 
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 



50 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required to 
complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O. 
T. C. courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or 
reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require- 
ments in basic military science, hygiene, and physical activities with an average 
grade of at least C in the freshman and sophomore years before being permitted 
to begin advanced work. 

Requirements for Graduation 

Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in 
academic subjects other than basic military science and physical activities. Men 
must acquire in addition 12 hours in basic military science and 4 hours in 
physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and 
4 hours in physical activities. 

Scholarships for Agricultural Students 

A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students. 
These include scholarships granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the 
Borden Company, the Danforth Foundation, the Ralston Purina Company, the 
Thoroughbred Breeders and J. McKenny Willis and Sons. 

These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance 
with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed information about these 
scholarships is contained in the General Information Catalog. 

AWARDS 
Grange Award 

The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has 
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious 
service to the College of Agriculture. 

Alpha Zeta Medal 

The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a 
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest 
average record in academic work. The mere presentation of the medal does not 
elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recognition of high 
scholarship. 

Student Organizations 

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several 
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These organ- 
izations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 51 

4-H Club, Dairy Science Club, Institute of Food Technology, Future Farmers 
of America, Plant Industry Club. Riding Club, Student Grange, Poultry Science 
Club, Veterinary Science Club, Alpha Zeta, and the Agricultural Student 
Council. 

Membership in these organizations is voluntary and no college credits are 
given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that acquired 
from regularly prescribed courses. All of these organizations have regular 
meetings, arrange special programs and contribute to the extra-curricular life 
of the students. 

The Agricutural Economics Club is a forum for students and faculty in the 
field of Agricultural Economics. The Block and Bridle Club is composed of stu- 
dents interested in livestock; it conducts a Student Livestock Judging Contest in 
the fall and a Student Fitting and Showing Contest in the spring on the campus. 
The Collegiate 4-H Club is composed of former members and others interested 
in Agricultural Extension work. 

The Dairy Science Club is composed of students and faculty in both dairy 
production and dairy manufacturing. Students in Horticulture majoring in 
commercial processing band together with their faculty in a Student Institute 
of Food Technology. The Future Farmers of America foster an interest in 
Vocational Agriculture and the Collegiate Chapter serves as host to the high 
school chapters in the State at their judging contests held at the University. 
Students interested in Agronomy, Botany and Horticulture are brought together 
in meetings of the Plant Industry Club to consider important phases of plant 
science and industry as well as for social activity. 

The Poultry Science Club is composed of students and faculty in Poultry 
Husbandry. Students who enjoy horseback riding are brought together in the 
Riding Club; this organization sponsors an annual Horse Show in cooperation 
with other riding enthusiasts in the vicinity of the University. The Student 
Grange represents the great national farmers' fraternity of the Order of Patrons 
of Husbandry and emphasizes training for rural leadership. 

Students preparing for careers as veterinarians have formed the Veterinary 
Science Club. Membership in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity, 
is chosen from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain 
scholastic requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from the 
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to 
coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work which is 
beneficial to the College. 

Student Judging Teams 

The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy 
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team members 
are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for 
this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the students compete 
with teams from other state universities or agricultural colleges. 



52 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAXD 

Student Advisers 

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty adviser, 
either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of heads of 
departments or persons selected by them to advise students with curricula in 
their respective departments. General advisers are selected for students who 
have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish to pursue the 
general curriculum in agriculture. 

Electives 

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow affords opportunity 
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or to 
arid to their general training. 

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a student 
may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed advisable to meet 
the requirements of his particular need. 

Farm and Laboratory Practice 

The head of each department will help to make available opportunities for 
practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each student 
whose major is in that department and who is in need of such experience. For 
inexperienced students in many departments this need may be met by one or 
more summers spent on a farm. 

Freshman Year 

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the same 
for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student an op- 
portunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture and the 
related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that pursued in 
high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise choice of programs 
in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student before the end of 
the year to change from one curriculum to another, or from the College of 
Agriculture to the curriculum in some other college of the University with little 
or no loss of credit. 

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum in 
mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest selection 
of freshmen electives from the standpoint of their special interests and their 
probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year with no definite 
curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who assists with the 
choice of freshman electives and during the course of the year acquaints the 
students with the opportunities in the upper curricula in the College of Agri- 
culture and in the other divisions of the University. If by the close of the 
freshman year a student makes no definite choice of a specialized curriculum, 
he continues under the guidance of his general adviser in the General Agri- 
culture Curriculum. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 53 

Agriculture Curriculum 

r- Semester— \ 

Freshman Year I II 
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women ) - 2 

R. Ed. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 1 .... 

**Math. 0— Basic Mathematics .... 

•Elect either of the following pairs of courses : 

Bot. 1, General Botany and Zool. 1, General Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3, ueneral Chemistry 4 4 

Elect one of the following each semester : 

Modern Language 3 

tMath 5, 6 or 10, 11, or 10, 13 3 

Physics, 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3 

^ A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry .... 

■w Agron. 1— Crop Production .... 

{Dairy l-*-Fundamentals of Dairying .... 

Agriculture — General 

This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm, enter 

work allied to farming, for those seeking a general rather than a specialized 

knowledge of the field of agriculture and for those preparing to work in any- 
general field in agriculture. 

By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may 

choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect courses 
that contribute to a liberal education. 

General Agriculture Curriculum^ 

r-Semester— \ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5. 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

«-» P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 .... 

""Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities ± l 

Total 19 19 



**An examination in Mathematics will be given at an announced date during the first 
semester; students passing this test will not be required to take Math. 0. 

♦Both pairs of courses are required for graduation from the College of Agriculture. 

fStudents who expect to pursue the curriculum in Agricultural Chemistry or Agri- 
cultural Engineering must be prepared to elect Math. 14, 15 and 17. 

{Students taking A. H. curriculum should take Dairy 1 the second semester. 

tlf A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



54 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

/—Semesters 

Junior Year I II 

Zool. 104— Genetics „ 3 .... 

*— ■» Hort. 5— Fruit Production, or Hort. 58— Vegetable Production.. .... 3 

^.Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology, or Bnt. 10— Applied Entomology .... 3 

Agron. 10— General Soils 4 .... 

— ^. Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Biological or Physical Science Sequence 3 3 

Electives 6 3 



Total 19 18 

Senior Year 

■•A. E. 100— Farm Economics 3 .... 

-t^A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 3 .... 

. „A. E. 108 — Farm Management .... 3 

^Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education 3 

Electives 9 7 



Total 15 15 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both 
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection 
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, soil 
bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and those 
handling food products. 

Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum 

/—Semester—^ 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Chem. 15, 17— Qualitative Analysis 3 3 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry 4 .... 

Math.— Calculus .... 4 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 19 19 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



55 



r- Semester— < 

Junior Year I II 

Chem. 35, 3 i— Elementary Organic Lecture 2 2 

Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2 2 

Chem. 21. 22— Quantitative Analysis 4 4 

Modern Language 3 3 

Geol. 1— Geology 3 

Agron. 10— General Soils .... 4 

Math. 21-CaLulus 4 

Electives in Biology .... 3 

Total IS 18 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 or 7 6 or 7 

Total 17 or 18 17 or 18 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

The curriculum in agricultural economics and marketing is designed to pre- 
pare students for the following types of positions: On the farm as farm 
operators and farm managers; with farm organizations, such as the Farm 
Bureau and farmers' cooperatives; with private and corporate business concerns; 
and positions with state and federal agencies, such as college teachers, agri- 
cultural extension workers, and research with federal and state agencies. 

The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental training 
in the basic economic principles underlying farming. The curriculum includes 
courses in farm management, general agricultural economics, marketing, finance, 
prices, taxation, and land economics to give the student the foundation needed 
to meet the production and distribution problems confronting the individual 
farmer in a progressive rural community. 

Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for 
its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farm 
business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and operating 
the farm as a business enterprise. It requires knowledge of farm resources and 
taxation, methods of financing agricultural production and marketing, including 
agencies involved, services rendered and the cost of getting products from the 
producer to the consumer through cooperative and private types of organization. 



56 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Agricultural Economics and Marketing Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Comrosition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

A. E. 100— Farm Economics 

A. E. 101— Marketing of Farm Products 

A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 

A. E. 104— Farm Finance 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

P. H. 1— Poultry P- oduction 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

A. E. 103— Cooperation in Agriculture 

A. E. 106— Prices of Farm Products 

Agr. Engr. 3 01— Farm Machinery 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Soc. 113— The Rural Community 

A. H. 110— Feeds anu Feeding 

A. E. Ill— Land Economics 

A. E. 110— Seminar 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester- > 
I II 



17 



17 



3 


.... 




3 


3 






3 




3 


2 


2 


3 


.... 


4 


.... 


4 


7 


19 


18 


3 






3 


3 






3 




3 


3 




3 


.... 


1 


1 


5 


8 



18 



18 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare for teaching secondary 
vocational agriculture, work as county agents and allied lines of the rural 
education services. Graduates are in demand in rural businesses, particularly 
of the cooperative type. A number have entered the Federal service. Others 
are engaged in teaching and research in agricultural colleges. Quite a few have 
returned to the farm as owner-managers. 

Courses in extension methods are included in agricultural education. They 
are especially designed for students who wish to train for extension work, as 
well as others who wish to learn more about how the extension service operates. 



•If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



57 



Agricultural education majors, as well as others, are urged to take these courses 
if they can possibly fit them into their curriculum. 

In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, involving 
graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing the agri- 
cultural education curriculum must present evidence of having acquired adequate 
farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years. 

Students with high average may upon petition be relieved of certain require- 
ments in this curriculum, when evidence is presented that either through 
experience or previous training a prescribed course is non-essential. Or they 
may be allowed to carry an additional load. 

All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings of 
the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their junior 
and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as advisers of high 
school chapters of FFA upon graduation. All Agricultural Education majors 
are urged to become members of the FFA and to participate in the activities of 
the organization. 



Agricultural Education Curriculum' 1 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

P. H. 1 — Poultry Production 

Dairy 1 — Fundamentals of Dairy Husbandry 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Restricted Science Elective s 

^^Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology or Ent. 10— Applied Entomology 

J±. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 

^Agrom. 10— General Soils 

A. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

R. Ed. 107— Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I and II 

Total 



-Semesters 
I II 



L9 



3 

IS 



3 
3 

4 

3 
2 
3 
1 

19 



19 



•If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected! 
•sequent years. 



in subsequent years 



58 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r- Semester- -\ 

Senior Year 1 H 

A. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

R. Ed. 109— Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3 

R. Ed. Ill— Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1 

tR. Ed. 103— Practice Teaching 5 

R. Ed. 101— Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations.... 2 

A. Engr. 104— Farm Mechanics 2 

R. Ed. 112— Departmental Management • • • • 1 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education ■ • • • 3 

Hort. 5S— Vegetable Production • • ■ • 3 

Electives • • 3 5 

Total 16 I 5 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

The department offers to students of agriculture training in those agricultural 
subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These subjects may be 
grouped under three heads: farm machinery and farm power, farm buildings, 
and farm drainage. 

Five-Year Program in Agriculture — Engineering 

For those students who wish to specialize in the application of engineering 
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is offered 
a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged jointly by the 
College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and leading to a degree 
from each of these colleges. 

This program prepares graduates to enter state, federal or commercial 
fields of activity in such work as soil and water conservation, rural electrification, 
design and sale of farm machinery and structures, and in the development of 
new uses for farm products and the profitable utilization of farm wastes and 
by-products. 

To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge 
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a four- 
year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the funda- 
mentals of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineering could 
furnish. 

Upon completion of the normal four-year course of study the degree of 
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student 
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon 
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degree in 
civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering. 



tMajors in agricultural education will also be required to take R. Ed. 104, Practice 
Teaching, four credits (or its equivalent), to be arranged in a four-week period prior to 
the opening of the University of Maryland in the fall of their senior year. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



59 



Curriculum in Agriculture — Engineering 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Comi>osition and Readings in American Literature. 

Speech 7— Public Speaking 

*Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 

♦Math. 15— College Algebra 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 

Engr. 1— Introduction to Engineering 

R. Ed. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 



— Semester— v 
/ // 

3 3 

2 



4 

4 4 

2 - 

1 

1 .... 

3 3 
1 1 



For the students whose final objective is a degree in Civil Engineering, 
the balance of the curriculum is: 



Sophomore Year (Cknl Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1— American Government , 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Mech, 1— Statics and Dynamics , 

Surv. 2— Plane Surveying 

Surv. 50— Advanced Surveying , 

A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men). 
Physical Activities 



Total. 



Junior Year (Cknl Engineering Option) 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature... 

Speech 108— Public Speaking 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 

Geol. 2— Engineering Geology 

Mech. 50— Strength of Materials 

Mech. 53 — Materials of Engineering 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

Agr. Engr. 107 — Farm Drainage 

Agr. Engr. 106— Farm Mechanics 

Approved Electives 



20 



Total. 



IS 



*A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is 
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take 
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit, and Is not eligible to take Math 14 con- 
currently. 



,60 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-S emester—\ 
Fourth Year {Civil Engineering Option) 

C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Surv. 100— Curves and Earthwork 3 .... 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 4 

M. E. 50— Principle of Mechanical Engineering .... 3 

E. E. 50— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings 2 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Approved Electives 8 4 

Total 19 20 

Fifth Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

Engr. 7— Technical Writing .... 2 

Bact. 55 — Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 2 .... 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3 

C. E. 102— Structural Design 6 

C. E. 103— Concrete Design 6 

C. E. 104— Water Supply 3 

C. E. 105— Sewerage 3 

C. E. 106— Elements of Highways 3 

Total 20 19 

For the student whose final objective is a degree in Mechanical Engineer- 
ing, the balance of the curriculum is: 

Sophomore Year {Mechanical Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Surv. 1— Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2— Machine Shop Practice .... l 

Shop 3— Manufacturing Processes .... l 

A. S. 3. 4-Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

-Physical Activities 1 i 

Total 20 20 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 61 

r- Semester— \ 
Junior Year {Mechanical Engineering Option) 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Literature 

Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers .... 

Met h. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 5 .... 

Mech. 52— Strength of Materials .... 5 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery .... 

Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agr. Engr. 106— Farm Mechanics .... 2 

Approved Elective.* 3 3 

Total 21 19 

Fourth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

M. E. 5 3— Metallography .... 

M. E. 54— Fluid Mechanics .... 3 

M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings 2 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 

Approved Electives 11 4 

Total 20 20 

Fifth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

H. 5. 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2 

M. E. 102 — Heating and Air Conditioning .... 

M. E. 103— Refrigeration .... 3 

M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 4 4 

M. E. 106. 107— Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4 

M. E. 103, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2 

Total IS IS 

For the student whose final objective is a degree in Electrical or Chemical 
Engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged. 

AGRONOMY 

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction in crop production, crop 
breeding, soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fertility, soil classification, and soil 
conservation. These courses prepare students to enter various types of 
private, commercial, state, and federal agronomic positions. By careful elec- 
tion of courses the student may lay a foundation for either advanced study 
or for employment upon graduation with the B.S. degree. Opportunities for 
advanced students are shown in the Graduate School catalogue. Depending 
on the electives chosen, students graduating with the B.S. degree are trained 
for general farming, farm management, specialized seed production, county 
agent work, soil conservation, or employment with commercial seed companies, 
fertilizer companies or equipment manufacturers. 



62 



CNIJ'ERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Crop Production Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature... 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . . 
Physical Activities 



-Semester~ 
I II 



Total. 



3 
1 

19 



Junior Year 

Agron. 30— Cereal Crop Production.. 
Agron. 31— Forage Crop Production. 
Agron. 153— Selected Crop Studies... 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Electives 



Total. 



Senior Year 

Agron. 103— Crop Breeding 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems 

Agron. 15 2— Seed Production and Distribution. 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage 

Agron. 114— Soil Classification 

A. H. . 10— Feeds and Feeding 

Agron. 101— Senior Seminar in Crops 

Electives 



Total. 



16 



16 



Students specializing in crop breeding will elect Math. 10, Algebra (3), or 
Math. 13, Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) in the junior year. 



*If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



63 



Soils Curriculum 

r— Semester— > 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 '■'• 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Bot. 1— General Botany .... 4 

Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Agron. 10— General Soils 4 .... 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 

Junior Year 

A. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agron. 1— Crop Production .... 

A^ron. 112 — Commercial Fertilizers .... 3 

A^ron. 116— Soil Investigation Methods 3 .... 

Agron. 114— Soil Classification .... 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 .... 

Chem. 5 or 15, 17— Qualitative Analysis 3 0-3 

Chem. 35— Organic Chemistry .... 2 

Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory .... 2 

Electives 3 3-6 

Total 16 18 

Senior Year 

Agron. 113— Soil Conservation .... 3 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2 

A. E. 10S — Farm Management .... 3 

Agron. 117— Soil Physics .... 3 

Agron. Ill— Soil Fertility 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis .... 4 

Zool. 2— Fundamentals of Zoology 4 .... 

Electives 9 .... 

Total 16 15 

Students wishing to specialize in soil mapping and farm planning phases 
of soil conservation will follow the soils curriculum except that Physics 10, 
11. and Chem. 5, 15. 17. 19, 35, 36 will not be required. Agron. 30, 31, 105, 

A.H. 1, 110, Dairy 1, and a course in physics (if the student does not have 
credit for physics in high school) will be required. Suggested electives are 

Econ. 37, P.H. 1, Hort. 5, 58, Ag. Eng. 101, Agron. 115, Bot. 20, Ent. 1, and 
Bact. 1. 



64 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

J he curriculum in Animal Husbandry is organized for the purpose of 
preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal industry 
as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and research 
workers in Federal, State and private institutions, and as workers in spe- 
cialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary. 

By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a 
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with certain 
types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more technical 
and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional work in colleges, 
for investigational work in State and Federal experiment stations or in com- 
mercial research laboratories. Students who desire to enter the field of 
teaching or highly specialized research should elect the more scientific courses 
offered by this and by other departments. 

Animal Husbandry Curriculum* 

r— Semester— \ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 1 1 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Econ. 3 7— Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

A. H. 30— Types and Breeds of Livestock .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. u. T. C. (Men; 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology .... 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 3 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3 .... 

A. H. 120— Principle:; of Breeding .... 3 

A. H. 131— Sheep Production 3 

*A. H. 140— Livestock Management .... 3 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 

Agron. 1— Crop Production .... 3 

Electives 6 3 

Total 18 18 



♦Students planning this curriculum should elect A. H. 1 the first semester and Dairy 
1 the second semester of the freshman year. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 65 

/— Semesters 

Senior Year I H 

A. H. Ill— Animal Nutrition 

A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production 

A. H. 132— Swine Production 

A. H. 150— Livestock Markets and Marketing 2 .... 

A. H. 160— Meat and Meat Products .... 

Agr. Eng. 101— Farm Machinery 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology • • • • 

**Agron. 10— General Soils 4 

A. H. 170, 171— Seminar 1 

Electives 

Total 19 18 

BOTANY 

The department offers three major fields of work; plant morphology and 
taxonomy; plant pathology; or plant physiology and ecology. The required 
courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all students. 
In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses to suit his 
particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to contribute toward 
a broad cultural education, and to support the courses selected in the chosen 
field of botany. 

Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish to 
meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates, may 
elect the necessary work in education. 

The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of 
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for 
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research 
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories. 

Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations 
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and positions 
with seed companies, canning companies and other commercial concerns. 

Botany Curriculum 

r-Semester—\ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 

Modern Language 3 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants .... 

Bot. 2— General Botany .... 4 

Chem. 1, a— General Chemistry 4 4 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total iy 20 

♦Required for students lacking Farm Experience. 
**Agron. 10 is given both semesters. 



66 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r— Semester—^ 

Junior Year I H 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

But. 101— Plant Physiology 4 .... 

Bot. 11— Plant Taxonomy .... 3 

Bot. 110— Plant Microtechnique .... 3 

Bact. 1— Bacteriology 4 .... 

Electives 3 3 

Total 21 19 

Senior Year 

But. 112— Seminar 1 1 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 3 

But. 102— Plant Ecology 3 

Bot. 115— Structure of Economic Plants .... 3 

Bot. 116— History and Philosophy of Botany 1 .... 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 .... 

Botany Electives 3-8 2-5 

Electives 5-0 7-4 

Total 16 16 

Students specializing in Plant Morphology or Plant Taxonomy will elect 
Bot 114 and Bot. 128; those specializing in Plant Pathology will elect Bot. 
122, Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126; 
those specializing in Plant Physiology will elect Organic Chemistry, Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34. 

DAIRY 

The Dairy Department offers instruction in two major lines of work; 
dairy husbandry and dairy technology. In the dairy husbandry curriculum, 
students are given technical and practical training in the breeding, feeding, 
management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. With suit- 
able choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of dairy farms, for 
breed promotion and sales work, for employment with private and co- 
operative business organizations, and for county agent work. The dairy 
technology curriculum is designed to prepare students for practical and sci- 
entific work concerned with the processing and distribution of milk, manu- 
facture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and other products, in dairy 
plant operation and management, and in dairy inspection. Students satis- 
factorily majoring in dairy technology are qualified for the many technical 
and applied positions in the various branches of the dairy industry. 

By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a 
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for 
research in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested 
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 
Dairy Husbandry Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory... 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Dairy 20— Dairy Breeds and Selection 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Agron. 1— Crop Production 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 

A. H. 120 — Principles of Breeding 

Bact. 13 3— Dairy Bacteriology 

Dairy 30— Dairy Cattle Judging 

Dairy 101— Dairy Production 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery ' 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 

A. H. Ill— Animal Nutrition 

Dairy 105— Dairy Cattle Breeding 

Electives 

Total 



67 



-Semester— \ 

J II 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 


4 






4 




4 



2 
4 
3 
1 

20 



IS 



3 
3 
4 

it; 



6 
IS 



•Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 the second semes- 
ter of the freshman year. If A. H. 1 is not elected in the freshman year it must be 
taken in subsequent years. 



68 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Dairy Technology Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory. . . 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Bact. 133— Dairy Bacteriology 

Dairy 40— Grading Dairy Products 

Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 

Dairy 110— Butter and Cheese Making 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 

Dairy 11 ±— Concentrated Milk Products 

Dairy 112— Ice Cream 

Dairy 114— Special Laboratory Methods 

Dairy 115 — Dairy Inspection 

Dairy 116— Dairy Plant Management 

Electives 

Total 



r- Semester- 
I II 



2 
1 
4 
4 

3 
1 

IS 



18 



2 

If! 

16 



17 



IS 



ENTOMOLOGY 

This curriculum, which trains students for work in various types of 
private, commercial, state and federal entomological positions, includes basic 
courses in Entomology and related fields. Most of the first two years is 
devoted to obtaining this essential background. In the junior and senior 
years the student, besides the required courses, has 18 credit hours of electives. 
Non-required courses in Entomology and related subjects are available to 
broaden the scope of the training. 



*Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 in the freshman 
year. Those interested in the business rather than the technical phases of dairy tech- 
nology may substitute approved courses in business and economics for Chem. 19, 31, 32, 
33, 34. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 69 

A student wishing an undergraduate minor in Entomology should take 
the introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of 
both the major and minor departments select courses that will contribute most 
to the end he has in view. 

Entomology Curriculum* 

r-Semester—\ 

Sophomore Year I LI 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Ent. 2— Insect Morphology 3 .... 

Ent. 3— Insect Taxonomy ■ . ■ • 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2 2 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Lab 1 1 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology • • • • 4 

Ent. 103, 104— Insect Pests 3 3 

Phy. 1, 2— Elements of Physics :: 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Electives :; 3 

Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 .... 

Ent. 105— Medical Entomology 3 .... 

Ent. 101— Economic Entomology 3 .... 

tEnt. 110, 111— Special Problems 1 1 

Ent. 112— Seminar 1 1 

Foreign Language 3 

Electives fi 8 

Total 17 16 

HORTICULTURE 

The Department of Horticulture offers instruction in pomology (fruits), 
olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental gardening, and 
processing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter 
commercial production and the horticultural industries such as fruit and 
vegetable processing and seed production. Students are likewise prepared 



•Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Ent. 1 the second semester 
of the Freshman year. 

fStudents may satisfy this requirement in one semester, if their schedule permits, or 
expand the work and credits upon departmental approval. 



70 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer com- 
panies, equipment manufacturers, and others. Students who wish to enter 
specialized fields of research and teaching may take advanced work in the de- 
partment. A minimum of 24 credit hours in horticultural courses is required 
for graduation. 

Pomology and Olericulture Curriculum. 

r— Semester— \ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, o— General Chemistry 4 4 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 .... 

Hort. 5, 6— Fruit Production 3 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Electives • • • • - 

Total 20 18 

Junior Year 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 3 

Agron. 1 0— General Soils 4 .... 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production .... 3 

Hort. 59— Small Fruits 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

*Electives 5 6 

Total 18 17 

Senior Year 

Bot. 125— Diseases of Fruit Crops 2 .... 

or 

Bot. 126— Diseases of Vegetable Crops .... 2 

Hort. 101, 102— Technology of Fruits 2 2 

or 

Hort. 103, 104— Technology of Vegetables 2 2 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 .... 

Bot. 115 — Structure of Economic Plants .... 3 

Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 1 1 

♦Electives 8 9 

Total 16 17 



*Electives must include a minimum total of ceven credits from the following courses : 
Hort. 11, 22, 62, 106, 107, 108, 114, 116, 122. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71 

Floriculture and Ornamental Horticultural Curriculum 

t— Semester-^ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Wnrld Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

II. 5, (J— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy .... 3 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3 

Hort. 22— Landscape Gardening 2 .... 

A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 8 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 19 17 

Junior Year 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology „ 4 

Hort. 62 — Plant Propagation 3 .... 

Hort. 107, 108— Plant Materials 3 3 

Bot. 11 1— Plant Anatomy 3 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 4 .... 

Bot. 123— Diseases of Ornamental Plants .... 2 

*Electives 2 y 



Total 19 17 

Senior Year 

Hort. 16— Garden P lowers .... 3 

Hort. US, 119— Seminar 1 1 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

♦Electives 14 17 



Total 17 18 

♦Required of students specializing in floriculture : 

Hort. 11 — Greenhouse Management .... 3 

Hort. 150, 151— Commercial Floriculture 3 3 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 

♦Required of students specializing in landscape and ornamental 
horticulture : 

Art. 1 — Charcoal Drawing 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 41— Architectural Drawing .... 2 

Hort. 152. 153— Landscape Design 3 3 

Dr. 1 — Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Surv. 1— Plane Surveying .... 2 

Hort. 159— Nursery Management .... 3 

or 

Hort. 160— Landscape Maintenance .... 3 

♦Suggested Electives in Landscape and Ornamental Horticulture Option: 

Art 2, 9, 100, 101 ; Engr. 100 ; For 1. 



72 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 

Pbys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 

Hort. 61— Processing Industries 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. S. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Speech 1— Public Speaking 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Hort. 155, 156— Commercial Processing 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Bact. 131— Food and Sanitary Bacteriology 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. Ill— Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants 

Agr. Engr. 112— Machinery and Equipment for Horticulture 

Processing 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Hort. ±03, 104— Technology of Vegetable.-? 

Hort. 121 — Plant Operations 

Hort. 123— Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products 
Hort. 124— Quality Control 

A. E. 105 — Food Products Inspection 

Hort. IIS, 119— Seminar 

and one of the following options : 

MANAGEMENT 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 

B. A. 150— Market Management 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

Electives 

Total 

TECHNOLOGY 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Anar/siu 

Bact. 52— Sanitary Br cteriology 

Hort. 126— Wr^ritional Analyses of Processed Crops 

Electives 

Total 



—Semester— \ 
I II 



3 

:; 
2 
1 
3 

4 
3 
1 

20 



2 
19 



14 



2 

14 



3 
3 

2 
1 
3 
1 

3 
1 

17 



20 



14 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 73 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in Poultry Husbandry is designed to give the student a 
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the 
marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry improve- 
ment work; and as a basis for graduate training for teaching and research 
in poultry husbandry. 

The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of 
individual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation for 
a professional career in poultry husbandry, will be expected to take a language. 
However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be required to com- 
plete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry. 

Poultry Curriculum* 

/— Semester—* 
Sophomore Year I Ji 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

Chem. , 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 2— Poultry Biology 2 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 3 .... 

M. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 18 

Junior Year 

P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 3 .... 

P. H. 102— Physiology of Hatchability .... 3 

P. H. 100— Poultry Breeding 2 

**Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 .... 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Electives 4 5 

Total 17 17 



•Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect P. H. 1, the first semester 
of the Freshman Year. If Agron. 1 is not elected in the Freshman Year, it must be 
elected in a subsequent year. 

•♦Required of students specializing in poultry genetics, physiology, or nutrition. 



74 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

/—Semester—^ 

Senior Year I II 

P. H. 104— Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry i .... 

A. E. 117— Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry .... 3 

V. S. 108— Avian Anatomy 3 .... 

V. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene .... 3 

P. H. 103— Commercial Poultry Management .... 3 

P. H. 107 — Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems 2 .... 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery (3) 'v 

or \ 2-2 

Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings (2) j 

Electives 6-7 10 

Total 17 19 

Pre-Forestry Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred 
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program which 
a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college he plans 
to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agriculture are sent to 
the Head of the Department of Botany of the University for counsel and advice 
in these matters. 

Pre-Theological Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any 
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue 
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre- 
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual four 
year training of the College. In either case they should enroll as members 
of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture. 

The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological 
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the 
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy, agri- 
cultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, economics, 
psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Students 
desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agriculture 
of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or admissions 
officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend. 

Pre- Veterinary Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue preparation for the study of Veterin- 
ary Science. The curriculum which a student will follow will depend to 
some extent upon the Veterinary College which he plans to enter. All Pre- 
Veterinary students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Head 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 75 

of the Department of Veterinary Science of the University for counsel and 

advice in these matters. 

Special Students in Agriculture 

Mature students may, with consent of the Dean, register as special stu- 
dents and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular curriculum, 
but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university fees for these 
special students are the same as fees for regular students. 

There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses 
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements 
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean of 
the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission to visit 
classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments. This op- 
portunity is created to aid florists, poultrymen, fruit-growers, gardeners, or 
other especially interested persons who are able to get away from their work 
at some time during the year. 

The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit 
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for 
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four 
years. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of 
the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 



76 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

Professors Nystrom, De Vault, (emeritus), Beal, Walker; Associate Professors 
Hamilton, Poffenberger, Shull, Assistant Professors Bohanan, Smith; 

Instructor Burns. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
A.E. 100. Farm Economics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31, 
32, or Econ. 37. 

A general course in agricultural economics, with special reference to 
population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agricultural wealth, 
land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, and 
marketing. (Shull.) 

A. E. S100 A-B. Special Problems in Farm Economics (1, 1) — Summer 
session only. 

An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob- 
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, 
production adjustments, transportation, marketing and cooperation. Designed 
primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Staff.) 

A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. 

The development of marketing, its scope, channels, and agencies of dis- 
tribution, functions, costs, methods used, and services rendered. (Shull.) 

A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3) — First semester. 

Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative organiza- 
tions; reasons for failure and essentials to success; commodity developments; 
operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends. (Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3) — Second semester. 

A study of credit principles as applied to private and cooperative farm 
businesses and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for and benefits 
of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 105. Food Products Inspection (2) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to give students primary instruction in the 
grading, standardizing and inspection of fruits and vegetables, dairy products, 
poultry products, meats, and other food products. Theoretical instruction will 
be given in the form of lectures, while the demonstrational and practical work 
will be conducted through laboratories and field trips to Washington, D. C, 
and Baltimore. (Staff.) 

A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3) — Second semester. 
A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, with 
emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poffenberger.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 77 

A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3) — First semester. 
A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and analyzing of 
farm accounts. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 108. Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the organization and operation of farms from the standpoint 
of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors 
affecting profits. Students will make an analysis of the atcual farm business 
and practices of different types of farms, and make specific recommendations 
as to how these farms may be organized and operate as successful businesses. 

(Hamilton.) 

A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2) — First and second semesters. 

With the permission of the instructor, students will work on any research 
problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class meetings 
for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (Staff.) 

A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Students will prepare and present reports on economic literature and 
current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 111. Land Economics (3) — First semester. 

A study of the principles, problems and policies in the utilization of land 
with special emphasis on agricultural land. (Bohanan.) 

A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3) — Second semester. 

Trends in world trade for agricultural products; the position of the United 
States in world trade of agricultural products; farm relief measures and 
international trade: reciprocal trade agreements; postwar developments. 

(Shull.) 

A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3) — First semester. 

A study of principles and practices in the marketing of milk and manu- 
factured dairy products, including the influence of significant geographical 
and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Beal.) 

A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (3) — Second semester. 

A study of principles and practices in the marketing of fresh and processed 
fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant geographical and 
institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Burns.) 

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3) — Second 
Semester. 

This course embraces the economic phases of egg and poultry marketing. 
Supply and demand factors, including trends, will be discussed along with 
marketing methods, marketing costs and margins, market facilities, trans- 
portation, government grading, storage and efficiency in marketing. Consumer 
preference, acceptance and purchases will be related to consumer income, 
pricing of competitive products, and display methods. (Smith.) 



78 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104. 

Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. See Poultry Husbandry, 
P. H. 107. 

Market Milk. See Dairy 109. 

Livestock Markets and Marketing. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150. 

Meat and Meat Products. See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160. 

Economics of Cooperatives. See Economics, Econ. 151. 

Advertising Programs and Campaigns. See Business Administration, B. A. 
151. 

Retail Store Management. See Business Administration, B. A. 154. 

For Graduates 

A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. 

An advance course dealing extensively with some of the economic prob- 
lems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, produc- 
tion adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. (Staff.) 

A. E. 203. Research — Credit according to work accomplished. 
. This course will consist of special reports by students on current economic 
subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by the members of the 
class and instructional staff. (Staff.) 

A. E. 202. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students will be assigned research in agricultural economics under the 
supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original investigation 
in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.) 

A. E. 205. Special Problems in Dairy Marketing (2) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, A. E. 115 or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with complex economic problems in dairy 
marketing which have developed because of the seasonal production and 
perishability of milk, its multiple uses, and the competitive structure of the 
industry. (Beal.) 

A. E. S207. Farm Business Analysis (1) — Summer session only. 
An advanced course dealing with farm records and accounts. Designed 
especially for teachers of agriculture and county agents. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy (3) — Second semester. 

The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, emphasizing the 
origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon 
agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 79 

A. E. 210. Agricultural Taxation (2) — First semester. 

Principles, theory and practical problems of taxation applied to the field 
of agriculture; trends in farm taxes; farm tax burdens; equalizing and reducing 
farm tax burdens; taxation of farm cooperatives; forest lands and interstate 
agricultural commerce; application of income taxes and sales taxes to farmers; 
taxation of agriculture in foreign countries. (Walker.) 

A. E. 211. Functional Aspects of Farm Taxation (3) — Second semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Taxation policies and inter-governmental allocations and grants-in-aid as 
they affect public services for rural people, with special emphasis on public 
education, public highways, public welfare, social security, public debt; and 
governmental research, extension, and regulatory activities directly concerning 
agriculture. (Walker.) 

A. E. 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3) — First semester. 

An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving the 
financial status of farmers. More specifically, the course includes a critical 
analysis and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives. 

(Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced course in farm organization and management which applies 
the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of 
different sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration is 
also given to adjustments which have taken place in farming specific areas and 
probable changes in the future. ( ) 

A. E. S216 A-B. Advanced Farm Management (1, 1) — Summer session 
only. 

An advanced course in farm organization and management, especially de- 
signed for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (2)— Second 

semester. 

A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research techniques. 
Experience is given in outlining and conducting research projects. A critical 
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results. 

(Bohanan.) 

A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics (3) — First semester. 

A critical analysis of the principles and problems in using and controlling 
land resources, including a review of land policies, is given, with special con- 
sideration being placed on the problems of submarginal lands, range lands, and 
water resources. Conservation of various land resources is appraised; problems 
of landed property are presented; and criteria essential to the development of 
a sound land policy are studied. (Bohanan.) 



80 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

Professors Ahalt, Cotterman; Associate Professor Murray. 

R. Ed. 1. — Introduction to Agriculture (1) — First semester. Required of 
all beginning freshmen and sophomores in Agriculture. Other students must 
get the consent of the instructor. 

A series of lectures introducing the student to the broad field of agriculture. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (2) — First 
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. 

This course is designed to assist the student in relating the learning ac- 
quired in the several departments with the problems of doing and demon- 
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of 
agriculture. Deficiencies are checked and corrected by laboratory practice. 

(Murray.) 

R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching (5) — First semester. Open only to students 
majoring in Agricultural Education who have a satisfactory scholastic average. 

Under the direction of a critic teacher the student is required to analyze 
and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan and teach 
lessons, supervise farming programs of students and otherwise perform the 
duties of a high school teacher of vocational agriculture. Not less than 125 
clock hours, exclusive of observation, shall be required. (Ahalt) 

R. Ed. Practice Teaching (1-4) — First and second semesters. Registration 
concurrent or after R. Ed. 103. 

To provide students an opportunity to gain experience in farming program 
supervision, the opening of school, and in other teaching activities not generally 
a part of R. Ed. 103. (Ahalt.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture (3) — 
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

This course deals with an analysis of pupils learning in class groups. 

(Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3) — First 
semester. 

A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming 
programs, the organization and administration of Future Farmer activities, and 
objectives and methods in all-day instruction. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups (1) — First 
semester. 

Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture. De- 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 81 

termining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction; 
and class management. Emphasis is placed on the conference method of 
teaching. (Murray.) 

R. Ed- 112. Departmental Management (1) — Second semester. One lab- 
oratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107, 109. 

The analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of 
vocational agriculture. Investigations and reports. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3) — Second semester. 

An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural communities, 
stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of normal life 
in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the conditioning effects 
of educational offerings. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 150. Extension Education (2) — Second semester. 

The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency. The history, 
philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used in 
extension work. ( ) 

R. Ed. 160. Agricultural Information Methods (2) — First semester. 

General introduction to agricultural public relations programs, including 
writing for and use of newspapers, magazines, direct mail, radio, and television; 
and production and use of visual aids such as photographs, slides, exhibits, 
and posters. ■ ( ) 

For Graduates 

R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. 

A sociological approach to rural education as a movement for a good life 
in rural communities. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture (2, 2)— First and 

second semesters. 

In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current problems facing 
teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for persons who 
have had several years of teaching experience in this field. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed. S207. A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational Agriculture (1-1) 

Summer session only. 

A critical analysis of current problems in the teaching of vocational agri- 
culture with special emphasis upon recent developments in all-day programs. 

R. Ed. S208. A-B. Problems in Teaching Farm Mechanics (1-1)— Summer 
session only. 

This course deals with the latest developments in the teaching of Farm 
Mechanics. Various methods in use will be compared and studied under 
laboratory conditions. 



8 2 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

R. Ed. S209. A-B. Adult Education in Agriculture (1-1)— Summer ses- 
sion only. 

Principles of adult education as applied to rural groups, especially young 
and adult farmers. Organizing classes, planning courses and instructional 
methods are stressed. 

R. Ed. S210. A-B. Land Grant College Education (1-1) — Summer session 
only. 

Development of Land Grant Colleges and Experiment Stations and the role 
they have played in improving conditions in rural communities. 

R. Ed. S211 A-B. Agricultural Extension Service Education (1-1) — Sum- 
mer session only. 

Development of the extension service. Types of demonstrations and in- 
struction used. The role of the County Agricultural and Home Demonstration 
Agents and 4-H Clubs in the development of rural society. 

R. Ed. S212 A-B. Educational Functions of Rural Institutions (1-1)— 

Summer session only. 

The part rural institutions have played in starting, developing and support- 
ing education for rural areas, with special emphasis on the various phases of 
agricultural education. 

R. Ed. S213 A-B. Supervision and Administration of Vocational Agri- 
culture (1-1) — Summer session only. • 

Administrative and supervisory problems in Vocational Agriculture in- 
cluding scheduling, local administrative programs, supervisor-teacher relation- 
ships, organizational problems and the responsibilities of county superintendents 
and principles in the program. 

R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching (1) — Arranged. 

The role of the critic teacher in checking progress, supervising and grad- 
ing student teachers. Particular emphasis will be given to the region-wide 
program in training teachers of vocational agriculture, including the evaluation 
of beginning teachers. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 220. Field Problems in Rural Education (1-3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, six semester hours of graduate study. 

Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student 
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final 
report must follow accepted pattern for field investigations. (Ahalt, Murray.) 

R. Ed 240. Agricultural College Instruction (1)— Second semester. Open 

to graduate students and members of the faculty in the College of Agriculture. 

A seminar type of course consisting of reports, discussions, and lectures 

dealing with the techniques and procedures adapted to teaching agricultural 

subjects at the college level. (Cotterman, Ahalt.) 



COLLEGE OP AGRICULTURE 83 

R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-1) — First and second semesters. 

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the several 

agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports. (Staff.) 

R. Ed. S250. A-B. Seminar in Rural Education (1) — Summer session 
only. 

Current problems of teaching agriculture are analyzed and discussed. 
Students are asked to make investigations, prepare papers and make reports. 

R. Ed. 251. Research — Credit hours according to work done. (Staff.) 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Carpenter; Associate Professor Gienger; Assistant Professor 
Hofmeister; Instructor George 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the economics, design and adjustments of modern horse and 
tractor-drawn machinery, including applications of electricity to farm operations. 
Laboratory work consists of detailed study of actual machines, their calibration, 
adjustment, and repair. (George, Hofmeister.) 

Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3) — Second se- 
mester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion 
engines, tractors, and automobiles used in farm practice. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop and 
farm equipment repair and construction projects, and a study of the principles 
of shop organization and administration. It is available only to seniors in 
agricultural education. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Buildings (2) — First semester. 

A study of all types of farm structures; also of farm lighting, heating, 
water supply and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 106. Farm Mechanics (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

Laboratory exercises covering practical projects in farm shop work and 
in the repair and construction of farm equipment. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

(Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 107. Farm Drainage (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one laboratory period a week. 



84 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of farm drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drainage, 
the depth and spacing of laterals, calculation of grades, methods of construction, 
and the use of engineering instruments. A smaller amount of time will be spent 
upon drainage by open ditches, and the laws relating thereto. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 111. Fundamentals of Food Processing Plants (3) — First se- 
mester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of mechanical principles and of mechanical appliances and ac- 
cessories, such as boilers, pumps, motors, refrigeration units, controls, etc., 
adapted to food processing plants. (Hofmeister.) 

Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equipment for Horticultural Processing 
(2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Agr. Engr. 111. (Hofmeister.) 

This course covers the design, operation and maintenance of the machines 
and equipment used in the commercial processing of fruits and vegetables. 

AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS 

Professor Kuhn; Associate Professors Axley, Bourbeau and Street; Assistant 
Professors Liden, Ronningen and Strickling; Assistant Bentz. 

A. CROPS 

Agron. 1. Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of field 
crops. 

Agron. 30. Cereal Crop Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. 

Study of the principles and practices of corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye and 
buckwheat production. 

Agron. 31. Forage Crop Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

Study of the production and management of grasses and legumes for 
quality hay, silage and pasture. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Agron. 101. Senior Seminar in Crops (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 1, 30, and 31. 

Reports by seniors on current scientific and practical publications pertaining 
to crops. (Ronningen.) 

Agron. 153. Selected Crop Studies (2-4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 1, 30, 31. 

Advanced individual study of field crops of special interest to the student. 

(Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 85 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. 
The principles of breeding as applied to field crop plants and methods used 
in plant improvement. (Ronningen.) 

Agron. 105. Tobacco Production (2) — First semester. Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, Agron. 1. 

A study of the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement 
of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland 
tobacco production. (Street.) 

Agron. 106. Tobacco Production (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Agron. 105. 

A study of the physical and chemical factors associated with yield and 
quality of tobacco, stress being placed on the importance of soil, climate and 
fertilizers. (Street.) 

Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2) — Second semester. 

The coordination of information from various courses in the development 
of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various 
areas of the State and Nation. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (3) — Second semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory (2 hours) period a week. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 1. 

A study of seed production, processing, and distribution; Federal and State 
seed control programs; seed laboratory analyses; release of new varieties and 
maintenance of foundation seed stocks. The course will also include identifica- 
tion of weeds and their seeds or fruits, and principles of weed eradication and 
control. (Liden.) 

For Graduates 

Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2-4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. 

Similar to Agron. 103, but better adapted to graduate students and offering 
a wider range of choice of material to suit special cases. (Ronningen.) 

Agron. 203. Crop Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Presentation of original work or review of literature on agronomic topics. 

(Staff.) 
Agron 204. Technic in Field Crop Research (2) — First semester. 
Field plot technic, application of statistical analysis to agronomic data, and 
preparation of the research project. (Kuhn.) 

Agron. 205. Advanced Tobacco Production (2) — Second semester. Two 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

A study of principles and problems relating to tobacco research and pro- 
duction. (Street) 



86 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Agron. 206, 207. Recent Advances in Crop Production (2, 2) — First 
semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

A study of recent advances in research techniques and findings pertaining 
to crop production. (Agron. 207 not offered in 1953-54). 

(Kuhn, Street, Ronningen) 

Agron. 208. Research Methods (2-4) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of staff. 

Development of research viewpoint by detailed study and report on crop 
research of the Maryland Experiment Station or review of literature on specific 
phases of a problem. (Staff.) 

Agron. 209. Research in Crops (1-8) — First and second semesters. 

Credit according to work accomplished. With approval or suggestion of 
the Professor in charge of his major work the student will choose his own 
problem for study. (Staff.) 

Agron. S210. Cropping Systems (1) — Summer session only. 

An advance course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems and the latest develop- 
ments in the field. (Kuhn.) 

B. SOILS 

Agron. 10. General Soils (4) — First and second semesters. Three lectures 
and a two-hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite, Chem. 1 or per- 
mission of instructor. 

A study of the fundamentals of soils including their origin, development, 
relation to natural sciences, effect on civilization, physical properties, and 
chemical properties. (Strickling.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Agron. S110. Soil Management (1) — Summer school only. 
An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of Vocational Agri- 
culture and County Agents dealing with factors involved in management of 
soils in general and of Maryland soils in particular. Emphasis is placed on 
methods of maintaining and improving chemical, physical, and biological 
characteristics of soils. Illustrations with conservation practices receive par- 
ticular attention. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 111. Soil Fertility Principles (3) — First semester. Three lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10. 

A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils 
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical 
or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and 
rotations are discussed and illustrated. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers (3) — Second semester. Three lec- 
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 87 

A study of the manufacturing and distribution of commercial fertilizers. 

(Axley.) 

Agron 113. Soil Conservation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory a week. 

A study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, and methods of soil 
erosion control. Special emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil con- 
servation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips. (Bentz.) 

Agron. 114. Soil Classification (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10. 

A study of the genesis, morphology and classification of soils. The broad 
principles governing soil formation are explained. The laboratory period will 
be largely devoted to field trips. (Bourbeau.) 

Agron. 115. Soil Geography (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 114, or Geog. 
30, 40, and 41, or permission of instructor. 

A study of the influence of geographic factors on the development and 
location of soils- in the United States and the world. The laboratory periods 
will be used largely for a study of various maps of the world and field trips. 

(Bourbeau.) 

Agron. 116. Soil Investigation Methods (3) — First semester. One hour 
lecture, one two-hour laboratory, and one three-hour laboratory a week. 

A study of chemical methods of soil analysis and their relation to fertilizer 
requirements of the soil. ' (Axley.) 

Agron. 117. Soil Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and a course in Physics, 
or permission of instructor. 

A study of physical poperties of soils with special emphasis on relationship 
to soil productivity. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 118. Special Problem in Soils (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. 

A detailed study, including a written report, of an important soil problem. 

(Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Agron. 250. Soil Minerology (3)— Second semester. Three one-hour lec- 
tures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. 

A study of the identification of soil minerals and their relationship to soil 
formation, classification, and productivity. (Bourbeau) 

Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3)— -First semester. 
Three one-hour lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of 
instructor. 



88 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

An advanced study of the theory of chemical methods of soil investigation 
with emphasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry. 

(Axley.) 

Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Agron. 10 and permission 
of instructor. 

An advanced study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis 
on relationship to soil productivity. (Strickling.) 

Agron. 253, 254. Soil Research Technique (2, 2) — First and second se- 
mesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission 
of instructor. 

An advanced laboratory study of chemical methods of soil analyses and their 
relationship to fertilizer requirements of the soil. (Axley.) 

Agron. 255. Soil Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.) 

Agron. 256. Soil Research (1-12) — First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Professors Foster, Green; Associate Professors Kerr; Assistant Professors 

Buric and Leffel 

A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3) — First semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

A study of the general problems in breeding, feeding, management and 
marketing of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. Practice is given in the 
selection of animals to meet market demands. Field trips may be made to 
near-by farms and packing plants. 

A. H. 30. Types and Breeds of Livestock (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 

A study of the various types and breeds of livestock, their development, 
characteristics and adaptability. Practice is given in selection according to 
standards of excellence. 

A. H. 90. Livestock Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 30 or permission of instructor. 

Training is given in the judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and horses. 
Occasional trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are 

maintained. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 90 and permission of instructor. 

An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com- 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 89 

mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this 
course are chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate 
livestock judging contests. (Buric.) 

A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

Elements of nutrition; source, characteristics, and adaptability of the 
various feeds to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the cal- 
culation and compounding of rations. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef 
cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breed- 
ing, feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. 

(Foster.) 

A. H. 131. Sheep Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of sheep, 
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, 
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial flocks. 

(Leffel.) 

A. H. 132. Swine Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a w r eek. Prerequisites, A. H. 1, A. H. 110. 

Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine, 
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, 
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 134. Light Horse Production (1) — First semester. A study of the 
light horse breeds with emphasis on the types and usefulness of each. A dis- 
cussion of principles of selection and breeding of light horses is included in 
this course. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 135. Light Horse Production (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
A. H. 1. 

Included is a study of the organization of the light horse farm, proper 
methods of feeding and training, control of disease, treatment and care of 
injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 140. Livestock Management (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 

A course designed to familiarize students with various systems of live- 
stock farming, together with practical methods of handling and managing 
livestock. Practice and training in the feeding and preparation of animals for 
show and work purposes and commercial meat production. (Buric.) 

A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. 



90 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the na- 
tion's meat supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which 
effect the value of meat and meat products. Trips are made to packing houses 
and meat distributing centers. (Kerr.) 

A. H. 170, 171. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. 

Advanced undergraduates will be required to review literature, present 
reports and discuss assigned topics relating to Animal Husbandry. (Staff.) 

A. H. 172, 173. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2)— First 

and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which specific problems 
relating to Animal Husbandry will be assigned. (Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110. Graduate credit allowed, with permission of instructor. 

Processes of digestion, absorption, and metabolism of nutrients; nutri- 
tional balances; nature of nutritional requirements for growth, production and 
reproduction. (Shaw.) 

A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3) — Second semester. Two leectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Graduate credit 
(1-3 hours), allowed with permission of instructor. 

The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection, 
development, systems of breeding, and pedigree study are considered. (Green.) 

A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed, with permission of instructor. 

History and development of livestock markets and systems of marketing; 
trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation and refrig- 
eration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Kerr.) 

For Graduates 

A. H. 200, 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2)— 

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the characters of 
work the student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific 

publications relating to Animal Husbandry or upon their research work, for 
presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 91 

A. H. 204. Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. Credit to be 
determined by amount and character of work done. 

With the approval of the head of the department, students will be required 
to pursue original research in some phase of Animal Husbandry, carrying the 
same to completion, and report the results in the form of a thesis. (Staff.) 

A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics. 

This course deals with the more technical phases of heredity and variation; 
selection indices; breeding systems; inheritance in farm animals. (Green.) 

A. H. 206. Advanced Livestock Management (3) — First semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, animal 
physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology and other closely allied fields as 
they apply to the management and commercial production of livestock. (Staff.) 

A. H. S230. Beef Cattle (1) — Summer session only. 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of Vocational Agriculture 
and Extension Service Workers. (Foster.) 

BOTANY 

Professors Bamford, Jeffers, Gauch, Cox. Weaver, Appleman (emeritus), 

Norton (emeritus); Associate Professors Brown, D. T. Morgan; Assistant 

Professors O. D. Morgan, Dugger, Rappleye, Keller; Research Associate 

Krauss. 

Bot. 1. General Botany (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
and two laboratory periods a week. 

General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the 
subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 2. General Botany (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liveworts, mosses, ferns and 
their relatives, and the seed plants emphasizing their structure, reproduction, 
habitats, and economic importance. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 

A study of the principles of plant classification, based on the collection and 
identification of local plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. 

An introductory study of the symptoms and casual agents of plant diseases 
and measures for their control. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 



92 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent micro- 
scope slides of plant materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 112. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics, current literature, problems and programs in 
all phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or biological 
science. (Brown.) 

A. Plant Physiology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 101. Plant Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and General Chemistry. 

A survey of the general physiological activities of plants. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Gauch, Dugger.) 

Bot. 102. Plant Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or equivalent. 

A study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant successions and 
formations of North America are treated briefly and local examples studied. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and elementary organic 
chemistry, or equivalent. (Not offered 1953-54.) 

A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body 
and the chemical changes occurring therein. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Gauch.) 

Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 

101 and introductory physics, or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical phenomena in 

plant life processes. (Dugger.) 

Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods (2)— Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Laboratory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. (Dugger.) 

Bot. 204. Growth and Development (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
12 semester hours of plant science. (Dugger.) 

Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants (2) — Second semester. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 93 

Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in connection with 
recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Not offered 1953-1954.) 

(Gauch.) 

Bot. 206. Research in Plant Physiology — Credit according to work done. 
Students must be qualified to pursue with profit the research to be under- 
taken. (Gauch, Dugger.) 

Bot. 207. Special Topics in Plant Physiology (2)— Second semester. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

This course, on highly specialized subjects, will usually be presented by a 
specialist who is available at a neighboring institution. ( .) 

Bot. 208. Seminar in Plant Physiology (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics in plant physiology. (Gauch, Dugger.) 

B. Plant Morphology and Taxonomy 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3) — First semester. One lecture and two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110, or equivalent. 

The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the vascular 
plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 113. Plant Geography (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or 
equivalent. 

A study of plant distribution throughout the world and the factors generally 
associated with such distribution. (Brown.) 

Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 11, or permission of instructor. Study of 
difficult plant groups, especially grasses, sedges, legumes, and composites, with 
emphasis on native plants. Laboratory fee $5.00. (Brown.) 

Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (3) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. 

A detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vegetable 
crops. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite. 15 semester hours of botany. 

Discussion of the development of ideas and knowledge about plants, leading 
to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 117. Plant Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisites, Zool. 104 
or equivalent. 

A survey of the fundamental principles to modern plant breeding. The 



94 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

analysis of hybrid vigor, its application to economic plants, the relation of 
chromosomes to plant improvement, economically valuable mutations and 
similar topics will be considered. (D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 133. Bryophytes and Pteridophytes (3) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Bot. 2, or 
equivalent. (Not offered 1953-1954.) 

The morphology, taxonomy and ecology of the Bryophytes and Pterido- 
phytes. Field stud}- and collections will be made in local areas. Laboratory 
fee, S5.00. 

Bot. 135. Aquatic Plants (3) — First semester. One lecture and two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 and Bot. 11, or equivalent. (Not offered 
1953-1954.) 

A study of the taxonomy and ecology of aquatic plants, especially those of 
importance in fisheries and wild life management. Field trips and collections 
will be made. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 136. Plants and Mankind (2)— First semester. Prerequisite Bot. 1 or 
equivalent. (Not offered 1953-54). 

A survey of the plants which are utilized by man; the diversity of such 
utilization, and their historic and economic significance. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 151 S. Teaching Methods in Botany (2) — Summer. Five two-hour 
laboratory and demonstration periods per week; 10:00-11:00; E-307. Pre- 
requisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Owens.) 

A study of the biological principles of common plants, and demonstrations, 
projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools. 

For Graduates 

Bot. 211. Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104 (Genetics) or equivalent. (Not 
offered 1953-1954). 

A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and meiosis, and the rela- 
tion of these to current theories of heredit}^ and evolution. Laboratory fee, 
S5.00. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 212. Plant Morphology (3)— First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent. 

A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering plants, with special 
reference to the phylogeny and development of floral organs. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 213. Seminar in Plant Cytology and Morphology (1) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology. 

(D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 95 

Bot. 214. Research in Plant Cytology and Morphology — Credit according 
to work done. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan, Rappleye.) 

Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104, (Genetics) or equivalent. 

An advanced study of the current status of plant genetics, particularly 
gene mutations and their relation to chromosome changes in corn and other 
favorable genetic materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 219. Special Topics in Plant Morphology and Cytology (2) — First 
semester. Prerequisite permission of instructor. 

This course treats specialized subjects very intensively. It will usually 
be given by a lecturer from a neighboring institution. ( .) 

C. Plant Pathology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology (2) — First or second 
semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

Advanced training in the basic research techniques and methods of plant 
pathology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Cox.) 

Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants (2) — Second semester Prere- 
quisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 

Symptoms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning 
the diseases which affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern 
states. (Keller.) 

Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops (2) — First semester. 

Prerequisite, Bot. 20 or equivalent. (Not offered 1953-1954.) 

The symptoms and control of the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and 
cereal grains. (O. D. Morgan.) 

Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 
20, or equivalent. 

Symptoms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the 

eastern United States. (Weaver.) 

Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Bot. 20, or equivalent. (Not offered 1953-1954.) 

The recognition and control of diseases affecting the production of im- 
portant vegetable crops grown in the eastern United States. (Cox.) 

Bot. 128. Mycology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 2, or equivalent. 

An introductory study of the morphology, classification, life histories, and 
economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Jeffers.) 



96 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology (1)— Summer. Daily lecture first three 
weeks, 11:00; E-307. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, 
S5.00. (Not offered 1953.) 

A course for county agents and teachers of vocational agriculture. Dis- 
cussion and demonstration of the important diseases in Maryland crops. 

(Cox and Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 20 and Bot. 101. (Not offered 
1953-1954.) 

Consideration of the physical, chemical and physiological aspects of plant 
viruses and plant diseases. Laboratory fee, S5.00. (Keller.) 

Bot. 222. Plant Nematology (2). Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. 
(Not offered 1953-1954.) 

A detailed study of the nematodes which cause plant diseases, especially 

their life history, plant symptoms and control measures. ( .) 

Bot. 225. Research in Plant Pathology — Credit according to work done. 

(Staff.) 

Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 
20, or equivalent. 

An advanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease 
control. (Cox.) 

Bot 228. Special Topics in Plant Pathology (2) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, permission of instructor. 

This course on very specialized phases of plant pathology will usually be 
given by a lecturer from a neighboring institution. 

Bot 229. Seminar in Plant Pathology (1) — First and second semesters. 
Discussion on the advanced technical literature of plant pathology. 

(Jeffers, Cox.) 

DAIRY 

Professors Pou, Arbuckle and Shaw; Assistant Professors Mattick and 
Kenney; Instructors Corbin and Brown 

A. DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content 
of the course deals with all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and man- 
agement and the manufacturing, processing, distributing and marketing of dairy 
products. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Brown, Mattick.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 97 

Dairy 20. Dairy Breeds and Selection (2) — First semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. 

A detailed study of the dairy breeds, factors which have contributed to the 
success and failure of modern breeding establishments and standards of ex- 
cellence in the selection of breeding cattle. (Brown.) 

Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course offers complete instruction in the selection and comparative 
judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various dairy farms for judging practice will 
be made. (Pou.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 100. Dairy Cattle Management (1) — First semester. One labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 1. 

A management course designed to familiarize students with the practical 
handling and management of dairy cattle. Students are given actual practice 
and training in the University dairy barns. (Brown.) 

Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, A.H. 110. 

A comprehensive course in dairy cattle feeding, breeding and herd man- 
agement. (Pou.) 

Dairy 105. Dairy Cattle Breeding (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104, A. H. 120. 

A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on 
methods of sire evaluation systems of breeding, breeding programs, and artificial 
breeding techniques. (Pou.) 

Dairy 120, 121. Dairy Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, students majoring in dairy production, Dairy 101; students majoring 
in dairy products technology, Dairy 108. 

Presentation and discussion of current literature and research work in 
dairying. (Staff.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying A (1-4) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Dairy 101. Credit in accordance with the amount and 

character of work done. 

Special prohlems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work 
the student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

B. DAIRY TECHNOLOGY 

Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

Market grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. 
Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.) 



98 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Dairy 41. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Dairy 40. 

An advanced course in grading and judging of milk, butter, cheese, and 
ice cream. Open to students who participate in training for intercollegiate 
dairy products judging contests. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Arbuckle.) 

Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Composition standards for milk and milk products, critical interpretation 
and application of practical f actor y methods of analyses for fat and solids; 
quality tests. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 109. Market Milk (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3. 

Commercial aspects of the market milk industry relating to transportation, 
processing, and distribution; operation of a market milk plant; quality problems; 
chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. Laboratory fee, §3.00. 

(Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, 
Chem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, not given in 1953-1954.) 

Commercial methods of manufacturing butter and cheese. Consideration 
is given to the physical, chemical, and biological factors involved; procedures 
of manufacture; quality control. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (3) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, 
114. (Alternate years, given in 1953-1954.) 

Theories and practice of manufacturing condensed and evaporated milk 
and milk powder; plant processes; qualit\ T factors; utilization. Laboratory fee, 
§3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 108. 

The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manufacturing ice cream; 
fundamental principles; ingredients; controlling quality. Laboratory fee, §3.00. 

(Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, Bact. 133, 
Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

Application of analytical methods to milk, milk products and milk con- 
stituents. Laboratory fee, §3.00. (Keeney.) 

Dairy 115. Dairy Inspection (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 109. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 99 

Study and interpretation of dairy ordinances and standards; application to 
farm and plant inspection. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management (3)— Second semester. Three lec- 
ture periods a week. Prerequisites, at least three advanced dairy products 
technology courses. 

Principles of dairy plant management, record systems; personnel, plant 
design and construction: dairy machinery and equipment. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying B (1-4) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, 109. Credit in accordance with the amount 
and character of work done. 

Special problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the work the 
student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Technology 

Dairy 201. Advanced Dairy Production (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Dairy 101 or equivalent. 

A study of the newer discoveries in animal nutrition, breeding, and man- 
agement. Readings and assignments. (Staff.) 

Dairy S201. Advanced Dairy Production (1) — Summer session only. 

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and county agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle 
nutrition, breeding and management. (Staff.) 

Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Dairy 108, 114 or equivalent. 

Milk and milk products from physico-chemical and bio-chemical points 
of view, with attention directed to hydrogen ion concentration, electrometric 
titration, oxidation-reduction, electrometric conductivity, buffer system of milk, 
milk enzymes. (Keeney.) 

Dairy 203. Physiology of Milk Secretion (3) — Second semester. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. Ill; Chem. 
31, 32, 33, 34, or permission of instructor. 

A study of the anatomy, evolution and metabolism of the mammary gland, 
including hormonal control, theories of milk secretion, and factors affecting 
the amount and composition of milk. (Shaw.) 

Dairy 204. Special Problems in Dairying (1-5) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, permission of Professor in charge of work. Credit in ac- 
cordance with the amount and character of work done. 

Methods of conducting dairy research and the presentation of results are 
stressed. A research problem which relates specifically to the work the student 
is pursuing will be assigned. (Staff.) 



100 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Dairy 205. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Assigned readings on current literature on timely topics; preparation and 
presentation of reports for classroom discussion. (Staff.) 

Dairy 206. Animal Nutrition Seminar (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. 

Discussion of special topics and recent advances in the nutrition and 
physiology of farm animals. (Shaw.) 

Dairy 208. Research (3-8) — First and second semesters. Credit to be 
determined by the amount and quality of work done. 

Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the 
Major Professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of a 
thesis in accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.) 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor Cory; Associate Professor Bickley; Assistant Professors Abrams, 
Haviland; Lecturers Munson, Sailer, Shepard. 

Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology (3) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one semester of 
college Zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The position of insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure, class- 
ification into orders and principal families and the general economic status of 
insects. A collection of common insects is required. 

Ent. 2. Insect Morphology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Intensive study of the external structures and less intensive study of the 
internal anatomy of representative insects with special reference to those 
phases needed for work in insect taxonomy and biology. 

Ent. 3. Insect Taxonomy (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 2. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Intensive study of the classification of all orders and the important families 
based on individual collections supplemented by typical material from the de- 
partment collection. 

Ent. 4. Beekeeping (2) — First semester. 

A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the honey- 
bee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic 
importance and bee lore in literature. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture (3) — Second semester. One lecture and 
two three-hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite, Ent. 4. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 101 

The theory and practice of apiary management. Designed for the student 
who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee management. 

(Abrams.) 

Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, con- 
sent of the department. (Not offered in 1953-1954.) 

An intensive study of the theory and problems of applied entomology, 
including life history, ecology, behavior, distribution, parasitism and control. 

Ent. 103, 104. Insect Pests (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 
or consent of the department. 

A comprehensive study of the principal pests of crops, livestock, the house- 
hold, man and forests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Cory.) 

Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1, or consent of the 
department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

A study of insects and related anthropods that affect the health and comfort 
of man directly and as vectors of disease. In discussions of the control of such 
pests the emphasis will be upon community sanitation. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 106. Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3) — First semester. Two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Principles of systematic entomology and intensive study of limited groups 
of insects, including immature forms. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 107. Insecticides (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 and 
Elementary Organic Chemistry. 

The development and use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and 
other important chemicals, with reference to their chemistry, toxic action, com- 
patibility, and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Shepard.) 

Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent of the department. 

The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to blood, circu- 
lation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and the nervous 
system, and metabolism. (Munson.) 

Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, to be determined by the department. 

An intensive investigation of some entomological problem, preferably of the 
student's choice. Required of majors in entomology. (Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 112. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior 
standing. 

Presentation of original work, reviews and abstracts of literature. 

(Cory and Staff.) 



102 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ent. 113. Entomological Literature (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
senior standing. 

A study of entomological publications and good scientific writing. Prepa- 
ration of bibliographies. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 114. Insect Pests of Greenhouses (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 1 or consent of 
the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The identification, life history and habits of insects affecting plants raised 
under glass; recognition of early injury and methods of control applicable under 
these specialized conditions will be considered. (Haviland.) 

For Graduates 

Ent. 201. Advanced Entomology — Credit and prerequisites to be determined 
by the department. First and second semesters. 

Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied ento- 
mology, with particular reference to the preparation of the student for individual 
research. (Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 202. Research — First and second semesters. 

Required of graduate students majoring in Entomology. This course in- 
volves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for publication 
must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the requirements 
for an advanced degree. (Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2) — Second semester. One lec- 
ture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Insect structure with special reference to function. Emphasis on internal 
anatomy. Given in preparation for advanced work in physiology or research in 
morphology. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 205. Insect Ecology (2) — First semester. One lecture and one two- 
hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent of the department. Labor- 
atory fee, $3.00. 

A study of fundamental factors involved in the relationship of insects to 
their environment. Emphasis is placed on the insect as a dynamic organism 
adjusted to its surroundings. (Sailer.) 

Ent. 206. Bionomics of Mosquitoes (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

The classification, distribution, ecology, biology, and control of mosquitoes. 

(Bickley.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 103 

FORESTRY 

Assistant Professor Enright 

For. 30. Elements of Forestry (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A general survey of the field of forestry, including timber values, conserva- 
tion, protection, silviculture, utilization, mensuration, engineering, recreation and 
lumbering. Principles and practices of woodland management. 

HORTICULTURE 

Professors Haut, Kramer, Link, Scott, Stark, Thompson, Associate Professors 
Shanks, Shoemaker; Assistant Professor Enright; Instructor Todd 

Hort. 1. General Horticulture (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A general basic course planned to give the student a background of methods 
and practices used in production of horticulture crops. 

Hort. 5, 6. Fruit Production (3, 2) — First and second semesters. One or 
two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of commercial varieties and the harvesting, grading, and storage of 
fruits. Principles and practices in fruit tree production. 

Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management. 

Hort. 16. Garden Flowers (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding plants, 
and roses and their cultural requirements. 

Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening (2) — First semester. 

The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their applica- 
tion to private and public areas. 

Hort. 56. Landscape Ornamentals and Floriculture (2) — Second semester. 
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 

A course dealing with the basic principles in the use of trees, shrubs, broad- 
leaved evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants in ornamental plantings. 
Designed for any students wishing a broad coverage in this field. 

Hort. 58. Vegetable Production (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and Agron. 10. 

A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable production. 

Hort. 59. Small Fruits (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 



104 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of small 
fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blueberries, blackberries, and 
cranberries. 

Hort. 61. Processing Industries (1) — Second semester. 

Early history and development of the various types of preservation of horti- 
cultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brining. The 
relative importance of these methods on state, national and world-wide bases 
are emphasized. 

Hort. 62. Plant Propagation (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 

A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants. 

Hort. 63. Flower Store Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

A study of the operation and management of a flower store. Laboratory 
period devoted to principles and practice of floral arrangements and decoration. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Hort 118, 119. Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing recent 
scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.) 

Hort. 121. Plant Operations (2) — First semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Agr. Engr. Ill, 112, Hort. 155. 

Course deals with arrangement of machinery and equipment in proper se- 
quence to insure the most economical operation of commercial processing plants, 
providing for continuous flow through the factory. Field trips to commercial 
plants included. ( ) 

Hort. 152. Landscape Design (3) — First semester. One lecture and two 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Hort. 22, Eng. D. 1, Art 1, Surv. 1H, 
Ind. Ed. 41. Prerequisite or concurrently Hort. 107. 

A consideration of the principles of landscape design supplemented by direct 
application in the drafting room. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 153. Landscape Design (3) — Second semester. Three laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152. 

Advanced landscape design. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 160. Landscape Maintenance (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 107, 108. 

(Enright.) 

A study of the planting and maintenance of turf, ornamental shrubs and 
trees. Basic principles of park and estate maintenance included. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 105 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Hort. 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2)— First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, Hort. 6; Bot. 101. 

A critical analysis of research work and application of the principles of plant 
physiology, chemistry, and botany to practical problems in commercial produc- 
tion. (Thompson.) 

Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2, 2)— First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisites, Hort. 58; Bot. 101. 

For a description of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 101, 102. 

(Stark.) 

Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
Bot. 101; Hort. 107. 

A study of the physiological plant processes as related to the growth, 
flowering, and storage of floriculture and ornamental plants. (Link.) 

Hort 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. 

A study of the tropical and subtropical fruits and nuts of economic impor- 
tance. (Haut.) 

Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (3, 3)— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, Bot. 1, Bot. 11. 

A field and laboratory study of trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental 
plantings. (Enright.) 

Hort. 114. Systematic Pomology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort, 5, 6. 

A study of the origin, history, taxonomic relationships, and description of 

fruits. (Haut) 

Hort. S115. Truck Crop Management (1) — Summer session only. 

Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agriculture and extension 
agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved methods of 
production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and their solution will 
receive special attention. 

Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58. 

A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops. 

( ) 

Hort. 122. Special Problems (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Credit 
arranged according to work done. For major students in horticulture or botany. 

(Staff.) 

Hort. 123. Grades and Standards for Canned and Frozen Products (2) — 
Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
124. 



106 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Factors considered in grading. Actual grading of principal products and 
critical appraisal for quality improvement. 

Hort. 124. Quality Control (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 58, 155, 156. 

This course covers the principles involved in the evaluation of factors of 
quality in processed foods including appearance, kinesthetic flavor and sanitation 
factors, and statistical presentation of results. (Kramer.) 

Hort. S124. Tree and Small Fruit Management (1) — Summer session only. 

Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and county agents. 
Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved commercial methods 
of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems and 
their solution will receive special attention. 

Hort. S125. Ornamental Horticulture (1) — Summer session only. 

A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home demonstration agents 
and county agents. Special emphasis will be given to the development of lawns, 
flowers and shrubbery to beautify rural homes. 

Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (2) — Second semester. 
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 33 and 34, Bot. 101, Hort. 
123. 

Laboratory practice in standard methods for determining mineral, vitamin, 
carbohydrate, protein and other food values of various fruit and vegetable 
products. 

Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot. 1, Hort. 11. 

Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the marketing of 
cut flowers. (Link.) 

Hort. 155. Commercial Processing I (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. 

The fundamentals of canning, freezing, and dehydration of horticultural 
crops. ( ) 

Hort. 156. Commercial Processing II (2) — Second semester. One lecture 
and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 155. 

A continuation of Commercial Processing I. Also includes actual work in 
laboratory of manufacture of jams, jellies, conserves, preserves, marmalades, and 
juices. ( ) 

Hort 159. Nursery Management (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 

one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62, 107, 108. 

A study of all phases of commercial nursery management and operations. 

(Enright.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 107 

For Graduates 

Hort. 200. Experimental Procedures in Plant Sciences (3) — First Semester. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 

Organization of research projects and presentation of experimental results in 
the field of biological science. Topics included will be: Sources of research 
financing, project outline preparation, formal progress reports, public and in- 
dustrial supported research programs, and technical and popular presentation of 
research data. (Haut.) 

Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in pomology. (Thompson.) 

Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in olericulture. (Stark.) 

Hort. 205. Experimental Olericulture (2). First semester. Prerequisite 
Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 

applied to commercial practices in olericulture. (Stark.) 

Hort. 206. Experimental Floriculture (3). First semester. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 101. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in Floriculture. (Link.) 

Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3). Second semester. One 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. 

A critical study of research methods which are or may be used in horti- 
culture. (Scott.) 

Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research (2-12) — First and second se- 
mesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.) 

Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Five 
credit hours for five semesters can be obtained. 

Oral reports with illustrative material are required on special topics or 
recent research publications in horticulture. (Haut and Staff.) 

Hort. 210. Experimental Processing (2). Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of instructor. 

A systematic review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as 
applied to commercial practices in processing. (Kramer.) 



108 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

Professors Jull, Shaffner, Combs; Associate Professor Quigley. 

P. H. 1. Poultry Production (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

This is a general comprehensive course covering all phases of modern 
poultry husbandry practices, including breeds, incubation, brooding, housing, 
feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing, and the economics of production and 
distribution of poultry products. 

P. H. 2. Poultry Biology (2) — Second semester. 

This course is designed to provide basic information as a foundation for 
other courses. The zoological classification of and structural differences among 
domestic birds are considered in their relation to food production. Special em- 
phasis is given to turkey production. 

P. H. 59. Advanced Poultry Judging (1) — First semester. Prerequisite 
P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week. 

Theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means Correlation 
studies of characertistics associated with productivity. 

Contestant for regional collegiate judging competitions will be selected from 
this class. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

P. H. 100. Poultry Breeding (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 
1 or 2. 

The inheritance of morphological and physiological characters of poultry 
are presented. Inheritance of factors related to egg and meat production and 
quality are stressed. Breeding plans are discussed. (Jull.) 

P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Nutritive requirements of poultry and the nutrients which meet those re- 
quirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional diseases 
commonly encountered under practical conditions. (Combs.) 

P. H. 102. Physiology of Hatchability (3) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and one laboratory period a week. 

The physiology of embryonic development as related to principles of 
hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery industry 
are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of hatchability are 
assigned. (Shaffner.) 

P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, ten hours of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. 

A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, purchase 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 109 

of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, egg, broiler, and turkey 
production; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, production and 
financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

P. H. 104. Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry (3)— First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 

A study of the technological factors concerned with the processing, storage, 
and marketing of eggs and poultry, also factors affecting their quality and 
grading. ( ) 

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3)— Second se- 
mester. Three lectures per week. (See Agricultural Economics A. E. 117.) 

Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107. 

Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108. 

P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2) — First semester. 

Relation of poultry to agriculture as a whole and its economic importance. 
Consumer prejudices and preferences, production, transportation, storage, 
and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the industry, surpluses and 
their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are presented. 
Federal, state, and private agencies servicing the poultry industry and functions 
performed by each agency are discussed. (Staff.) 

P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2)— First and second semesters. 

For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned special problems 
in the field of poultry for individual study and report. The poultry staff should 
be consulted before any student registers for this course. (Staff.) 

P. H. Sill— Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) — Summer session only. 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems con- 
cerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second half will 
be devoted to nutrition. 

P. H. SI 12. Poultry Products and Marketing (1)— Summer session only. 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry 
products and with hatchery management problems, egg and poultry grading, 
preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. 

For Graduates 

P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
P. H. 100 or equivalent. 



110 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

This course serves as a foundation for research in poultry genetics. Link- 
age, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, the expression of genes in development, 
inheritance of resistance to disease, and the influence of the environment on the 
expression of genetic capacities are considered. (Jull.) 

P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 101 or equivalent. 

A fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins, 
antibiotics and carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and 
metabolism of these substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of 
synthetic diets are considered. (Combs.) 

P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3) — First semester. 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 102 or its 
equivalent. 

The role of the endoctrines in avian reproduction, is considered. Fertility, 
sexual maturity, broodiness, egg formation, ovulation, and the physiology of 
oviposition are studied. Comparative mammalian functions are discussed. 

(Shaffner.) 

P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

Oral reports of current researches by staff members, graduate students, and 
guest speakers are presented. (Staff.) 

P. H. 205. Poultry Literature: (1-4) — First and second semesters. 

Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. 
Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are discussed. 

(Staff.) 

P. H. 206. Poultry Research (1-6) — First and second semesters. Credit in 
accordance with work done. 

Practical and fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under the 
supervision of staff members toward the requirements for the degrees of M.S. 
and Ph.D. (Staff.) 

P. H. 207. Poultry Research Techniques (2) — First semester. One lec- 
ture and one laboratory period a week. 

To acquaint graduate students with common basic research techniques 
useful in conducting experiments with poultry or poultry products. Methods 
of arranging and conducting an experiment, of interpreting results (including the 
use of statistics), of writing and publishing experimental results, of using lab- 
oratory equipment (pH meter, colorimeter, microscope, etc.), of purchasing 
equipment, and of using scientific periodicals are considered. Actual laboratory 
experiments with poultry are included. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 111 

VETERINARY SCIENCE 

Professors Brueckner, Poelma, De Volt and Reagan; 
Associate Professor Sperry 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. 

Normal structure of the domesticated animals; normal physiological ac- 
tivities; interrelationship of structure and function. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Nature of disease; immunity; prevention, and control; common diseases of 
farm animals. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — First semester. One lec- 
ture and one laboratory period a week. 

Structure and function of the feet of domestic species. Common diseases 
and abnormalities of the feet; their correction and prevention. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 104. Advanced Regional Comparative Anatomy (2) — Second se- 
mester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, V. S. 103. 

Advanced studies of the anatomy and physiology of the feet of domesticated 
animals. Advanced and detailed studies of abnormalities and diseases of the 
feet; their prevention and correction. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1; P. H. 1. (De Volt.) 

Virus, bacterial, and protozoon diseases; parasitic diseases; prevention, 
control, and eradication. 

V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1. 

Gross and microscopic structure, physiological processes; dissection and 
demonstration. (DeVolt.) 

For Graduates 

V. S. 201. Animal Disease Problems (2-6) — First and second semesters. 
Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or consent 
of staff. 

Laboratory and field work by assignment. (Staff.) 

V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6) — First and second semesters. 
Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, veterinary degree or consent 
of staff. 

Studies of practical disease phases. (Staff.) 

V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one 
laboratory period a week. 

Theory of the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipulations, 
photography. . (Reagan and Brueckner.) 



112 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL, EXTENSION, RESEARCH AND 
REGULATORY AGENCIES 

EXTENSION SERVICE 

Administrative Staff 

College Park 

James M. Gwin, Ph.D., Director of Extension. 

T. B. Symons, Director, Emeritus. 

Venia M. Kellar, Assistant Director, Emeritus. 

Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Entomology, State Entomologist, 

Assistant Director. 
John W. Magruder, M.S., Professor and County Agent Leader. 
Mrs. Florence W. Low, Professor and Home Demonstration Agent Leader. 
Arthur E. Durfee, M.S., Professor and Assistant County Agent Leader. 
Dorothy Emerson, Professor, Girls' Club Leader. 
Mylo S. Downey, M.A., Professor, Boys' Club Leader. 
Elliott M. Elliott, Auditor. 

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, established 
by State and Federal Laws in 1914, is designed to assist the people of the State 
with their agricultural and homemaking problems. Most of the work is 
carried on in the local communities, on the farms and in the homes throughout 
the State. It is conducted under a Memorandum of Understanding between the 
Extension Service of the University of Maryland and the U. S. Department 
of Agriculture. 

The Federal Government, the State, and the Counties contribute to the 
support of the Extension Service in Maryland. There is a County Extension 
Service in each county, with a County Agricultural Agent and Home Demon- 
stration Agent in charge, and assistants where funds permit and the work 
requires. Backed by a staff of Specialists at the University, these Agents are in 
close contact with local people and their problems. 

Practically every phase of agriculture and home life comes within the scope 
of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by demonstrations 
and carries the scientific and economic results of the Experiment Station and 
Department of Agriculture to rural people in ways that they understand and use. 

In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all 
rural groups and organizations. It assists especially in promoting better mar- 
keting of farm products and encourages the marketing of home supplies by 
rural women. Work with women is one of the most extensive phases of 
extension education, including both the practical problems of the home and the 
cultural, economic, and community activities in which present-day women are 
engaging. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 113 

In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed 
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their diversified 
activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of instruction and training, 
and are afforded an opportunity to develop self-confidence, perseverence and 
citizenship. 

The Extension Service in cooperation with the College of Agriculture 
and the Experiment Station arranges and conducts short courses in various 
lines, most of which are held at the University. Some of these courses have 
been held regularly over a period of years and others are added as the need and 
demand develop. 

Canners' Short Course 

For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners in 
keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is usually held 
in February. 

Rural Women's Short Course 

In response to request of rural women for special training in a variety of 
subjects, the Rural Women's Short Course was inaugurated in 1922. At- 
tendance at the course, extending for one week, has grown steadily, reaching 
more than one thousand women at recent sessions. The program offered has 
been broadened through the years and attracts women from all counties in the 
State. The third week in June is the date usually selected. 

Other Short Courses 

Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, beekeepers, 
greenkeepers, sanitarians, and cow testers are among those held in recent years. 
Announcement of such courses is made to those who may be interested. 

Boys and Girls' Club Week 

Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University 
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations are 
given by specialists and a broad program of education, inspiration and recreation 
is provided. 

EXTENSION SERVICE STAFF* 

Subject Matter Specialists 

George J. Abrams. M.S., Assistant Professor, Apiculture. 

Clementine B. Anslinger, A.B.. Ext. Instr., Marketing. 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D., Dean, Graduate School, Professor and Head, Botany 

and Plant Pathology. 
George M. Beal. Ph.D., Professor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 



•Many of the members of the Extension Service staff are also on the Instructional 
staff, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies 
appear elsewhere in this publication. 



114 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Frank L. Bentz, Ph.D., Ext. Assistant, Agronomy. 

William E. Bickley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Entomology, 

Theodore L. Bissell, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Extension Entomology. 

Robert L. Bruce, M.S., Asst. Prof. & Publ. Editor, Inf. & Publ. 

Fred L. Bull, B.S.. Extension Professor, Soil Conservation. 

Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., Professor and Head, Agricultural Engineering, 

State Drainage Engineer. 
Janet L. Coblentz, B.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., Nutrition. 
Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D., Professor, Poultry. 
Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology. 
Harry W. Dengler, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Forestry. 
Donald W. Dickson, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Information and Publication. 
John P. Dietrich, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., Dairy Husbandry. 
Charles O. Dunbar, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Horticulture. 
Andrew A. Duncan, M.S., Ext. Instr., Horticulture. 
Charles P. Ellington, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., Soil Conservation. 
John E. Foster, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry. 
Guy W. Gienger, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Engineering. 
Castillo Graham, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Field Entomologist. 
Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S., Associate Professor, Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing. 
Wallace C. Harding, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Entomology. 
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Experiment Station and Professor and Head, 

Horticulture. 
Russell C. Hawes, M.S., Ext. Professor, Marketing. 
Harold H. Hoecker, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Marketing. 
Mabel G. Howell, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Marketing. 
Evelyn B. Hutcheson, B.S., Ext. Instr., Inf. & Publications. 
Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology. 
Carl N. Johnson, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Landscape Gardening. 
Warren T. Johnson, M.S., Ext. Instr., Entomology. 
Morley A. Jull, Ph.D.. Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry. 
James G. Kantzes, B.S., Instr., Botany. 
John R. Keller, Ph.D., Asst. Prof., Botany. 
Malcolm Kerr, M.S., Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry. 
Albert V. Krewatch, M.S., E.E. Ext. Professor, Agricultural Engineering, 

Rural Electrification. 
Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Agronomy. 
George S. Langford, Ph.D., Ext. Professor, Entomology. 
Robert M. Lee, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Entomology. 
Conrad B. Link, Ph.D., Professor, Floriculture. 
Margaret T. Loar, B.S., Associate Professor and District Agent, County Home 

Demonstration Work. 
John E. Mahoney, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Marketing. 
Florence H. Mason, B.S., Professor, Home Furnishing, District Agent. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 115 

William A. Matthews, M.S., Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops and 

Markets. 
Charles P. Merrick, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Drainage Engineering. 
Amos R. Meyer, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, State Department of Markets. 
Jeanne S. Moehn (Mrs.) B.S., Ext. Assoc. Prof., Family Life. 
John L. Morris, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Dairy. 
Joseph L. Newcomer, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Agronomy. 
James L. Nicholson, Extension Instructor, Poultry. 
Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A., Director of Instruction and Professor and Head, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 
Charles W. Porter, B.A., Ext. Assistant Professor, Marketing. 
Walter B. Posey, M.S., Ext. Professor, Tobacco. 
John W. Pou, Ph.D., Professor and Head, Dairy. 
Burnell K. Rebert, B.S., Ext. Instructor, Marketing. 
Wade H. Rice, B.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Poultry. 
John M. Ryan, B.S., Assoc. Prof. & Agr. Ed., Inf. & Publ. 
Wayne C. Rohrer, M.S., Asst. Prof., Rural Sociology. 
Margaret K. Ringler, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof., 4-H Club Work. 
J. R. Schabinger, M.A., Ext. Assistant Professor, Dairy Husbandry, Adv. 

Registry Testing. 
Helen Shelby, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Clothing. 
Mark M. Shoemaker, M.L.D., Associate Professor, Landscape Gardening. 
Stanley P. Stabler, B.S., Ext. Assistant Professor, Agronomy. 
Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D., Professor, Vegetable Gardening. 
George A. Stevens, M.S., Ext. Asst. Prof. Agricultural Economics 

and Marketing. 
Arthur H. Thompson, Ph.D., Prof., Horticulture. 
Mitchell Thompson, B.S., Ext. Asst., Agronomy. 
Perry F. Twining, B.S., Associate Professor, Poultry. 
Joseph M. Vial, B.S., Ext. Professor, Animal Husbandry. 
Albert F. Vierheller, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Horticulture. 
Edwin J. Weatherby, Ph.D., Ext. Associate Professor, Dairy Husbandry. 
Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D., Professor, Plant Pathology, State Pathologist. 
Boyd T. Whittle, M.S., Ext. Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry. 
Walter S. Wilson, B.S., Associate Professor, Assistant Boys Club Leader. 

County Agents (Field)* 

County Name and Title Headquarters 

Allegany Ralph F. McHenry, B.S., 

Associate Professor Cumberland 

Anne Arundel Stanley E. Day, B.S., 

Associate Professor Annapolis 



*A11 Professional Titles should be preceded by Extension for Men and Women Agents. 



116 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Baltimore Horace B. Derrick, B.S., 

Associate Professor Towson 

Calvert Robert M. Hall, A.B., 

Associate Professor Prince Frederick 

Caroline Francis M. Rogers, B.S., 

Associate Professor Denton 

Carroll Landon C. Burns, B.S., 

Associated Professor Westminster 

Cecil Raymond G. Mueller, B.S., 

Assistant Professor Elkton 

Charles Paul D. Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor La Plata 

Dorchester Harry W. Beggs, B.S., 

Associate Professor Cambridge 

Frederick Henry R. Shoemaker, M.A., 

Associate Professor Frederick 

Garrett John H. Carter, B.S. 

Associate Professor Oakland 

Harford Henry M. Carroll, B.S. 

Associate Professor Bel Air 

Howard Warren G. Meyers, B.S. 

Associate Professor Ellicott City 

Kent James D. McVean, B.S. 

Associate Professor Chestertown 

Montgomery Otto W. Anderson, M.S. 

Associate Professor Rockville 

Prince Georges Percy E. Clark, B.S., 

Associate Professor Upper Marlboro 

Queen Annes James W. Eby, B.S. 

Associate Professor Centreville 

St. Mary's Joseph J. Johnson, 

Associate Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Clarence Z. Keller, B.S., 

. Associate Professor Princess Anne 

Talbot Rudolph S. Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor Easton 

Washington Mark K. Miller, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico James P. Brown, B.S., 

Associate Professor Salisbury 

Worcester Robert T. Grant, B.S., 

Associate Professor Snow Hill 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 117 

Assistant County Agents* (See Page 82) 

Allegany Joseph M. Steger, B.S., Instructor Cumberland 

Anne Arundel John H. Mills, B.S., Instructor Annapolis 

) Frank R. McFarland, Jr., B.S., Asst. Prof Towson 

Baltimore > ,,, ., _ __ _ 

| W. Max Buckel, B.S., Instructor Towson 

Calvert W. B. Vanderford, B.S., Instructor Prince Frederick 

Carroll William M. Allenberg, B.S., Instructor Westminster 

Cecil Robert G. Miller, B.S., Instructor Elkton 

Charles William E. Garvey, Jr., M.S., Instructor La Plata 

Dorchester and 

Talbot William M. Nixon, M.S., Instructor Cambridge 

Frederick Roy D. Cassell, B.S., Instructor Frederick 

Garrett James A. McHenry, B.S., Instructor Oakland 

Harford B. Wayne Kelley, B.S., Instructor Bel Air 

Howard Earl C. Spurrier, M.S., Instructor Ellicott City 

Kent Stanley B. Sutton, Instructor Chestertown 

Roscoe N. Whipp, B.S., Instructor Rockville 






Montgomery .. 

t oseph B. Morris, B.S., Instructor Rockville 

Prince Georges Merle L. Howes, M.S., Instructor Upper Marlboro 

Queen Anne's 

St. Mary's Loren M. Hiddlesop, B.S., Jr. Instructor Leonardtown 

Washington Roscoe Brown, Jr., Assistant Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico Leroy E. Wheatley, B.S., Instructor Salisbury 

Negro County Agents 

District Agent Martin G. Bailey, B.S., Instructor Seat Pleasant 

Anne Arundel 

and Calvert J. Edward Bullock, B.S., Jr. Instructor Huntingtown 

Caroline and 

Dorchester Elliot Robbins, B.S., Instructor Federalsburg 

Charles Milbourne Hull, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road 

Montgomery Onnie L. Privette, B.S., Instructor Rockville 

Prince George's James R. Taylor, B.S., Instructor Upper Marlboro 

St. Mary's Ryland Holmes, B.S., Instructor Lexington Park 

Somerset and 

Wicomico Louis H. Martin, Instructor Princess Anne 

County Agent at Large 

M. Gist Welling, B.S., Assoc. Prof., College Park 



118 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

County Home Demonstration Agents (Field)* (See Page 82) 



Allegany 

Anne Arundel Miriam F. Parmenter, B.S. 

Associate Professor Annapolis 

Baltimore Anna Trentham, B.S., Associate Professor Towson 

Baltimore City Margaret O. Holloway, B.S., 

Associate Professor Baltimore 

Calvert Mrs. Florencs E. Buchanan, B.S., 

Associate Professor Prince Frederick 

Caroline Bessie M. Spafford, B.S., Associate Professor Denton 

Carroll Evelyn D. Scott, B.S., Associate Professor Westminster 

Cecil 

Charles Mrs. Anna S. Will, B.S., 

Associate Professor La Plata 

Dorchester Hattie E. Brooks, A.B., 

Associate Professor Cambridge 

Frederick Beatrice Fehr, M.A., Associate Professor Frederick 

Garrett Ethel Grove, M.S., Associate Professor Oakland 

Harford Virginia L. McLogkie, B.S., 

Associate Professor Bel Air 

Howard June A. Robertson, B.S., Asst. Prof Ellicott City 

Kent Jane C. Boyd, B.S., Assistant Professor Chestertown 

Montgomery Edythe M. Turner, B.S., Associate Professor Rockville 

Prince Georges Ethel M. Regan, B.S., Associate Professor Hyattsville 

Queen Annes Ruby Brant, B.S., Associate Professor Centreville 

St. Marys Ethel M. Joy, A.B., Associate Professor Leonardtown 

Somerset Mrs. Regenia M. Fuller, B.S., 

Assistant Professor Princess Anne 

Talbot Margaret Smith, B.S., 

Associate Professor Easton 

Washington Ardath E. Martin, B.S., 

Associate Professor Hagerstown 

Wicomico Nell G. Grim, M.S., Associate Professor Salisbury 

Worcester Jane M. Cole, M.S., Asst. Prof Snow Hill 

Assistant County Home Demonstration Agents 

Allegany Thelma Allin, B.S., Instructor Cumberland 

Anne Arundel Mrs. Joan G. Moreland, Instructor Annapolis 

Baltimore Imogene D. Romino, B.S., Instructor Towson 

Baltimore Margaret N. White, B.S., Instructor Towson 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 119 

Carroll Charlotte A. Conoway, B.S., Instructor Westminster 

Dorchester Charlotte V. Mitchell, B.S., Instructor Cambridge 

Frederick Betsy J. LOVINGTON, B.S., Instructor Frederick 

Harford Betty L. Wilson, B.S., Jr. Instructor Bel Air 

( Mrs. Glady's Hinenburg, B.S., Instructor Rockville 

Montgomery < Mrs> Trma Bell B s ^ Instructor Rockville 

Prince George's Ella M. Fazzaler, B.S., Instructor Hyattsville 

Washington Judith L. Messinger, B.S., Instructor Hagerstown 

Wicomico Evelyn Barker, B.S., Instructor Salisbury 

Home Demonstration Agent 

At Large . 



Negro Home Demonstration Agents 

St. Mary's Evelyn G. Ashley (Mrs.), B.S., 

Instructor Lexington Park 

Charles Naomi Turner, B.S., Instructor Bryan's Road 

Dorchester and 

Caroline 

Montgomery Ruth I. Johnson, B.S., Instructor., Rockville 

Somerset and 

Wicomico Mrs. Omega M. Jones, A.B., Instructor Princess Anne 

Prince George's Hattie G. Holmes (Mrs.), B.S., 

Instructor Upper Marlboro 

Baltimore City Ethel L. Bianchi, M.A., Instructor Baltimore 

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director 

The Agricultural Experiment Station is for Maryland agriculture what the 
research laboratories are for large corporations. Maryland agriculture is made 
up of forty thousand small individual businesses, and there is not sufficient 
capital, or sufficient income so that each one of these can conduct research. 
Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking such as farming, are as 
numerous and perplexing as the problems of any business. Certainly our pro- 
duction of food would be much more costly if it were not for the research results 
that have been obtained by the Agricultural Experiment Station. 

The station is a joint Federal and State undertaking. Passage of the Hatch 
Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for the purpose 
of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great impetus to the 
development of research work in agriculture. This work was further encouraged 



120 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bank- 
head-Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946. 

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is sup- 
ported by these Acts and by State appropriations centers at College Park. 
On the University Campus are to be found laboratories for studying insects and 
diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and others. This is also 
the location of the livestock and dairy barns with their experimental herds. 
About eight miles from the campus at College Park, near Beltsville, the Plant 
Research Farm of about 500 acres is devoted to work connected with soil fer- 
tility, plant breeding and general horticultural problems. An experimental farm 
near Upper Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. 
A farm near Salisbury is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of 
broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Near 
Ellicott City a farm of 234 acres is devoted to livestock problems. Also tests 
of various crop and soil responses are distributed throughout the State. These 
different locations give a chance to conduct experiments under conditions which 
exist where the results will be put into practice. 

The Station, in general, exists as the "trouble-shooter" for Maryland 
farmers. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has given the 
Station an excellent standing with farmers of the State. 

AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION STAFF* 

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director of Experiment Station 
William B. Kemp, Director of Experiment Station Emeritus 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Paul E. Nystrom, D.P.A Professor and Head, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
George M. Beal, Ph.D Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Arthur B. Hamilton, M.S Associate Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Farm Management 
Paul R. Poffenberger, M.S Associate Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
Stanley C. Shull, Ph.D. Associate Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
William P. Walker, M.S Professor, 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
Luther B. Bohanan, M.S Assistant Professor. 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 



*Many of the members of the Experiment Station staff are also on the Instructional 
staff, or the Experiment Station staff, or both. Lists of the staffs of these two agencies 
appear elsewhere in this publication. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 121 

Harold D. Smith, Ph.D Assistant Professor 

Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
David J. Burns, M.S Instructor, Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

Agricultural Engineering 

Ray W. Carpenter, A.B., LL.B Professor and Head, 

Agricultural Engineering, State Drainage Engineer 
George J. Burkhardt, M.S Professor, 

Agricultural Engineering 

Albert V. Krewatch, M.S Professor, Agricultural Engineering 

Harry J. Hoffmeister, B.S Assistant Professor, 

Agricultural Engineering 
Paul N. Winn, Jr., B.S Assistant Professor, 

Agricultural Engineering 

Lester F. George, B.S., Instructor, Agricultural Engineering 

Ellis W. Martin, , Laboratory Mechanic 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agricultural Education 
Ray A. Murray, Ph.D Associate Professor, Agricultural Education 

Agronomy 

Albin O. Kuhn, Ph.D Professor and Head, Agronomy 

Russell G. Rothgeb, Ph.D Professor, Crops 

John H. Axley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Soils 

Gerard A. Bourbeau, Ph.D Associate Professor, Soils 

Orman E. Street, Ph.D Associate Professor, Tobacco 

Thomas S. Ronnigen, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Crops 

Edward Strickling, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Soils 

Howard B. Winant, M.S Assistant Professor, Soils 

A. Morris Decker, Jr., M.S Instructor, Crops 

Agronomy — Seed Inspection 
Forrest S. Holmes, M.S Chief Seed Inspector 

Animal Husbandry 

John E. Foster, Ph.D Professor and Head, Animal Husbandry 

Willard W. Green, Ph.D Professor, Animal Husbandry 

Malcolm H. Kerr, M.S Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry 

John Buric, M.S Assistant Professor, Animal Husbandry 

Emory C. Leffel, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Animal Husbandry 

Animal Pathology 

Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D Director, LSSS 

Harold M. DeVolt, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology 



122 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Leo J. Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Professor, Pathology 

Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent 

Botany, Plant Physiology, and Pathology 

Ronald Bamford, Ph.D Professor and Head, Botany 

Carroll E. Cox, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology 

Hugh G. Gauch, Ph.D Professor, Plant Physiology 

Walter F. Jeffers, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology 

Leslie O. Weaver, Ph.D Professor, Plant Pathology, 

State Pathologist 

Russell G. Brown, Ph.D Associate Professor, Botany 

Willie M. Dugger, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Physiology 

John R. Keller, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology 

Delbert T. Morgan, Ph.D Associate Professor, Botany 

Omar D. Morgan, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Plant Pathology 

Robert D. Rappleye, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Botany 

James G. Kantzes, B.S Instructor, Plant Pathology 

Robert W. Krauss, Ph.D Research Associate, Plant Physiology 

Dairy Husbandry 

John W. Pou, Ph.D Professor and Head, Dairy Husbandry 

Wendell S. Arbuckle, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Joseph C. Shaw, Ph.D Professor, Dairy Husbandry 

Mark Keeney, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Joseph F. Mattick, Ph.D Assistant Professor, Dairy Manufacturing 

Richard E. Brown, M.S Instructor, Dairy Husbandry 

Editorial 

John M. Ryan, B.S Associate Professor and Editor 

Robert L. Bruce, M.S Assistant Professor and Publications Editor 

Entomology 

Ernest N. Cory, Ph.D Professor and Head, Entomology 

State Entomologist 

William E. Bickley, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology 

Lewis P. Ditman, Ph.D Associate Professor, Entomology 

Harold S. McConnell, M.S Associate Professor, Entomology 

Horticulture 

Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D Professor and Head, Horticulture 

Amihud Kramer, Ph.D Professor, Horticulture 

Conrad B. Link, Ph.D Professor, Floriculture 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 123 

Lelaxd E. Scott, Ph.D Professor, Horticultural Physiology 

Francis C. Stark, Jr., Ph.D Professor, Vegetable Crops 

Arthur H. Thompson, Ph.D Professor, Pomology 

Lee J. Enright, Ph.D Assistant Professor, 

Ornamental Horticulture 

William A. Matthews, M.S Associate Professor, Vegetable Crops 

James B. Shanks, Ph.D Associate Professor, Floriculture 

Herman Todd, B.S Instructor 

Clifford K. Evers, B.S Instructor 

Poultry 

Morley A. Jull, Ph.D Professor and Head, Poultry Husbandry 

Gerald F. Combs, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Nutrition 

Mary Juhn, Ph.D Research Professor, Poultry Physiology 

Clyne S. Shaffner, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Physiology 

Mary Shorb, Ph.D Professor, Poultry Nutrition 

George D. Quigley, B.S Associate Professor, Poultry Husbandry 

Rural Sociology 

Wayne C. Rohrer, M.S Assistant Professor 

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 

Symons Hall, College Park, Maryland 

Paul E. Nystrom, Head, Department of Agricultural Economics and 

Marketing 

W. \Y. Anderson, Supervisor, Federal-State Inspection Service 

Arthur F. Martin Assistant Supervisor, Eggs, Poultry and 

Dairy Products Inspection 

Louis C. Holland, Assistant Supervisor, Fruits and Vegetable Inspection 

John E. Mahoney Extension Assistant Professor and 

Superintendent of Weights and Measures 

J. DeSales Maher Inspector, Weights and Mines Scales 

Russell C. Hawes Extension Professor, Marketing 

Amos R. Meyer Extension Associate Professor 

Charles W. Porter Extension Assistant Professor 

Rudolph S. Forrester Inspector, Eggs, Poultry and Dairy Products 

Burnell K. Rebert Extension Instructor, Marketing 

Charles E. McCain Inspector, Egg and Poultry Products 

Arnold L. Lundquist Inspector, Egg and Poultry Products 

Joseph M. Doris Market Reporter 

Clementine B. Anslinger Extension Instructor 

Mabel G. Howell Extension Instructor 



124 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

All of the activities of the Department of Markets are geared to the im- 
portance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm products. 
The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the farmer in 
marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treatment of the 
farmer in all dealings which he may have concerning the marketing of his 
products. In the performance of these responsibilities, the Department carries 
out programs in extension marketing, conducts market surveys, compiles and 
disseminates marketing information and market data, operates a market news 
service, provides an agricultural inspection and grading service, maintains a 
consumer information service and enforces and interprets the agricultural 
marketing laws of the state. The regulatory aspects of the Department's func- 
tions are carried out as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture under the 
authority of various State laws relating to the marketing of farm products. A 
close working relationship is maintained with other specialists in the Extension 
Service, all departments of the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Maryland 
Crop Reporting Service, and the Production and Marketing Administration of 
the U. S. Department of Agriculture. The voluntary and dynamic cooperation 
of the personnel in these various activities brings to bear on agricultural mar- 
keting problems an effective combination of research, education, and service. 

The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act gave 
additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's marketing problems. 
The Department of Markets is largely responsible for developing the State 
program under Title II of this act. 

Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all 
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals is interested, 
marketing specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local communities. 
Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock, Hagerstown and 
Pocomoke. Department headquarters is at the University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland. 

Market Price Reporting 

Daily market reports covering 100 farm products are issued in cooperation 
with the U. S. Department of Agriculture whose nation-wide teletype facilities 
are utilized in this service. These reports contain information on market con- 
ditions, prices of crops, livestock, and other agricultural products. The in- 
formation in these reports is published in local newspapers, broadcasts over 
radio stations in the State and mailed in mimeograph form to anyone 
requesting it. 

A weekly Retail Market Report is issued in Baltimore, which gives current 
retail prices for approximately 100 commodities including fruits, vegetables, 
meats and dairy products. 

Marketing Information Service 

In addition to the daily market reports, a periodic analysis of the agricultural 
marketing situation is prepared at the headquarters in College Park. This 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 125 

report contains information on market supplies, quality, price trends, storage 
holdings, and movement of farm products. Other periodic information availahle 
in the marketing information series includes the monthly truck crop news; the 
monthly poultry letter, weekly crop and weather report; truck receipts in Balti- 
more City of fresh fruits and vegetables, issued daily with a monthly summary; 
and a weekly report of the volume of broilers moved) from farms to market in 
the Delmarva Peninsula. 

Grading and Inspection Service 

Any Maryland producer or handler of farm products may avail himself 
of the official federal-state grading service that is maintained by the department. 
Thoroughly trained and federally licensed inspectors are employed to perform 
this official grading service. Products graded and inspected include apples, 
peaches, tomatoes, potatoes, sweet potatoes, cannery tomatoes, cannery peas, 
cannery corn, dairy products, poultry and eggs and other farm products. The 
State Department of Markets also issues final inspection and certification for 
the Seed Certification Board on Irish and sweet potatoes and tomato seed stock. 
Maryland canners frequently base their prices to farmers on the grades estab- 
lished by the grading and inspection service rendered by the department. Estab- 
lished U. S. grades and standards are usually used in this grading program, 
however, special grades and standards of quality may be used if the grower 
or processor so desires. 

General Marketing Services 

Through its Extension activities, the department endeavors to bring about 
a better understanding by producers, handlers and consumers regarding: 
(1) costs of distribution; (2) important changes in market outlets and consumer 
demand; (3) importance of efficiently producing high-quality products; (4) 
advantages of standardizing and grading; (5) the place that various marketing 
agencies play in the marketing system and the essentials for their success; (6) 
interpretation and utilization of marketing information and (7) the various 
phases and channels of the marketing system. 

These problems are handled in various ways including the holding of meet- 
ings with growers and distributors throughout the State, planning and con- 
ducting short courses and special schools, conducting of various grading and 
inspection demonstrations, and giving assistance on marketing facilities such 
as farm markets and auctions. 

Consumer Marketing Information 

The Department maintains a full-time office in the city of Baltimore for 
the purpose of providing continuous consumer information. This service pro- 
vides the consumer with information concerning best buys of perishable pro- 
duce, and methods of utilizing surplus products. This service aids in the 
prompt movement of perishable produce at times of surplus production and 



126 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

market gluts. A weekly retail price report is issued as a part of this service in 
addition to a specially prepared radio script and press releases on best buys. 
This program is conducted in close cooperation with the Home Demonstration 
Agent of Baltimore City. 

Regulatory and Control Activities 

From time to time the state has passed laws relative to the marketing of 
farm products which provide certain standards and controls deemed necessary 
for the common good of both the producer and the consumer. The depart- 
ment acts as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture in the enforcement 
of these laws which include (1) the Maryland Apple Grading Law, (2) the 
Maryland Fresh Egg and Egg Grading Law, (3) Poultry Sale and Trans- 
portation Law, (4) Cantaloupe Maturity Law, (5) the Trademark Law (6) 
Weights and Measures Law and (7) the Grading and Inspection Laws. In the 
enforcement of these various laws the Department endeavors to make an 
educational approach in which the cooperation of growers and handlers is 
solicited before resorting to legal action. 

STAXE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT 

College Park, Maryland 

E. N. Cory, State Entomologist. 

L. O. Weaver, State Plant Pathologist. 

I. C. Haut, State Horticulturist. 

In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under 
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the title "Inspection" as 
designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assembly of Maryland 
on 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were repealed and reenacted 
with amendments, under a new sub-title, "State Horticultural Department," and 
eight new sections were added thereto. In 1916 the sections were again re- 
enacted with such changes in the wording as were necessary to bring them into 
conformity with the reorganization of the Maryland State College of Agriculture 
and Experiment Station and its Board of Trustees. Subsequently all regulatory 
functions including newly enacted Articles in regard to bee diseases, mosquitoes, 
and aerial spraying, were transferred to the State Board of Agriculture under 
Chapter 391 of the "Acts of the General Assembly." 

Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and to 
protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. A 
considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspection of orchards, 
crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. Cooperation with the 
Federal Government in the inspection and certification of materials that come 
under quarantine regulations is another major function of the department. The 
department enforces the provisions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of 
apiaries. All activities pertaining to control of insects are conducted under the 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 127 

direction of Dr. E. N. Cory, State Entomologist. Activities of the department 
in the field of plant disease control are under direction of Dr. L. O. Weaver, 
State Plant Pathologist. This service includes control and eradication of dis- 
eases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of apples, peaches, etc., 
inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet potatoes for seed, control of 
white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc. 

DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE 

Dairy Building, College Park, Maryland 

\Y. S. Abuckle, Chief Examiner 

Jack S. Conrad, Assistant Inspector 

Harold A. Newlaxder, Assistant Inspector 

The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How- 
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on 
Article 43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Chapter 403 of the Laws of 
Maryland, 1941. The dairy department, functioning under the Agricultural 
Experiment Station of the University of Maryland, is charged with the adminis- 
tration of the law. 

The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure 
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test, that 
samples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such products are 
correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream that their agents 
shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these products; (c) To insure correct- 
ness of tests made for official inspections or for public record. To achieve these 
purposes the law requires the licensing of all dealers who purchase milk and 
cream from producers, whether the purchases are by measure, weight, or test, 
and the licensing of all persons sampling, weighing and testing milk and cream 
when the results of such samples, weights, and tests are to serve as a basis of 
payment to producers. 

Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of the 
Inspection Law. deal with the calibration of that glassware used in testing milk 
and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination of all weighers, 
samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those satisfactorily passing 
the examination; and inspection of the pertinent activities of weighers, samplers, 
testers and dairy plants. • 

The Dairy Inspection Law benefits the entire industry by preventing 
unfair competition and unfair trade practices which result from improper methods 
of weighing, sampling and testing milk and cream, and the use of inaccurate and 
improper equipment. Also, requirements governing the accuracy of scales, 
construction of weigh tanks, and proper procedures result in greater efficiency 
and thus less loss to dealers and producers alike. The licensing of weighers, 
samplers, and testers assures both the producer and the dealer that the men 
engaged in such work are competent. 

The Dairy Inspection Law is administered on an educational basis with 



128 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

the view of promoting the mutual interests of dairy producers, dealers, and 
manufacturers. It is the belief of the administrating agency that since the pro- 
ducers of milk and cream and the dealers in these products both benefit by the 
law, they also should share in the responsibility for its enforcement. Such a 
responsibility involves close cooperation and harmony between all groups 
affected by the law. 

During 1952, 106 permits were issued to dealers as follows: 3 plants in 
Class A (buying less than 500 pounds of milk daily); 18 in Class B (buying 
from 500 to 2,000 pounds of milk daily); 58 in Class C (buying from 2,000 to 
40,000 pounds of milk daily); and 22 in Class D (buying more than 40,000 
pounds of milk daily). In addition, 317 licenses were issued to testers and 138 
licenses issued to weighers and samplers. 

STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE 
College Park, Maryland 

Ray W. Carpenter, State Drainage Engineer. 

The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties are 
to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the State, to 
correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the State and to 
cooperate with State and Federal agencies in the interest of a permanent pro- 
gram of improved drainage. 

STATE INSPECTION AND REGULATORY SERVICE 

Chemistry Building, College Park, Maryland 

Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials, Insecticides and Fungicides 

L. E. Bopst, State Chemist R. G. Fuerst, Chemist 
A. B. Heagy, Associate State Chemist Cecil Pinkerton, Chemist 

H. R. Walls, Microscopist W. J. Footen, Inspector 

S. C. Chang, Biochemist R. W. Neal, Jr., Inspector 

R. E. Baumgardner, Chemist E. M. Zentz, Inspector 

J. E. Schueler, Chemist F. G. Baggs, Clerk 
N. S. Chapman, Chemist 

The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural 
products against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes neces- 
sary. These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are enforced by the 
State Inspection and Regulatory Service. Included in this legislation are the State 
Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural Liming Materials, and Insecticide and Fungicide laws. 

Work of enforcing these laws is divided into five distinct phases : First, the com- 
modities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand names, and with 
proper labels ; second, official samples must be collected by the Department's inspec- 
tors from all parts of the state; third, chemical and physical examinations must be 
made to establish that professed standards of quality are being met; fourth, results 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 129 

mist be assembled and published in concise and understandable form, with the reports 
nade available to all interested persons; and fifth, the prosecution of the i ible 

or flagrant violations. 

Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime samples 
ubmitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for this service. 

Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with comparable federal 
igencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained not only state-wide, 
>ut also a nationally-recognized reputation for accuracy, timeliness, and unbiased fair 
reatment of the consumer and manufacturer alike. 

The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the manu- 
acturer with technical advice and to safeguard him from unfair competition. 

For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies in large 
neasure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and seller. However in 
hose rare instances when this policy is unheeded, backing by the courts, both federal 
ind state, can be depended upon for enforcement assistance. 

SEED INSPECTION SERVICE 

Agronomy-Botany-Physics Building, College, Park, Maryland 

F. S. Holmes, Inspector Olive M. Kelk, Analyst 

Ruth W. Caldwell, Assistant Analyst 

Ellen P. Emack, Assistant Analyst 

Anna H. Ferguson, Assistant Analyst 

Isabel V. Bissell, Assistant Analyst 

The Seed Inspection Service, a division of the Agricultural Experiment Station, 
idministers the State seed law ; inspects seeds sold throughout the State ; collects 
>eed samples for laboratory examination; reports the results of the examinations to 
:he parties concerned; publishes summaries of these reports which show the relative 
■eliability of the label information supplied by wholesale seedsmen ; cleans and treats 
:obacco seed intended for planting in the State ; makes analyses, tests, and examin- 
itions of seed samples submitted to the Laboratory ; and advises seed users regarding 
:he economic and intelligent use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with the 
Production and Marketing Administration of the United States Department of 
Agriculture in the enforcement of the Federal Seed Act in Maryland. 

Millions of dollars worth of seeds are planted annually in Maryland. Perhaps 
twenty-five percent of the field seeds and ninety percent of the vegetable seeds 
planted in the State pass through trade channels and are thus subject to the seed 
law. The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not restricted to the enforcement 
af the seed law however, for State citizens may submit seed samples to the Lab- 
oratory for analysis, test, or examination. Specific information regarding suit- 
ability for planting purposes of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals 
without charge. The growth of this service has been steady since the establishment 
of the Laboratory in 1912. Most Maryland citizens, city and country, are directly 
interested in seeds for planting in flower-beds, lawns, gardens, or fields. 



130 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

MARYLAND LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE 

Arthur L. Brueckner, Director 

J. Walter Hastings, Sr., Assistant Director 

Leo J. Poelma, Chief of Laboratories 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of Agri- 
culture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the introduction of 
diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and with control and 
eradication of such diseases within the state. The service is further charged with 
the responsibility of cooperating with the State Department of Health in the sup- 
pression of diseases of animals and poultry which affect the public health. 

Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine brucellosis 
are conducted in cooperation with the Bureau of Animal Industry of the United 
States Department of Agriculture. The field force of state employed veterinarians 
is augmented by a number of federal veterinarians in the conduct of these control 
programs. The control of swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and 
many other disease conditions is conducted by the state without outside assistance. 

Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished in the 
main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at Salisbury, Centre- 
ville, Bel Air, Frederick, and Hagerstown. Virtually every part of the state is in 
easy reach of these opportunities for help. 

Research studies are conducted mainly at the College Park and Salisbury 
laboratories, but some field investigations are also made from branch laboratories. 
Some projects are partly supported by federal funds appropriated through the Mary- 
land Agricultural Experiment Station. From these research studies comes information 
concerning control by sanitary measures, by vaccination, and by drug treatment which 
saves breeders and owners vast sums. 

Members of the staff give instruction in animal and poultry diseases in the 
University of Maryland particularly to students in agriculture. Appropriate subjects 
are also presented to farmers' clubs and industry groups in the state. 

MARYLAND LIVESTOCK SANITARY SERVICE STAFF 

Arthur L. Brueckner, B.S., V.M.D., 

Director and Professor of Veterinary Science 

J. Walter Hastings, Sr., V.M.D Assistant Director 

Leo J. Poelma, M.S., D.V.M Chief of Laboratories 

Harold M. DeVolt, B.S., M.S., D.V.M Professor of Poultry Pathology 

Paul A. Hansen, Ph.D Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology 

Professor of Veterinary Physiology 

Charles R. Davis, M.S., D.V.M., 

Supervisor, Maryland Poultry Improvement Plan 

Clyde L. Everson, D.V.M Associate Professor in charge of Brucellosis Control 

Irwin M. Moulthrop, D.V.M In Charge, Salisbury Laboratory 

William Robert Teeter, B.S., D.V.M In charge, Hagerstown and 

Frederick Laboratories 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 131 

Jack E. Hanley, D.V.M In Charge, Bel Air Laboratory 

Francis R. Lucas, V.M.D In Charge, Centreville Laboratory 

Associate Professor, Brucellosis Research 

Cornelia M. Cotton, Ph.D Cooperative Agent, Brucellosis Research 

Edward M. Sacchi, D.M.V Associate Professor, Mastitis Research 

Reginald L. Reagan Professor of Veterinary Virology 

Col. James R. Sperry, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Basil C. Hatziolos, D.V.M Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science 

James W. Crowl, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Clarence E. Gibbs, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Mahlon H. Trout, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Charles R. Lockwood, D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

George W. Green, Jr., D.V.M Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Robert E. Gibbs, V.M.D Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science 

Robert B. Shillinger, V.M.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 

Robert B. Johnson, A.B Associate Professor of Veterinary Physiology 

Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D Associate Professor of Veterinary Toxicology 



College of 

ARTS and SCIENCES 

STAFF 
Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 
i J atCiAVi/ t~l XLhajles Manning Ph.D_. Assistant Dean r ,-f 

Prantis R. Adams, M.A., Instructor of English. ** 

Alfred O. Aldridge, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

Mary H. Aldridge, M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

J. Frances Allen, Ph.D., Instructor of Zoology. 

George Anastos, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Frank G. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

George L. Anderson, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Roy S. Anderson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Mary Lee Andrews, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Thomas G. Andrews, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Psychology. 

Merle Ansberry, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech. 

Arthur W. Ayers, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Betty B. Baehr, B.A., B.S., in L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

Cecil R Ball, M.A., Associate Professor of English. 

Adele B. Ballman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

Jack C. Barnes, M.A., Instructor of English. 

James L. Bates, Ph.D., Instructor of History. 

George Batka, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Richard H. Bauer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. 

Otho T. Beall, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Alfred W. Becker, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Edward Benter, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Warren Bezanson, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Alfred Bingham, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Marie Boborykine, M.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages. 

Carl Bode, Ph.D., Professor of English. 

John L. Bradley, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

George P. Brewster, Jr., B.S., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Ferdinand G. Brickwedde, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics. 

Furman Bridgers, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

George M. Brown, Ph.D.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Irwin C. Brown, Ph.D., Lecturer of Geology. 

Summer O. Burhoe, Ph.D., Professor of Zoology. 

John T. Carruthers, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Velma L. Charlesworth, B.S.E. and L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

Verne E. Chatelain, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

Charles N. Cofer, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 

Heron Collins, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Franklin D. Cooley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

133 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

John M. Coppinger, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 
John L. Coulter, M.A., Assistant Professor of English. 
Herbert A. Crosman, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 
Dieter Cunz, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Elizabeth Cuthill, Ph.D., Instructor Part-time of Mathematics. 
Jules deLaunay, Ph.D., Professor Part-time of Physics. 
Constance Demaree, M.A., Instructor of English. 
Henri deMarne, B.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
Charles S. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 
Robert E. Dewey, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 
Shirley Wagner Dinwiddie, M.A., Instructor of English. 
Eitel W. Dobert, M.A., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Raymond N, Doetsch, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Bacteriology. 
Nathan L. Drake, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Chemistry. 
David Ellis, M.A., B.Litt. fOxon.), Instructor of English. 
John E. Faber, Jr., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Bacteriology. 
William F. Falls, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 
E. James Ferguson, Ph.D., Instructor of History. 
Sherman K. Fitzgerald, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology. 
Rudd Fleming, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 
Jacob G. Franz, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 
Lucius Garvin, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Philosophy. 
Wesley M. Gewehr. Ph.D.. Professor and Acting Head of History. 
Herbert R. Ghlis, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 
Robert H. Goldsmith. Ph.D., Instructor of' English. 
Richard A. Good, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
Frank Goodwyn, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Donald C. Gordon, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 
Frank A. Grant, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. 
William Gravely, M.A.. Assistant Professor of English. 
Meyer Greenberg, B.A., Instructor Part-time of Foreign Languages. 
Sidney Grollman, Ph.D., Instructor of Zoology. 
Francis S. Grubar. M.A., Instructor of Art. 

John W. Gustad, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology and Director of Coun- 
seling Center. 
Ray C. Hackman, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 
Dick W. Hall, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. 

Ludwig Hammerschlag, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
R. Justus Hanks, M.A., Instructor of History. 
Poul Arne Hansen, Ph.D., Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology. 
William H. Harbaugh, M.A., Instructor of History. 
Susan Harman, Ph.D., Professor of English. 
Charles A. Haslup, M.Ed.. Instructor of Music. 
Isabella M. Hayes, B.A., B.L.S.. Instructor of Lihrary Science. 
Stuart Haywood, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
Roy K. Heintz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology. 
Marie Henault, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 
Richard Hendricks, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 
Harold C. Hoffsommer, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Sociology. 
Lois Holladay, B.A., B.L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Thomas P. Imse, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. V- 

Richard Iskraut, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics. H»_ 

Stanley B. Jackson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics. ^ 

Wilhemina Jashemski, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. ^A fvi 



\ - 

r 



? 






Charles A. Johnson, Ph.D., Instructor of History. 

Mary A. Kemble, M.A., Instructor of Alusic. ^^ 

Earle H. Kennard, Ph.D., Professor Part-time cf Physics. 

John F. Kent, Ph.D., Lecturer in Bacteriology. 

Charles F. Kramer, M.A., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Marlin Krieder, M.S., Instructor of Zoology. 

Aaron D. Krumbein, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Norman C. Laffer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Bacteriology. 

Robert L. Landers, Instructor of Music. O, ^ 

Peter Lejins, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology. ^ <y 

Irving Linkow, ALA., Assistant Professor of Speech. ^ ^£. 

Robert A. Littleford, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Zoology. ^j f 

Robert E. Lovelace, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Richard Lowitt, Ph.D., Instructor of History. 

Geoffrey S. S. Ludford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

Leonard I. Lutwack, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Charles Manning, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Herman Maril, Assistant Professor of Art. 

Charles P. Martin, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Minerva Martin, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Monroe H. Martin, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Mathematics. 

Lyle Mayer, ALA., Instructor of Speech. 

Charles AIcArthur, ALS., Instructor of Alathematics. 

Elliott M. McGinnies, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Hugh B. AIcLean, B.S., Instructor of Alathematics. 

James McAIanaway, Ph.D., Lecturer in English. 

Earl F. AIeeker, ALA., Instructor of Speech. 

John F. AIehegan, M.A., Instructor of Alathematics. 

Bruce L. AIelvin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology. 

Horace S. AIerrill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. 

Antonius M.J.S. AIichels, Sc.D., Professor of Chemistry. 

Frances Miller, ALA., Instructor of English. 

Charles C. Mish, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Emory A. AIooney, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Raymond AIorgan, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Physics. 

Annabelle B. AIotz, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology. 

Charles D. AIurphy, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Head of English. 

Ralph AIyers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics. 

Graciela P. Nemes, Ph.D., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Charles Niemeyer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Ann E. Norton, M.A., Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

Harold Orel, Ph.D., Instructor of English. 

Arthur C. Parsons, ALA., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

AIichael J. Pelczar, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology. 

Norman E. Phillips, Ph.D., Professor and Acting Head of Zoology. 

Virginia Phillips, B.A., B.A. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Hugh B Pickard, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Robert Pierson, Ph.D., Instructor of English 

John Portz, M.A., Instructor of English. 

J. Kenneth Potter, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

Augustus J. Prahl, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Gordon W. Prange, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

Ernest F. Pratt, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Hester B. Provenson, M.A., Assistant Professor of Speech. 

Rudolph E. Pugliese, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

William Quynn, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Marguerite Rand, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B. Harlan Randall, B.Mus., Professor of Music. 

E. Wilkins Reeve, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

John M. Robinson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 

Julian Roebuck, M.A., Instructor of Sociology. 

Carl L. Rollinson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Westervelt B. Romaine, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Music. 

Lenora Rosenfield, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Sherman Ross, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Norman R. Roth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

Howard Rovelstad, B.S. in L.S., M.A., Associate Professor of Library Science. 

Philip Rovner, B.A., M.A., Instructor of Foreign Language. 

Homer W. Schamp, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Herbert Schaumann, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English. 

John F. Schmidt, Ph.D., Instructor of Sociology. 

Mark Schweizer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

Emily S. Scott, A.B. & L.S., Instructor in Library Science. 

Paul W. Shankweiler, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Sociology. 

Julius C. Shepherd, M.A., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Maurice R. Siegler, B.S., Associate Professor of Art. 

Joseph Edwin Smadel, M.D., Visiting Professor Part-time of Bacteriology. 

Gerald A. Smith, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Leon P. Smith, Ph.D., Professor of Foreign Languages. 

David S. Sparks, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of History. 

Guilford L. Spencer, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics. 

Fague Springmann, B.Mus., Associate Professor Part-time of Music. 

Jesse W. Sprowls, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology. 

Robert A. Spurr, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

E. Thomas Starcher, M.A., Instructor of Speech. 

M. Elizabeth Stites, B. of Arch., Instructor of Art. 

Martha Stone, M.A., Instructor of English. 

Enoch F. Story, Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Warren L. Strausbaugh, M.A., B.S., Associate Professor and Acting Head of 

Speech. 
Kenneth T. Stringer, M.S., Instructor of Zoology. 
Calvin F. Stuntz, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 
William J. Svirbely, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. 
William Thickstun, Ph.D., Instructor of Mathematics. 
John S. Toll, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Physics. 
H. David Turner, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 137 

A. Mary Urban, B.A., B.A. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

Fletcher P. Veitch, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Kathryn P. Ward, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Joel Warren, Ph.D., Visiting Professor Part-time of Bacteriology. 

Kurt Weber, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 

Josephine A. Wedemeyer, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Instructor of Library Science. 

Fred W. Wellborn, Ph.D., Professor of History. 

James P. Wharton, A.B. and M.F.A. (Col. U. S. A., Ret.), Professor and Head 

of Art. 
Charles E. White, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry. 
Roy Wiig, B.S., Instructor of Philosophy. 
Raymond C. Wiley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
G. Forrest Woods, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
Bernhard R. Works, B.A., Instructor of Speech. 
David Young, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 
W. Gordon Zeeveld, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English. 
A. E. Zucker, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Foreign Languages. 



138 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 




COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

HE college of Arts and Sciences offers its students a liberal education. It 
seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the problems 
which confront them and whose general education will be a continuing 
source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction. 
It also offers each student the opportunity to concentrate in the field of 
his choice; this element of depth serves both as an integral part of his 
education and as a foundation for further professional training or 
pursuits. 

Students in other colleges of the University are offered training 
in fundamental courses that serve as a background for their profes- 
sional education. The new program in American Civilization is open 
to all students of the University as well as to those in Arts and Sciences. 



Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are, in general, 
the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools of the University. 
Application must be made to the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Maryland. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed on good marks and other indica- 
tions of probable success in college than on any fixed pattern of subject matter. In 
general, four units of English and one unit each of Social and Natural Sciences are 
required. One unit of Algebra and one of Plane Geometry are desirable. Foreign 
Language entrance units, although highly desirable for certain programs, are not required. 
Units in Fine Arts and in Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

For admission to the pre-medical curriculum, two years of any one foreign language 
are recommended. A detailed statement of the requirements for admission to the School 
of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre-medical curriculum may be obtained 
by writing the Director of Admissions. 

For a more detailed statement of admission requirements and policies write to the 
Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy 
of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 



Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165 fixed charges; $71 
special fees; $360 board; $130 to $150 room rent; and laboratory fees which vary with 
the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee of $10 is charged all new registrants. 
An additional charge of $150 is assessed students who are not residents of the State of 
Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs write to the Director of Publications, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy of the "General Information 
Issue" of the Catalog. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 139 



Military Instruction 



All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regulations, are re- 
quired to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training lor a period oi two years. The 
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation and it must be taken 
by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the University, whether 
they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who have not fulfilled this requirement 
will complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry during their 
Junior and Senior years advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. courses which lead to a 
regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction write to the 
Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy 
of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred on students who have met the requirements prescribed by the 
College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. 

Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors in de- 
partments of the Humanities or Social Sciences are awarded the degree of Bachelor of 
Arts.* Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors in departments of Biological 
or Physical Sciences are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science.f 

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of Arts and 
Sciences and Medicine, or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry, will be granted the degree 
of Bachelor of Science on the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Medicine, or of 
the Dean of the School of Dentistry. This program consists of a minimum of 90-100 semester 
hours (exclusive of the required courses in military science, hygiene, and physical activi- 
ties) in the College of Arts and Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (usually 
the first year's program) in the School of Medicine, or in the School of Dentistry. 

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of Arts and 
Sciences and Law will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts on the recommendation 
of the Dean of the School of Law. This program consists of a minimum of 90 semester 
hours (exclusive of the required courses in military science, hygiene, and physical activities) 
in the College of Arts and Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (the first 
year's program or its equivalent) in the School of Law. 

Residence 

The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a baccalaureate 
degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in residence in this University. 



*The departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, although adminis- 
tratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer courses for Arts and Sciences 
students. Majors may be elected in these departments as in those of the other departments of the 
Division of Social Sciences which are administered by the College of Arts and Sciences. 

tThe departments of Botany and Entomology, although administered by the College of Agri- 
culture, offer courses for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments 
as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological Sciences administered by the 
College of Arts and Sciences. 



140 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30 semester 
hours credit of the arts program in residence, in the College of Arts and Sciences, College 
Park. 

General Requirements for Degrees 

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be conferred 
upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements : 

1. University requirements. 

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements : 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than military 
science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in addition 12 semester 
hours in military science, and four semester hours in physical activities. Women must 
acquire in addition four semester hours in hygiene and four semester hours in physical 
activities. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours with an average grade of 
at least C in the Freshman and Sophomore years before he will be permitted to begin 
advanced work on his major and minor. 

The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as possible, before 
the beginning of the Junior year and must be completed before graduation: 

I. English — English 1, 2, and 3, 4 or 5, 6: twelve semester hours. 

II. Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language. 

III. Social Studies — Government and Politics 1, three semester hours; Sociology 1, 
three semester hours ; History 5 and 6, six semester hours ; twelve semester hours. 

IV. Speech — two to four semester hours in accordance with the particular curriculum. 

V. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours. Science courses will 
be elected from those departments offering majors in the College of Arts and Sciences. 

VI. Military Science for Men — twelve semester hours. Required freshman and sopho- 
more years. 

VII. Health for Women — four semester hours. Required freshman year. 

VIII. Physical Activities for Men and Women — four semester hours. Required 
freshman and sophomore years. 

3. Major and Minor Requirements — When a student has completed satisfactorily the 
requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he will select a major in one of 
the departments of an upper division and for graduation will complete a departmental 
major and a minor. The courses constituting the major and the minor must conform to the 
requirements of the department in which the major work is done. 

The student must have an average of not less than C in the introductory courses 
in the field in which he intends to major. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental requirements, of 
24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses numbered 100 or above. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 141 

A minor shall consist of a coherent group oi courses totalling 18 semester hours 

addition to the requirements listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be in 

single department in courses numbered Uto or above. The omprising the minor 

1st be chosen with the approval of the major department. 

The average grade of the work taken in the major field he at least C, and the average 
ade of the work taken in the major and minor fields combined must be at least C. 
general average of C in courses taken at the University of Maryland is required for gradua- 
n. 

rtification of High School Teachers 

If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective high school 
icher can prepare for high school positions, with a major and minor in one of the 
sartments of this College. A student who wishes to work for a teacher's certificate 
juld consult his advisor before the junior year. 

ectives in Other Colleges and Schools 

A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the University 
.y be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree in the College of Arts 
I Sciences. 

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges and schools 
as follows : 

College of Agriculture — 20. 

College of Business and Public Administration — 20. 
College of Education — 24. 
College of Engineering — 20. 
College of Home Economics — 20. 

School of Law — In the combined program the first year of law must be completed. 
School of Medicine — In the combined program the first year of medicine must be 
completed. 

rmal Load 

The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit per semester, 
dusive of the required work in physical activities, military science, and hygiene. 

Juniors and seniors are not permitted to register for more than 18 hours unless they 
e a "B" average for the preceding semester and the approval of the Dean of the Col- 
e. 



Each freshman and sophomore in this college will be assigned to a faculty adviser 
o will help the student, during his first two years, to select his courses and to determine 
at his field of major concentration should be. 

Juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department, or his designated 
istant, their adviser, and should consult him about the arrangements of their schedules 
:ourses. 



142 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Work in the Freshman and Sophomore Years 

The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is designee 
give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him for concentration in the la 
part of his course. 

It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such proficiency 
basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in the field of his special intei 
Personal aptitude and a general scholastic ability must also be demonstrated, if permis 
to pursue a major study is to be obtained. 

The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to be best fit 
It will be noted that a core group of studies is required of all students who are candid 
for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should be taken, when possible, during the Fn 
man and Sophomore years. 

GENERAL CURRICULUM 

The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students in the departm< 
of the Humanities and the Social Studies. Students wishing to major in one of the Ph 
cal or Biological Sciences will find the requirements in the curriculums listed under 
respective headings, found on subsequent pages. Students wishing to major in Socio! 
or Crime Control will find the requirements listed under the section on the Social Science 

r- Semester— ~\ 

Freshman Year I JJ 

Eng. l, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature ... . 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3 .... I 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . .... 3 

*Foreign Language 3 3 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3 3 

L. S. 1, 2 — Library Science 1 l 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

He. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 l 

Total 18-20 18-20 

Sophomore Year 

Egn. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English or in World 

Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Natural Science or Mathematics 3 3 

Elective 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Tot 1 16-19 16 -iy 

I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Now, more perhaps than ever before, it is vitally important to understand this coun 
and to use the best experience of the past to help solve the massive problems of Americ 



»A placement test is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursue 
a language they have studied in high school 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 143 

ent and future. Believing this, the University has set up one of the most compre- 
ive programs in American studies to be found anywhere. The program begins with 
ired courses on the freshman and sophomore level, includes a major for juniors and 
Drs, and also provides for graduate work on the M.A. and Ph.D. level. (For infor- 
on concerning the graduate program, see the graduate catalog.) 

Since America is many-sided, the student who majors in American Civilization has 
advantage of being taught by cooperating specialists from various departments. The 
imittee in charge of the program represents the departments of English, History, Gov- 
lent and Politics, and Sociology. Members of the committee serve as official advisers 
tudents electing to work in the field. 

For the student who plans to go (for example) into teaching, law, journalism, gov- 
ient work, library work, or business, the study of American Civilization is a good 
5. Although the main aims of the program for majors are cultural rather than pro- 
onal — designed to produce better citizens and broader minds — the program still offers 
m foundation for a number of different kinds of careers. 

The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of securing breadth 
out depth is offset by the requirement of an area of concentration. Studies in American 
lization are supplemented by studies in source cultures and interacting cultures : how- 
, in choosing a curriculum, students are required to concentrate in one of the four 
rtments primarily concerned with the program. Elective courses are, with the aid of 
official adviser, chosen from courses offered in the humanities, in the social sciences, 
n education. Normally, most elective courses are in history, English, foreign lan- 
ces, comparative literature, economics, sociology, political science, and philosophy ; 
it is possible for a student to fulfill the requirements of the program and to elect as 
y as thirty semester hours in such subjects as art and psychology provided that such 
■c fits into a carefully planned program. 

In his senior year, each major is required to take a conference course in which the 
y of American civilization is brought to a focus. During this course, the student 
yzes eight or ten important books which reveal fundamental patterns in American life 
thought and receives incidental training in bibliographical matters, in formulating prob- 
for special investigation, and in group discussion. 

Freshmen and sophomores who are interested in concentrating in American Civilization 
Id consult with their Lower Division Adviser. Upperclassmen should consult with the 
:utive Secretary of the American Civilization curriculum, Professor Bode. The course 
tudy for each student will be planned according to both the student's individual needs 
the requisites for a unified program of American studies. A student following this 
iculum must elect at least 18 hours of work at the 100 level in at least two of the 
departments represented in the program. 

II. THE HUMANITIES 

Art 

Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who take the art 
iculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career for which art is a necessary 
ground : Art Major B for those who prepare themselves for creative work on a pro- 
onal basis. 

In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to more advanced 



144 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

study of the theory of design and of the general principles involved in visual expressic 
A large amount of study takes the form of actual practice of drawing and painting. T 
student, in this way, gains a knowledge of the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and 
the methods and procedures underlying good quality of performance. 

Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the creative facult 
Art Major A. while including the basic studio courses, necessarily places emphasis on tl 
general history, composition, and art appreciation, with subsequent choices of special a 
epochs for greater detailed study. 

Art History and Art Appreciation are of special interest to students majoring in Englis! 
History, Languages, Philosophy, or Music. It is suggested that they schedule Art 9, l 1 
Art, as excellent supplementary study for a fuller understanding of their major. Ai 
and 11, Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture, and History of America 
Art, as excellent supplementary study for a fuller understanding of their major. Ai 
20 is recommended for English, Languages, Philosophy, Home Economics, and Edi 
cation majors. Art 10, History of American Art, is advised for majors in the America 
Civilization courses. Home Economics and Horticulture majors are encouraged to schedu 
basic art courses as a useful means of training observation and developing understanding o 
and proficiency in, the visual arts. 

Creative Art Majors are required to take the following: 
Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing (3) 
Art 5— Still Life Painting (3) 
Art 7 — Landscape Painting (3) 

Art 9, 11 — Historic Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (6) 
Art 20 — Art Appreciation (2) 

Cultural Art Majors are required to take the following: 
Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing (3) 
Art 5— Still Life Painting (3) 

Art 9, 11 — Historic Survey of Painting, Sculpture and Architecture (6) 
Art 10 — History of American Art (1) 
Art 20— Art Appreciation (2) 

English 

Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate work, a: 
urged to take work in foreign language in addition to that required for graduation. ] 
selecting minor or elective subjects, it is recommended that students give special consider 
tion to the following : French, German, philosophy, history, and fine arts. 

Students who major in English must choose 21 hours of the possible 24-40 hours requin 
of a major from courses in several groups, as follows : 

1. Three hours in language (Eng. 8, 101, 102, 104). 

2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 112, 115, 116, 121, 155, 156). 

3. Six hours in survey or type courses (Eng. 106, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120, 12 
123, 125, 126, 129, 130. 134, 135, 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157). 

4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156). 



COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 145 

Foreign Languages and Literature 

The underclass department requirements which must be satisfied before a student can 
begin work toward a major are the courses numbered 1, 2, 4, and 5 (or 1, 2, 6, and 7). 

Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish: one for the general 
student or the future teacher, and the other for those interested in a rounded study of a 
foreign area for the purpose of understanding another nation through its literature, history, 
sociology, economics, and other aspects. 

Literature and Language Major: Language and literature as such are stressed in 
the first type of major. Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years are a 
semester each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 8 or 9 and 
81 or 82), a semester of grammar review (Fr., Ger., or Span. 71), six hours of the intro- 
ductory survey of literature (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76), any twelve hours in literature 
courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 26 semester hours. Beyond this minimum further 
courses in the Department are desirable and as electives work in American and in Com- 
parative Literature is strongly recommended ; Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are re- 
quired. 

Foreign Area Major: The area study major endeavors to provide the student with 
a knowledge of various aspects of the country whose language he is studying. Specific 
minimum requirements beyond the first two years are ten hours of conversation, Civilization 
(Fr., Ger.. or Span. 161 and 162), three hours of Advanced Composition (Fr., Ger., or 
Span. 121) and six hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above — a total of 25 semes- 
ter hours. In addition the student takes, as a minor, twenty to thirty-six hours in geog- 
raphy, history, political science, sociology, or economics, distributed through these fields in 
consultation with advisers in the Foreign Language Department. The student is urged tc 
take some elective work in American and in Comparative Literature. 

Special Honors: The distinction of special honors in French, German, or Spanisl 
is awarded to majors who, in addition to fulfilling the above-mentioned requirements, have 
completed certain special readings and passed a comprehensive examination in their field oi 
concentration. The purpose of honors in languages is (1) to encourage independent reading 
and (2) to coordinate the knowledge afforded by the various individual courses which con- 
stitute the major curricula. The work leading to honors is done in conferences betweef 
students and professors. It should be begun early in the student's collegiate career, and ir 
no case may students declare their candidacy for honors later than the beginning of theii 
senior year. 

Philosophy 

The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students attain philo 
sophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical evaluation concerning the natur 
of man, his place in the universe, and the significance of the principal types of humai 
experiences and activities. 

To those students who seek a broad, liberal, and cultural background of knowledge, bu 
because of specialized studies have only a minimum of free electives, the department offer 
two general introductory courses: Philosophy 1, a critical survey of views concerning mai 
nature, religion, and knowledge, and Philosophy 2. a critical survey of views concernin 
morality, government, education, and art. For the general picture, both courses are recorc 
mended ; each, however, is available separately, and either may be taken first. 



6 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their subjects, the 
partment offers a choice among a group of specifically related courses : 52, Philosophy in 
iterature ; 53, Philosophy of Religion; 151, Ethics; 153, Philosophy of Art; 154, Political 
id Social Philosophy; 155, Logic; 156, Philosophy of Science. 

To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the department offers his- 
rical courses in ancient, medieval, modern, recent, and contemporary, Oriental, and Amer- 
in philosophy. The last course is particularly relevant for students of American Civiliza- 
>n. 

Philosophy 155, Logic is recommended in the Arts-Law curriculum and the Government 
d Politics program. 

Philosophy 1 or 2 or 154 is required in the Journalism program. 

Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in English. Litera- 
re, the Social Sciences, American Civilization, Psychology, and in the pre-Ministry and 
e-Law fields. Interested students should consult with the chairman of the department. 

Freshmen and Sophomores planning to major in Philosophy should consult the chairman 
the department about preparation for the major. 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to provide work in public 
eaking and allied fields which will meet the needs of all students in the university ; (2) to 
ovide an integrated unit of work which will allow a student to major in Speech. A 
ijor shall consist of a minimum of 30 hours of which 15 hours must be in courses num- 
red 100 and above. Prerequisites for Speech majors are Speech 1, 2, 3, 4. Speech 5, 6 
recommended as an additional prerequisite for those students who have not demonstrated 
ective platform speaking. In meeting the Arts and Sciences Natural Science require- 
ait it is recommended that Speech majors elect Zoology 1, 16. No grade of D in the 
ijor field will be counted toward completion of the requirements for graduation in the 
ieech and Dramatic Art curriculum. A student majoring in Speech may 'concentrate in: 
) public speaking; (b) drama; (c) speech sciences; (d) radio. 

III. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 

Economics 

Economics is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. degree, 
though this department is administered by the College of Business and Public Adminis- 
ition, Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses. They may also major 
the subject from a liberal arts rather than a business administration point of view. For 
rther information concerning the courses offered in Economics, see the catalog of the 
illege of Business and Public Administration. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to 
ijor in Economics should ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for the 
ijor. Juniors and seniors majoring in Economics are advised by the faculty of the Eco- 
mics Department. 

Geography 

Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the A.B. degree, 
though this department is administered by the College of Business and Public Adminis- 
ition. Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses. They may also major in 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES h 

the subject from a liberal arts rather than a business administration point of view. F( 
further information concerning the courses offered in Geography, see the catalog of tl 
College of Business and Public Administration. Freshmen and sophomores wishing 
major in Geography should ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for tl 
major. Juniors and seniors majoring in Geography are advised by the faculty of the Geoj 
raphy Department. 

Government and Politics 

Governments and Politics is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading I 
the A.B. degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Busine 
and Public Administration, Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses. Th< 
may also major in the subject from a liberal arts rather than a business administrate 
point of view. For further information concerning the courses offered in Government ar 
Politics, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. Freshrm 
and sophomores wishing to major in Geography should ask their Lower Division advis< 
about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors majoring in Geography are advised 1 
the faculty of the Geography Department. 

History 

The study of history is basic for the cultural background of all fields of knowledg 
In addition, the Department of History offers a curriculum which is designed to assi 
students who wish to prepare themselves for entering several fields of professional activit 
Specifically these fields are (1) teaching history and the social sciences at the secondai 
level; (2) the field of journalism, which requires a broad historical background; (; 
research and archival work; (4) the diplomatic service. In addition, the department offe 
adequate preparation and training for those who intend to pursue higher degrees and pr 
pare themselves for teaching at the college level. 

Undergraduate history majors must complete the following departmental requirements: 

1. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 24 semester hours in advano 
courses, with the following exceptions: (a) the total may be reduced by 3 crec 
hours for those students who, in addition to the prerequisites, have taken 6 credi 
in other courses under the 100 level; and (b) the total may be reduced by 6 crec 
hours for those who, in addition to the prerequisites, have completed 12 semest 
hours in courses under the 100 level. 

2. No less than 15 nor more than 18 semester hours in advanced courses should 
taken in any one field of history, e. g., European, American, or Latin American. 

3. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required of all colle 
students) and History 1 and 2. 

4. All majors are required to take the proseminar during their senior year. 

5. No grades of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completing the maj 
requirements for graduation. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Social Sciences (i 
the B.A. degree) and the division of Biological Sciences (for the B.S. degree) and off« 



8 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Lucational programs related to both of these fields. The functions of the undergraduate 
irriculum in Psychology are to provide an organized study of the behavior of man, in 
rms of the biological conditions and social factors which influence such behavior. In 
Idition, the undergraduate program in Psychology is arranged to provide a level of train- 
g that will equip the students to enter certain professional pursuits which require a back- 
round in this field. It is important to note, however, that the undergraduate degree in 
sychology is not in itself recognized as carrying any professional status. 

The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts are as follows: 

Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology (3). 

Psych. 4. General Psychology (3). 

Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3). 

Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3). 

Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4). 

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3). 
And 6 hours from any two of the following courses: 

Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3). 

Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3). 

Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3). 

Plus 6 additional hours in other courses in Psychology, making a total of 31 hours. 

The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Sciences are the same as 
le above with the following exceptions : 

Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3) is substituted for Psych. 121, Social 
Psychology (3). 

The particular three courses from which 6 hours of work may be chosen are: 
Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology (3). 
Psych. 181. Animal Behavior (3). 
Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology (3). 
In addition to the General University requirements and those of the College of Arts 
rid Sciences, as well as the above requirements in the Department of Psychology, the 
tudent will take a minimum of 18 hours in a minor curriculum and must include at least 
hours of courses in the 100 series in a single department. The minor program will be 
rganized for each student with the approval of the Department of Psychology. For the 
lachelor of Arts degree the minor program will ordinarily consist of courses in the Social 
ciences. For the Bachelor of Sciences degree the minor program will ordinarily consist of 
ourses in the Biological and Physical Sciences, with at least 6 hours in the 100 series in 
oology. 

For students who plan to enter graduate and professional work in Psychology, it is 
ecommended that among their minor or elective programs they take courses in Mathematics, 
Zoology, and Physics. 

SOCIOLOGY 

The student majoring in Sociology will gain a liberal education as well as develop 
Dward a professional field of specialization which is focused on an understanding of human 
elationships. In view of the basic nature of human relationships in all lines of activity, 
iany of the courses in sociology are designed so as to be available to students of other 
pecialized interests. 



COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 149 

The course offerings in the department include the major basic areas in the field 
of sociology such as The Community, Criminology, Cultural Anthropology, The Family, 
"Industrial Sociology, Rural Sociology, Population, Urban Sociology, Social Problems, Social 
Psychology, Social Theory, and Social Welfare. A considerable degree of specialization 
is possible within each of these fields. The student who majors in sociology may acquire 
either a comprehensive view of the entire field by selecting a range of courses from several 
of these basic areas or he may concentrate in any one of them. In any event, the student 
majoring in Sociology will consult the head of that department as to the appropriate advisor 
within the department for the selected area of specialization. 

Departmental requirements for all who major in Sociology consist of a minimum of 
30 semester hours of Sociology (including Sociology 1) of which 12 hours must be in 
courses numbered 100 or above. Only credit with a grade of C or more can be counted as 
a part of the major requirement. The following sociology courses are required: 

Sociology 1 — The Sociology ot American Life (University requirement) 

Sociology 2 — Principles of Sociology 

Sociology 183 — Social Statistics 

Sociology 186 — Sociological Theory 

Sociology 196 — Senior Seminar 

The curriculum for the first two years for all majors in Sociology is as follows: 

r— Semester— \ 

Freshman Year I JJ 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

♦Mathematics or Natural Science 3 or 4 3 or 4 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Science 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

IHea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

\ 

Total 18-20 18-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English 

j-iiterature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

♦Mathematics or Natural Science 3 or 4 3 or 4 

**Soc. 2— Principles of Sociology 3 3 

tElective .... 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 16-20 16-20 

*In the Crime Control Curriculum, the student will take Zool. 1 in his first semester 
freshman year and then take the sequence Zool. 14, 15 in the sophomore year. Under this 
arrangement Sociology 2 will ordinarily be taken during the second semester of the 
freshman year. 

*If the student fulfills his requirements in the natural sciences (12 credit hours) in 
three semesters, he will have another elective in the second semester of his sophomore 
year which probably will De selected from his major or minor field. 

**In the Crime Control Curriculum the student will take Psych. 1 instead of Soc. 2 
since he will have taken this latter subject in the second semester of his freshman year. 

tin the Crime Control Curriculum the student will take Soc. 52. 



ISO UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The student seeking to specialize in any of the areas mentioned, including the curricuh 
indicated below, or seeking a comprehensive view of the whole field of sociology will 
with the aid of his advisor, select the remainder of his required courses in those area: 
which best meet his needs. Students who wish to qualify for public school teaching 
along with the major in sociology should consult their advisor no later than their sophomore 
year in order to arrange their minor sequence in the field of education. Students specializ- 
ing in Professional Social Work or Crime Control will find their junior and senior year 
curricula listed below. It is recommended that students interested in these, as well as other 
areas of sociology, consult with the departmental advisers before their junior year. 

Preprofessional Social Work Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the College of Arts 
and Sciences with a major in sociology and supporting subjects, leading to the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines a liberal education with a sound foundation 
for the general field of social service and provides: (1) preprofessional preparation for 
students planning to pursue graduate professional study in social service; (2) a background 
for responsible civic leadership in the field of social welfare for students who are not 
planning a professional social service career, but who as citizens will be active in various 
programs of social welfare and community betterment; (3) basic training for students 
who may go immediately upon graduation from college into certain social positions for 
which graduate professional education is not required. Completion of this curriculum 
with the B.A. degree meets the educational qualifications for many beginning positions in 
public welfare, public assistance, social services to individual and families, social security, 
and other areas of social service. 

The first three years of this curriculum are devoted to a broad liberal education with 
emphasis on the study of the fundamentals of human association, social motivation, and 
societal organization. The fourth year includes an introduction to the basic principles, 
methods, and organization of the social service. Flexibility to meet the varying interests 
and needs of individual students is provided by the electives in the junior and senior years. 

f— Semester— \ 

Junior Year I II 

Soc. 13 or 14— Rural Sociology (or Urban Sociology) 3 .... 

Soc. 52— Criminology .... 3 

Soc. 131— Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Soc. 186— Sociological Theory .... 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

G. & P. 4 or 5— State Government or Municipal Gov't and Admin. 3 .... 

Electives in related subjects 3 9 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

Soc. 118 — *Community Organization .... 3 

Soc. 171— *Family and Child Welfare 3 

Soc. 173— Social Security 3 .... 

Soc. 174— *Public Welfare .... 3 

Soc. 183— Social Statistics 3 

Soc. 191— Social Field Training (if available, < therwise substitute 

elective) 3 or 3 

Soc. 196— Senior Seminar .... 3 

Electives in related subjects 3 or 3 

Total 15 15 



COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 



151 



Crime Control Curriculum 

This curriculum comprises a four-year preprofessional program in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, with a major in sociology and a minor in psychology, leading to the 
degree of Bachelor of Arts. The curriculum combines a liberal education with basic 
training for the field of crime and delinquency prevention and control. It is designed 
specifically for students preparing for positions in correctional and penal institutions, in- 
stitutions for juveniles, juvenile courts, probation and parole services, the so-called "area 
projects," research in juvenile delinquency and criminology, and similar positions. 

r- Semester— \ 



II 



Junior Year I 

Soc. 51— Social Pathology 3 .... 

Soc. 131— Introduction to Social Service 3 .... 

Soc. 153— Juvenile Delinquency 3 .... 

Soc. 154— *Crime and Delinquency Prevention .... 3 

Soc. 183— Social Statistics 3 .... 

Soc. 186— Sociological Theory .... 3 

B. A. 10— Organization and Control 2 .... 

Econ. 3 7 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 

Psych. 2— Applied Psychology or Psych 5— Mental Hygiene .... 3 

Psych. 125— Child Psychology 3 

Electives .... 5 

Total 17 17 

Senior Year 

Soc. 114— The City 3 

Soc. 118 — *Community Organization .... 3 

Soc. 145— Social Control or Soc. 147— Sociology of Law or G. and 

P. 133— Administration of Justice 3 .... 

Soc. 156 — *Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents. . .... 

Soc. 191— Social Field Training (if available, otherwise substitute 
elective) 

Soc. 196— Senior Seminar 

Psych. 128 — Human Motivation or Psych. 131— Abnormal Psy- 
chology 3 .... 

Psych. 142 — Techniques of Interrogation or Psych 150— Tests 

and Measurements 3 .... 

Psych. 161 — Industrial Psychology or a 3 hours elective in Psy- 
chology .... 3 

Electives .... or .... 

Total 15 15 



3 or 3 
3 



IV. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

GENERAL BIOLOGICAL CURRICULUM 

A curriculum has been prepared for students who are interested in biology, but whose 
interests are not centralized in any one of the biological sciences. The courses as out- 
lined include work in Bacteriology, Botany, Entomology, and Zoology, and introduce the 
student to the general principles and methods of each of these biological sciences. 

By the proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a student may 
concentrate his work sufficiently in any of the fields of study to be able to continue in 
graduate work in that field. Also by a proper selection of electives, the educational 



*Supervised field trips and observation of the functioning of representative agencies, 
institutions, and organizations are required in connection with these courses. 



152 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



requirements of the State Department of Education for certification can be met. A student 
who wishes to work for a certificate must plan his entire program before the beginning 
of his junior year. 

This curriculum requires the completion of at least 45 credits in the biological sciences 
which collectively constitute a major and a minor. Of these credits at least 18 must be 
at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the four departments. 

A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the department in 
which he plans to do the most work. 

General Biological Sciences Curriculum 

r— Semester— ^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology 4 .... 

Bot. 1— General Botany .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry 4 4 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year** 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 3 3 

tH. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 3 .... 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology .... 4 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 17-20 

Junior Year 

Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat, Sound Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

JElectives (Biological Sciences) 6 6 

Electives 2 2 

Total 15 15 

Students who wish to obtain a teacher's certificate must elect H. D. Ed. 100-101 
during their junior year. 

Senior Year 

tElectives (Biological Sciences) 9 9 

Electives g 6 

Total 15 ~~15 

••Students who wish to emphasize certain phases of the biological sciences should 
elect Chemistry 31, 32, 33, 34, or Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38, as directed by their advisor. 

tA student may be advised to postpone History 5, 6 to the junior year in order that 
he may elect a second course in the biological sciences which he intends to emphasize. 

JPsychoIogy 126, 180, 181, 195 may be counted as part of the required 45 credits in 
biological sciences, but these courses may NOT be used to satisfy the requirement of 18 
credits at the 100 level in two of the four departments. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 153 

BACTERIOLOGY 

The Department of Bacteriology functions with three purposes in view. One of these 
is to provide fundamental training for those students who choose bacteriology as a major 
subject. Two major fields of study are provided: (1) applied bacteriology, in preparation 
for such positions as dairy, sanitary, or agricultural bacteriologists in federal, state, and 
commercial laboratories, and (2) medical bacteriology, or the more recently recognized 
specialty of medical technology in relation to hospital, public health, and clinic laboratories. 
The second objective of the department is to provide desirable courses for those students 
who are majoring in closely allied departments and desire vital supplementary information. 
Every effort has been made to plan these courses so that they satisfy the demands of 
these related departments as well as the needs of those students who have chosen 
bacteriology as a major. The third purpose of the department is to encourage and foster 
original thought in the pursuit of research. 

Bacteriology Curriculums 

The field of bacteriology is too vast in scope to permit specialization in the early 
stages of undergraduate study. Accordingly, the applied curriculum outlined below includes 
the basic courses in bacteriology and allied fields. 

The course in Advanced General Bacteriology (Bad. 5) is required for all bacteriology 
majors, and should follow General Bacteriology (Bad. 1). Bacteriology 5 is not required 
as a prerequisite for upper division courses for majors in other departments provided the 
student has been introduced to certain aspects of bacteriology, or their equivalent, pertinent 
to their specialty. Bacteriology 1, however, is required. 

The sequence of courses in the following curriculum should be pursued as closely as 
possible, although it is realized that some deviation may be necessary. Sufficient latitude 
is provided in the senior year for the student to obtain several courses that are correlated 
with his particular interests. 

All students planning a major in Bacteriology should consult the Head of the De- 
partment during the first year concerning his particular field of study his choice of a 
minor. The minor should be chosen only from the biological or physical sciences. Chemistry, 
as outlined below, is the preferred minor. 

Applied Bacteriology Curriculum 

r-Semesters 

Freshman Year I H 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 .... 

Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 



154 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 

French or German* 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

French or German (Continued)* 

Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 

Bact. 101— Pathogenic Bacteriology 

Bact. 131— Food and Sanitary Bacteriology 

Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Bact. 60, 62— Bacteriological Literature 

Bact. 103— Serology 

Bact. 16*1— Systematic Bacteriology 

Electives 

Total ' 



—Semester-^ 
I II 



17-20 



IS 



17-20 



Medical Technology Curriculum 

This is a professional curriculum intended for those students who desire to prepare 
for technical work in hospital, clinical, and public health laboratories. Specialization in 
the field of Medical Technology begins in the sophomore year and becomes more intense 
during the junior year. Emphasis in this curriculum is upon fundamental courses in 
Bacteriology, Chemistry, and Zoology. 

The student who follows this curriculum is encouraged to avail himself of opportunities 
to work in medical laboratories during the summer months. The optimum plan shall be 
to place the prospective technologist in a laboratory as an apprentice as soon as his training 
permits. 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — So biology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American "Government .... 3 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10— Algebra 3 .... 

Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. z, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 



*F*\ or Ger. 6, /—Intermediate Scientific French or German required. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 



155 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. ", 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 

French or German* 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bact. 5— Advanc3d General Bacteriology 

Chem. 31, <2, 3 J, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Physics 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 

A. S. 3, 4 -Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

French or German (Continued) * 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Bact. 101— Pathogenic Bacteriology 

Bact. 103— Serology 

Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164— Biochemistry 

Zool. 1 —General Zoology 

Zool. 106— Histological Technique 

Total 

Senior Year 

Bact. 105— Clinical Methods 

Bact. 131— Food and Sanitary Bacteriology 

Bact. 108— Epidemiology and Public Health 

Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

Electives 

Total 



r- Semester— •> 


I 


// 


3 


3 


3 


3 


4 






4 


3 


3 


4 


4 


3 


3 


1 


1 



18-21 



IS 



4 

4 
4 

16 



18-21 



17 



15 



BOTANY 

Botany is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S. degree. 
Although this department is administered by the College of Agriculture, students may register 
for its courses and major in the subject just as if it were a department of the College 
of Arts and Sciences. For further information about the department see the catalog of 
the College of Agriculture. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in Botany should 
ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for the major. Juniors and seniors 
majoring in Botany are advised by the faculty of the Botany Department. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Entomology is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the B.S. 
degree. Although this department is administered by the College of Agriculture, students 
may register for its courses and major in the subject as if it were a department of the 
College of Arts and Sciences. For further information about the department see the 
catalog of the College of Agriculture. Freshmen and sophomores wishing to major in 
Entomology should ask their Lower Division adviser about preparation for the major. 
Juniors and seniors majoring in Entomology are advised by the faculty of the Entomology 
Department. 



*Fr. or Ger. 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific French ur German required. 



156 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Biological Sciences and 
the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational programs to both these fields. 

Further details on the two available undergraduate curricula in Psychology are given 
elsewhere in these pages. 

ZOOLOGY 

The Department of Zoology offers courses which train the student for professional 
work in several fields : teaching in college and secondary schools, research and regulatory 
work in the biological bureaus of the United States Government, work in the biological 
departments of state and city governments, and research in industrial laboratories. 

Two courses of study have been established as described below. In each of these cur- 
ricula the fundamental courses are included and ample opportunity is offered for the election 
of additional courses in the Department of Zoology or related departments so that the 
student may plan his training toward the particular professional work in which he is 
interested. 

A grade of "D" in a course in zoology will not be counted toward completing the 
major requirements for graduation. 

Zoology Curriculum 

r— Semester— \ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 2, 3— Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 17-18 17-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Litearture 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Math. 10, 1 1— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3 

Electives 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 l 



Total 17-20 17-20 

Junior Year 

Zool. 1 OS— Animal Histology 4 .... 

Zool. 104 Genetics 3 .... 

Zool. 121— Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3 

Phys, 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Electives (Zoology) or 4 or 3 

Electives 3 3 



Total 17 16 






COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 1 

r— Semester— ^ 

Senior Year I J I 

Zool. 102— General Animal Physiology .... \ 

Speech 1 8, 19— Introductory Speech 1 l 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Elective (Zoology) 4 .... 

Electives 8 8 

Total 1 1> 16 

Fisheries Biology 

The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity for the study 
fisheries biology and marine zoology. The Chesapeake Bay and its tributaries, represer 
ing many habitats, constitute an excellent laboratory for training in these fields and cot 
mercial fisheries of the state offer additional opportunity for studies in methods, manag 
ment and conservation. 

The following curriculum prepares the student for specialization in this field, 
addition to the courses as outlined, which he will complete at College Park, he is requir 
to spend part of his summers in practical work in fisheries: 

The minor field of study for this curriculum will depend upon the specific phase 
fisheries biology in which the student is primarily interested. A selection of cours 
to complete the minor requirements will be made by the student in consultation with r 
adviser. The minor may be selected from chemistry, botany, entomology, or bacteriolog 
depending upon the student's objective. All students in fisheries biology are requir 
to complete, from electives, Chemistry 5 and Chemistry 19 at some time during the 
course. 

Fisheries Biology Curriculum 

r— Semester^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Zool. 2, 3 — Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Sp. IS. 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3. 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry.... 3 3 

Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Electives 4 4 

Total 18-21 18-21 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

(—Semesters 

Junior Year I II 

German* 3 3 

Phys. 10, 11 — Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricty 4 4 

Zool. 102— General Animal Physiology .... 4 

Zool. IIS— Invertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 121— Principles of Animal Ecology .... 3 

Zool. 1 27— Ichthyology 3 

Electives 4 4 



Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

German ( Continued )* 3 3 

Zool. 125, 126— Fisheries Biology and Management 3 3 

Electives 12 12 

Total 18 18 

V. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Curriculum for General Physical Sciences 

This general curriculum is offered for students who desire a basic knowledge of the 
)hysical sciences without immediate specialization in any of them. By proper selection 
)f courses in the latter semesters, a student may concentrate in the field of his choice. 
\ number of selections are possible and there is considerable freedom in the choice of 
:lectives. 

Thirty-six hours in addition to underclass departmental requirements in the three de- 
triments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics are required. Of these 36 hours, 18 
lours must be of 100 level and taken in at least two of the three departments. 

(This curriculum represents only two of the possible selections of courses open to 
i student majoring in General Physical Science. Beginning students who want to select 
his field as a major should consult their advisor before making up their schedules.) 

Freshman Year 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry "1 

or |. 4 4 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics J 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 
Math. 14, 15, 17— Plane Trigonometry, College Algebra and Geom- 
etry 5 4 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 



*Ger. 6, 7 required. 



COLLEGE Of ARTS AND SCIENCES 



159 



r-Semesters 
Sophomore Year I II 

Chem 1, !— General Chemistry 1 

or |. 4-:', 4-:; 

Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry and Lab- | 

oratory 

Phys. 50, 51— Applied Mechanics 

or 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature.. 

or 
Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Headings, mainly in English Lit- 
erature 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

For~ign Language 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Electives 4 4 

Electives in Physical Sciences 7 7 

Total 17 17 

Students who wish to obtain a teacher's certificate must elect H. D. Ed. 100-101 
during their junior year. 

Senior Year 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 

Electives in Physical Sciences 4 4 

Electives 8 8 

Total 15 15 



Chemistry 

The science of chemistry is so vast in scope that completion of a well-planned course 

of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. The curriculum outlined below 

describes such a course of study. The sequence of courses given should be followed as 
closely as possible ; it is realized, however, that some deviation from this sequence may 

be necessary toward the end of the program. All of the courses in chemistry listed, unless 
otherwise designated, are required of students majoring in chemistry. 

Chemistry Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 

Math. ] 4 — Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17 — Analytic Geometry .... 4 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18-19 17-18 



160 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Sophomore Year 

Chem. 15, 17— Qualitative Analysis 

Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 

Speech IS, la— Introductory Speech 

German 1, 2— Elementary German 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Chem. 21, 23— Quantitative Analysis 

Chem. 141, 143— Advanced Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 142, 144— Advanced Organic Laboratory 

Chem. 150 — Organic Quantitative Analysis (may be elected in 

place of Chem. 142 or 144) 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 

German 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German 

Phys. 20,-1 

Total 

Senior Year 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Chem. 101 — Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 

Chem. 1S7, 1S9— Physical Chemistry 

Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 

Chem. 14G — The Identification of Organic Compounds 

Electives in Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics, 
Advanced Military or English 7* 

Total 



-Semester— 
I II 



16 



3 

9 

5 
19 



3 

2 
2 

5-8 

15-18 



16 



1 
3 
4 
3 

1 
■19 



4 
2 
2 

2 
3 
3 
5 

19 



5-8 



15-18 



Mathematics 

This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of Mathematics in preparation 
for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in Mathematics. 

Students majoring in mathematics who complete freshman and sophomore courses in 
mathematics with distinction are eligible to try for honors in mathematics. To receive 
the honors degree in mathematics, a student must: 1. Complete the curriculum in mathe- 
matics with an average grade of B in all subjects; 2. Pass an honors examination in 
mathematics at the end of the senior year ; 3. Write a satisfactory thesis pn an assigned 
topic in mathematics in the senior year. Students who wish to try for honors in mathe- 
matics should consult the Head of the department at the conclusion of their sophomore 
year. 

No grade of D in the major field will be counted toward completion of the require- 
ments for graduation in the mathematics curriculum. An average grade of C is required 
in the minor. 

The mathematics curriculum offers two options depending on the choice of electives 
in the Junior and Senior years. 

Pure Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include three hours in each of 
the fields of algebra and geometry. 



•English 7 is strongly recommended, and will be required except under unusual 
circumstances. 



COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 



161 



Applied Mathematics option. Electivos in mathematics must include six hours in the 
Ids of algebra and geometry, and at least six hours in the held of applied mathematics, 
inor electives will be selected from the Physical Sciences or Engineering in consultation 
th the Head of the department of Mathematics. 

athematics Curriculum 

r—Semester—\ 

Ereshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

French or German 3 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry .... 4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 or 19 17 or 18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English 

Literature 3 3 

French or German (continued) 3 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Women) 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Math. 110, 111— Advanced Calculus 3 3 

Electives — Mathematics 3 3 

Electives— Minor 3-6 3-6 

Electives 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Men) 3 3 

Elective (Women) 3 3 

Total 15-18 15-18 

Senior Year 

Math. 114— Differential Equations .... 3 

Electives— Mathematics 6 3 

Electives— Minor 3 3 

Electives 6 6 

Total 15 15 



Physics 

The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in the fundamentals 
)f physics in preparation for teaching or graduate work, and for positions in governmental, 
ndustrial, and biophysical laboratories. 

Courses comprising the minor may be selected in any allied field in accordance with the 
needs of the student. 



162 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Physics Curriculum 

r-Semester— > 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Math. 14, 15, 17— Plane Trigonometry, College Algebra, Analytic 

Geometry 5 4 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Foreign Language or Physics 3-4 3-4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 



Total 18-20 17-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in World or English 

Literature 3 3 

Math. 20, 21— Differential and Integral Calculus 4 4 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Physics 4-5 4-5 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization (Women) 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 18-19 18-19 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization (Men) 3 3 

Physics 5 5 

Foreign Language (Continued), Mathematics, or Chemistry 6-7 6-7 

Electives 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Senior Year 

Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics and Physics 15-17 15-17 



Total 15-17 15-17 

VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW 

The School of Law of the University requires at least three years of academic crec 
for admission to the school. Many students plan to take a four-year program for tl 
degree of Bachelor of Arts before entering law school. Such students may select ai 
appropriate subject for their major. 

The University offers also a combined program in arts and sciences and law leadir 
to the degree of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws. Students pursuing this con 
bined program will spend the first three years in the College of Arts and Sciences at Colleg 
Park. During this period they will complete a prescribed curriculum in prelegal studit 
for a total of 90 semester hours in addition to the requirements in physical activities ar 
military science, and they must complete the requirements for graduation, as indicated belov 
If students enter the combined program with advanced standing, at least the third fu 
year's work — i. e., 30 semester hours of credit — must be completed in residence at Colleg 
Park. After the successful completion of one year of full-time law courses in the Schoc 
of Law in Baltimore (or the equivalent in semester hours of work in the Evening Divisio 
of the School of Law), the degree of Bachelor of Arts may be awarded on the recommenda 



COLLEGE OE ARTS AND SCIENCES 163 

1 of the Dean of the School of Law, provided the student has earned at least a total 
120 credits exclusive of military science and physical activities with at least a C average 
his work at College Park and at least a C average in 30 semester hours of work in 
Itimore. The degree of Bachelor of Laws may be awarded upon the completion of 
combined program. The completion of a year's work in the Law School in Baltimore 
istitutes a major, and the student is required to complete a satisfactory minor at 
liege Park. Recommended fields for the minor are English, Economics, Government 
1 Politics, History, Philosophy, Psychology, and Sociology. There are required courses 
the sophomore year in some of these fields. Students should use the electives available 
ring that year to meet these requirements. 

ts-Law Curriculum 
Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature. 

Science or Mathematics 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

and 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

Foreign Language 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Ii. S. 1, 2— Library Methods 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 

1 'hysical Activities 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 

Total 18-20 18-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and Readings in World Literature.. 

or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and Readings in English Literature.. 

Science or Mathematics ." . 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language (continued) 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

♦Minor 6 or 9 6 or 9 

Electives 9 or 6 9 or 6 



r-Semester—\ 


I 


II 


3 


3 


3 or 4 


3 or 4 


3 


3 


3 


3 


2 


I 


1 


1 


3 


3 


1 


1 


2 


2 



Total 15 15 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY 

The School of Dentistry of the University requires at least two years of academic 
redit for admission. Many students plan to take a four-year program for the degree 
f Bachelor of Sciences before entering the School of Dentistry. Such students may 
lect any appropriate subject for their major. 

The University offers also a combined program in Arts and Sciences and Dentistry 
aading to the degrees of Bachelor of Sciences and Doctor of Dental Surgery. Students 



*The selection of courses for the minor must meet the approval of the student's 
advisor. 



164 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



pursuing this combined program will spend the first three years in the College of Ar 
and Sciences at College Park. During this period they will complete a prescribed curric 
lum in pre-dental studies for a total of 90 semester hours in addition to the requir 
ments for graduation, as indicated below. If students enter the combined program wii 
advanced standing, at least the third full year's work — i. e., 30 semester hours of credit- 
must be completed in residence in College Park. After the successful completion of oi 
year of full-time dental courses in the School of Dentistry in Baltimore, the degree c 
Bachelor of Sciences may be awarded on the recommendation of the Dean of the Schoi 
of Dentistry, provided the student has earned at least a total of 120 semester houi 
credit exclusive of military science and physical activities with at least a "C" averag 
in his work at College Park and at least a "C" average in his work in Baltimore. Tl 
degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery may be awarded on completion of the combine 
program. The completion of a year's work in the School of Dentistry in Baltimor 
constitutes a major, and the student is required to complete a satisfactory minor 
College Park. Recommended fields for the minor are those sciences basic to the stud; 
of dentistry. There are required courses in the sophomore year in some of these fields 
Students should use the electives available during that year to meet such prerequisit 
requirements. 



Arts-Dentistry Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature. 

Zool. 2, 3 — fundamentals of Zoology 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geometry 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

Physical Activities 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 



-Semester- 



II 

4 
4 

1 
1 
3 
2 



Total. 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

and 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Organic Chemistry 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 

•Modern Language 

Physical Activities 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 



18-19 



Total. 



Junior Year 

Modern Language (continued) 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization. 

Approved Minor Courses 

Electives 



4 
4 
3 

1 
3 

18-21 



18-21 



Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

The curriculum of the first year of the School of Dentistry of the University of 



*Fr. or Ger. 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific French or German recommended. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 165 

[aryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year (major sequence) 

ri( ^f academic work toward the degree of Bachelor of Sciences. 

sqoi 

witj If at the end of the junior year the student decides to postpone his entrance to 
le School of Dentistry and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences and complete 
'ork for the Bachelor's degree, he may choose a major and minor in any of the depart- 
lents in which he has completed the necessary underclass requirements. The general 
ature of the first three years of this curriculum and the generous electives of the third 

agjear make possible for the student a wide choice of departments in which he may specialize. 

1 n general the electives of the third year will be chosen as for a major in some particular 

department. 



ot 



■ ■'!!:; 



COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE 



This course, which consists of three years of study in the College of Arts and 
>ciences, is recommended for admission to the School of Medicine of the University of 
Vfaryland. It also meets the requirements prescribed by the Council on Medical Educa- 
ion of the American Medical Association. 

This curriculum also offers to the student a combined program leading to the degrees 
)f Bachelor of Science and Doctor of Medicine. The preprofessional training is taken 
n residence in the College of Arts and Sciences at College Park and the professional 
training in the School of Medicine in Baltimore. 

Students who have completed the combined program of Arts and Sciences and Medicine 
[may, on recommendation of the Dean of the School of Medicine, be granted the degree of 
Bachelor of Science by the College of Arts and Sciences. To qualify for this degree 
at least 90 semester credits exclusive of required work in military science and physical 
education in this college and the first year of the School of Medicine must have been completed 
so that the quantitative requirements of 120 semester hours are met. The qualitative grade 
requirements of the University must also be fulfilled. The degree will be granted at 
the commencement following the completion of the student's second year in medical school. 

A student may enter this combined curriculum with advanced standing, but the last 
year of the preprofessional training, consisting of a minimum of 30 credits, exclusive of 
physical training and military instruction, must be completed at College Park and the pro- 
fessional training must be completed in the University of Maryland School of Medicine 
in Baltimore. 

Students who expect to qualify for the combined degree must complete the work as 
outlined in the curriculum. Changes may be made only when authorized by the Dean 
of the College of Arts and Sciences. Permission to continue in the pre-medical curriculum 
is granted only to students who have demonstrated, on the basis of their previous academic 
records, that they are fully qualified to carry the work included in this course. 



166 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Arts-Medical Curriculum 

r- Semester— - 

Freshman Year* I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Zool. 2, 3— Fundamentals of Zoology 4 4 

Math. 10, 11— Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry. ... 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force K. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20-21 20-21 

Sophomore Year** 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Zool. 5 — Comparative "Vertebrate Morphology 4 .... 

Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38— Elementary Organic Chemistry 4 4 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. :\ —Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 15-18 15-18 

Junior Year 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology .... 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Mechanics and Heat; Sound, Optics, Magnetism and 

Electricity 4 4 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 3 

Speech 18, 19 — Introductory Speech 1 1 

Electives (Sciences) 7 4 



Total 18 18 

Senior Year 

The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine of the University of 
Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year (major sequence", 
of academic work toward the degree. 

If at the beginning of the Senior Year the student decides to postpone his entrance 
to Medical School and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences and complete 
work for the Bachelor's Degree, he may choose a major in any department in which he 
has completed the necessary underclass requirements. Because of the general nature of 
the first three years of his curriculum, the student has open to him a wide choice of depart- 
ments in which he may specialize. 



>/ 



•Students who wish to consider a possible major in the Physical Sciences should 
elect Modern Language in the freshman year in place of Math. 10 and 11, and should elect 
Math. 14, 15, 17 in the sophomore year. 

♦•Students who wish to consider a possible major in any of the following subjects 
should postpone English 3, 4 or 5, H to the junior year and elect the courses listed below 
during the sophomore year. 

Bacteriology: Bacteriology 1, 5. 
History: History 5, 6. 
Psychology: Psychology 1, 4. 
Sociology: Sociology 2 and Psychology 1. 
Students who wish to consider a possible major in American Civilization, Biological 
Sciences, English, Foreign Language, Philosophy, or Zoology need make no changes in the 
sophomore year but must choose the proper electives in the junior year. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AMD SCIENCES 16? 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Mnmittee on American Civilization Curriculum : Professor Bode, Executive Secretary ; 
Professors Burdette, Gewehr, Hoffsommer, Murphy. 

Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3). First 
id second semesters. 

Four American classics (drawn from the fields of the departments of English, Govern- 
ent and Politics, History, and Sociology, which cooperate in the program) are studied 
ich semester. Specialists from the appropriate departments lecture on these books. For 
lis academic year the classics are: Franklin's Autobiography, De Tocqueville's Democracy 
America, Schlesinger's The Age of Jackson, and Thoreau's Walden; for the second semes- 
r, Twain's The Adventures of Huckleberry Finn, The Autobiography of Lincoln Steffens, 
le Lynds' Middletown, and Myrdal's An American Dilemma. Through these books and 
le lectures on them, the student's acquaintance with American culture is brought to a focus. 

This course is required for seniors majoring in the American Civilization program. The 
Durse also counts as major credit in any of the four cooperating departments ; a student 
lay take either or both semesters. (Bode and cooperating specialists.) 

The student majoring in American Civilization can obtain his other courses principally 
rom the offerings of the four cooperating departments (English, History, Government and 
'olitics, Sociology). 

ART 

Professor Wharton; Associate Professor Siegler; Assistant Professor Maril; 
Instructors Grubar and Stites. 

Art 1. Charcoal Drawing (Basic Course — Antique) (3) — Three two-hour labora- 
ory periods per week. 

Drawing from casts, preparatory to Life and Portrait drawing and painting. Stress 
s placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of relative proportions, values, and 
th deling, etc. 

Art 2. Charcoal Drawing (3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Drawing from model, (head and figure) with emphasis on structure and movement. 

(Siegler.) 
Art 3, 4. Rendering (1, 1) — One two-hour laboratory period per week. 

Methods of rendering architectural and landscape architectural drawings. Included are : 
techniques of monotone wash, water color, pencil, pen and ink, and the use of perspective 
and shades and shadows. (Stites.) 

Art 5, 6. Still-life (3, 3) — One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. 

Art 5 — Basic Course devoted to elementary theory and practice of drawing and color. 
Methods of linear and tonal description with emphasis on perspective and form principles. 
Second half semester, elementary theory and practice oil painting. Elementary theory and 
practice of composition introduced and utilized. Art 6, advanced problems. (Wharton.) 

Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Drawing and painting ; organization of landscape material with emphasis on composi- 
tional structure. (Maril.) 



168 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



fr 



Art 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3). 
An understanding of the epochs in the advance of civilization from Pre-historic tim 
to the Renaissance, as expressed through painting, sculpture, and architecture. 

(Grubar and Stites 
Art 10. History of American Art (1). 

A resume of the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture in this count: 
and how American Art was influenced by social, political, religious, and economic forces, he 
and abroad. (Grubar 

Art 11. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3). 

This is designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is concerned wil 
the development of painting, sculpture, and architecture from the Renaissance to the prese: 
day. (Grubar and Stites 

Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture (2, 2) — Two two-hour laboratory periods p< 
week. 

Study of three-dimensional form compositions in round and bas-relief. Mediums used 
clay, plasteline. (Maril. F 



Art 20. Art Appreciation (2). 






An introduction to the technical and aesthetic problems of the artist. The stude 
becomes acquainted with the elements that go into a work of the visual arts. He is mad 15 
aware of the underlying structure that results in the "wholeness" of an art work. He wil 
see examples (original and reproductions) of masterpieces of art. (Maril 



s 



Art 100, 101. Art Appreciation (2, 2). 



This course enables students to get a basis for understanding works of art. It investi 
gates the organic form and backgrounds of painting, sculpture and architecture. (Grubar.) 

Art 102, 103. Creative Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods pe: 
week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 2, 5, 6. 

Assignments of pictorial compositions aimed at both mural decoration and easel picture 
problems. The formal values in painting are integrated with the student's own desire 
for personal expression. (Maril.) 

Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — Three two-hour labora- 
tory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. 

Careful observation and study of the human figure for construction, action, form, and 
color. (Siegler.) 

Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3) — One lecture hour 
and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. 

Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and design stressed. (Wharton.) 

Art 108, 109. Modern European Art (2, 2). 

A survey of the developments in various schools of Modern Art. Works of art analyzed 
according to their intrinsic values and in their historical background. Collections of Washing- 
ton and Baltimore are utilized. (Grubar.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 169 

Art 113, 114. Illustration (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory periods per week, 
'rerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104. 

This course is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training into practical 
elds, thereby preparing the student to meet the modern commercial advertising problems, 
pecial emphasis will be placed upon magazine and book illustrating. 

(Wharton and Stites.) 
Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory 
.. eriods per week. Prerequisite, Art 6. 

This course is for those who have completed Art 6 and wish to specialize in Still Life 

D ainting. (Wharton.) 

itl 

_ Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Three two-hour 

.,aboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art. 105. 

This course is for those who have completed Art 105 and wish to develop greater pro- 
iciency in the use of the figure in creative work. (Siegler.) 

Art 156, 157. Portrait Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory 
>eriods per week. Prerequisite, Art 106, 107. 

This course is for those who have completed 106, 107 and wish to specialize in portraiture. 

(Wharton.) 
Art 170, 171. History of Ancient Painting (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Art 9. (Not offered 
953-54). 

A study of the development of painting and related arts from the prehistoric to the 
Roman period. (Grubar.) 

Art 174. History of Ancient Architecture (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Art 
I (Not offered 1953-54). 

The evolution of architectural styles from prehistoric through Roman periods including 
the practical, structural, artistic, and cultural aspects. (Stites.) 

Art 180. History of Medieval Architecture (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Art 
(Not offered 1953-54). 

A continuation of Art 174 including the evolution of architectural styles from the Early 
Christian through the Gothic period. (Stites.) 

Art 188, 189. History of 16th and 17th Century Painting (2, 2)— Prerequisite. 

in 9. 

A study of the development of painting and related arts. The first semester study 
will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17th centuries and the emergence of Baroque 
style. During the second semester, the paintings of France, Spain, England, and the Low 
Countries will be considered. (Grubar.) 

ASTRONOMY 

Astr. 1, 2. Astronomy (3, 3)— (Not offered 1953-1954). 

An elementary course in descriptive astronomy. 

Astr. 5. Navigation (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 16. 

The theory and practice of navigation. (Not offered 1953-1954). 



170 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Professors Faber, Hansen, Pelczar ; Visiting Professors Smadel, Warren ; 
Associate Professor Laffer ; Assistant Professor Doetsch ; Lecturer Kent. 

Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4) — First and second semesters. Two lecture < 
cwo two-hour laboratory periods a week. 



The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental principles 
microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Pelcza 



Bact. 5. Advanced General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture 
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 1 and Chem. 3. 






;- 



Emphasis will be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques used in the fi 
of bacteriology. Lectures will consist of the explanation of various procedures. Laborato 
fee, $10.00. (Laffer 

Bact. 51. Household Bacteriology (3) — Second semester. Two lecture and o 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. For home economics students only. 

Morphology and physiology of the bacteria, yeasts, and molds. Application of i. 
effect of chemical and physical agents in the control of microbial growth. Relationsh 
of microbiology to home sanitation, food preservation and manufacture; personal ai 
community hygiene. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch 

Bact. 55. Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers (2) — First semester. One lectu 
and one two-hour laboratory period a week. For junior and senior students in engineerir 
only. 

Discussion of the fundamental principles of bacteriology and their relationship to wat< 
supply, sewage disposal, and other sanitary problems. Demonstration of these principles 
the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer 

Bact. 60, 62. Bacteriological Literature (1, 1) — First and second semesters. On 
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with junior standing. Intrc 
duction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation and presentation of reports. (Doetsch 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and tw 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with emphasis upon 
the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of disease, modes of disease trans 
mission ; prophylactic, therapeutic and epidemiological aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Faber.) 

Bact. 103. Serology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour lab 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

Infection and resistance ; principles and types of immunity ; hypersensitiveness. Funda- 
mental techniques of major diagnostic immunological reactions and their application. Labora- 
tory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 104. History of Bacteriology (1) — First semester. One lecture period a 
week. Prerequisite, a major or minor in bacteriology. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171 

• History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The modern 
Spects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in relation to early theories. 

(Doetsch.) 
Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour 
aboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

A practical course designed to integrate clinical laboratory procedures in terms of hospital 
md public health demands. Examination of sputum, feces, blood, spinal fluids, urine, etc. 
laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 



Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (3) — Second semester. Three lecture 
)eriods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 



History, characteristic features, and epidemiology of the important communicable diseases; 
public health aspects of man's struggle for existence ; public health administration and 
responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.) 

Bact. 121. Advanced Methods. (2) — Second semester. Two two-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 



The application of specialized equipment and technics for analysis of bacteriological 
problems. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 131. Food and Sanitary Bacteriology. (4) — Second semester. Two lecture 
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and preserved food and methods of control. 
Bacteriological and public health aspects of water supplies and sewage disposal, restaurant 
and plant sanitation, insect and rodent control. Laboratory fee, $10.00 (Laffer.) 

Bact. 133. Dairy Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two two- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

Relation of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to milk, cream, butter, ice cream, cheese, and 
other dairy products. Standard methods of examination, public health requirements, plant 
sanitation. Occasional inspection trips. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.) 

Bact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two two- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

The role played by microorganisms in the soil ; nitrification, denitrification, nitrogen- 
fixation, and decomposition processes ; cycles of elements ; relationships of microorganisms 
to soil fertility. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods a 
week. Prerequisite, 16 credits in bacteriology. 

History of bacterial classification ; genetic relationships ; international codes of nomen- 
clature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
sites, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only upon the consent of the instructor. 

This course is arranged to provide qualified majors in bacteriology and majors in allied 
fields an opportunity to pursue specific bacteriological problems under the supervision of a 
member of the department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Staff.) 



172 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates 

Bact. 201. Advanced Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecti 
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and all 
fields, including Bact. 103. 



I 



Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the methods 
isolation and identification. Discussion of the rickettsiae and viruses. Practice in the pre 
aration of materials for examination with the electron microscope. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Laffei 

Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods 
week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including Chem. 161 a 
162. 

Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria, bacterial grow 5L 
factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous substrates. (Pelczar 

Bact. 206, 208. Special Topics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lectu 
period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology. 

Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects in the fie' 
of bacteriology. (Staff, 

Bact. 210. Virology (1) — Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequ 
site, Bact. 101 or equivalent. 

Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae. (Warren, 

Bact. 211. Virology Laboratory (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one three 
hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent. Registration onl 
upon consent of instructor. 

Laboratory methods in virology. Laboratory fee $20.00. (Smadel. 

Bact. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism (1) — Second semester. One lectur 
period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 204 and consent of instructor. 

A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism with emphasis oi 
metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Pelczar.} 

Bact. 231. Advanced Food Bacteriology (4) — Not offered 1953-54. First semester 
Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bac- 
teriology including Bact. 131. 

The role of microorganisms in food handling and processing with emphasis upon com- 
mercial and factory aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 280. Seminar-Research Methods (1) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, permission of instructor. 

Discussions and reports prepared by majors in bacteriology engaged in current research; 
presentations of selected subjects dealing with recent advances in microbiology. (Staff.) 

Bact. 282. Seminar-Bacteriological Literature (1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Presentation and discussion of current literature in 
microbiology. (Staff.) 

Bact. 291. Research — First and second semesters. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 173 

Credits according to work done. The investigation is outlined in consultation with and 
lrsued under the supervision of a senior staff member of the department. Laboratory fee, 
:^>10.00. (Staff.) 

BOTANY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Botany as a major field, and 
.may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a description of courses, 
'see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. 

CHEMISTRY 

"^Professors Drake, Reeve, Svirbely, White, Woods; Research Professors Bailey, Michels, 
IShepard, Slawsky; Associate Professors Pickard, Pratt, Rollinson, Schamp, Spurr, Story, 
itjStuntz, Veitch, Wiley; Assistant Professors Aldridge, Brown, Carruthers, Dewey, Jansen. 

Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per laboratory course per semester. 

A. Analytical Chemistry 

Chem. 15, 17. Qualitative Analysis (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-hour lab- 
{ oratory period the first semester ; one lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods the 
J second semester. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 



Chem. 19. Quantitative Analysis (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3. 

Chem. 21, 23. Quantitative Analysis (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 15, 17. 

This course includes a study of the principal operations of volumetric and gravimetric 
analysis. Required of all students majoring in Chemistry. 

Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. One lecture 
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

The qualitative and semi-quantitative analysis of essential food constituents. The quali- 
tative and quantitative determination of trace elements is emphasized. For students in 
agriculture, home economics and bacteriology. 

Chem. 206, 208. Spectrograph^ Analysis (1, 1) — One three-hour laboratory period 
per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 188, 190, and consent of the in- 
structor. (White.) 

Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite, 
consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a prerequisite for Chem. 223. 

A study of the principles of microscopic analysis. Chem. 223 is devoted to the study 
of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 225. Polarography (2)— Two lectures per week. 

A course designed to present the fundamental principles of electrometric methods in 
general and to show the technique and application of polarography in the various branches 
of chemistry. 



174 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2) — First and second sei 
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

A study of advanced methods chosen to meet the needs of the individual. (Stur 



H*0 



Chem. 266. Biological Analysis (2) — Second semester. Two three-hour lab<^: 
tory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. 

A study in the methods of chemical analysis of protoplasmic material. (Wilt|r 

B. Biochemistry 

Chem. 41. The Chemistry of Textiles (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34. 

A chemical study of the principal textile fibers. 

Chem. 81. General Biochemistry (2) — First semester. Two lectures per we| 
Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34, or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38. 

This course is designed primarily for students in home economics. Chem. 82 MUJ 
be taken concurrently. 



Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) — First semester. Two thrJ C 
hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38. 

A course designed to accompany Chem. 81. 

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two lectur 
per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or Chem. 35, 37. 

This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, or chemistr 
and for those students in home economics who need a more extensive course of biochemisti 
than is offered in Chem. 81, 82. 



Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semester 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, or Chem. 36, 38. 

Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Tw 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or consent of the instructor. (Veitch 

Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second se 
mesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the in 
structor. (Veitch.^ 

Chem. 265. Enzymes (2) — First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite 
161, 163. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) — First and second semesters 
Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 161, 162, and 
consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

C. Inorganic and General Chemistry 

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures, 
one quiz, and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 5. Introductory Qualitative Analysis (3) — Second semester. One lecture 
and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175 

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-hour labora- 
■, fry period per week. 

J An abbreviated course in general chemistry especially designed for students in home 
[onomics and pre-nursing. This course is open only to students registered in home eco- 

mk '- t'Jfl 

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2) — Second semester. Two lectures 
• : !:r week. Prerequisites, Chem. 23, 37, 38. 

(One or more courses of the group 201-239 will be offered each semester depending on 

jemand. ) 

Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2) — First and second 
emesters. Two lectures per week. (White.) 

Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes- 

e ^:rs. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 






Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.) 



Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Rollinson.) 
Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents (2) — First or second semester. Two 
ectures per week. (Story.) 

Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1 or 2) — One or two four-hour laboratory 
jeriods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 205 (or concurrent 
egistration therein), and consent of instructor. (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 239. Physical Techniques in Chemistry (2) — A survey of the tools avail- 
able for the solution of chemical problems by means of physical techniques. 

Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology, and home economics. 

Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory (1. 1) — First and second semesters. 
One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 33, or concurrent 
registration therein. 

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

A course for chemists, chemical engineers, and premedical students. 

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent 
registration therein. 

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. 

An advanced study of the compounds of carbon. 

Chem. 142, 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. 



176 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2) — First a' 
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1 
143, or concurrent registration therein. 

The systematic identification of organic compounds. 

Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) — First and second semesters. Tv 
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. 

The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and certain fun 
tional groups. (Aldridge 

This course may be substituted for either Chem. 142 or Chem. 144 in the chemistry majc 
curriculum. 

(One or more courses from the following group, 240-253, will customarily be offere 
each semester.) 

Chem. 240. Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2) — First semester. 

An advanced organic course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of poly 
merization, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers. Pre 
requisites, Chem. 141 and 143. 

Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Woods. 

Chem. 243. The Chemistry of Petroleum Compounds (2) — Second semester. Tw< 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, 141, 143, 187, 189. 

Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week 

(Woods.) 
Chem. 251. The Heterocylics (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week. (Dewey) 

Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparation (2 to 4) — First and second semesters. 
Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced Course (2 to 4) 

— First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143 or concurrent registration therein. (Pratt.) 

E. Physical Chemistry 

Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 2; Phys. 1, 2; Math 10, 11; Chem. 19. 

A course intended primarily for premedical students and students in the biological 
sciences. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 182, 184. 

Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) — First and 
second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. May be taken ONLY when 
accompanied by Chem. 181, 183. 

The course includes quantitative experiments illustrating the principles studied in Chem 
181, 183. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 177 

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Three 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21 ; Phys. 20, 21 ; Math. 20, 21 ; or consent 
of instructor. 

A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. This course must be accom- 
panied by Chem. 188, 190. 

Chem.. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

A laboratory course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. 

Chem. 192, 194. Glassblowing Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

(Carruthers.) 

The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187, 189, and Chem. 
188, 190, or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 281, 323, will be offered 
each semester depending on demand. 

Chem. 281, 283. Theory of Solutions (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 287. Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Spurr.) 

Chem. 289. Selected Topics in Advanced Colloid Chemistry (2) — First or second 
semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 285. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2) — Two three-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations (2) — Offered in summer session only. 

(Pickard.) 

Chem. 313, 315. Molecular Structure (2, 2) — First or second semester. Two 

lectures per week. (Brown, Spurr.) 

Chem. 317. Chemical Crystallography (3) — First semester. Three lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, consent of Instructor. 

A detailed treatment of single crystal X-ray methods. (Brown) 

Chem. 321. Quantum Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 
307. (Brown.) 

Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. 

Prerequisite, Chem. 307. (Brown.) 

F. Seminar and Research 

Chem. 351. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. (Staff.) 

Chem. 360. Research — First and second semesters, summer session. (Staff.) 



[78 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

Professors Aldridge, Falls, Goodwyn, Harman, Murphy, Prahl, Zucker ; Lecturer McMana- 
way; Associate Professors Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Weber, Zeeveld; Assistant Professors 
Andrews, Gravely, Parsons. 

Requirements for. major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Comparative Litera- 
ture courses may be counted toward a major or minor in English when recommended by the 
student's major adviser. 

Comp. Lit. 1. Greek Poetry (2) — First semester. 

Hoemr's Iliad and Odyssey, with special emphasis on the literary form and the historical 
and mythological background. 

Comp. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry (2) — Second semester. 

Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nibelungenlied and other European epics, with 
special emphasis on their relationship to and comparison with the Greek epic. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Comp. Lit. 101, 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3, 3) — First 

semester : Survey of the background of European literature through study of Greek and 
Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt of modern literature to the an- 
cients. Second semester : Study of medieval and modern Continental literature. (Zucker) 

Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature (2) — Second semester. 

A study of the sources, development, and literary types. (Zucker) 

Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3) — First semester. 

Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau to Baudelaire. 
Texts are read in English translations. (Parsons.) 

Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany (3) — Second semester. 

Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger to Heine in English 
translations. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature (3) — First 

semester. 

A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treatment by Marlowe in 
Dr. Fanstus and by Goethe in Faust. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen (3) — First semester. 

A study of the life and chief works of Ibsen with special emphasis on his influence on 
the modern drama. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama (3) — First semester. 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in English trans- 
lations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the effect of 
the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world. ( Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit. 125. Literature of the Middle Ages (3) — Narrative, dramatic, and lyric 
literature of the Middle Ages ; studies in translations. (Cooley) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175 

In addition, the following courses will count as credit in Comparative Literature: 

English Language and Literature — Eng. 1U4; Eng. 113; Eng. 121; Eng. 129, 130; 
Eng. 144; Eng. 146; Eng. 155, 156; Eng. 157. 

Foreign Languages and Literatures — Span. 109. 

Speech and Dramatic Art. — Speech 131, 132. 

For Graduates 
Comp. Lit. 258. Folklore in Literature (3) — 

A study of folk heroes, motifs, and ideas as they appear in the world's masterpieces. 

(Goodwyn) 
The following courses will count as credit in Comparative Literature : 

English Language and Literature— Eng. 201; Eng. 204; Eng. 206, 207; Eng. 216, 
217; Eng. 227, 228. 

Foreign Languages and Literatures — Ger. 204; Ger. 208. 

ECONOMICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Economics as a major field, 
and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a description of courses, 
see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Professors Aldridge, Bode, Harman, Murphy ; Lecturer McManaway ; Associate Profes- 
sors Ball, Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Ward, Weber, Zeeveld ; Assistant Professors Andrews, 
Coulter, Fleming, Gravely, Schaumann ; Instructors Adams, Anderson, Barnes, Beall, Bezan- 
son, Bradley, Demaree, Dinwiddie, Ellis, Goldsmith, Henault, Lovelace, Lutwack, M. Martin, 
C. Martin, Miller, Mish, Orel, Pierson, Portz, Smith, Stone; Graduate Assistant Ellsworth, 
Herrnstadt. 

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Required of freshmen. Both courses offered each semester, but may not be taken con- 
currently. 

Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing ; frequent themes. Readings are in 
American literature. (Ball and Staff.) 

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable combination of the two, 

are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given for more than six hours of work 
in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign classics being read 
in translation. (Cooley and Staff.) 

Eng. 5, 6. — Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable combination of the 
two, are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given for more than six hours of work 
in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers. 

(Cooley and Staff.) 



180 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 
1,2. 

For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or popular essays on 
technical subjects. , (Coulter, BezansonJ 

Eng. 8. College Grammar (3) — First and second semesters. * Prerequisite, Eng. 
1,2. 

An analytical study of Modern English grammar, with lectures on the origin and history 
of inflectional and derivational forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Eng. 1, 2. 

An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history and technique 
of the short story and other narrative forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 10. Practice in Composition (2) — Not offered in 1953-54. Prerequisite, Eng. 
1,2. 

For students desiring practice in writing essays and reports on non-technical subjects. 

(Coulter.) 

Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

Intended primarily for sophomores and juniors of demonstrated ability. (C. Martin) 

Eng. 14. Expository Writing (3) — Not offered on College Park campus. Pre- 
requisite, Eng. 1, 2. Credit will not be given for Eng. 7 or Eng. 10 in addition to Eng. 14. 

Methods and problems of exposition ; practice in several kinds of informative writing, 
including the preparation of technical papers and reports. 

Eng. 15. Readings in Biography (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An analytical study in the form and technique of biographical writing in Europe and 
America. (Ward.) 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3) — Second semester. 

An historical and critical survey of the English language ; its nature, origin, and de- 
velopment. (Harman.) 

Eng. 102. Old English (3) — First semester. 

Readings in Old English. The sounds, morphology, and syntax of Old English with 
particular reference to the development of Modern English. (Ball.) 

Eng. 103. Beowulf (3) — Second semester. 

A literary and linguistic study of the Old English epic. (Ball.) 

Eng. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester. 

A literary and language study of the Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and the 
principal minor poems. (Harman.) 

Eng. 106. English and Scottish Ballads (3)— Not offered in 1953-54. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181 

An introduction to the ballads in Child's edition. Attention given to analogues, imita- 
tions, American collections, and collecting. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3)— Not offered in 1953-54. 

The most important dramatists of the time, other than Shakespeare. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance (3) — First semester. 

The chief poets from Skelton to Jonson, with particular attention to Spenser. 

(Zeeveld.) 
Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3) — Second semester. 

The chief prose writers from More to Bacon. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3) — Second semester. 

The important dramatists from Wycherley to Sheridan, with emphasis upon the comedj 
of manners. (Ward.) 

Eng. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester. 

The poetry and the chief prose works. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3) — Not offered in 
1953-54. 

The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton). (Murphy.) 

Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3) — Not offered in 
1953-54. 

The Age of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

Special attention to major writers and to the historical and philosophical background. 

(Aldridge.) 
Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

A study of the major poets of the period, including Coleridge, Wordsworth, and Byron 
in the first semester, and Shelley and Keats in the second semester. (Weber.) 

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3)— Not offered in 1953-54. 

The chief writers of prose and poetry from the close of the Romantic period to the end 
of the nineteenth century. (Cooley, Mooney.) 

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

The development of the novel; readings in the major novelists of the eighteenth and 
nineteenth centuries. (Ward, Mooney.) 

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3) — First semester. 

The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester. 

The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.) 



182 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3) — Second semester. 

Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century. (Andrews.) 

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3) — Not offered in 1953-54. 

Literature which relates closely to the democratic tradition. 

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature to 1900 (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to 1900, with special 
emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century. (Gravely, Manning.) 

Eng. 155, 156. Four Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Gravely, Manning.) 

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3) — First semester. 

Historical background of folklore studies ; growth of the field ; types of folklore. Em- 
phasis upon American folklore ; ballads ; folk songs ; folk tales ; regional customs and be- 
liefs. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, permission of the 
instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 172. Playwriting (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the 
instructor. 

Analysis of plays, and practice in writing at least one short play. (Fleming.) 

For Graduates 

Eng. 200 — Research (1-6) — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work done and 
results accomplished. (Staff.) 

Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester. 

An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mooney.) 

Eng. 202. Middle English (3) — First semester. 

A study of selected readings of the Middle English period with reference to etymology, 
morphology, and syntax. (Harman.) 

Eng. 203. Gothic (3) — Second semester. 

Forms and syntax, with reading from the Ulfilas Bible ; correlation of the Gothic 
speech sounds with those of Old English. (Harman.) 

Eng. 204. Medieval Romances (3) — Not offered in 1953-54. 

The Middle English metrical and prose romances and their sources, with emphasis on 
the Arthurian cycle. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. (McManaway.) 

Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) — Not offered in 1953-54. 

(Murphy, Zeeveld.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 183 

Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3, 3) — Not offered in 
1953-54. . (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth- Century Literature (3) — Second semester. 

(Cooley, Mooney, Weber.) 
Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3)— Not offered in 1953-54. 

The practice and theory of criticism from Plato to the present time. ( Murphy.) 

Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

(Bode.) 
Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

(Aldridge.) 
Eng. 230. Studies in American Language (3) — Not offered in 1953-54. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Entomology as a major field, 
and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a description of courses, 
see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professors Zucker, Falls, Prahl, Cunz, L. P. Smith, Goodwyn ; Associate Professors Kramer, 
Quynn, Bingham; Assistant Professors Parsons, Schweizer, Rand, Rosenfield, Hammer- 
schlag, Dobert, Bridgers; Instructors Nemes, de Marne, Norton, Boborykine, Becker, 
Rovner; Part-time Instructor Greenberg, Hall, Heverly, Bulatkin. 

At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for all students 
who have had some foreign language in high school and wish to do further work in that 
language. By this means the Department assigns each student to the suitable level of in- 
struction. Any student who fails to qualify for the second semester of his language will be 
required to register for a different language. 

No credit will be given for less than two semesters of elementary language. 

A student whose native language is taught at the University may not meet the language 
requirement by taking Freshman or Sophomore courses in his language. 

Foreign students may substitute for the 12-hour foreign language requirement 12 
additional hours of English. They are advised to take Foreign Language 1, 2, Eng- 
lish for Foreign Students, for their first year and English 10, Practice in Composition, 
plus a 3-hour course in literature during their second year. These courses should be 
taken concurrently with Freshman and Sophomore English. 

^^ Attention is called to the courses in Comparative Literature on pages 60 through 61. 

^^^ForeTgn Language 1, 2. English for Foreign Students (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs of the non-English-speaking 

student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax; the differences between English and various other 

languages are stressed. (Bridgers.) 
French 

French 0. Intensive Elementary French (0). 

Intensive elementary course in the French language designed particularly for graduate 

students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.) 



184 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

(Bingham and Staff.) 
Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation. 

French 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open to 
all students who have completed their first-year French. Qualified students who had the 
grade A or B in French 1 may take this course in conjunction with French 2. 

A practice course in simple spoken French. 

French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Students who have taken French 6 and 7 cannot 
receive credit for French 4 and 5. 

Translation and exercises in pronunciation. Reading of texts designed to give some 
knowledge of French life, thought and culture. 

French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Second-year French for students specializing in 
the sciences. Students who have taken French 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for French 
6 and 7. 

Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. 

French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad- 
mission by consent of instructor. 

Practical exercises in conversation, based on material dealing with French life and 
customs. 

French 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
French 4, French 6, or permission of instructor. Recommended for students who expect to 
major or minor in French. 

An intensive review of the elements of French grammar ; verb drill ; composition. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

French 51, 52. The Development of the French Novel (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French literature; of the 
lives, works and influence of important novelists. Reports. French 51 covers the seventeenth 
and eighteenth centuries, French 52 the nineteenth. 

French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Introductory study of the French drama. Translation, collateral reading, reports. 
French 53 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 54 the nineteenth. 

French 55, 56. The Development of the Short Story in French (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

A study of the short story in French literature ; reading and translation of representative 
examples. French 55 covers examples up to the nineteenth century, French 56 the nine- 
teenth and twentieth centuries. 

French 71, 72. Intermediate Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 185 

This course, more advanced than the Grammar Review (French 17), is designed for 
students who, having a good general knowledge of French, wish to become more proficient 
in the written and spoken language. 

French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature (3, 3)— First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, second-year French or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the chief authors and movements in French literature. 

French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. 

This course is intended for students who have a good general knowledge of French, and 
who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3) — First semester. 

Beginning and development of the Renaissance in France ; humanism ; Rabelais and 
Calvin; the Pleiade ; Montaigne. (Falls.) 

French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

First semester : the first sixty years of the century, with special attention to Descartes, 
Pascal, and Corneille, including Racine. Second semester : the remaining great classical writers, 
with special attention to Moliere. (Quynn, Rosenfield.) 

French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— First and 

second semesters. 

First semester : continuation of traditional literary forms ; beginning and development 
of the philosophical and scientific movement ; Montesquieu. Second semester : Voltaire, 
Diderot, Rousseau. (Falls, Bingham.) 

French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

First semester : drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism. Second semester : 
the major prose writers of the same period. (Bingham, Quynn.) 

French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. 

First semester : drama and poetry from Symbolism to the present time. Second semester : 
the contemporary novel. (Falls.) 

French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Translation from English into French, free composition, letter writing. (Falls.) 

French 161, 162. French Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

French life, customs, culture, traditions. First semester : the historical development of 
the nation and its people. Second semester: present-day France. (Rosenfield.) 

French 171. Practical French Phonetics (3) — First semester. 

A study of the pronunciation of modern French. The sounds and their production, the 
stress group, intonation. Practical exercises. (Smith.) 



186 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

French 199. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (1) — Second semes- 
ter. Especially designed for French majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the high points in the history of French literature. (Falls.) 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 

French 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 

Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.) 

French 203, 204. Georges Duhamel: Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Smith.) 

French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth Century 
(2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth Century 
(2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 211. Introduction to Old French (3). (Smith.) 

French 215, 216. Moliere (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Quynn.) 

French 221, 222. Reading Course— (Arranged). 

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of French literature. 
Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.) 

French 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

French 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in French. 

(Staff.) 
German 

German 0. Intensive Elementary German (0). 

Intensive elementary course in the German language designed particularly for graduate 
students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.) 

German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation. 

(Cunz and Staff.) 

German 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open to 
all students who have completed their first-year German. Qualified students who had the 
grade A or B in German 1 may take this course in conjunction with German 2. 

A practice course in simple spoken German. 

German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have taken German 6 and 7 cannot 
receive credit for German 4 and 5. 

Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of German life, thought 
and culture. Translation, grammar review, pronunciation. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187 

German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have taken German 4 and 5 cannot 
receive credit for German 6 and 7. Second-year German for students specializing in the 
sciences. 

Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. 

German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad- 
mission by consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to speak and understand 
simple colloquial German. 

German 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. For students who 
enter with three or more units in German, but who are not prepared to take German 71. 
Prerequisite, German 4 or 6 or consent of instructor. Recommended to students who wish 
to major or minor in German. 

Intensive review of the elements of German grammar with ample practice in sentence 
structure. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

German 61, 62. German Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite German 1, 2, or equivalent. 

A practical course in the pronunciation of German ; study of phonetics, oral exercises 
and ear training. 

German 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. This course is required of students preparing 
to teach German. 

A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with ample practice 
in composition work. 

German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the most outstanding authors and movements in German 
literature. 

German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. 

This course is intended for students who have a general knowledge of German, and who 
wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. Reading of German news- 
papers. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder, Goethe, Schiller. 

(Prahl, Schweizer.) 



188 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Outstanding works of Kleist, Grillparzer, Grabbe, Hebbel, Ludwig, Stifter, Keller, 
Anzengruber. (Prahl, Cunz.) 

German 105, 106. Modern German Literature (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to the present time (1890-1950). 

(Prahl, Hammerschlag.) 
German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

First and second parts of the drama. (Zucker.) 

German 121. 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, German 71, 81, or consent of instructor. 

Translations from English into German, free composition, letter writing. 

(Kramer, Cunz.) 
German 161, 162. German Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Survey of German geography, history, government, literature, folklore, and thought ; 
with special emphasis on the inter-relationship of social and literary history. (Cunz.) 

German 199. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature (1) — Second 
semester. Especially designed for German majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of German literature. 

(Schweizer.) 
Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Germany, and 
Comparative Literature 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature. 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 

German 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 

Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.) 

German 202. 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

(Zucker.) 
German 204. Schiller (3). (Prahl.) 

German 205. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust (2). (Zucker.) 

German 206. The Romantic Movement (3). (Prahl.) 

German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3). (Zucker.) 

German 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). 

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of German literature. 
Extensive outside reading, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.) 

German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

German 231. Middle High German (3). (Schweizer.) 



• COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189 

German 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3") — Required of all graduate majors in German. 

(Staff.) 

Spanish 

Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation. 

(Parsons and Staff.) 

Spanish 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open to 
all students who have completed their first-year Spanish. Qualified students who had 
the grade A or B in Spanish 1 may take this course in conjunction with Spanish 2. 

A practice course in simple spoken Spanish. 

Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American life, 
thought and culture. Translation, grammar review, exercises in pronunciation. 

Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad- 
mission by consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to help the student acquire the ability to speak and understand 
everyday colloquial Spanish. 

Spanish 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Spanish 4, or consent of instructor. Recommended for students who expect to major or 
minor in Spanish. 

An intensive review of the elements of Spanish grammar ; verb drills ; composition. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Spanish 51, 52. Business Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, second-year Spanish or equivalent. 

Designed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage ; commercial letters. 

Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. 

A practical course in the pronunciation of Spanish ; study of phonetics, oral exercises, 
and ear training. 

Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5 or equivalent. 

This course is more advanced than Spanish 17, and is designed to give the students a 
thorough training in the structure of the language. It is also intended to give an intensive 
and practical drill in Spanish composition. 

Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the history of Spanish literature. 

Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor. 



190 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

This course is intended to give the student the ability to speak fluently about subjects of 
general interest. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3) — First semester. 

The legendary and heroic matter of the Spanish-speaking world, viewed in the historical 
and folklorist context through an extensive study of its written and oral manifestations. 

(Goodwyn, Parsons.) 
Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3) — First semester. 

Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina and others. 
Outside readings, reports. (Goodwyn, Parsons.) 

Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3) — First semester. 

Selected dramatic and non-dramatic works of Lope de Vega. Outside readings, reports. 

(Parsons.) 
Spanish 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester. 

Selected works of Cervantes ; plays, exemplary novels, and Don Quixote. Outside read- 
ings, reports. (Goodwyn, Rand.) 

Spanish 110. Modern Spanish Poetry (3) — First semester. 

Significant poems of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Rand.) 

Spanish 111. Modern Spanish Novel (3) — Second semester. 

Readings of some of the significant novels of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 
Outside readings, reports. (Parsons.) 

Spanish 112. . Modern Spanish Drama (3) — Second semester. 

Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Outside readings, reports. 

(Rand.) 
Spanish 115. Modern Spanish Thought (3) — First semester. 

The generation of 1898 and other significant and interpretative writings of the twentieth 
century. (Rand.) 

Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Training in self-expression in Spanish, free composition, letter writing. 

(Bingham, Nemes.) 
Spanish 151. Spanish-American Fiction (3) — First semester. 

The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the present and their 
reflection of society in the republics of the Western Hemisphere. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 152. Spanish-American Poetry (3) — Second semester. 

Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to European trends and writers. 

(Goodwyn.) 
Spanish 153. Spanish- American Essay (3) — First and second semesters. 

Social and political thought from Bolivar to Vasconcelos and its relationship to social 
and political conditions in Spanish America. (Goodwyn.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 191 

Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions ; great men, customs, 
and general culture. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Introductory study of the cultures of Latin America, as expressed in its literary master- 
pieces. Lectures on the historical-political background and the dominating concepts in the 
lives of the people. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 199. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature (1) — Second 
semester. Especially designed for Spanish majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of Spanish literature. 

(Parsons.) 

For Graduates 
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 
Spanish 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.) 

Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3). (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3). (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 207. The Spanish Mystics (3). (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 211. Introduction to Old Spanish (3). (Parsons.) 

Spanish 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). Designed to give the graduate 
student a background of a survey of Spanish literature. Extensive outside readings, with 
reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.) 

Spanish 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

Spanish 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in Spanish. 

(Staff.) 

Russian 

Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation. 

(Boborykine.) 

Russian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open to 
all students who have completed their first-year Russian. Qualified students who had the 
grade A or B in Russian 1 may take this course in conjunction with Russian 2. 

A practice course in simple spoken Russian. 

Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent. 

Translation and exercises in pronunciation ; reading of texts designed to give some 
knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture. (Boborykine.) 

Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad- 
mission by consent of instructor. 

An intermediate practice course in spoken Russian. 



192 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Russian 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, first and second-year Russian. 

This course is designed to give the student a thorough training in the structure of the 
language. It is also intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Russian composition. 

Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of Russian literature. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Russian 101, 102. Contemporary Russian Literature (3, 3) ■ — First and second 
semesters. 

The works of some outstanding authors, such as Maxim Gorky, Alexei Tolstoy, P. 
Romanov, M. Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. (Boborykine.) 

Russian 103, 104. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, Lermontov, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Leo Tolstoy, 
Chekhov. (Boborykine.) 

Hebrew 

Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar ; pronunciation and conversation ; exercises in translation. 

(Greenberg.) 
Hebrew 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, Hebrew 
1 and consent of instructor. 

A practice course in simple Hebrew. 

Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Hebrew 1 and 2 or equivalent. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and culture. 
Translation; conversation; exercises in pronunciation. (Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Ad- 
mission by consent of instructor. 

An intermediate practice course in spoken Hebrew. 

Hebrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Hebrew or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of Hebrew literature. (Greenberg.) 

Portuguese 

Portuguese 1, 2. Elementary Portuguese (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation. (Not 
offered in 1953-54). 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 193 

Portuguese 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Portuguese 1 and con- 
t of instructor. (Not offered in 1953-54). 

A practice course in simple Portuguese. 

lian 

Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Also recom- 
nded to advanced students in French and Spanish. (Xot offered in 1953-54). 

Elements of grammar ; prounuciation ; exercises in translation. 

Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Italian 1 and consent of 
tructor. (Xot offered in 1953-54). 

A practice course in simple Italian. 

Italian 161, 162. Italian Life and Customs (3, 3) — Xot offered on the College Park 
npus. 

An introductory study of the Italian people. Against a background of political and 
:ial history, a survey of Italian literary and cultural traditions. 

eek 

Mod. Greek 1, 2. Spoken Modern Greek (3, 3) — Xot offered on the College Park 
npus. 

An intensive course in the colloquial style of Athens with emphasis on the vocabulary 
everyday situations and including an introduction to Greek writing. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Geography as a major field, 
d may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a description of 
urses, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. 

GEOLOGY 

Irwin C. Brown, Lecturer 

Geol. 1. Geology (3) — Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3. 

A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural geology. De- 
gned to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals composing the earth ; the 
ovement within it ; and its surface features and the agents that form them. 

Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2). 

The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications. 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Government and Politics 
s a major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For 
description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. 



194 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

HISTORY 

Professors Gewehr, Chatelain, Prange, Wellborn; Associate Professors Bauer, Merrill; 

Assistant Professors Crosman, Gordon, Jashemski, Sparks; Instructors Bates, 

Ferguson, Hanks, Lowitt, Harbaugh. 

H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe (3, 3) — First and second semesters. The 
basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History. 

A study of European History from the Renaissance to the present day. First 
semester to 1815. Second semester since 1815. (Bauer, Prange, Gordon.) 

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3)— Required of all students who 
entered the university after 1944-45. Normally to be 'taken in the Sophomore year. 

An historical survey of the main forces in American life with emphasis upon the develop- 
ment of our democratic heritage. First semester from the colonial period through the 
Civil War. Second semester, since the Civil War. 

H. 51, 52. The Humanities (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural development 
is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements of the various civilizations which 
have contributed to the common cultural heritage of western civilization. The political, 
social, and economic settings of the various civilizations are presented in chronological 
order. The characteristic achievements of each period in philosophy, religion, literature, 
art, science, and music enrich this background. By presenting actual masterpieces in 
literature, art, and music, it is hoped that imagination, appreciation, and critical judgment 
will be stimulated. This course is designed as an introductory course in history which will 
make a more direct contribution to the other liberal art fields. First semester to the 
Renaissance. Second semester since the Renaissance. (Jashemski.) 

H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. (Gordon.) 

A history of the development of British life and institutions. Open to all classes. 
Especially recommended for English majors and minors. First semester to 1485. Second 
semester, since 1485. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

A. American History 

H. 101. American Colonial History (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, 
or the equivalent. 

The settlement and development of colonial America to the middle of the eighteenth 
century. (Ferguson.) 

H. 102. The American Revolution (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, 
or the equivalent. 

The background and course of the American Revolution through the formation of the 
Constitution. (Ferguson.) 

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865 (3) — First semes- 
ter. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A synthesis of American Life from its independence through the Civil War. (Chatelain.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 195 

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil War (3) 
— Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The development of American life and institutions, with emphasis upon the period since 
1876. (Chatelain.) 

H. 114. The Middle Period of American History 1824-1860 (3)— First semester. 
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An examination of the political history of the U. S. from Jackson to Lincoln with 
particular emphasis on the factors producing Jacksonian democracy, Manifest Destiny, the 
Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement, the Republican Party, and secession. (Sparks.) 

H. 115. The Old South (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equiv- 
alent. 

A study of the institutional and cultural life of the ante-bellum South with particular 
reference to the background of the Civil War. (Bates.) 

H. 116. The Civil War (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the 
equivalent. 

Military aspects ; problems of the Confederacy ; political, social, and economic effects 
of the war upon American society. (Sparks.) 

H. 117. The New South (3) — First semester. Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or the equiv- 
alent. 

The South's place in the Nation from Appomattox to the present with special reference 
to regional problems and aspirations. (Bates.) 

H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since 1890. 
First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World War I. (Merrill.) 

H. 121, 122. History of the American Frontier (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the influence of the westward movement in shaping American institutional 
development. First semester, the trans-Alleghany West; second semester, the trans- 
Mississippi West. (Gewehr.) 

H. 123. The New West (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or the equiv- 
alent. 

Regional pecularities and national significance of the Plains and Pacific Coast areas 
from 1890 to the present. (Bates.) 

H. 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation 1865-1896 (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Problems of reconstruction in both South and North. Emergence of Big Business and 
industrial combinations. Problems of the farmer and laborer. (Merrill.) 

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 



196 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of the Un 
States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil War; second semester, fi 
the Civil War to the present. (Wellboi 

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— (Not Offered in 1953-54)— 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A consideration of the changed position of the United States with reference to the 
of the world since 1917. (Wellbor 

H. 133, 134. The History of American Ideas (3, 3) — First and second semest< 
Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An intellectual history of the American people, embracing such topics as religit 
liberty, democracy, and social ideas. (Ferguso' 

H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3)— First and secc 
semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Constitution, and 1 
development of American constitutionalism in theory and practice thereafter. (Geweh 

Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3) — First a 

second semesters. 

The student's acquaintance with American Civilization is brought to a focus throu 
the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such as Tocqueville, Democracy 
America, Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter, Veblen, The Theory of the Leisure Class, a 
Myrdal, An American Dilemma. Specialists from related departments participate in t 
conduct of the course. (Bod« 

H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3,) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite 
H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of coloni 
Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development and role as a state in t 
American Union. (Chatelain 

H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pr 
requisites, 6 hours of fundamental courses. 

A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the preser 
covering political, cultural, economic, and social development, with special emphasis upon rel 
tions with the United States. First semester, the Colonial Period. Second semester, Tl 
Republic. (Crosman 

H. 147. History of Mexico (3) — First semester. 

The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence period and upo 
relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin-American neighbors. (Crosman. 

B. European History 

H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3) — First semester. 

A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece, with particulai 
attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 153. History of Rome (3) — Second semester. 



\h 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 197 

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the Republic and 
down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.) 

H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 
53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. 

A survey of Medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the Roman Empire 
to the thirteenth century. (Jashemski.) 

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
H. 1, 2, or 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. 

The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reaction through the 
Thirty Years War. (Jashemski.) 

H. 166. Revolutionary and Napoleonic Europe (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
sites. H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

The Old Regime in France and Europe ; the changes effected by the French Revolution ; 
the Napoleonic regime and the balance of power 1789-1815. (Bauer.) 

H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3)— First and second 

semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

A study of the political, economic, social, and cultural development of Europe from 
the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.) 

H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— First 
and second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth century Europe 
with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two World Wars and their global 
impacts and significance. (Prange.) 

H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

First semester, the development of England's Mercantilist Empire and its fall in the 
war for American Independence (1783) ; second semester, the rise of the Second British 
Empire and the solution of the problem of responsible self-government (1783-1867), the 
evolution of the British Empire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development 
and problems of the dependent Empire. (Gordon.) 

H. 187. History of Canada (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century and upon Canadian 
relations with Great Britain and the United States. (Gordon.) 

H. 189. Constitutional History of Great Britain (3) — Second semester. A survey 
of constitutional development in England with emphasis on the real property aspects of 
feudalism, the growth of the common law, the development of Parliament, and the expansion 
of liberties of the individual. (Gordon.) 

H. 191. History of Russia (3) — First semester. Prerequisites. H. 1, 2, or the 
equivalent. 

A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day. (Bauer.) 

H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 191. 



198 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with special emphasis 
on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and conflicts with the western 
powers in Europe, the Near and Middle East, and the Far East will be studied. (Bauer.) 

H. 195. The Far East (3)— Second semester. 

A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history of China and 
Japan, and a consideration of present-day problems of the Pacific area. (Gewehr.) 

H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3) — First and second semesters. 

Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the student with the methods and 
problems of research and presentation. The students will be encouraged to examine those 
phases of history in which they are most interested. Required of history majors in 
senior year. (Lowitt.) 

For Graduates 

H. 200. Research (3-6) — Credit proportioned to amount of work. Arranged. Re- 
quired of all candidates for degrees. 

H. 201. Seminar in American History (3) — First and second semester. (Staff.) 

H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Readings and conferences on the critical and source materials explaining our social 
and economic evolution. (Chatelain.) 

H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3) — First and second semesters. 

Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics in United States History 
from 1900 to the present. (Merrill.) 

H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3) — First semester. 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the sources 
and the classical literature of American Colonial History. (Ferguson.) 

H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3) — Second semester. 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the critical 
literature and sources of the period of the American Revolution. (Ferguson.) 

H. 215. The Old South (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the standard 
sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellum South. (Gewehr.) 

H. 216. The American Civil War (3) 

Readings and conferences on the controversial literature of the Civil War. Attention 
is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon the social and economic impact of 
the war on American society. Opportunity is also given to read in the rich source material 
of this period. (Merrill.) 

H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath (3) 

A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War. Political, social and economic 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 199 

reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post-war attitudes and problems 
into the present. (Merrill.) 

H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Readings and conferences designed to give the student an acquaintance with some of the 
more important sources and some of the most significant literature of the advancing 
American frontier. (Gewehr.) 

H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with emphasis on 
religious traditions, social and political theory, and development of American ideas. 

(Ferguson.) 

H. 245. Topics in Latin American History (3) — Selected readings, research, and 
conferences on important topics in Latin American History. (Crosman.) 

H. 250. Seminar in European History (3) — First and second semesters. (Bauer.) 

H. 251. Topics in Greek Civilization (3) — Readings and conferences designed to 
acquaint the students with selected topics in Greek and Hellenistic history, such as the 
growth of democracy in Athens (with special attention to the nature of democracy in fifth- 
century Athens), and the development of federalism during the Hellenistic period. Time 
will also be devoted to the contributions of the Greeks in philosophy, literature, art, and 
architecture. Special attention will be given to the study and evaluation of the source 
material in this field. (Jashemski.) 

H. 253. Topics in Roman History (3) — Readings and conferences designed to 
acquaint the student with selected topics in Roman history, such as the development of the 
Roman constitution, the growth of democracy in Rome, Roman provincial administration, 
the nature of Roman imperialism, and Roman law. Special attention will be given to the 
study and evaluation of the source material in this field. (Jashemski.) 

H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the important literature 
and interpretations on such topics as feudalism, the medieval Church, schools and universities, 
Latin and vernacular literature, art and architecture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 282. Problems in the History of World War II (3) — Investigation of various 
aspects of the Second World War, including military operations, diplomatic phases, and 
political and economic problems of the war and its aftermath. (Prange.) 

H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Greater Britain (3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on the documentary and literary materials dealing with the 
transformation of England and the growth and evolution of the British Empire since 1763. 

(Gordon.) 
H. 287. Historiography (3) — Arranged. 

Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution of critical 
standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of selected masters. (Sparks.) 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Professor Rovelstad ; Instructors Baehr, Charlesworth, Hayes, Holladay, Phillips, Scott, 

Turner, Urban and Wedemeyer. 

L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 



200 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Library Science 1 and 2 are required of all students in general Arts and Science, Pre- 
Law and Pre-Nursing curriculums. 

These introductory courses are intended to help students to use libraries with greater 
facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of lectures and practical work, 
is designed to interpret the library and its resources to the students. The courses consider 
the classification of books in libraries, the card catalog, periodical literature and indexes, 
and certain essential reference books which will be found helpful throughout the college 
course and in later years. 

L. S. 101S. School Library Administration (3). 

The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the modern school. 
Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the library in the school, standards, 
instruction in the use of books and libraries, training student assistants, acquisition of 
materials, repair of books, publicity, exhibits, and other practical problems. 

L. S. 102S. Cataloging and Classification (3). 

Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog for school libraries. 
Study of simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog, Standard Catalog for High 
School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards. 

L. S. 103S. Book Selection for School Libraries (3). 

Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice in the effective 
use of book selection aids in the preparation of book lists. Evaluating of publishers, 
editions, translations, format, etc. 

L. S. 104S. Reference and Bibliography for School Libraries (4). 

Evaluation, selection, and use of standard tools, such as encyclopedias, dictionaries, 
periodical indexes, atlases, and yearbooks, for school libraries. Study of bibliographical pro- 
cedures and forms. 

L. S. 111. Introduction to Fundamentals of Special Library Service (3). 

An introductory course to library methods as applied to an organization in which 
the primary function of the library is bibliographic control of material pertinent to the 
specialized field of the organization. A course planned to train in general library methods 
a person who already is a specialist in some particular phase of library service. 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Martin, Hall, Jackson, Weinstein* ; Associate Professor Diaz* ; Assistant 
Professors Good, Haywood, Ludf ord, Young ; Research Associate Weinberger* ; Instructors 
Brewster, Collins, Cuthill, McArthur, McLean, Mehegan, Shepherd, Spencer, Thickstun; 

Junior Instructor Cato. 

The Colloquium meets weekly for reports on the research of the faculty and graduate stu- 
dents, and for expository lectures on papers published in current mathematical journals. 

The Mathematics Club meets once a month under the direction of Professor Haywood 
for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the undergraduate. 



•Member of th.3 Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201 

The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit of algebra for 
entrance: Math. 1, 5, or 10. 

The following courses are open to students who offer two more units of algebra for 
entrance: Math. 14, 15. 

Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 15 provided they pass the Mathematics section 
of the general classification test given to incoming students during registration. Students 
who fail this test should enroll in Math. if their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and 
in Math. 1 if their curriculum calls for Math. 15. Students taking Math. 1 are not eligible 
to take Math. 14 concurrently. 

In general students should enroll in only one course in the groups below. In case this 
rule is not followed credit will be assigned as indicated. 
Math. 5, 10, 15. Credit on only one course. 
Math. 11, 14. Math. 11—1% credits; Math. 14 — 2 credits. 
Math. 11, 17. Math. 11—1% credits; Math. 17 — 4 credits. 
Math. 11. 14, 17. Math. 11—0 credit; Math. 14—2 credits; Math. 17, 4 credits. 

The department strongly recommends that a student who receives a grade of D in a 
course in mathematics repeat the course to raise his grade before going on to a more 
advanced course. 

Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0) — First and second semesters. Required of stu- 
dents whose curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the qualifying examination 
for these courses. 

The fundamental principles of algebra. (McLean and Staff.) 

Math. 1. Introductory Algebra (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
one unit of algebra. Required of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 15 and who 
fail the qualifying examination for this course. 

A review of the topics covered in a second course in algebra. (McLean and Staff.) 

Math. 2. Solid Geometry (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one unit 
each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to students who enter deficient in solid geometry. 

Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and polyhedra, primary emphasis on mensura- 
tion. Intended for engineers and science students. (Brewster and Staff.) 

Math. 5. General Mathematics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one 
unit of algebra. Open only to students in the College of Business and Public Administration, 
the College of Agriculture, the College of Military Science, and the Department of 
'.ndustrial Education. Note regulation above in case student enrolls in more than one of 
the courses, Math. 5, 10, 15. 

Fundamental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear equations, exponents, 
logarithms, percentage, trade discount, simple interest, bank discount, true discount, and 
promissory notes. (Shepherd and Staff.) 

Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Math 5 or equivalent. Required of students in the College of Business and Public Adminis- 
tration, and open to students in the College of Arts and Sciences only for elective credit. 

Line diagrams, compound interest, simple interest, ordinary annuities, general annuities, 
deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, evaluation of bonds, amortization, and sinking 
funds. (Shepherd and Staff.) 



202 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Math. 10. Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one unit each 
of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, premedical, predental, and general 
Arts and Sciences students. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than 
one of the courses, Math. 5, 10, 15. 

Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equations, exponents and radicals, 
quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms, permutations and combinations, probability, 
mathematics of investment. (Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Open to biological, premedical, predental, and general 
Arts and Sciences students. This course is not recommended for students planning to enroll 
in Math. 20. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 14, or in 
both Math. 11 and 17. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of triangles, coordinates, 
locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sections, graphs. (Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Math. 10 or equivalent. 

Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion, the normal curve, 
curve fitting, regression and correlation. (Good.) 

Math. 14. Plane Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Math. 15 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 15. Open to students in engineering, education, 
and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in both Math. 11 
and 14. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, the radian, graphs, addition formulas, solution of 
triangles, trigonometric equations. (Good and Staff.) 

Math. 15. College Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, high 
school algebra completed, and plane geometry. Open to students in engineering, education, 
and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one 
of the courses, Math. 5, 10, 15. 

Fundamental operations, variation, functions and graphs, quadratic equations, theory 
of equations, binomial theorem, complex numbers, logarithms, determinants, progressions. 

(Good and Staff.) 

Math. 16. Spherical Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites, 
solid geometry and Math. 14. 

The solution of spherical triangles, with applications to the terrestrial and astronomical 
triangles. (Brewster and Staff.) 

Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill periods 
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 15, or equivalent. Open 
to students in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in 
case student enrolls in both Math. 11 and 17. 

Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, transformation of coordi- 
nates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcendental equations, solid analytic geometry. 

(Hall and Staff.) 

Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill periods a 
week, first and second semesters, second and first semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 17 or equiva- 
lent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical sciences. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 203 

Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching, rates, curvature, 
kinematics, integration with geometric and physical applications, partial derivatives, space 
geometry, multiple integrals, infinite series. (Jackson and Staff.) 

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required of students in mechanical and electrical 
engineering. 

Differential equations of the first and second order with emphasis on their engineering 
applications. (Ludford and Staff.) 

A. Algebra 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 
Math. 100, 101. Higher Algebra (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Selected topics in algebra will be taken up from a point of view designed to strengthen 
and deepen the grasp of the subject. (Good.) 

Math. 102. Theory of Equations (3) — Second ' semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 
or equivalent. 

Solution of algebraic equations, symmetric functions. (Good.) 

Math. 103. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Linear dependence, matrices, groups, vector spaces. (Good.) 

Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Integers, divisibility, Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime numbers, Moebius 
function, congruences, residues. (Good.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent of in- 
structor. 

Matrices, groups, rings, fields, algebraic numbers, Galois theory. (Good.) 

Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 103 or con- 
sent of instructor. 

The theory of vectors and matrices with applications. (Good.) 

Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3) — Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

An introductory course in abstract groups, topological spaces, and the study of collections 
of elements enjoying both these properties. The concept of a uniform space will be introduced 
and studied. The representation problem will be considered together with the subject of Lie 
groups. (Hall, Good.) 

Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3)— (Arranged). 

B. Analysis 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, Math. 21 or equivalent. 



204 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with application to mechanics, 
infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several variables, multiple integrals, the theo- 
rems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of variations. (Hall.) 

Math. 114. Differential Equations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 
or equivalent. 

Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approximations, solutions 
in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Sturmian theory. (Spencer.) 

Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114. 

Partial Differential equations of first and second order, characteristics, boundary value 
problems, systems of equations, applications. (Spencer.) 

Math. 116, 118. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3, 3) — Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or equivalent. Open to students in engineering and the physical sciences. Graduate 
students in mathematics should enroll in Math. 210, 211. 

Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integration, sequences 
and series, power series, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, special 
functions. (Ludford.) 

Math. 117. Fourier Series (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114. or equivalent. 

Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applications to the solu- 
tion of boundary value problems of some partial differential equations of physics and engineer- 
ing. (Ludford.) 

Math. 119, 120. Intermediate Differential Equations (3, 3) — Second and first semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Existence theorems. Continuous groups of transformations and the transformation theory 
of differential equations. Series solutions. Definite integral solutions. Sturmian theory. 
Integral equations. Classification of second order equations. Characteristics. Method of 
Fourier series. Method of Fourier and Laplace integrals. Difference equations. Elements of 
potential theory. Variational methods of solution. (Spencer.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. Ill 
or equivalent. 

Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal mapping, com- 
plex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Wierstrass theory, Riemann surfaces, algebraic func- 
tions, periodic and elliptic functions, the theorems of Weierstrass and Mittag-Leffler. 

(Young.) 

Math 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill or 
equivalent. 

The real number system, point sets, the Heine-Borel theorem, continuous functions, 
derivatives, infinite series, uniform convergence, the Riemann integral, Jordan content, the 
Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. (Young.) 

Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. Ill 
and 116, or 210. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205 

Existence and uniqueness theorems for systems of ordinary differential equations and for. 
ial differential equations. Characteristic theory. Reduction to normal forms, the method 
inite differences. (Martin.) 

Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis (3) — (Arranged). 

Geometry and Topology 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 
Open and closed sets. Elementary topology of the straight line and the Euclidean plane. 
Jordan Curve Theorem and its applications. Simple connectivity. (Hall.) 

Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 
Dr equivalent. 

Elementary projective geometry largely from the analytic approach, projective trans- 
mations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective coordinates, projective theory of conies, 
?uerre's definition of angle. (Jackson.) 

Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis (3, 3) — 

^requisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

The differential geometry of curves and surfaces with the use of vector and tensor 
thods, curvature and torsion, moving frames, curvilinear coordinates, the fundamental 
ierential forms, covariant derivatives, intrinsic geometry, curves on a surface, applications 
problems in dynamics, mechanics, electricity, and relativity. (Jackson) 

Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of in- 
uctor. Math. 128 is not a prerequisite for Math. 129. Open to students in the College of 
ucalion. 

This course is designed for students preparing to teach geometry in high school. The 
5t semester is devoted to the modern geometry of the triangle, circle and sphere. In the 
:ond semester emphasis is placed on the axiomatic development of Euclidean and non- 
iclidean geometry. (Jackson.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 134, or 
nsent of instructor. 

Curves and surfaces, geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula, surfaces of 
nstant curvature. (Jackson.) 

Math. 222. Foundations of Geometry (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 124 or consent of 
structor. 

The course will develop the elements of projective geometry from the postulational 
>int of view, laying emphasis on the logical basis of the results obtained. Desargues con- 
juration, and Pappus configuration, perspectivities, conies, and construction of coordinate 
stems will be among the topics studied. (Jackson.) 

Math. 223, 224. Algebraic Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 and 111, or 
[uivalent. 

Homology, cohomology, and homotopy theory of complexes and spaces. (Spencer.) 



206 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. Ill or equivalent 

Foundations of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces, convergence anc 
connectivity properties of point sets, continua and continuous curves, the topology of th( 
plane. (Hall.) 

Math. 227. Tensor Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 134, 
or equivalent. 

Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions, differential 
invariants, applications to physics and engineering, the theory of relativity. (Weinberger.) 

Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3) — Arranged) 
D. Applied Mathematics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 130, 131. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechanics, Lagrangian 
equations for dynamical systems of one, two, and three degrees of freedom, Hamilton's 
principle, the Hamilton- Jacobi partial differential equation. (Ludford.) 

Math. 132, 133. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3, 3)— Pre- 
requisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

An introduction to advanced mathematical methods and their application to the technical 
problems of physics and engineering. Topics include Fourier series, matrices, ordinary and 
partial differential equations of applied mathematics, numerical methods, Bessel functions, 
complex variables, operational calculus. (Haywood.) 

Math. 134. Vector Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equiv- 
alent. 

Algebra and calculus of vectors and applications. (Haywood.) 

Math. 135. Numerical Analysis (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114 or equivalent or con- 
current enrollment in Math. 114. 

A brief survey of computing machines, study of errors involved in numerical computa- 
tions, the use of desk machines and tables, numerical solution of polynomial and transcen- 
dental equations, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, ordinary differential 
equations, systems of linear equations. . (Young.) 

Math. 139. Operational Calculus (3) — -First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 64 or 
equivalent. 

Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations, Fourier and Laplace 
transforms. (Haywood.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 230, 231. Applied Mathematics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 114, or 
equivalent. 

The subject material for this course will be chosen from the fields of dynamics, elas- 
ticity, hydrodynamics. ( Weinstein.) 

Math. 232, 233. Partial Differential Equations of Mathematical Physics (3, 3) — 
Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 114, or equivalent. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 207 

The characteristic properties of elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic partial differential 
equations with special reference to problems in potential theory, the flow of heat, hydro- 
dynamics and elasticity. (Diaz.) 

Math. 234. Potential Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. Ill or 
equivalent. 

The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and Green, potential 
of volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions, Green's function, the problem of 
Dirichlet and Neumann, introduction to the linear integral equations of potential theory. 

(Payne.) 

Math. 235. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114 or equiva- 
lent, and Math. 135 or consent of instructor. 

Review of numerical differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary differential 
equations, stability, accuracy, use of high-speed digital machines, properties of elliptic, 
hyperbolic, and parabolic partial differential equations, conversion of partial differential 
equations to partial difference equations, stability and convergence of methods for solving 
partial difference equations, rates of convergence of relaxation methods, gradient methods, 
and iterative methods, the method of characteristics. (Young.) 

Math. 236. Mathematical Theory of Hydrodynamics (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 116 or equivalent. 

Equation of continuity, rotational and irrotational flows, Bernoulli's theorem, Helm- 
holtz's theory of vorticity, flux of momentum ; the plane motion of an incompressible perfect 
fluid, including stream function, complex potential, Joukowski's theory, the formula of 
Blasius, Karman's vortex street. Prandtl's theory of a finite wing, and an introduction to 
the theory of viscous fluids. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 237. Mathematical Theory of Elasticity (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. Ill or equivalent. 

Stress and strain, deformation of columns, bending torsion, and flexure of beams, 
Euler-Bernoulli formulas, Saint- Venant's Principle, Airy's function, strain and potential 
energy, buckling problems, minimum principles, Betti's reciprocity law. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 238. Mathematical Theory of Continuous Media (3)— Prerequisite, Math. 
134 or consent of instructor. 

Kinematics of continuous media, conservation of mass, momentum and energy, thermo- 
dynamics, heat conduction, elastic bodies, plates and shells, fluid mechanics (non-linear 
theory), rarefied gases, viscous fluids, plasticity. 

Math. 239. Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism (3) — Prerequisite, 
Math. 134 or consent of instructor. 

Maxwell's equations, electrostatics, condensers, dielectrics, conductors and potential dis- 
tributions, electric current, linear conductors, flow in two and three dimensions, magneto- 
statics, electromagnetic inductance, transients, alternating currents, stress and energy, electro- 
magnetic forces and energy ; plane, cylindrical and spherical electromagnetic waves, radiation. 

Math. 240. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 235. 

General methods of solving problems. Existence and uniqueness theorems for difference 
equations associated with partial differential equations. Stability of solutions. Perturbation. 
Iterative procedures. Steepest descent. Eigenvalue problems. (Young.) 

Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3) — (Arranged). 



208 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

E. Research 

For Graduates 

Math. 298. Proseminar in Research (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, ( 
semester of graduate work in mathematics. 

A seminar devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical loi 
axiom systems, and set theory. 

Math. 300. Research — (Arranged). 

MUSIC 

Professor Randall ; Associate Professor Springmann ; Assistant Professor Romaine ; 
Instructors Kemble, Haslup, Landers and Power. 

Music 1. Music Appreciation (3) — First semester. 

A study of all types of classical music (not including opera) from the time of Hay< 
with a view to developing the ability to listen and enjoy. (Randal 

Music 2, 3. History of Music (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

A course in the history of music covering the development of all forms of music (n 
including opera) from the Greeks to the present. (Haslup 

Music 4. Men's Glee Club (1) — First and second semester. 

A total of six credits may be earned. (Romaine 

Music 5. Women's Chorus (1) — First and second semesters. 

A total of six credits may be earned. (Randall 

Music 6. Orchestra (1) — First and second semesters. A total of six credits ma 
be earned. (Power. 

Music 7. Fundamentals of Music (2) — First and second semesters. 

This course is a prerequisite to Harmony and includes a study of major and mino 
scales, intervals, basic piano techniques, sight singing, simple musical form and theory. Jt 
student must achieve a grade of B in order to continue with the study of Harmony. (Haslup 

Music 8. Solfeggio and Ear Training, I (2) — First and seecond semesters. Thre 
times a week. 

This course aims to develop facility in singing at sight and the ability to sing witl 
good intonation. The aural study of the melodic and rhythmic patterns in Solfeggio is alsc 
included. (Kemble.) 

Music 9. Elementary Instrument Ensemble (1) — First and second semesters. Twc 
times a week. 

This course is designed to give practical ensemble experience to those students of 
musical instruments who have not had sufficient training for performance with the Band or 
Orchestra. (Power.) 

Music 10. Band (1) — First and second semesters. 

For discussion of Student and R. O. T. C. Bands, see page 42. A total of six credits 
may be earned. (Landers.) 

Music 11. Solfeggio and Ear Training, II (2) — First and second semesters. Three 
times a week. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 209 

This course is a continuation of the study of Solfeggio and Ear Training, I. Mure 
difficult music is used and special emphasis is placed on part singing. (Kemblc.) 

Music 15. Chapel Choir (1) — First and second semesters. 

This Choir is open to all students. The students must be acceptable to the Choir Di- 
rector. The Choir will appear at services held in the Memorial Chapel. A total of six 
credits may be earned. (Springman.) 

Music 50. Elementary Conducting (2) — First and second semesters. 

The student develops a technique of the baton based on the fundamental meter designs. 
Choral and simple orchestra numbers are conducted. Euryhthmics are applied to develop 
a sense of rhythm through muscular coordination. Accompanying is also a feature of the 
course. (Randall.) 

Music 66. Survey of the Opera (3) — Second semester. 

The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the librettos, music, and the 
composers of the standard operas. (Randall.) 

Music 70. Harmony, I (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Funda- 
mentals of Music. 

Music theory is reviewed and a study is made of harmonic progressions, triads, dominant 
seventh and ninth chords in root position, and inversions. The course continues through 
altered and mixed chords to modulation. (Haslup.) 

Music 71. Harmony ^ II (3) — First and second semesters. 

This course is a continuation of Harmony, I. It includes the study of modulation and 
the enharmonic intervals. Analysis, simple harmonizations, and original compositions are a 
part of this course. (Romaine.) 

Music 80. Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings) (2) — First and second semesters. 

(Landers.) 
A study is made of the techniques of the string instruments through practical experience. 

Music 81. Instruments of the Band (2) — First and second semesters. 

A study is made of the techniques of the wind and percussion instruments through 
practical experience. (Landers.) 

Music 110. History of American Music (2) — Second semester. 

This course, designed to be an integral part of the American Civilization program, 
reviews the development of music in the United States from Colonial days to 1800, 1800 to 
the Civil War, and 1865 to the present. Phases of our musical history which are studied 
include : Early Hymn Writers, Stephen Foster, the Negro Spiritual, and Twentieth Century 
Music. (Haslup.) 

Music 120. Advanced History and Appreciation of Music (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisites, History of Music 2 and 3. 

The aim of this course is an extensive study of the evolution of forms and styles of 
musical composition as illustrated in the music of various periods. (Romaine.) 

Music 150. Harmony, III (3) — First and second semesters. 



210 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The practical application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic principles acquired ir 
Harmony I and II are applied in this course. Its procedures include harmonization oi 
melodies, improvisations and accompaniments, playing at dictation, and transposition. 

(Romaine.) 

Music 151. Harmony, IV (3) — First and second semesters. 

This course aims to develop a feeling for musical form and a technique for writing and 
arranging music for voices, piano, and groups of instruments. (Romaine.) 

Music 160. Advanced Choral Conducting, Materials, and Methods (2) — Thirst 
semester. 

Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting. It aims to improve conducting technique through 
practical chorus experience, to learn methods of vocal procedures, and to make a survey of 
choral literature. (Romaine.) 

Music 161. Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials and Methods (2) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Elementary Conducting. 

Conducting and arranging for the orchestra, band, and instrumental ensembles are de 
veloped through practical experience. Methods of instruction and a survey of instrumental 
literature are made. (Landers.) 

Music 12, 52, 112, 152. Piano (1, 1, 1, 1)— Fifteen private lessons in Applied Music. 
(One-half hour.) 

The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg. B. There will 
be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons. 

Music 72, 92, 172, 192. Piano (1, 1, 1, 1) — Fifteen private lessons in Applied Music. 
(One-half hour.) 

The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg. B. There 
will be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons. 

Music 13, 53, 73, 93. 113, 153, 173, 193 Voice (1. 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1)— Fifteen private 
lessons in Applied Music. (One-half hour.) 

The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg. B. There 
will be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons. 

Music 14, 54, 74, 94, 114, 154, 174, 194 Instruments (1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1)— Fifteen 
private lessons in Applied Music. (One-half hour.) 

The instructor and place will be assigned by the Music Department, Bldg. B. There 
will be a special fee of $30.00 per course for these private lessons. 

PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Garvin; Assistant Professor Robinson; Instructor Wiig. 
Phil. 1. Introduction to Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 

A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the nature of man 
and the universe and the nature and function of scientific knowledge and religion. (Staff.) 

Philosophy 1 and Philosophy 2 survey different philosophical fields. Either may be taken 
first or alone. 

Phil. 2. Introduction to Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 211 

A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the nature and func- 
tion of morality, government, education, and art. (Staff.) 

Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature (3) — Second semester. 

Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas containing ideas significant 
for ethics, social policy, and religion. 

Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion (3) — Second semester. 

A critical and constructive study of the nature of religion, of its various beliefs and 
manifestations, and of its functions in human life. (Garvin.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian. The chief 
figures discussed : the Presocratic philosophers, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Epicurus, the 
Stoic philosophers and Plotinus. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 101. 

A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th, and 18th Cen- 
turies. The chief figures discussed : Bacon, Galileo, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, 
Berkeley, Hume and Kant. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 111. Medieval Philosophy (3)— (Not offered in 1953-1954). Prerequisite, 
Phil. 101. 

A history of philosophical thought in the West from the close of the Classical period 
to the Renaissance. Based upon readings in the Stoics, early Christian writers, Neoplatonists, 
later Christian writers and Schoolmen. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 112. Recent and Contemporary Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

An examination of some of the main trends in philosophical thought in the West since 
the 19th Century. 

Phil. 120. Oriental Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

A brief survey of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of Indian thought will 
center about the Rig- Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist philosophers, and the chief Hindu 
systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center about Confucius, Lao-tse and their 
disciples, particular attention being given to the development of democratic ideals from 
Mencius to Sun Yat-sen. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 121. American Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

The main tendencies in American philosophy, including Idealism, Realism, Naturalism, 
and Pragmatism. (Dewey, Wiig.) 

Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization (3) — Second semester. 

Critical and constructive study, from a broad philosophical perspective, of some of the 
most important contemporary conflicts of social ideals. In the light of the best philosophical 
knowledge the assumptions, goals, and methods of democracy, fascism, socialism and com- 
munism will be examined with special attention given to the ideological conflict between 
the U. S. and Russia. 



212 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phil. 140. Philosophical Bases of Educational Theories (3) — Second Semester. 

A critical study of the foundations of major views regarding the proper ends of 
education and the implications of these views for educational practice. 

Phil. 151. Ethics (3)— First semester. 

A critical study of the problems and theories of human conduct, aimed at developing 
such principles of ethical criticism as may be applied to contemporary personal and social 
problems and to the formulation of an ethical philosophy of life. (Garvin.) 

Phil. 153. Philosophy of Art (3) — Second semester. (Offered in 1953-1954, and 
alternatively with Phil. 121.) 

Classical and contemporary theories of art. The nature of art and beauty ; their rela- 
tions and their function in society. The nature of esthetic experience. Standards of criticism. 

Phil. 154. Political and Social Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

Classical and contemporary theories of the nature and functions of the state. The 
hearings of philosophical principles on contemporary problems of government and inter- 
national relations. Human rights, social control, and individual freedom. (Wiig.) 

Phil. 155. Logic (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the conditions of effective thinking and clear communication, and, in con- 
:rast, of the sources of fallacies in ambiguity, irrelevancy or inconsistency. General principles 
md techniques of deductive inference. Practical illustrations and applications throughout. 
(Recommended in the junior year of the Arts-Law curriculum and the Government and 
Politics program.) (Wiig, Garvin.) 

Phil. 156. Philosophy of Science (3) — First semester. 

An inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation, hypotheses, 
erification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws and theories, the basic concepts and 
iresuppositions of science, and the relations of science to society. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 160. Metaphysics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 101 and 102, or 
he written permission of the instructor. 

An inquiry into the nature of metaphysical thought, based upon the study of outstanding 
vorks in the field. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations (1-3) — Each semester. 

Tutorial course. Independent study under individual guidance. Topics selected by stu- 
dents in conference with the department chairman. Restricted to advanced students with 
redit for at least 12 units of philosophy. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Graduate instruction in the Department of Philosophy is carried on mainly by inde- 
endent investigation of special topics under individual supervision. Any of the courses 
sted below may be elected more than once. Course selections require the approval of the 
epartment chairman. 

Phil. 201. Research in Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 

Selected projects in historical research under individual guidance. (Staff.) 

Phil. 203. Selected Problems in Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 213 

Intensive study of selected topics in systematic philosophy under individual supervision. 

(Staff.) 
Phil. 205. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

A special topic will be selected for each year, e. g., Plato, Aristotle, Kant, British 
Empiricists, Russell. (Staff.) 

Phil. 206. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A special topic will be selected each year, e. g., Symbolic Logic, Philosophical Analysis, 
'erceptual Knowledge. (Staff.) 

PHYSICS 

'rofessors Morgan, Myers, Toll; Part-time Professors Brickwedde, de Launay, Kennard, 
Associate Professor Iskraut ; Assistant Professors Grant, Krumbein, Anderson. 

Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3) — First semester, 
"wo lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a survey course in general 
hysics. This course is for the general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the 
rofessional schools. Prerequisite, successful passing of the qualifying examination in 
lementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3) — Second 
emester. Two lectures and one recitation a week. The second half of a survey course 
n general physics. This course is for the general student and does not satisfy the require- 
ncnts of the professional schools. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. 

(Morgan.) 

Phys. 10. Fundamentals of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (4) — First 
emester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory period a week. The 
irst half of a course in general physics. This course together with Phys. 11, satisfies the 
ninimurn requirements of medical and dental sclwols. Prerequisite, entrance credit in 
rigonometry or Math. 11 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 14 and 15. Lecture demonstra- 
ion and laboratory fee, $6.00. (Iskraut and Staff.) 

Phys. 11. Fundamentals of Physics: Optics, Magnetism, Electricity, and Modern 
Physics (4) — Second semester. Two lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour labora- 
:ory period a week. The second half of a course in general physics. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 10, or 20. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, §6.00. (Iskraut and Staff.) 

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics and Heat (5) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures, two recitations and one three-hour laboratory period a week. The first 
lalf of a course in general physics. Required of all students in the engineering curricula. 
Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. 

(Anderson and Staff.) 

Phys. 21. General Physics: Sound, Optics, Magnetism, and Electricity (5) — First 
ind second semesters. Two lectures, two recitations, and one three-hour laboratory 
period a week. Two second half of a course in general physics. Required of all students 
in the engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 20. Math. 21 is to be taken concur- 
rentlj r . Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $6.00. Anderson and Staff.) 

Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Mechanics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11, or Phys. 21. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 52. Heat (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 
11 or 21. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. (Krumbein.) 



214 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity (3) — Second semester. Three lecture 
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or Phys. 21. 

An intermediate course in the phenomena associated with the atomic nucleus. Specia 
emphasis will be placed on the radiations emitted. 

Phys. 54. Sound (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys 
11 or 21. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. (Anderson." 

Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. 3 hours laboratory work for eacl 
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 
or 21. Laboratory fee, $6.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.) 

A. General Physics 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. Three hours laboratory work for each credil 
hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, Phys. 52 or 54 
Laboratory fee. S6.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 102. Optics (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites 
Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 104. Electricity and Magnetism (4) — First semester. Four lectures a week 
Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Grant.) 

Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisites^ Phys. 51 and Math. 21, or consent of instructor. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 112, 113. Modern Physics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Myers.) 

Phys. 120, 121. Experimental Nuclear Physics (3, 3) — Two lectures and one 
laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 113 and two credits of Phys. 100. (Myers.) 

Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gasses (3) — Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21, 
or equivalent. 

For Graduates 

Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year ; all others 
will be given according to the demand. 

Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5) — Five lectures a week, 
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, advanced standing in physics and mathe- 
matics. (Myers.) 

Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
Phys. 200. 

Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4) — Four lectures a week, second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 201. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Myers.) 

Phys. 208, 209. Thermodynamics (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or equivalent. 

(Betchov.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 215 

Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gasses (2, 2) — 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 112 and 201. (Newell.) 

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3, 3) — Three lectures a week, 
first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

Phys. 214, 215. Theory of Atomic Structure and Special Lines (2, 2) — Two lectures 
a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. 

Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Structure (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
Phys. 213. (Brickwedde.) 

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary- Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2) — Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 201. 

Phys. 228, 229. The Electron (2, 2)— Prerequisites, Phys. 204 and Phys. 213. 

(de Launay.) 
Phys. 230. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. 

Phys. 234, 235. Nuclear Physics (2, 2)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213. (de Launay.) 

Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 200. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3) — Prerequisites^ Phys. 236 and 

212. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 

213. (Myers.) 

Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, Calculus and consent of instructor. 

Phys. 250. Research — Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee, §6.00 per 
credit hour. 

B. Applied Physics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts (1) — Four hours laboratory a week, second semester. 
Prerequisite, 2 credits Phys. 100. Laboratory fee, $6.00. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 103. Applied Optics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 102. 

Phys. 105. Electricity and Magnetism (2) — Two lectures a week, second semester. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Grant.) 

Phy. 108. Physics of Vacuum Tubes (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 104. (Grant.) 

Phys. 109. Electronic Circuits (5) — Second semester. Five lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 105. (Grant.) 

Phys. 110. Applied Physics Laboratory (1, 2 or 3) — Three hours laboratory work 
for each credit hour. One to three credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 52 or Phys. 54, and one credit in Phys. 100. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Biophysics. (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, intermediate Physics and Calculus. (Morowitz.) 



216 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21. 

For Graduates 

Phys. 218, 219. X-Rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3)— Three lectures a week. 

(Morgan.) 

Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods (2) — Two 

laboratory periods a week. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2) — Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 201. 

Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Dynamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics, Seminar (1, 1). (Kennard.) 

Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

Phys. 244, 245. Aerophysics (2, 2) — Prerequisite consent of the instructor. 

Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics, (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Advanced 
graduate standing and consent of the instructor. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors Andrews, Cof er, Hackman, Sprowls ; Associate Professors Ayers, Gustad, Ross ; 
Assistant Professors Heintz, McGinnies. 

Psych. 1 and 4 are the underdepartmental requirements for all students majoring 
in Psychology. 

Psych. 2 and 5 are presented as general surveys of an introductory nature and are 
organized primarily as elective courses for students in other departments. 

Departmental requirements toward the B.A. degree in the Social Sciences: 1, 4, 106, 
121, 145, 150; plus 6 hours from the following group of courses, 126, 128, and 142; plus 6 
additional hours in Psychology and/or other departments selected in conference with the 
student's major advisor. 

Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree in the Biological Sciences: 1, 4, 106, 
126, 145, and 150; plus 6 additional hours from the following group of courses, 180, 181, and 
195 ; plus 6 additional hours in Psychology and/or other departments selected in conference 
with the student's major advisor. 

Psych. 1 Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. 

(Heintz and Staff.) 
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact with the major 
problems confronting psychology and the more important attempts at their solution. 

Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1. (Ayers.) 

Application of research methods to basic human problems in business and industry, in 
the professions, and in other practical concerns of everyday life. 

Psych. 4. General Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1. (Ross, Hackman.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 217 

Primarily for students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major or minor in 
>sychology. A systematic survey of the field of psychology with particular emphasis on 
esearch methodology. Consideration of individual differences, motivation, sensory and motor 
)rocesses, learning emotional behavior and personality. 

Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. 

(Sprowls.) 
The more common deviations of personality ; typical methods of adjustment. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the Department of 
Psychology as qualified for graduate standing. 

Psych. 106. . Statistical Methods in Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.) 

A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological research ; measures 
of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors in Psychology should take this 
course in the junior year. 

Psych. 110. — Advanced Educational Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1 or H. D. Ed 101. (Heintz.) 

Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in education ; measure- 
ment and significance of individual differences, learning, motivation, transfer of training, 
and the educational implications of theories of intelligence. 

Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1. (Heintz, McGinnies.) 

Psychological study of human behavior in social situations ; influence of others on in- 
dividual behavior, social conflict and individual adjustment, communication and its influences 
on normal social activity. 

Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 121 and consent of instructor. (Heintz, McGinnies.) 

A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major problems in the 
field of social psychology. 

Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. 

(Heintz.) 
Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of the growing child. 

Psych. 126. Developmental Pyschology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. 

(Heintz.) 

Genetic approach to human motivation and accomplishment. Research on simpler animal 
forms, the child, the adolescent and the adult in terms of the development of normal adult 
behavior. 

Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 121. (Cofer.) 

Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human performance, together 
with consideration of the major theoretical contributions in this area. 

Psych. 129. Psychological Aspects of Literature (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 131 or permission of instructor. (Sprowls.) 



218 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The familiar rubrics of dynamic psychology are studied in the light of literary products. 
Emphasizes the significance of psycho-social forces as functional determinants of well 
known literary personalities. 

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3)- — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
three courses in Psychology. Two lectures^ one clinic. (Sprowls.) 

The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormalities, with emphasis 
on clinical rather than theoretical aspects. 

Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. (Ross.) 

A study of basic human factors involved in the design and operation of machinery and 
equipment. Of special interest to students in industrial psychology. 

Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Psych. 1. Hackman.) 

Psychological problems that arise in connection with the production and field-testing of 
advertising ; techniques employed in attacking these problems through research. 

Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 121. (Hackman.) 

The interview, the questionnaire, and other methods of obtaining evidence on human 
attitudes and reactions, as viewed in the light of modern research evidence. 

Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4)— First and second semes- 
ter. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Psych. 4. 
Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. (Ross.) 

Primarily for students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the 
laboratory methods and techniques as applied to human behavior. Emphasis is placed on 
individual and group participation in experiments, use of data, and preparation of reports. 

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 
106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Gustad.) 

Critical survey of predictors used in vocational and educational orientation and in 
industrial practice, with emphasis on development and standardization. Laboratory practice 
in the use and interpretation of test and non-test predictors. 

Psych. 155. Psychological Techniques in Vocational Counseling (3)— Second 

semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. (Gustad.) 

A survey course, intended for those who wish to qualify for junior positions involving 
a knowledge of counseling, but who are unable to undertake graduate study. 

Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in 
Psychology. (Ayers.) 

A survey cour.se, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of personnel work, 
but who do not plan to undertake graduate study. 

Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1. 

Techniques in selection and training of aircraft pilots ; researches on special conditions 
encountered in flight. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 219 

Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 
45. (Andrews, Ross.) 

An introduction to research on the physiological bases of human behavior, including 
onsiderations of sensory phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, drives, and the neuro- 
ogical basis of learning. 

Psych. 181. Animal Behavior (3) — (Same as Zool. 181.) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. (Ross.) 

. A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning, 
!:nsory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mammals. 

Psych. 191, 192. Advanced General Psychology (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, 15 hours of Psychology including Psych. 145 and consent of instructor. 

(Ross, Cofer.) 

A systematic review of the more fundamental investigations upon which modern psy- 
:'iology is based. Intended primarily for exceptional senior majors and for graduate students. 

Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (1-3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisites, senior standing and written consent of individual faculty supervisor. 

(Staff.) 

Integrated reading under direction, leading to the preparation of an adequately docu- 
mented report on a special topic. 

Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology (1-3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, written consent of individual faculty supervisor. (Staff.) 

An individualized course designed to allow the student to pursue a specialized topic or 
research project under supervision ; also designed to allow groups of students to work under 
supervision in a topical area not included in the courses offered at the graduate level. 

Psych. 198. Proseminar: Professional Aspects of Psychological Science (2) — 

Second semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of faculty advisor. (Staff.) 

Survey of professional problems in Psychology, including considerations of contemporary 
developments, professional ethics, literature resources, formulation of critical research prob- 
lems, and discussion of the major institutions requiring psychological services. 

For Graduate Students 

Psych. 202. Seminar in Advanced Experimental Psychology (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Andrews.) 

Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar (2 } 2) — First and second semesters. Prerequi- 
site, consent of instructor. (Staff.) 

Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychology (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. (Hackman, Cofer.) 

Psych. 210. Occupational Information (3) — Second semester. (Ayers.) 

Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Evaluation (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of instructor. (Ayers.) 

Psych. 220, 221. Counseling Techniques (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. (Gustad.) 



220 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Psych. 222. Rehabilitation Techniques (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Psycl 
220. 

Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties (3) — Second semeste 
Prerequisite, Psych. 220. 

Psych. 225. Participation in Counseling Center (1-3) — Second semester. Prerequ 
site, Psych. 220. (Gustad 

Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Efficiency (3) — Second semester. 

(Ross, Hackman. 
Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3) — First semester. (Ayers. 

Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3) — Second semester. (Ayers. 

Psych. 235. Psychological Aspects of Management-Union Relations (3)— Secom 
semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Ayers. 

Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques (3) — Seecond semester. 

(Heintz. 

Psych. 241. Controlled Publicity (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, consent o 

instructor. (Hackman.' 

Psych. 250. Mental Test Theory (2)— First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253. 

Psych. 251. Development of Predictors (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych 
253. 

Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre 
requisite, Psych. 106. (Hackman, Andrews.) 

Psych. 255. Seminar in Psychometric Theory (2) — First semester. Prerequisite 
Psych. 253. (Andrews, Hackman.) 

Psych. 260. Individual Tests (3) — First semester. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 150. 

Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 150. 

Psych. 264. Projective Tests (3) — Second semester. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Pre- 
requisites, Psych. 260 and permission of instructor. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 131. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 270. 

Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 260. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 278. Seminar in Clinical Psychology for Teachers (3) — Second semester. 

(Sprowls.) 
Psych. 280. Advanced Psychophysiology (2) — First semester, Prerequisite, con- 
sent of instructor. (Andrews.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 221 

Psych. 288, 289. Special Research Problems (1-3) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 
Psych. 290, 291. Research for Thesis (Credit arranged) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 



SOCIOLOGY 



jV^ 



Professors Hoffsommer, Lejins; Associate Professors Matthews, Melvin, Shankweiler; 
Assistant Professors Anderson, Rohrer, Roth ; Instructors Fitzgerald, Franz, Imse, Motz, 

Roebuck, Sampson, Schmidt. 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in sociology. 

Sociology 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an undergraduate 
major in sociology. 

Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First and second semesters. 

Sociological analysis of the American social structure ; metropolitan, small town, and 
rural communities ; population distribution, composition and change ; social organization. 

(Hoffsommer and Staff.) 

Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Soc. 1 or sophomore standing. 9 

The basic forms of human association and interaction ; social processes ; institutions ; 
culture; human nature and personality. (Melvin, Schmidt.) 

Soc. 5. Anthropology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 

Introduction to anthropology ; origins of man ; development and transmission of culture ; 
backgrounds of human institutions. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 13. Rural Sociology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 

Rural life in America ; its people, social organization, culture patterns, and problems. 

(Hoffsommer.) 
Soc. 14. Urban Sociology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 

Urban growth and expansion ; characteristics of city populations ; urban institutional 
and personality patterns; relations of city and country. (Schmidt.) 

p Soc. 51. Social Pathology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sopho- 
more standing. 

Personal-social disorganization and maladjustment; physical and mental handicaps; 
economic inadequacies; programs of treament and control. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 52. Criminology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore 
standing. 

Criminal behavior and the methods of its study ; causation ; typologies of criminal acts 
and offenders ; punishment, correction, and incapacitation ; prevention of crime. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 62. Social Institutions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sopho- 
more standing. 

Nature and function of social institutions ; the perpetuation of behavior through customs 
and social norms; typical contemporary American institutions. (Melvin.) 



222 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Soc. 64. Marriage and the Family (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. 

A sociological study of courtship and marriage including consideration of physiological 
and psychological factors. Inter-cultural comparisons and practical considerations. De- 
signed primarily for students in the lower division. (Shankweiler.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite to courses num- 
bered 100 to 199. 

Soc. 105. Applied Anthropology (3) — Second semester. 

Examination and critical analysis of recent applications of anthropological methods and 
data in the fields of administration, industrial relations, and social and cultural adjustment. 

(Anderson.) 
Soc. 112. Rural-Urban Relations (3) — First semester. 

The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural and urban life ; 
migration, decentralization and regionalism as methods of solving individual and national 
problems. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3) — Second semester. 

A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the family, school, and 
church and organizational activities in the fields of health, recreation, welfare, and planning. 

(Hoffsommer.) 
Soc. 114. The City (3)— First semester. 

The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions ; ecological process and structure ; 
the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control, and planning. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3) — Second semester. Social organization of Ameri- 
can industry; functions of members of industrial organization, status, social structure, 
patterns of interaction, and relations of industry and society. (Imse.) 

Soc. 118. Community Organization (3) — Second semester. 

Community organization and its relation to social welfare ; analysis of community needs 
and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers; neighborhood projects. (Roth.) 

Soc. 121, 122. Population (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 

Population distribution, composition, and growth in North America and Eurasia ; trends 
in fertility and mortality; migrations; population prospects and policies. (Imse.) 

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3) — First semester. 

Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state ; immigration 
groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in Europe. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3) — Second semester. 

A study of type cultures ; cultural processes ; and the effects of acculturation on selected 
tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 
51 or permission of instructor. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 223 

General survey of the field of social-welfare activities; historical developments; growth, 
unctions, and specialization of agencies and services, private and public. (Roth.) 

Soc. 136. Sociology of Religion (3) — First semester. 

Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institutions and the role of 
eligion in social life. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3) — First semester. 

Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social life ; processes of 
iocialization ; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior. f'Motz.) 

Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3) — Second semester. 

Social interaction in mass behavior ; communication processes ; structure and functioning 
af crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the public. | Melvin.) 

Soc. 145. Social Control (3) — First semester. 

Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human behavior ; problems of 
social control in contemporary society. (Motz.) 

Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3) — First semester. 

Law as a form of social control ; interrelation between legal and other conduct norms 
as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing conformity ; law as an integral part 
of the culture of the group ; factors and processes operative in the formation of legal norms ; 
legal norms as determinants of human behavior. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. 

Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime ; analysis of factors 
underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate years with Soc. 156.) 

(Lejins.) 

Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and delinquency ; area 
programs and projects. 

Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate 
years with Soc. 154.) 

Organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for adults and juveniles. 

(Lejins.) 
Soc. 161. The Sociology of War (3) — First semester. 

The origin and development of armed forces as institutions ; the social causes, operations 
and results of war as social conflict ; the relations of peace and war and revolution in con- 
temporary civilization. (Staff.) 

Soc. 164. The Family and Society (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and 
Soc. 64 or equivalent. 

Study of the family as a social institution; its biological and cultural foundations, 
historic development, changing structure and function: the interactions of marriage and 
parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in present day trends. 

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3) — First semester. 



224 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to families and children; 
child placement; foster families. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 173. Social Security (3) — First semester. 

The social security program in the United States ; public assistance ; social insurance. 

(Staff.) 
Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3) — Second semester. 

Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the United States ; 
social legislation; interrelations of federal, state, and local agencies and institutions. (Roth.) 

Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3) — First and second semesters. 

Collection, statistical analysis, and interpretation of social data; problems of quantitative 
measurement of social phenomena. (Imse.) 

Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 
183, or equivalent. 

Provides refined statistical research methods for advanced students in the social sciences. 
Sampling theory, specialized correlation technique, tests of significance, and other procedures. 

(Imse.) 
Soc. 186. Sociological Theory (3) — First and second semesters. 

Development of the science of sociology ; historical backgrounds ; recent theories of 
society. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 191. Social Field Training (1-3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisites: 
For social work field training, Soc. 131; for crime control field training, Soc. 52 and 
153. Enrollment restricted to available placements. 

Supervised field training in public and private social agencies. The student will select 
his particular area of interest and be responsible to an agency for a definite program of 
in-service training. Group meetings, individual conferences, and written progress reports 
will be required part of the course. (Lejins, Roth.) 

Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required of and open only to 
senior majors in sociology. 

Scope, fields, and methods of sociology ; practical applications of sociological knowledge. 
Individual study and reports. (Hoffsommer.) 

For Graduates 

Pierequisites for entrance upon graduate study leading to an advanced degree with 
a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major (totaling at least 24 semester 
hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours of sociology (including 6 semester hours 
of advanced courses) and 12 additional hours of comparable work in economics, political 
science, or psychology. Reasonable substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted 
in the case of students majoring in other departments who desire a graduate minor or 
several courses in sociology. 

With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, and 291, individual courses numbered 200 to 
299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years. 

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3) — First semester. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 225 

Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques of sociological 
investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in sociology. (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 215. Community Studies (3)— First semester. 

Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and growth, social 
structure, social stratification, and social institutions; analysis of particular communities. 

(Hoffsommer.) 
Soc. 221. Population and Society (3)— Second semester. 

Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative aspects; Ameri- 
can and world problems. (Staff.) 

Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3) — Second semester. 

Race and culture in contemporary society ; mobility and the social effects of race and 
culture contacts and intermixture. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure (3) — Second semester. 

Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality, and social traits 
in select social structures. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) — Second semester. 

Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and techniques of com- 
munication; quantitative measurement of public opinion. (Motz.) 

Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology (3)— First semester. 

Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory and research. 

(Lejins.) 
Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology (3) — Second semester. 

Selected problems in the field of criminology. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. 

Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem (3)— Second semester. 

An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delinquency in Mary- 
land. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3)— First semester. 

Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change; policy-making 
factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.) 

Soc. 262. Family Studies (3) — Second semester. 

Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends; methods of investi- 
gation and analysis. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology (3) — Second semester. 

Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of scientific method; 
principal issues and points of view. (Staff.) 

Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory (3) — First semester. 



226 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American theories of 
society. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 290. Research in Sociology (Credit to be determined) — First and second 
semesters. (Thesis Advisor.) 

Soc. 291. Special Social Problems (Credit to be determined) — First and second 
semesters. 

Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.) 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

Associate Professors Ansberry, Strausbaugh ; Assistant Professors Provensen, Niemeyer, 

Batka, Hendricks, Linkow ; Instructors Mayer, Coppinger, Pugliese, Starcher, Meeker, 

Benter, Potter, Gillis ; Jr. Instructor Works. 

Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite for 
advanced speech courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II. 

The preparation and delivery of short original speeches ; outside readings ; reports ; etc. 
It is recommended that this course be taken during the freshman year. Laboratory fee $1.00 
each semester. (Strausbaugh and Staff.) 

Speech Clinic— No credit. 

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is conducted in individual 
conferences and in small group meetings. Hours arranged by consultation with the respective 
speech instructor. (Ansberry and Staff.) 

Speech 3. Fundamentals of Speech (3) — First semester. 

Study in the bases and mechanics of speech. This course is designed for students who 
expect to do extensive work in speech. May be taken concurrently with Speech 1, 2. 

(Hendricks.) 
Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3) — First and Second semesters. 

Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation, and phonation. May be taken 
concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Mayer and Staff.) 

Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Speech 1, 2, or consent of the instructor. 

Advanced work on basis of Speech 1, 2. Special emphasis is placed upon speaking situa- 
tions the students will face in their respective vocations. (Starcher and Staff.) 

Speech 7. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to freshman engineer- 
ing students. The preparation and delivery of speeches, reports, etc., on technical and 
general subjects. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (Linkow and Staff.) 

Speech 8, 9. Acting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Admission by consent of 
instructor. 

Basic principles of histrionic practice. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 10. Group Discussion (2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles, methods, and types of discussion, and their application in the 
discussion of contemporary problems. (Hendricks and Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 227 

Speech 11, 12. Debate (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, briefing, 
and delivery, together with their application in public speaking. (Gillis.) 

Speech 13. Oral Interpretation (3) — First semester. 

The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of students in the art of 
reading. (Provensen.) 

Speech 14. Stagecraft (3) — First semester. 

Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis orl construction of scenery. Laboratory 
fee, $2.00. • (Meeker.) 

Speech 15. Stagecraft (3) — Second semester. 

Technical production. Emphasis on stage lighting. Prerequisite, Speech 14. Laboratory 
fee, $2.00. (Meeker.) 

Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre (3) — First and second semesters. 

A general survey of the fields of the theatre. Prerequisite for all courses in Drama. 

(Mayer.) 

Speech 17. Make-up (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory a 

week. (Pugliese.) 

A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up, covering basic 
requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. Laboratory fee $2.00. 

Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

This course is designed to give those students practice in public speaking who cannot 
schedule Speech 1, 2. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19. Laboratory fee $1.00 for each 
semester. (Strausbaugh and Staff.) 

Speech 22. Introduction to Radio and Television (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite for all courses in Radio. 

The development, scope, and influence of American broadcasting and telecasting, includ- 
ing visits to local radio and television stations, with guest lecturers from Radio Station 
WTOP and Television Station WTOP-TV. (Batka.) 

Speech 23. Parliamentary Law (1) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied to all types 
of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules of Order. (Strausbaugh.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Speech 101. Radio Speech (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 4. 

The theory and application of microphone techniques. Practice in all types of radio 
speaking. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Batka.) 

Speech 102. Radio Production (3) — Second semester. 

A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis is given to 
acoustic setup, casting, "miking", timing, cutting, and the coordination of personnel factors 
involved in the production of radio programs. Admission by consent of instructor. Labora- 
tory fee $2.00. (Batka.) 



228 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric (3, 3) — First and second semes 
ters. 

A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech composition in conjunction witr 
the preparation and presentation of specific forms of public address. (Staff.) 

Speech 105. Pathology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 112. 

The causes, nature, symptoms, and treatment of common speech disorders. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 106. Clinic (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105, 120. 

A laboratory course dealing with the various methods of correction plus actual work in 
the clinic both on and off the campus. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Speech 13. 

Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program planning. (Provensen.) 

Speech 108. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to Junior Engineers. 
Prerequisite, Speech 7. 

Continuation of Speech 7 with emphasis upon engineering projects that fall within 
student's own experience. (Linkow.) 

Speech 109. Speech Seminar for Senior Engineers (2) — Prerequisite, Speech 7, 108. 

(Linkow.) 
Speech 110. Teacher Problems in Speech (3) — Second semester. For students who 
intend to teach. 

Everyday speech problems that confront the teacher. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 111. Seminar (3) — First and second semesters. Required of speech majors. 
Present-day speech research. (Strausbaugh.) 

Speech 112. Phonetics (3) — First semester. 

Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken English, with an 
analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. Mastery of the international phonetic 
alphabet. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 113. Play Production (3) — Second semester. 

Development of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays for public per- 
formance. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 114. Costuming (3) — First semester. One lecture and two laboratories a 
week. (Not offered 1952-53.) 

Consideration of the use of color, line, and texture in designing, constructing, and 
adapting costumes for the stage. (Meeker.) 

Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3) — First semester. Limited to students in the 
College of Home Economics. Prerequisities, Speech 1, 2. English 1, 2. Junior standing. 
Laboratory fee $2.00. 

Writing and production of promotional programs for the merchandising of wearing 
apparel and housefurnishings. Collaboration with Washington and Baltimore radio stations 
and retail stores. (Batka.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 229 

Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 101. 
The theory and application of all types of announcing. Laboratory fee $2.00. (Batka.) 
Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3) — First semester. 

A study of the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting. Application will be 
made in the writing of the general types of continuity. Admission by consent of instructor. 

(Coppinger.) 

Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 
117. 

Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form. Admission by consent of in- 
structor. (Coppinger.) 

Speech 119. Radio Acting (3) — Second semester. 

A workshop course designed to give the student practice in radio acting. Admission by 
consent of instructor. (Coppinger.) 

Speech 120. Speech Pathology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite. Speech 105. 
A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment of organic 
speech disorders. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 121. Stage Design (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 14, 15. 

The planning of stage settings and the application of the principles of design to the 
dramatic production. Admission by consent of the instructor. (Meeker.) 

Speech 122, 123. Radio Workshop (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 

A laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio program. Admission 
by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee $2.00 each semester. (Batka.) 

Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 

The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the Civil War period. The 
second semester covers from the Civil War period through the contemporary period. (Staff.) 

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech Behavior (3)— Second semester. 

An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of General Semantics. 

(Hendricks.) 

Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (4)— First and second semesters. 
Limited to students in the College of Military Science and Tactics. (Coppinger.) 

The preparation and delivery of lectures dealing with military subjects. Effective execu- 
tion of field orders, commands, etc. Extensive use of voice recordings. (Coppinger.) 

Speech 129, 130. Play Directing (2, 2) — Admission by consent of instructor. 
A lecture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of script cutting, pacing, 
movement, blocking, and rehearsal routine as applied to the directing of plays. (Coppinger.) 

Speech 131. History of the Theatre (3)— First semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 132. History of the Theatre (3)— Second semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. (Niemeyer.) 



230 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Speech 133. Staff Reports, Briefings, and Visual Aids (3) — Second semester. 
Limited to the students in the College of Military Science. Prerequisites, Speech 5 and 6. 

Lecture and laboratory course dealing with the techniques used in military briefings, 
staff reports and the use of visual aids. (Linkow.) 

Speech. 134. Intelligibility and Voice Communication In the Armed Forces (3) — 
Limited to students in the College of Military Science and Tactics. An analysis of 
factors envolved and practice in the delivery of military messages under varying con- 
ditions of transmission. (Linkow.) 

Speech 135. Introduction to Audiology (3) — First semester. Study of the basic 
problems of deafness among children and adults. (Ansberry.) 

For Graduates 

Speech 200. Thesis (3-6) — Off-campus. Credit in proportion to work done and 
results accomplished. (Ansberry.) 

Speech 201. Special Problems (2-4) — Off-campus. Arranged. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3) — Off-campus. 

A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech mechanisms. (Glorig.) 

Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3) — Off-campus. 

A comprehensive survey of the entire field of present-day clinical practice. (Glorig.) 

Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) — Off-campus. 

Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders. (Senft.) 

Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3) — Off-campus. 

Correction of abnormal speech habits and instruction in speech conservation. (Senft.) 

Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry (3) — Off-campus. 

Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (Hayes.) 

Speech 215. Auditory Training (3) — Off-campus. 

Orientation and adjustment of patients in the use of hearing aids. (Shutts.) 

Speech 216. Speech Reading (3) — Off-campus. 

A course of training designed to present the fundamentals of speech reading. (Bartlett.) 

Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the Acoustically Handicapped 
(3) — Off-campus. 

A laboratory course in modern methods of utilizing electronic hearing aids. 

(Hayes and Staff.) 
Speech 218. Problems of Hearing and Deafness (3) — Off-campus. 

The adjustment of the individual with a hearing impairment socially, emotionally, and 
vocationally. (.Cornell.) 

ZOOLOGY 

Professors Phillips and Burhoe ; Lecturers King and Reynolds ; Associate Professors 
Littlef ord and Anastos ; Instructors Allen, Grollman, Kreider, and Stringer. 

Zool. 1. General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Two lectures and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 231 

This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the hasic principles 
of animal life. Typical invertebrates and a mammalian form are studied. Laboratory fee, 
$8.00. 

Zool. 2, 3. Fundamentals of Zoology (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Two 

lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. This course satisfies the freshman 
premedical requirements in general biology. Freshmen who intend to choose zoology 
as a major should register for this course. Zoology 1 or 2 is a prerequisite for Zoology 
3. Students who have completed Zoology 1 may register for Zoology 3 but not for 
Zoology 2. 

A thorough study of the anatomy, classifications, and life histories of representative ani- 
mals. During the first semester emphasis is placed on invertebrate forms and during the 
second semester upon vertebrate forms including the frog. Laboratory fee, $8.00 each 
semester. 

Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (4) — First semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 

A comparative study of selected organ systems in certain vertebrate groups. Laboratory 
fee $8.00. 

Zool. 14, 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one course in 
zoology. Zoology 14 is a prerequisite for Zoology IS. 

For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and physiology. 
Laboratory fee $8.00 each semester. 

Zool. 16. Human Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Not open to freshmen. 

An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee $8.00. 

Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 

Basic principles of early development of the vertebrates with special emphasis on the 
development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early mammalian embryology. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

Zool. 53. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Second semester. Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Zoology 15. 

A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction ; the metabolic, cir- 
culatory, and the respiratory responses in exercise ; and the integration by means of the 
nervous system. Open only to students for whom this is a required course. 

Zool. 55. Development of the Human Body (2) — First semester. Two lecture 
periods a week. 

A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of the child with 
especial emphasis on normal development. Open only to students for whom this is a required 
course. 

Zool. 75, 76. — Journal Club (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lecture period 
a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Department and a major in zoology. 

Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature. 



232 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Zool. 101. Mammalian Anatomy (3) — Second semester. Three three-hour labora- 
tory periods a week. Registration limited. Permission of the instructor must be ob- 
tained before registration. Recommended for premedical students, and those whose 
major is zoology. 

A course in the dissection of the cat or other mammal. By special permission of the 
instructor a vertebrate other than the cat may be used for study. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Stringer.) 

Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one 
year of chemistry. 

The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals and lower ani- 
mals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 104. Genetics (3) — First semester. Three lecture periods a week. Prerequi- 
site, one course in zoology or botany. Recommended for premedical students. 

A consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 106. Histological Technique (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one semester of zoology. Per- 
mission of the instructor must be obtained before registration. 

The preparation of animal tissues for microscopical examination. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Stringer.) 
Zool. 108. Animal Histology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 

A microscopic study of tissues and organs selected from representative vertebrates, but 
with particular reference to the mammal. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Stringer.) 

Zool. 110. Parasitology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 

A study of the taxonomy, morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal parasites. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 114. Field Zoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology. 

This course consists in collecting and studying both land and aquatic forms of nearby 
woods, fields, and streams, with emphasis on the higher invertebrates and certain vertebrates, 
their breeding habits, environment, and modes of living. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 116. Protozoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and permission of the 
instructor. 

The taxonomy, morphology, physiology, and distribution of the unicellular animal 
organisms. Emphasis will be upon the free living forms. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 233 

An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and embryology of the 
invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology and one year 
of chemistry. 

Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, physical and 
chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, behavior, habits, and distribu- 
tion of animals are stressed. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 125, 126. Fisheries Biology and Management (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. 

A study of the biology and economic development of fresh and salt water forms. Par- 
ticular attention is given to practical applications in fisheries work. The first semester of 
the course deals with problems relating to fin fishes. The second semester considers shell 
fish and other invertebrates of economic importance. Laboratory fee, Zool. 125, $8.00. 

(Allen.) 

Zool. 127. Ichthyology (3) — First semester. One lecture and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 5 and 20. 

A course in the anatomy, embryology, distribution, habits, and taxonomy of fish. Par- 
ticular attention is given to the general taxonomy of North American fishes with especial 
reference to local forms from both fresh and salt waters. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 130. Aviation Physiology (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
demonstration a week. Prerequisite, one course in physiology and permission of the 
instructor. 

A general course in applied physiology with special reference to physiological problems 
arising in aviation, including consideration of : respiration at high altitude, the design and 
use of 2 equipment, the effects of mechanical forces such as radial and linear acceleration, 
protective devices, and various influences of pressure change on mammalian organisms. 

(Reynolds.) 

Zool. 132. Applied Physiology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one demon- 
stration a week. Prerequisite, one course in physiology and permission of the instructor. 

In this course, applied physiology will be developed through analysis of problems to be 
selected from the following fields: illumination; heating, cooling, and ventilation; pressuri- 
zation (aircraft, underwater operations, caissons) ; design of working spaces and machinery ; 
sanitation ; design of industrial operations and efficiency ; transportation ; control of atmos- 
pheric contaminants and occupational stresses; and safe practice, protective devices, and 
equipment. (King.) 

Zool. 181. Animal Behavior (3)— (Same as Psych. 181)— Second semester. Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning, 
sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mammals. 

(Ross.) 



234 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates 

Zool. 200. Marine Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Zoology 121. 

A course in the environmental characteristics of salt waters. Particular attention is 
given to brackish water environments such as the Chesapeake Bay. The laboratory work in 
the course is concerned with a study of local plankton forms and the methods used in investi- 
gation and identification of plankton. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 201. Microscopical Anatomy (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108. 

A detailed study of the morphology and activity of cells composing animal tissues with 
specific reference to the vertebrates. Laboratory work includes the preparation of tissues 
for microscopic examination. Laboratory fee $8.00. ( ) 

Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108. 

A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the morphology and physiology 
of cell organoids and inclusions. Laboratory is concerned with methods of studying and 
demonstrating the above materials. Laboratory fee $8.00. ( ) 

Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4)— Second semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 20. 

Mechanics of fertilization and growth. A review of the important contributions in the 
field of experimental embryology. Laboratory fee $8.00. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 204. Advanced Ainmal Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 102. 

The principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal life. Laboratory 
fee $8.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 205. Hydrobiology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zoology 121, Chem. 3, Physics 11. 

A study of the biological, chemical, and physical factors which determine the growth, 
distribution, and productivity of microscopic and near microscopic organisms in marine and 
freshwater environments with special reference to the Chesapeake Bay region. Laboratory 
fee $8.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 206. Research (credit to be arranged) — First and second semesters. Labora- 
tory fee $8.00 each semester. (Staff.) 

Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. One lecture a week. 

(Staff.) 

Zool. 208. Special Problems in General Physiology (3) — First or second semester. 

Hours and credits arranged. Prerequisite, Zool. 102. Laboratory fee $8.00. (Phillips.) 

Zool. 215. Fisheries Technology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

The technological aspects of netting and collection of fish and other fishery resources, 
methods of handling the catch, marketing of fishery products, and recent advances in the 
utilization of fishery products. (Littleford.) 



COLLEGE OP ARTS AND SCIENCES 



235 



Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. 

A consideration of salivary chromosomes, the nature of the gene, chromosome irregu- 
larities, polyploidy, and mutations. Breeding experiments with Drosophila and small mammals 
will be conducted. Laboratory fee $8.00. irhoe.) 




ROSSBOROUGH INN 
The Oldest Building on the Campus. It was erected in 1798. 







Entrance to the College of 

BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



College of 

BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

STAFF 

J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 

James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean 

Anderson, Thornton H., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 

Ash, Willard O., M.A., Assistant Professor of Statistics 

Augelli, John P., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography 

Bowen, Don L., D.D.S., Associate Professor and Director of Bureau of Govern- 
mental Research 

Burdette, Franklin L., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Government 
and Politics 

Calhoun, Charles E., M.B.A., Professor of Finance 

Calhoun, W.P., M.A., Instructor of Geography 

Clemens, Eli W., Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration 

Cook, J. Allen, Ph.D., Professor of Marketing 

Costello, Eileen T., M.A., Instructor of Office Techniques 

Cover, John H., Ph.D., Professor and Director of Bureau of Business and Economic 
Research 

Cronin, Charles F., M.B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting 

Crowell, Alfred A., M.S.J., Professor and Head of Department of Journalism 
and Public Relations 

Daiker, John A., M.B.A., C.P.A., Assistant Professor of Accounting 

Danegger, Alfred, B.S., Assistant Professor of Press Photography, University 
Photographer 

Dillard, Dudley, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Economics 

Dixon, Robert G., Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 

Edelson, Charles B., M.B.A., Instructor of Accounting 

Fisher, Allan J., Ph.D., Professor of Accounting and Finance 

Frantz, Louise W., M.S., Instructor of Office Techniques 

Frederick, John H., Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Business 
Organization 

237 



238 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Goostree, Robert E., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Grayson, Henry W., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 

Gruchy, Allan G., Ph.D., Professor of Economics 

Hale, John I., LL.B., M.S. (Retired, Captain USN), Associate Professor of 

Business Administration 
Hamberg, Daniel, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 
Herbst, John C., Jr., Ph.D., Instructor of Geography 
Hottel, William, Lecturer of Journalism 
Hu, Charles Y., Ph.D., Professor of Geography 
Karinen, Arthur E., M.A., Assistant Professor of Geography 
Knapper, Arno F., M.A., Instructor of Office Techniques and Management 
Krimel, Donald W., Ph.M., Associate Professor of Public Relations 
Lee, LeRoy L., A.M., C.P.A., Instructor of Accounting 
Lemons, Hoyt, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography 
Longley, James W., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 
McBryde, F. Webster, Ph.D., Lecturer in Geography 
Measday, Walter S., B.A., Instructor of Economics 
Mounce, Earl W., M.A., LL.M., Professor of Law and Labor 
Nelson, Boyd L., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration 
Norton, Hugh S., M.A., Instructor of Economics 
O'Neill, Jane H., B.A., Instructor of Office Techniques 
Patrick, Arthur S., M.A., Associate Professor of Office Management and Business 

Education 
Patton, Donald, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography 
Pickard, Jerome P., M.A., Instructor of Geography 

Plischke, Elmer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Government and Politics 
Pyle, J. Freeman, Ph.D., Professor and Dean of College of Business and Public 

Administration 
Raines, Irving I., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Marketing 
Reid, James H., M.A., Professor and Assistant Dean of College of Business and 

Public Administration 
Richard, Donald L., B.S., C.P.A., Instructor of Business Administration 
Robinson, Edward A., M.A., Instructor of Economics 
Root, Franklin R., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics 
Roterus, Victor, Consulting Professor of Geography 
Starr, Joseph R., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics 
Steinmeyer, Reuben G., Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics 
Stillings, Edwin J., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics 
Sweeney, Charles T., M.B.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 239 

Sylvester, Harold F., Ph.D., Professor of Personnel Administration 

Taff, Charles A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Transportation 

Van Royen, William, Ph.D., Professor and Head of Department of Geography 

Watson, J. Donald, Ph.D., Professor of Finance 

Wfjieberg, Sivert M., M.A., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting 

Wright, Howard W., Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Accounting 

Yeagf.r, Leland B., Ph.D., Instructor of Economics 

Zagoria, Samuel, B.Lit., Lecturer of Journalism 

MEMBERS TEACHING ABROAD 

Carraher, Eugene F., M.A., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Christensen, John E., M.A., Assistant Professor of Geography 

Crockett, Earl C, Ph.D., Professor of Economics 

Delamater, Lloyd A., M.A., Instructor of Economics 

Dooley, William E., M.S., Instructor of Geography 

Hall, John D., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 

Jans, Ralph T., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Leffland, K. William, MA.., Instructor of Office Management 

Miles, Edward J., M.A., Instructor of Economics and Geography 

Moser, Martin W., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 

Nieuwejaar, Otto, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics 

Parr, John F., Ph.D., Instructor of Government and Politics 

Richardson, Francis S., Ph.D.. Assistant Professor of Office Management 

Smith, Harrison, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics 

Totten, Donald E., M.S., Instructor of Geography 



240 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 




COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

John Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 
James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean 

HE University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable location 
for students of Business, Government and Politics, Economics, 
Public Administration, Geography, Journalism and Public Rela- 
tions, Foreign Service and International Relations. Downtown 
Washington is only twenty-five minutes away in one direction, 
while the Baltimore business district is less than an hour in 
the other. There is frequent transportation service from the 
University gates to each city. Special arrangements are made 
to study commercial, manufacturing, exporting, and importing 
agencies and methods in Baltimore. Assistance is given qualified 
students who wish to obtain a first-hand glimpse of the far- 
flung economic activities of the national government or to 
utilize the libraries, government departments, and other facilities available in Wash- 
ington. 

ORGANIZATION 

The College comprises seven departments, two bureaus of research, and 
one institute. 

I. Department of Business Organization and Administration 

1. Accounting and Statistics 

2. Financial Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 

4. Insurance and Real Estate 

5. Marketing Administration 

(a) Advertising 

(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance 

(c) Retail Store Management 

(d) Sales Management 

6. Personnel Administration 

7. Transportation Administration 

(a) Airport Management 

(b) Traffic Management 

8. Public Utilities and Public Administration 
II. Department of Economics 

III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations 
IV. Department of Geography 
V. Department of Government and Politics 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 241 

VI. Department of Journalism and Public Relations 
VII. Department of Office Techniques and Management 

1. Office Management 

2. Office Techniques 

VIII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research 
IX. Bureau of Government Research 
X. Institute of World Economics and Politics 

Aims 

The College of Business and Public Administration offers training designed 
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, governmental 
agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, small business units, and other 
organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills and techniques, 
and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geography, government 
and politics, and journalism and public relations in high schools and colleges. 
It supplies scientific training in administration to students and prospective ex- 
ecutives on a professional basis comparable to university training in the other 
professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession, and the College 
of Business and Public Administration prepares its students for this profession 
by offering courses of instruction which present general principles and tech- 
niques of management and administration and brings together in systematic 
form the experiences and practices of business firms and governmental units. 
This plan of education does not displace practical experience, but supplements 
and strengthens it by shortening the period of apprenticeship otherwise neces- 
sary, and by giving a broad and practical knowledge of the major principles, 
policies, and methods of administration. 

During the first half of the college study program the student secures 
a broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more tech- 
nical courses offered in the last half of the course. The managerial and operat- 
ing points of views are stressed in the advanced courses in production, mar- 
keting, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, secretarial training 
and public administration. The purpose of the training offered is to aid the 
student as a prospective executive in developing his ability to identify and to 
solve administrative and managerial problems; and to adjust himself and his 
organization, policies, and practices to changing social, political and economic 
situations. 

The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles 
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business. 
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in 
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the other 
hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small business. 
If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to the owners 
and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is imperative 
that authentic principles of administration be applied to them. Sound principles 
of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout the various courses. 



242 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser- 
vices is to train for effective management. The College of Business and Public 
Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply effective 
training in administration to the young men and women whose task will be 
the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and governmental units 
resulting from industrial, social and political development and expansion. 
This statement does not mean that the graduate may expect to secure a 
major executive position upon graduation. He will, on the contrary, usually be 
required to start near the well publicized "bottom" of the ladder and work 
his way up through a number of minor positions. He will, however, be able to 
move up at a faster rate if he has taken full advantage of the opportunities 
offered by the college in developing his talents and acquiring technical and 
professional information, point of view, skills, and techniques. 

Graduation Requirement 

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit in courses suggested by the 
College in addition to the specified courses in military science, physical activi- 
ties and hygiene are required for graduation. The student is required to have 
a "C" average for all courses used in meeting the quantitative graduation re- 
quirements. The time required to complete the requirements for the bachelor's 
degree for the average student is eight semesters. A superior student, by carry- 
ing more than the average load, can complete the work in a shorter period of 
time. 

Degrees 

The University confers the following degrees on students of Business 
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Adminis- 
tration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a number 
of graduate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics, Geography, 
Journalism and Public Relations, and Government and Politics available for 
qualified graduate students. Applications for these assistantships should be 
made directly to the Dean of the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion. (See bulletin of Graduate School for graduate rules and regulations.) 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar on a 
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. Can- 
didates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred 
and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional 
cases. 

Junior Requirement 

To be classified as a junior a student must have earned 56 semester hours 
of his freshman and sophomore requirements with an average of at least 
"C", plus the required work in military science, hygiene and physical activities 
for the freshman and sophomore years. If a student has better than a "C" 
average and lacks a few credits of having the total of 56 he may be permitted 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 243 

to take certain courses numbered 100 and above providing he has the prerequi- 
sites for these courses and the consent of the Dean. 

Senior Residence Requirement 

After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester 
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activities, 
and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must earn 
a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade of 
"C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits may 
be transferred from another institution. Specific requirements for graduation in 
the selected curriculum must be met. 

Programs of Study 

The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra- 
tion, secretarial training, public administration, government and politics, geog- 
raphy, journalism and public relations, and some combination curriculums, 
e.g., business administration and law, commercial teaching and industrial 
education. Research is emphasized throughout the various programs. 

Professional Objectives 

The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises 
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of: 

(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the modern 
business world; 

(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to 
promote the free exercise of his activities; and 

(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and ad- 
ministration of a business or governmental enterprise. 

In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should: 

(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise 
English; 

(b) have a knowledge of the fundamental principles of mathematics and 
the basic sciences. 

(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through 
a study of history, government, economics, and other social studies subjects; 

(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study 
of psychology, sociology, and philosophy. 

If the executive is to be successful in solving current business and govern- 
mental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method of collecting, 
analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant manner, and 
then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions and to 
formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and future 
professional or vocational conduct. In other words, probably the most important 
qualities in a successful executive are: 



244 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments; 

(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the imagina- 
tion and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures for executing 
them. 

Facilities Furnished 

The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and Public 
Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of providing 
a type of professional and technical training that will aid the capable and 
ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full capacity. 

The college study program on both the undergraduate and graduate levels 
presuppose effective training in English, history, government, language, science, 
and mathematics.* The program of study for any individual student may be 
so arranged as to meet the needs of those preparing for specific lines of work, 
such as accounting, advertising, banking, foreign trade, industrial administra- 
tion, marketing administration, personnel administration, real estate practice, 
insurance, government employment, secretarial work, teaching, and research. 
Advisory Councils 

In order to facilitate the prompt and continuous adjustment of courses, 
curriculums, and instructional methods to provide the training most in demand 
by industry and commerce; and in order constantly to maintain instruction 
abreast of the best current practice, the advice and suggestions of business 
men and public officials are constantly sought from outstanding leaders in 
each major field of business activity. Each council has its own particular in- 
terest to serve, such as advertising, marketing, public relations, or finance; 
and the viewpoint and suggestions of these business men are proving to be 
invaluable in developing the instructional and research programs of the College. 
Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take basic air force ROTC training for a period of two years. The 
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required 
to complete the course or take it until graduation whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so and meet the requirements of the 
Military Department may carry advanced Air Force ROTC courses during their 
Junior and Senior year which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the 
United States Air Force. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip- 
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of 



*The major portion of this training is usually secured in the four years of high school 
and the first two years of college. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 245 

resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, tran- 
scripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dor- 
mitories, off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholar- 
ships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors 
and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, societies and special 
clubs, the University band, student publications, University Post Office and 
Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General Informa- 
tion issue of the Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed 
charges: $71.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and labora- 
tory fees which vary with the laboratory course pursued. A matriculation 
fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. An additional charge of $150.00 is 
assessed students not residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of costs, write to the Director of Publica- 
tions for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Admissions 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college than upon a fixed pat- 
tern of subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each 
of Social Studies and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra 
and Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for 
certain programs no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine Arts, 
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Pub- 
lications for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of catalog. 

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of 
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the Departments. 
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart- 
ments, he should plan to continue his subjects on to the graduate level, work- 
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

I. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing 
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re- 
quires a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control of 
organizations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the Department 
of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles and 
problems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, and 



246 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

the methods, techniques and procedures of execution, in other words, the 
essence of Administration and Management. 

Study Programs in the Department 

Study programs in Business Administration furnish an opportunity for 
a small amount of concentration in one of the major sections during the under- 
graduate period. The basis of these curriculums is the general study program 

The following study programs will aid the thoughtful student in planning 
his concentration according to his natural aptitudes and the line of his major 
interest: 

The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and 
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to 
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, based on 
the assumption that these major divisions are independent units, but rather that 
each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every student in Business 
Administration, therefore, is required to complete satisfactorily a minimum 
number of required basic subjects in economics and in each of the major 
functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of the requirements for the 
bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in the theory and practice of 
administration. There are five commonly recognized major business functions, 
viz: production, marketing, finance, labor relations, and control. 

The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors, 
viz. internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, and 
operations. External control is secured through the force of laws and courts, 
board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom and 
public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments to these 
forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example, aid in giving 
the students an understanding of the problems, devices, and methods of ex- 
ternal or "social" control. 
Freshman and Sophomore Requirements 

During the first half of the program of study each student in the Depart- 
ment of Business Organization and Administration is expected to complete 
the following basic subjects, except as indicated in a particular curriculum: 
Required Courses: Semester Hours 

English, Composition and American and World Literature 12 

Mathematics, Math. 5 and 6 6 

Economic Geography 1,2 4 

Economic Developments 4, 5 4 

Organization and Control 10,11 4 

Government and Politics 1 3 

Sociology of American Life 1 3 

History of American Civilization 5,6 5 

Military Training and Physical Activities for Men .............. 16 

Health and Physical Activities for Women ]]] 8 

Accounting 20,21 s 

Speech 18,19 

Principles of Economics 31, 32 -. 



Total specified requirements 



66-74 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 247 

A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for 
graduation must he in subjects with designations other than Business Adminis- 
tration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic work 
must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per cent may 
be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups of subjects. A 
•C" average in Business Administration courses is required for graduation. 

Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who 
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign lan- 
guage. 

Junior and Senior Requirements 

During the junior and senior years each student in the department is 
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified courses 
unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise: 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 140— Financial Management 3 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management 3 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Statistics 3 

B. A. ISO, 181— Business Law I, II 8 

Total 29 

The remaining credits for juniors and seniors may be used to meet 
the requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example, 
in Public Administration, Foreign Service, Commercial Teaching, and in the 
fields of Business Administration, such as: Accounting and Statistics, Production 
Administration, Marketing, Advertising, Retailing, Purchasing, Foreign Trade, 
Transportation, Labor Relations, Real Estate, Insurance, Investment and 
General Finance. Juniors and seniors may elect appropriate Secretarial Training 
courses. 

Combined Administration and Law Program 

When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum, 
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed 
for the first three years of the general curriculum in administration plus enough 
electives to equal a minimum of 92 credits exclusive of military science, physical 
activities and hygiene, with an average grade of at least "C." The last year of 
college work before entering the Law School must be done in residence at 
College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Business 
and Public Administration is conferred upon the completion of the first year 
in the Law School with an average grade of "C" or better, and the recommenda- 
tion of the Dean of the Law School. Business Law cannot be used as credit in 
this combined curriculum. 



248 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Master of Business Administration 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac- 
cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements for the Graduate 
School. See Graduate School, Section II. 

The General Curriculum in Administration 

This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds 
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A student 
may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attending summer 
sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course in a shorter 
period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester. 



-Semester— \ 



II 

2 
2 
3 
2 
3 

3 
3 



Freshman Year I 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 2 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 

Mathematics 5 and 6 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . . 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature. . 
Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

Speech IS, 19 — Introductory Speech 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Electives (Girls) 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 17 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

B. A. 140— Financial Management 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved 
subjects 

Total ~~ 15 



18-19 



3 
3 
4 

1 
3 
3 
3 

1 

17-18 



Semester— -i 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 249 

Senior Year I II 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 4 4 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 3 .... 

Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

B. A. 189— Government and Business .... 3 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics or other approved 

subjects 6 6 



Total 16 16 

Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty advisor from 
course's in Accounting, Statistics, Geography, Public Utilities and Public Ad- 
ministration, Secretarial Training, or other courses that will aid the student 
in preparing for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General 
Course are provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the 
guidance of a faculty adviser, in such a way as to secure a concentration or 
major when desired in: 

1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Marketing Administration 

2. Financial Administration 6. Personnel Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 7. Transportation Administration 

4. Insurance and Real Estate 8. Public Utilities and Public Adminis- 

tration 

1. Accounting and Statistical Control Study Program 

Internal control in modern business and governmental organizations is a 
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com- 
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has emphasized 
the importance of the problems of control in management. In order to control 
intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these units, it is neces- 
sary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and develop methods of 
procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these managerial activities, it 
is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning the operations of the various 
units, divisions, and departments. It is the function of the accounting and 
statistical departments to secure, analyze, classify, and interpret these facts. 

This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in 
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the prob- 
lems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics. If the 
program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a career 
as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant, auditor, budget officer, 
comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer. 

Provision for practical experience. Arrangements have been made with 
firms or certified public accountants in Baltimore, New York and the District 
of Columbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting. This 
training is provided between semesters of the senior year (approximately 
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following grad- 
uation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship train- 
ing before graduation. 



250 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



The following study program provides courses for those wishing to 
concentrate in this important field: 

Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow 
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years. 

r-Semester— \ 

Junior Year I H 

B. A. 110, 111— Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

B. A. 121— Cost Accounting .... 4 

B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting 4 .... 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140— Financial Management .... 3 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

Elective 3 .... 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

B. A. 124, 126— Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice 3 3 

B. A. 122— Auditing Theory and Practice 3 .... 

B. A. 127— Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice .... 3 

B. A. ISO, 181— Business Law 4 4 

Electives 3 3 

Total 16 16 

The student interested in the field may select such electives, with the aid 

of his adviser, from the following list of subjects such courses as will best 
meet his needs: 



B. A. 116- 
B. A. 118- 
B. A. 125- 
B. A. 129- 
B. A. 132, 

tics (3, 
B. A. 141- 
B. A. 143- 
B. A. 148- 

(3) 
B. A. 149- 

(3) 
B. A. 165- 
B. A. 166- 
B. A. 184- 
B. A. 210- 

(2-3) 



-Public Budgeting (3) 
-Governmental Accounting (3) 
-C. P. A. Problems (3)* 
-Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) 
133— Advanced Business Statis- 
3) 

-Investment Management (3) 
-Credit Management (3) 
-Advanced Financial Management 

-Analysis of Financial Statements 

-Office Management (3) 
-Business Communications (3) 
-Public Utilities (3) 
-Advanced Accounting Theory 



B. A. 220— Managerial Accounting (3) 
B. A. 221, 222— Seminar in Accounting 

(arranged) 
B. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3) 
B. A. 228— Research in Accounting 

(arranged) 
B. A. 229— Studies of special problems in the 

fields of Statistical Control (arranged) 
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 

(3) 
Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 

(3) 
Econ. 134 — Contemporary Economic Thought 

(3) 
Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation (3) 



*C. P. A. Problems is recommended for students who plan to go into public account- 
ing. Such students should plan their study program so as to meet the professional ex- 
amination requirements of the State in which they expect to take the examination or to 
practice. 



! 



to 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 251 



Financial Administration 

A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an effective 
nancial organization. Production and marketing activities of business enter- 
rises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend on 
redit, and the activities of local, state, and federal government depend, in 
irge part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a complicated 
tructure of financial institutions, both private and public, has evolved together 
nth a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods used are equally 
aried and complicated. Since the financing service is so pervasive throughout 
ur economic life and because it is an expense which must be borne by the 
iltimate purchaser, the management of the finance function is endowed with 
i high degree of public interest. 

This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa- 
ion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to aid him 
n developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and to form 
Round judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a wise selection 
of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may prepare himself for 
positions in the commercial, savings, and investment banking fields, invest- 
ment management; corporate financial management; real estate financing; and 
insurance. A student may qualify himself to enter government service, e.g., in 
departments regulating banking operations, international finance, the issuance 
and sales of securities, and a number of financial corporations owned and 
operated or controlled by the government. 

Students wishing to form a concentration in Financial Administration 
should follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore 
years, the program for the junior and senior years is outlined as follows: 

r— Semester— > 

Junior Year I II 

Econ. 14 — Money and Banking 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3 

B. A. 1 3 0— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

B. A. 110-111— Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications 3 .... 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business 

and Public Administration 3 4 



Total 15 16 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 141— Investment Management 3 .... 

B. A. 143— Credit Management 3 .... 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management .... 3 

Electives 3 6 



Total 16 16 



252 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



B. A. 249— Studies of Special Problems in 
the Field of Financial Administration 
(arranged) 

Econ. 141 — Theory of Money, Credit and 
Prices (3) 

Eccn. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) 

Econ. 149— International Finance and Ex- 
change (3) 

Econ. 241— Seminar in Money, Credit and 
Prices (arranged) 



Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the follow- 
ing list of subjects : 

B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting (4) 
B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) 
B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial Statements 

(3) 
B.A. 165— Office Management (3) 
B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) 
B. A. 190— Life Insurance (3) 
B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3) 
B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance (3) 
B. A. 240— Seminar in Financial Organization 

and Management (3) 

3. Industrial Administration 

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of 
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and 
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and tech- 
niques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student is required to go on 
inspection trips, and when feasible is expected to secure first-hand informa- 
tion through both observation and participation. He should be familiar with 
the factors that determine plant location and layout, types of buildings, and 
the major kinds of machines and processes utilized; he should understand 
effective methods and devices for the selection and utilization of men, materials 
and machines. 

The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the college, 
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful 
place in this field of effort are: 



*B. A. 121— Cost Accounting (4) 

B. A. 122, 127— Auditing (3, 3) 

B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Statis- 
tics (3, 3) 

B. A. 153 — Purchasing Management (3) 
*B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) 

B. A. 165— Office Management (3) 

B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) 
*B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Rating 
(2) 



*B. A. 169— Industrial Management (3) 
B. A. 170— Transportation Services and 

Regulation (3) 
B. A. 1 71— Industrial and Commercial 

Traffic Management (3) 
B.A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) 
*B. A. 177— Motion Economy and Time Study 

(3) 
*B. A. 178— Production Planning and Con- 
trol (2) 



4. Insurance and Real Estate 

Today both insurance and real estate are fields which prefer university 
trained persons. In insurance, opportunities are available in the home offices 
and in the field to persons who will ultimately specialize in life, property, or 
casualty insurance. In real estate, a group of specialists — real estate brokers, 
appraisers, property managers, and persons handling the financing of real 



*These courses are specific requirements for students concentrating in Industrial 
Administration. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 253 

estate — are now recognized. A proper arrangement of courses by a student 
will povide academic preparation toward the examinations for Chartered Life 
Underwriter (C.L.U.), Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter (C.P.C.U.)i 
and new professional requirements in real estate. Also, from a purely personal 
or family viewpoint these courses can be of immense value. 

Students who select a concentration in insurance and real estate should 
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years. 
The program for the junior and senior years is outlined below. 

r-Semester— \ 

Junior Year I II 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

B. A. 190— Life Insurance 3 

B. A. 191— Property Insurance .... 3 

B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles 3 

B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance 3 

Elective .... 3 



Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

B. A. 141— Investment Management 3 .... 

B. A. 194 — Insurance Agency Management 3 .... 

B. A. 197— Real Estate Management .... 3 

Electives 3 6 



Total 16 16 

Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the 

following and other subjects: 

Soc. 114— The City (3) B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) 

Soc. 173— Social Security (3) B. A. 151— Advertising Programs and Cam- 
Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and paigns (2) 

Prices (3) B. A. 165-Office Management (3) 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) 

B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting (3) B. A. 189— Business and Government (3) 

5. Marketing Administration 

Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing ac- 
tivities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major 
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The 
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free enter- 
prise are closely related to present-day marketing organization and practice. 



254 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary to the success 
of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of the consumer. 
If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from rising unduly, it is 
necessary that careful study be made of the organization, policies, methods, 
and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, transportation, 
financing, storing, and other related marketing activities, and appropriate action 
taken by qualified technicians and executives. 

The purpose of the marketing administration program is to give the stu- 
dent an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and otherwise study the problems 
connected with marketing institutions, organizations, policies, methods, and 
practices. The student who elects this field of concentration may develop his 
aptitudes, on the technical level, for research, selling, buying, and preparing 
advertising copy, and on the administrative level develop his abilities for 
organizing, planning, and directing the various activities in the field of 
marketing. 

Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists, in addition to 
those required of all students in business administration, will aid the student in 
preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing. He may 
form a concentration in: 



a. General Marketing 

b. Advertising 

c. Foreign Trade and International Finance 



d. Retail Store Management 

e. Sales Management 



B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Sta- 
tistics (3, 3) 
*B. A. 143— Credit Management (3) 

B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) 
*B. A. 151— Advertising. (3) 
*B. A. 152— Advertising Copy and Layout 
(3) 

*B. A. 153— Purchasing Management (3) 
*B. A. 154— Retail Store Management (3) 
B. A. 155— Problems in Retail Merchan- 
dising (3) 

B. A. 165— Office Management (3) 

B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) 

B. A. 170— Transportation Services and 
Regulation (3) 

B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial 



Traffic Management (3) 
B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) 
B. A. 190— Life Insurance (3) 
B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3) 
B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles (3) 
B. A. 250— Problems in Sales Management 

(3) 
B. A. 251— Problems in Advertising (3) 
B. A. 252— Problems in Retail Store Man- 
agement (3) 
B. A. 257— Seminar in Marketing Manage- 
ment (arranged) 
B. A. 258— Research in Marketing 

(arranged) 
B. A. 259— Studies of Special Problems in 
the field of Marketing Policies, Manage- 
ment and Administration (arranged) 
B. A. 299— Thesis (3-6 hours) arranged) 



♦These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in 
Marketing Management. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



255 



For those especially interested in foreign trade, selections may be made 
from the following courses: 



tEcon. 136— International Economic Policies 
and Relations (3) 
Econ. 137— Economic Planning and Post- 
war Problems (3) 
tEcon. 149— International Finance and Ex- 
change (3) 
B. A. 151— Advertising Programs and 
Campaigns (3) 
fB. A. 157— Foreign Trade Procedure (3) 
tB. A. 170— Transportation Services and 

Regulation (3) 
tB. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3) 
B. A. 189— Government and Business (3) 
Ec. Geog. 4 — Regional Geography of the 

Continents (3) 
Geog. 100, 101— Regional Geography of the 



United States and Canada (3, 3) 

Geog. 102— The Geography of Manufactur- 
ing in the United States and Canada (3) 

Geog. 110, 111— Latin America (3, 3). 

Geog. 115— Peoples of Latin America (2) 

Geog. 120— Economic Geography of Eu- 
rope (3) 

Geog. 122— Economic Resources and De- 
velopment of Africa (3) 

Geog. 130-131— Economic and Political 
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 180, 181— Principles of Geography 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 260-261— Problems in the Geog. of 
Europe and Africa (3, 3) 



6. Personnel Administration and Labor Economics 

Recent development of large scale operation on the part of both private 
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing vital importance of 
personnel relationships. Successful operation depends on harmonious co- 
operation between employer and employee. The interests of the public, the 
owners, and the management, as wll as those of the employees, may be greatly 
affected by the solutions evolved in any given case of personnel relationship. 
The growth of large-scale, centrally controlled labor organizations and the 
increased participation of governmental agencies in labor disputes have created 
problems for which business management, union officials, and government 
representatives have been, on the whole, ill-prepared to solve satisfactorily. 
The government, the unions, and business need men and women qualified to 
deal effectively with these problems. They should have broad training and 
technical information in the fields of business and public administration, 
economics, and psychology, together with suitable personalities. They must be 
able to approach these problems with an open mind, unbiased by personal 
and class prejudices. 

Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human 
effort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing, an effective working 
force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find employment 
in business enterprises, governmental departments, governmental corporations, 
educational institutions and charitable organizations. 

A student may select from the following courses those which will, in 
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best 
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter. 



tThese courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in 
Foreign Trade and International Finance. 



256 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

*B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) G. & P. 214— Problems in Public Person- 

*B. A. 164— Recent Labor Legislation and nel Administration (arranged ) 

Court Decisions (3) B. A. 262— Seminar in Contemporary 

*B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Trends in Labor Relations (3) 

Rating (2) B. A. 265— 

*B. A. 169— Industrial Management (3) B. A. 266— Research in Personnel Man- 

G. & P. Ill— Public Personnel Adminis- agement (arranged) 

tration (3) B. A. 267— 

Psych. 2— Applied Psychology (3) B. A. 269— Studies of Special Problems in 

Psych. 121— Social Psychology (3) Employer -Employee Relationships 

Psych. 161— Psychological Techniques in (arranged) 

Personnel Administration (3) B. A. 299— Thesis, 3-6 hours (arranged) 

B. A. 299— Thesis (arranged) 

7. Transportation Administration 

The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach- 
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in 
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being pro- 
ficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway, 
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our 
very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans- 
portation. 

The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the 
Department of Business Organization and Administration, will aid the student 
in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields of air, water, highway, 
and railway transportations. Airport management is a rapidly growing new 
business activity. (To major in Transportation Administration the student 
must complete 15 hours of the courses listed below including B.A. 171.): 

B. A. 157— Foreign Trade. B. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3) 

B. A. 170— Transportation Services and B. A. 174— Commercial Air Transportation 

Regulation (3) (3) 

B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial B. A. 175 — Airline Administration (3) 

Traffic Management (3) B. A. 176— Problems in Airport Manage- 
B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) ment (3) 

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the 

curriculum. 

8. Public Utilities and Public Administration 

The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of 
our economic, political, and social life has been developing for a number 
of years. Our government has now become the largest "business" enterprise 
in the country. In addition to the Federal Government, State and Local 
Government agencies have called upon the universities to aid in training 
young men and women for effective public service. To many individuals, and 
particularly to those of superior mental ability, the intangible personal rewards 
of government service are highly attractive. Few fields of human endeavor 



♦These courses are specific requirements for those students taking a concentration 
in Personnel Administration and Labor Economics. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 257 

bring men into direct contact with so many fascinating and important problems 
and so early in their careers. 

The curriculum in Public Utilities and Public Administration is designed 
to provide specialized training in public utilities and related fields in government 
and private enterprise as well as training in the broader field of government 
service in general. 

Pursuant to these purposes the public utilities course is designed as a 
core course which will at once afford specialized training in a limited field 
and broader training in several fields. Public utility problems are treated as 
case studies in the larger fields of economic theory, management, regulation, 
accounting, finance, taxation, constitutional and administrative law, and govern- 
ment control. The course is therefore a means of integrating several fields of 
study. Also, considered essential to the purpose of the curriculum are courses in 
accounting, finance, law and certain advanced survey courses. 

The student is advised to round out his particular curriculum with one or 
more of the general courses listed as electives and with other more specialized 
courses in public utilities, accounting, finance, transportation, public adminis- 
tration or perhaps some other fields. 

Students following this curriculum take the general study program for 
the freshman and sophomore years. The program for junior and senior years 
is outlined as follows: 

r-Semester-~\ 

Junior Year I II 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

Econ. 150— Principles of Marketing .... 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 140 — Financial Management .... 3 

B. A. 170— Transportation I, Services and Regulations 3 .... 

Electives c c 



Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

B. A. 181-Public Utilities 3 

B. A. 189— Government and Business .... 3 

Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries .... 3 

G. & P. 1 SI— Administrative Law 3 

G. & P. 110— Principles of Public Administration 3 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 

Electives 



4 
6 3 



Total. 



16 



258 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Selection of electives can be made from the following courses: 

B. A. 110, 111— Intermediate Accounting B. A. 284— Seminar in Public Utilities 

B. A 116— Public Budgeting Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles 

B. A. 118-Governmental Accounting Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit, and 

B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting Prices 

B. A. 126— Advanced Accounting Theory Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 

and Practice Econ. 149— International Finance and Ex- 

B. A. 132-133— Advanced Business Statis- change 

ti cs Econ. 241— Seminar in Money, Credit and 

B. A. 157— Foreign Trade Prices 

B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial Econ. 270— Seminar in Economics and Ge- 

Traffic Management ography of Latin American Industries 

B. A 172— Motor Transportation G. & P. 4— State Government and Ad- 

B. A. 173— Overseas Shipping ministration 

B. A. 174— Commercial Air Transportation G. & P. 5— Local Government and Adminis- 

B. A 175— Airline Administration tration 

B. A. 221, 222-Seminar in Accounting G. & P. 110— Principles of Public Adminis- 

B. A. 240— Seminar in Financial Organiza- tration 

tion and Management G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law 

Other specialized courses, including certain courses in the Departments of 
Government and Politics and Business Organization, may be selected with 
the consent of the advisor. 

II. ECONOMICS 

The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to meet the 
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on 'a major or minor scale in 
this division of the Social Sciences. Students who expect to enroll in the 
professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business 
or Public Administration, or Foreign Service, or Social Service Administration, 
will find courses in economics of considerable value to them in their later work. 
A student of economics should choose his courses to meet the requirements 
for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. (He should consult the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general 
requirements for the advanced degrees.) 

Requirements for an Economics Major 

A student majoring in Economics is required to complete satisfactorily 120 
semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military science, 
hygiene and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required 
for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average grade of "C" 
in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field. 

The specific requirements for the Economics Major are: 
I. Econ. 4, 5, 31 and 32 — a total of 10 semester hours of specifically 
required courses in Economics. B.A. 20, 21 (Principles of Accounting) are 
recommended, and B.A. 130 (Statistics) is required. Other courses in Eco- 
nomics to meet the requirements of a major are to be selected with the aid 
of a faculty adviser. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 259 

II. Social Studies — American Government (3); Sociology of American 
Life (3); History of American Civilization (6) — a total of 12 semester hours. 

III. English — 12 semester hours, comprising Eng. 1, 2, and 3, 4; or 5, 6; 
Speech — 2 to 4 semester hours; Speech 18 and 19, 2 semester hours. 

IV. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one language 
— or completion of sophomore course in language. Candidates for the Ph.D. 
degree are required to have a reading knowledge of two modern foreign 
languages, normally French and German. 

V. Natural Science and Mathematics, 12 semester hours. 

VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present 
University requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physical 
Activities for all able-bodied male students; women students are required to 
take 8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects economics as a major must have earned 10 semester 
hours credit in the prerequisite courses in economics prior to his beginning the 
advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during the 
freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average grade 
of not less than "C". The major sequences are not completed until at least 
26 and not more than 40 credits, in addition to the required prerequisite courses, 
are satisfactorily earned, that is, with an average grade of at least "C". 

A minor in economics consists of the 10 prerequisite credits mentioned 
above plus at least 18 additional credits in economics. 

As many as 24 additional semester hours may be taken by the economics 
students from Business and Public Administration courses. 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser in terms of the student's objective 
and major interest. 

Suggested Study Program for Economics Majors 

r— Semester— ^ 
Freshman Year I II 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 or 14, 15, 17 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American 

Life) 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government .... 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 



Total 1 8 . 19 18 . 19 



260 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



r~ Semester— \ 

Freshman Year I II 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Natural Science (or B. A. 20, 21) 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R, O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

Econ. 150 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems .... 3 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business 

Administration* 6 9 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

Econ. 132 — Advanced Economic Principles 3 .... 

Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Thought .... 3 

Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics and Business 

Administration* 6 12 

Total 15 15 

III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

If the student expects to enter the foreign service he should be well grounded 
in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of his an- 
ticipated location as well as in the general principles and practices of organiza- 
tion and administration. It should be recognized that only a limited training 
can be secured during the undergraduate period. When more specialized or 
more extensive preparation is required, graduate work should be planned. 
The individual program in either instance, however, should be worked out 



♦Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department 
of Economics. Normally these electives must be on the Junior and Senior level. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 261 

under the guidance of a faculty adviser. The following study program is 
offered as a guide in the selection of subjects. 

r-Semester-^ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Foreign Language (Selection) 3 3 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 

Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 



Total 19-20 19-20 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Foreign Language (Continuation of Freshman year selection) ... 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

G. & P. — Comparative Government, selection in accordance with 

the student's need 2 2 

Sp. IS, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

A. S. .3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 



Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

Econ. 150— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

Econ. 140 — Money and Banking 3 .... 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics .... 3 

G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems .... 3 

Ec. Geog.— Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs ... 3 3 

Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3 



Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 102— International Law 3 

G. & P. 106— American Foreign Relations .... 3 

G. & P. 131— Constitutional Law 3 

B. A. 189— Government and Business 3 

Ec. 132— Advanced Economic Prin., or Ec. 134, Contemporary 

Thought 3 

G. & P. 181— Administrative Law 3 3 

Econ. 136— International Economic Policies and Relations 3 .... 

Econ. 149— International Finance and Exchange 3 

Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3 



Total. 



15 15 



262 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

.Suggested electives: 

American History 108, 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146. 

European History 175, 176, 179, 180, 185, 186, and History 191— History of Russia; 

History 195— The Far East. 
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, 106, and 154. 

IV. GEOGRAPHY 

Agriculture, industry, trade, social customs and politics of a given geo- 
graphical region are influenced to a great extent by the natural resources of 
that area. Climatic conditions, topography, soils, mineral deposits, water power, 
and other physical factors largely determine the economic possibilities of a 
country. The characteristics of the philosophy, political ideals and degrees 
of technological maturity of the people within a given geographical unit, in turn 
determine in large measure the degree of effectiveness with which the natural 
resources are utilized. The standard of living, the purchasing power, and the 
political outlook of the inhabitants of a country are, in the main, the result 
of the expression of the interrelationship existing between the people and their 
physical environment. 

This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con- 
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and analyzing 
the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and social activities. 
The student interested in international trade, international political relations, 
diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations will find the courses 
in this department of great practical value. Work is offered on both the under- 
graduate and the graduate levels. 

Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools 
and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration, or Foreign Service, will find courses in geography of material 
value to them in their later work. Openings exist for well-trained geographers 
in government service, in universities, colleges, and high schools, as well as 
in private business. A student of geography should choose his courses to meet 
the requirements for his major objective, be it undergraduate major or minor, 
or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree. He should consult 
the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general requirements for the 
advanced degrees. 

Requirements for an Undergraduate Major in Geography 

A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily 
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military science, 
hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required 
for graduation. A student must maintain at least an average grade of "C" 
in his major and minor in order to continue in his chosen field. 

The specific requirements for the geography major are: 
I. Geog. 10 and 11 (3. 3), or equivalent; Geog. 30 (3); Geog. 35 (3); Geog. 
40 and 41 (3, 3); Geog. 170 (3) and 18 hours in other Geography courses num- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 263 

bered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non-regional courses; a total of 
39 hours in geography. 

II. Social Sciences — G. & P. 1 (3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); History 5 
and 6 (3, 3); 1 and 5 (3, 3) and at least one other course in sociology to be 
selected with the aid of the faculty adviser (3) ; a total of 24 semester hours. 

III. Natural Sciences — Botany 1 and 113 or 102 (4, 2 or 3); Agron. 115 
(3); Chem. 1 (4). Total of 13 (14) semester hours. 

IV. English— Eng. 1 and 2 (3, 3) and 3, 4, or 5, 6 (3, 3); Speech 18, 19 (1, 1); 
a total of 14 semester hours. 

V. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one language, 
unless an advanced course is taken. 

VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present Uni- 
versity requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physical 
Activities for able-bodied male students. Women students are required to take 
8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects geography as a major must have earned eighteen 
semester hours credit in thee prerequisite courses in geography prior to be- 
ginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during 
the freshman and sophomore years and must be completed with an average 
grade of not less than "C". 

A minor in geography should consist of Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), Geog. 30 
(3) and such other courses as the major adviser deems suitable. 

For the guidance of those who expect to do graduate work in geography, 
it should be emphasized that the Department of Geography is particularly 
interested in the appraisal of natural resources in relation to economic, social 
and political developments; it aims to encourage study of the natural resource 
base of the culture of an area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an ele- 
mentary knowledge of certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the 
physical aspects of geographic study and resource analysis. On the other 
hand, a certain amount of knowledge of economics, of sociology and of 
political organization is necessary in order to understand stages of resource 
utilization and the social consequences. 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geography 
in terms of the student's objective and major interests. 



264 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Suggested Study Program for Geography Majors: 

Freshman Year 

Geog. 10, 11— General Geography 

Chem. 1— Introductory Chemistry 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. B. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Geog. 30— Principles of Morphology 

Geog. .3 5— Map Reading and Interpretation 

Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 

Geog. 41— Introductory Climatology 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in Literature. 

Foreign Language 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

Bot. 113— Plant Geography 

Agron. 115— Soil Geography 

Soc. 5— Anthropology 

Foreign Language 

Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 

Electives, with adviser's consent 

Total 

Senior Year 

Soc— Selection to fit student's needs 

Geog. 170— Local Field Course 

Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 

Electives, with adviser's consent 

Total 



—Semester— \ 
/ // 

3 3 

4 

4 
3 

3 

3 3 

3 3 

3 3 

2 2 

1 1 



19-20 



16-19 



15 

3 
6 
6 

15 



19-20 



16-19 



16 



12 



V. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Government and Politics Major and Minor Requirements 

In this course of study, the following conditions are to be observed: (1) 
G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all other 
courses offered by the Department. Persons taking this course of study must 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



265 



complete G. & P. 1 with a grade of "C" or better. (2) In this curriculum, at 
least 36 hours of Government and Politics, including G. & P. 1, must be com- 
pleted. No Government and Politics course with a grade of less than "C" may 
be counted as a part of these 36 hours. (3) The electives of the junior and 
senior years are to be chosen from the list suggested below, unless consent 
to take other courses is obtained from the Head of the Department. Electives 
in Government and Politics and in related fields are to be chosen to make an 
integrated course of study. 



Freshman Year 

<;. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Lite 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Math. 5. 6 or 10, l:;— Mathematics 

Eci >n. 4 5— Economic Developments 

Speech IS, 19 — Introductory Speech 

Foreign Language 

A. S 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

I'. E. 42, 14— Hygiene (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 4— State Government and Administration 

C & P. 5— Local Government and Administration or Psychology 

1 or Sociology 52 (Criminology) 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 — Composition and World or English Literature 

Foreign Language 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

<:. & P. 7 or 9, S or 10— Comparative Government 

G. & P. 110— Public Administration 

' ;. & P. 141— History of Political Theory 

<;. & P. 174— Political Parties 

G. & P. 124— Legislatures and Legislation 

G. & P. —(Elective) 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 101— International Relations 

G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law 

One full year of advanced Economics or B. A. courses 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester- 



1S-19 



16-19 



17 



1! 



18-19 



16-19 



17 



15 



266 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Suggested electives: Any G. & P. courses not required above. Any history 
courses related to the student's integrated course of study. 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation B. A. 164— Labor Legislation and Court 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems Decisions 

Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 
Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Philosophw 155— Logic 

Thought Psychology 121, 122— Social Psychology 

Econ. 14 0— Money and Banking „ . . _„ „, . . , 

„, , „„ T . _ . Sociology o2— Criminology 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. ISO, 181-Business Law Sociology 147— Sociology of Law 

B. A. 189— Government and Business Sociology 186— Sociological Theory 



VI. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Purposes of the development are (1) to give the student two years of broad 
or liberal education, (2) to provide one year of technical study in journalism 
or* public relations, (3) to arrange one year of studies in allied courses which 
serve as a background for the major or as a specialized use for it, and (4) to 
cooperate with professionals and their organizations in journalism and public 
relations. 

The department offers two professional majors: one in editorial journalism, 
for those who seek beginning news jobs upon graduation; the other in public 
relations, for those who plan to work in public relations, public information, 
or on company publications. 

Although a minor is not permitted in this college, a student may take as 
many as 18 semester hours in a subject or field other than his major, since 
specialized jobs are most attractive financially. Journalism majors ordinarily 
elect secondary concentrations in such fields as agriculture, home economics, 
business administration, advertising, foreign language, 'science, social and 
political sciences. Public relations majors choose theirs from business adminis- 
tration, advertising, political and social sciences, psychology, foreign language. 
Other electives may be approved by the advisor in this department. 

Office Techniques may be taken for lower-division elective credit (courses 
numbered below 100). Since all work in the technical courses of the Depart- 
ment of Journalism and Public Relations is typewritten, those who cannot type at 
least 35 words per minute should enroll in O. T. 1 before taking Journalism 
10. Women planning to seek combination journalism-secretarial or public re- 
lations-secretarial jobs upon graduation may take typing and shorthand for 
lower-division elective credit. 

Since 57 hours of upper-division work (courses numbered 100 or more) are 
required for graduation in this department, the student should use his electives 
and required courses the first two years to work off all prerequisites for his 
upper-division studies. No lower-division course can substitute for an upper- 
division elective. 

To enroll in an upper-division course, the student must have accumulated 
at least 56 hours of academic work (exclusive of R.O.T.C. and Physical Ac- 
tivities), with an over-all grade average of at least 2. (C). 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 267 

To enroll as an upper-division major in this department, a student must 
have earned at least C in both Journalism 10 and 11. A major who makes less 
than a C in an upper-division required course, is asked to repeat the course 
and/or change his major. 

A student may declare his major in this department when he enrolls in it at 
the beginning of any semester, and ordinarily he will be advised from that time 
until graduation by the same advisor in the department. In no case, however, 
can one be graduated with a major in this department without having spent at 
least four semesters as a major in one of its curricula. 

Majors are urged to work on a student publication throughout their college 
residence, and to obtain professional experience in the summers. Four se- 
mesters of experience on a student publication or three months as a fulltime 
professional are required for graduation. 

The department maintains close working relations with professionals and 
their organizations in this area. One of the purposes is to provide speakers, 
trips, laboratories, and other types of training for students enrolled in the 
department's technical courses. The student is notified in advance of each 
event, and his participation is required unless it happens to conflict with one of 
his scheduled classes. 

Outside work necessitates enrollment in less than a normal program of 
study, and in no case should the student attempt to work full time and take 
more than a course or two. 

Lower-division Curricula 

(Journalism, Public Relations) 

r-Semester—\ 

Freshman Year I Jj 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance (or 

natural science) 3.4 3.4 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech (or Speech 1, 2) 1-2 1-2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Air Science 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Electives (See above for secondary concentration) 3.5 3.5 



T °tal 18 18 

Sophomore Year 

Journ. 10, 11— News Reporting I, II 3 3 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5. 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control (or elective) 2-5 2-5 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Air Science 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Total 18 ~~ 18 



268 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Journalism Study Program 

r-Semester—s 

Junior Year 

Journ. 160— News Editing I " ' * * 

Journ. 162— Community Journalism • • ■ • 

Journ. 176— Newsroom Problems • • • • 

Journ. 1 SI— Press Photography (either semester) 

Journ. 184— Picture Editing 

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3 

Electives 



Total. 



16 16 



Senior Year 

Journ. 161— News Editing II 

Journ. 165— Feature Writing 3 

Journ. 175— Reporting of Public Affairs 3 .... 

Journ. 191— Law of the Press • ■ • • 3 

Journ. 192— History of American Journalism 3 

B. A. 189— Business and Government (either semester) 3 .... 

Electives « ? 

Total 16 16 

A required part of the journalism major's education consists of training 
on the Baltimore Sunpapers. 

Advanced reporting students spend one afternoon a week with Sun reporters 
on police and city hall beats; advanced editing students spend one afternoon a 
week at the central copy desk or at the rewrite desk. 

Senior majors "take over" the Baltimore Evening Sun one day each se- 
mester. They go out on the beat with reporters and are responsible for one 
news-feature page of the paper that clay. Seniors also observe Sun operations 
on unusual occasions such as state or national election nights. 

Some journalism majors serve as "stringers" in the special coverage of the 
campus maintained by the Sunpapers. 

Neil H. Swanson, executive editor of the Sunpapers, annually gives a series 
of nine lectures on "Newspaper Making" for the majors of this department at 
a time when one of the classes is scheduled. It was through his cooperation 
with the president of the university that facilities of the Sunpapers were made 
available for helping educate journalism majors in this department. Mr. Swan- 
son also serves on the journalism committee of the Maryland Press Association 
which meets on the campus each semester to advise in the development and 
growth of the department. 

Other members of the committee are E. M. Jackson Jr., general manager, 
Capital-Gazette Press, Annapolis; John Coffman, Jr., publisher, Takoma Journal; 
E. T. Gunning, managing editor, Cumberland Times. 



BUSINFSS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 269 

Public Relations Study Program 

Requirements for the first two years of the puhlic relations curriculum are 
the same as those in the journalism program (see above). 

The following curriculum is taken in the junior and senior years by the 
average male public relations student who plans to work for a public relations 
firm or in a public relations department. 

For electives preparatory to P.R. work in business, the student should look 
to at least the following fields: business administration, advertising, economics, 
business statistics, personnel management, and marketing. For government 
P.R. work: public administration, American history, international relations, 
political parties, etc. Good elective courses for any P. R. major may be found 
in psychology, sociology, speech, English, radio, and education. 

r- Semester— \ 

Junior Year I 1 1 

Journ. 160— News Editing 1 3 

Journ. 165— Feature Writing .... 3 

Journ. 170— Public Relations 3 .... 

Journ. 181— Press Photography (either semester) 3 

Journ. IS 4— Picture Editing .... 2 

Journ. 194— Public Relations Cases .... 2 

Electives 7 9 



Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

Journ. 166— Publicity Techniques 3 .... 

Journ. 171— Industrial Journalism 2 .... 

Journ. 1S6— Public Relations of Government .... 3 

Journ. 191— Law of the Press .... 3 

Journ. 195 — Seminar in Public Relations .... 2 

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3 .... 

Electives 8 8 



Total 16 16 

VII. OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 
1. Office Management 

With the rapidly mounting volume of office work now being done, and the 
rapid increase in the number of office workers required to do it, effective office 
management and supervision is needed. Despite the current popular opinion 
that the office manager needs to know only a number of systems and machines, 
there is an ever-growing group of executives who believe that the management 
and supervision of an office is quite as important a job as the management 
of a factory or any other industrial enterprise. Many instances may be cited 
where the managers of offices have, by a consistent and logical use of scientific 
management principles, saved as much as $100,000 a year for their companies. 

Any young man or woman entering business need have no hesitancy in 



270 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



preparing himself for the position of office manager, for that position has proved 
a stepping stone to positions of great responsibility for many of our present 
executives. 

The student interested in this field will find the following required courses 
with the suggested electives under the guidance of the adviser, a valuable aid 
in preparing for positions in this field. 



Office Administration Study Program 



Freshman Year 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature.... 

B. A. 10, 11 — Organization and Control 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 

Math. 6— Mathematics of Finance 

G. & - J . 1 — American Government 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

O. T. 1 — Principles of Typewriting 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 
Physical Activities (Men and Women) , 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics , 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

Econ. 150— Principles of Marketing 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 112— Records Management 

B. A. 121— Cost Accounting 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

O. T. Ill— Office Machines 

Electives 

Total 



—Semester—^ 
I II 



18-19 



17-19 



18-19 



15-18 



16 



16 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 271 

f—Semester— -\ 

Senior Year I H 

B. A. 1 65— Office Management 3 

B. A. 166— Business Communications 3 .... 

B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3 .... 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 168— Advanced Office Management .... 3 

Electives in Accounting, Marketing, Real Estate, Insurance, 

Finance, and Transportation 3 8 



Total 16 15 

2. Office Techniques 

In order to meet the growing demand for college trained secretarial and 
office personnel, the College of Business and Public Administration is offering 
to both men and women a program of secretarial training courses. The 
Secretarial Curriculum provides students with the opportunity to obtain the 
essential background for stenographic, executive and administrative positions. 
One of the best methods of assuring success in one's chosen profession is 
through the medium of specialized secretarial service. To this end the courses 
have been designed. The major objectives of the College will be maintained 
and emphasized throughout the presentation of the program of studies. The 
purpose of this curriculum is not only to furnish merely technical or vocational 
training, but also, to aid the student in developing his natural aptitudes for sec- 
retarial and administrative positions. The development of the student's capacity 
to plan, organize, direct, and execute is the guiding principle followed in this 
curriculum. This program of study will appeal to the young man or woman 
who is ambitious, naturally capable, and willing to work. It will also appeal 
to those who realize that positions in secretarial service require much more 
than merely skill in typewriting and stenography. These are essential tools, 
but knowledge and skill in other subjects are as important for the more 
responsible positions. 

Placement Examination 

Students with one or more years of college, high school, or equivalent 
training in shorthand and/or typewriting are required to take a placement 
examination in those subjects prior to, or at the time of, their first registration 
in shorthand or typewriting course at the University. 

Rased on the results of this examination, the student may be exempt from 
certain of the beginning courses in either, or both, shorthand and typewriting. 
Credit will be given only for the work done in residence. 

Record of Competency 

Students must make grade of "C" in each course in the Office Techniques 
sequence before they may progress to the next advanced course. 

Senior Requirement 

A vocational level of competency in business skills is imperative at the 



272 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



time of graduation. As a requirement for graduation, students following the 
secretarial curriculum must either take O. T. 16 and O. T. 17 (or 0. T. 18) 
within the six-month period preceding graduation, or take a proficiency ex- 
amination on the material covered in these courses within this six-month period. 
The following program of study is designed to give the capable student 
an opportunity to develop his potential aptitudes to an effective end. 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance. 

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting* 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) , 

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal & Community Health (Women) , 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) , 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. .3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

O. T. 116— Advanced Shorthand! . . '. 

O. T. 117— Gregg Transcriptionf 

O. T. 118— Gregg Shorthand Dictation 

B. A. 166— Business Communications 

O. T. Ill— Office Machines 

B. A. 112— Records Management 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

Total 



-Semester— 
II 
3 



17-18 



18-21 



16-17 



17 



3 
3 

16 



*0. T. 1 should be completed prior to enrollment in Principles of Shorthand 1 
(O. T. 12). 

tO. T. 16, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 17, Gregg Transcription must be taken 
concurrently. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 273 

r-Semester—\ 

Senior Year ' ** 

O. T. 1 10— Secretarial Work 3 

O. T. 114— Secretarial Office Practice • • • • 3 

B. A. 165— Offii"." Management 3 .... 

B. A. 168— Advanced Office Management ... '■'> 

B. A. ISO, 1S1— Business Law I 4 

Electives ' '' 

10. (in. 1 50— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 



Total 1 ,; 16 

Combined Secretarial Training and Business Teaching Curriculum 

Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education 
in such a manner as to qualify themselves for commercial teaching in high 
schools. 

Requirements to teach business subject: Twenty semester hours of pre- 
scribed courses in education are required for certification to teach business 
subjects in Maryland, and 24 semester hours in the District of Columbia. 

VIII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is recognized as the 
laboratory for the practical study of business and economic problems. As 
such, it has three principal functions:, first, to train students in the field of 
business and economic research; second, to disseminate information concerning 
business and economic conditions in Maryland; and third, to make available 
the facilities and to give active research assistance to interested business firms, 
governmental units, and citizen groups. 

Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can obtain 
practical experience in research work. This involves the application of tech- 
niques and principles studied in the class room to actual business and gov- 
ernmental problems. 

The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, labor 
and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — serves as 
an important source of information relative to business and economic con- 
ditions and developments in this region. This information is made available, 
in part, by means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry to the 
Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation with individual 
business firms and citizen organizations within the state who request assistance 
in the study of specific problems which are recognized as having an important 
bearing upon community welfare. The Bureau welcomes the opportunity to be 
of real service to such organizations. 

IX. BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Governmental Research was organized in 1947, then called 
the Bureau of Public Administration. It is closely allied, both in function and 



274 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

personnel, with the Department of Government and Politics. The Department 
of Government and Politics is the teaching agency; the Bureau of Governmental 
Research is the research agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily to 
the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages 
in research and publishes research findings with reference to local, state and 
national government. It undertakes surveys and offers its assistance and service 
to units of government in Maryland. Finally, it serves as a clearing house of 
information for the benefit of Maryland state and local government. The 
Bureau furnishes an opportunity for qualified interested students to secure 
practical experience in research in government problems. 

X. INSTITUTE OF WORLD ECONOMICS AND POLITICS 

The Institute of World Economics and Public Affairs is an administrative 
agency of the University responsible for fostering, establishing and correlating 
existing instruction, research, and extension on International Economic and 
Political Relations. 

The main objectives of the Institute's program are concerned with de- 
veloping and promoting research; organizing and correlating programs of 
study and instruction on and off campus; advise and make recommendations 
with reference to new and revised courses designed to prepare personnel for 
effective service with Government and Business Agencies in the fields of 
International Economic and Political Relations. 

The Institute is designed to correlate and supplement existing facilities 
rather than to create a new and competing academic agency. It operates in 
large measure, through and with other relevant divisions and departments 
of the University. Among these are the Departments of Business Organization 
and Administration, Economics, Geography, Government and Politics, History, 
Journalism and Public Relations, Modern Languages, and the Bureaus of 
Business and Economic Research, and Government Research. 

The Director of the Institute is the Chairman of the Advisory Council. 
This Advisory Council comprises representatives of each of the Departments 
concerned and selected representatives of Government and Business. 

XL MARYLAND MUNICIPAL LEAGUE 

The office of the Maryland Municipal League, an organization of Maryland 
cities, is located in the College of Business and Public Administration. The 
League provides opportunities for association to municipal officials, offers serv- 
ices to city governments and organizes legislative programs affecting municipal 
affairs. It publishes monthly the Maryland Municipal News. The League's 
mailing address is: Maryland Municipal League, Box 276, College Park, 
Maryland. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 275 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee, will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. Not 
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with 
a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the 
course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Professors Frederick, Calhoun, Clemens, Cook, Cover, Fisher, Mounce, Pyle, 
Reid, Sweeney, Sylvester, Watson, Wedeberg, Wright; Associate Professors 
Hale, Raines; Assistant Professors Ash, Cronin, Daiker, Nelson, Taff; 
Instructors Edelson, Lee, Richard. 

B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2,2) — First and second semesters. 
Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. 

A survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a 
business enterprise. B.A. 11 includes industrial management, organization and 
control. 

B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Required in all Business Administration curriculums. Prerequisite, Sophomore 
standing. 

The fundamental principles and problems involved in accounting for pro- 
prietorships, corporations and partnerships. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21 for majors in account- 
ing, or consent of instructor. 



276 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A comprehensive study of the theory and problems of valuation of assets, 
application of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the interpretation 
of accounting statements. 

B.A. 112. Records Management (2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Since Records Management is a key factor in promoting modern business 
practices, this course is designed to assist students in determining the needs 
for an effective records program. The technical phases of records handling are 
combined with the broader problems of conducting a modern records program — 
its function, organization, operation, and control. 

B.A. 116. Public Budgeting (3)— Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32. 

A study of budgetary administration in the United States, including systems 
of financial control and accountability, the settlement of claims, centralized 
purchasing and the reporting of financial operations. 

B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or con- 
sent of instructor. 

The content of this course covers the scope and functions of governmental 
accounting. It considers the principles general^ applicable to all forms and 
types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable to all 
governments. 

B.A. 121. Cost Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in 
B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor. 

A study of the fundamental procedures of cost accounting, including those 
for job order, process and standard cost accounting systems. 

B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 111. 

A study of the principles and problems of auditing and application of 
accounting principles to the preparation of audit working papers and reports. 

B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4) — Prerequisite, a grade of B or 
better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent of instructor. 

A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Law, using illus- 
trative examples, selected questions and problems, and the preparation of 
returns. 

B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 111. 

Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized problems in partner- 
ships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and consolidations, receiverships and 
liquidations; also budgeting and controllership. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 277 

B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124, 
or consent of instructor. 

A study of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means 
of the preparation of solutions to, and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. 
problems covering the various accounting fields. 

B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, B.A. 122. 

Advanced auditing theory, practice and report writing. 

B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) — Prerequisites, minimum of 
20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the accounting staff. 

A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms of 
certified public accountants from about January 15 to February 15, and for 
a semester after graduation. 

B-A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3) — Prerequisite, junior stand- 
ing. Required for graduation. Laboratory fee, $3.50. 

This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics. Emphasis 
is placed upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabulation; graphic 
charting; statistical distribution; averages; index numbers; sampling; elemen- 
tary tests of reliability and simple correlations. 

B.A. 131. Statistics Laboratory- Laboratory hours and credit to be ar- 
ranged. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. (By approval, open to graduate students for 
work on thesis.) 

Through this course the Bureau of Business and Economic Research offers 
the student an opportunity to do practical work in statistics, business and 
economics, under the direction of the Bureau staff. 

B.A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50 for each course. 

The use of statistical methods and techniques in economic studies and in 
the fields of business and public administration. Advanced methods of cor- 
relation and other selected techniques are applied to statistical analyses of 
economic fluctuations, price changes, cost analysis, and market demand indexes 
and functions. 

B.A- 140. Financial Management (3)— Prerequisite, B.A. 21 and Econ. 

140. 

This course deals with principles and practices involved in the organization, 
financing, and reconstruction of corporations; the various types of securities 
and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and control; inter- 
corporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of problems 
of financial policy faced by management. 

B.A. 141. Investment Management (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 140. 



278 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of the principles and methods used in the analysis, selection, anc 
management of investments; investment programs, sources of investment in 
formation, security price movements, government, real estate, public utility 
railroad, and industrial securities. 

B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 140. 

A study of the organization and management of the Commercial Bank, the 
operation of its departments, and the methods used in the extension of com 
mercial credit. 

BA. 143. Credit Management (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, BA. 140. 

A study of the nature of credit and the principles applicable to its extension 
and redemption for mercantile and consumer purposes; sources of credit in- 
formation and analysis of credit reports; the organization and management of 
a credit department for effective control. Recent developments and effective 
legal remedies available. 

B.A. 147. Business Cycles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140 
and senior standing. 

A study of the causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and 
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem of controlling 
economic instability. 

B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 140. 

Advanced course designed for students specializing in finance. Emphasis 
is placed upon the techniques employed by corporation executives in their 
application of financial management practice to selected problems and cases. 
Critical classroom analysis is brought to bear upon actual methods and tech- 
niques used by corporations. 

B.A. 149. Analysis of Financial Statements (3) — Prerequisites, B.A. 21, 
B.A. 140. 

Analysis of financial statements for the guidance of executives, directors, 
stockholders, and creditors, valuation of balance sheet items; determination and 
interpretation of ratios. 

B.A. 150. Marketing Management (3)— Prerequisite, Econ. 150. 

A study of the work of the marketing division in a going organization. The 
work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of marketing 
activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is placed on 
the determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effective marketing 
of various forms of manufactured products. 

B.A. 151. Advertising. (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 150. 
A study of the role of advertising in the American economy; the impact of 
advertising on our economic and social life, the methods and techniques currently 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 279 

applied by advertising practitioners, the role of the newspaper, magazine, and 
other media in the development of an advertising campaign, modern research 
methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising, and the organization of the 
advertising business. 

B.A. 152. Advertising Copy and Layout (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 151. 

A study of the practices and techniques of copy writing and layout. The 
student will participate in exercises designed to teach him the essential principles 
of writing copy for various media and presenting ideas in visual form. The 
course deals with the development of ideas rather than art forms. 

B.A. 153. Purchasing Management (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 150. 

Studies the problems of determining the proper sources, quality and quan- 
tity of supplies, and of methods of testing quality; price policies, price fore- 
casting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of 
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing, and 
methods and procedures used in their procurement. 

B.A. 154. Retail Store Management (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 150 and senior standing. 

Retail store organization, location, layout and store policy; pricing policies, 
price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to buying; purchasing 
methods; supervision of selling; training and supervision of retail sales force; 
and administrative problems. 

B.A. 155. Problems in Retail Merchandising (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 154. 

Designed to develop skill in the planning and control of merchandise 
stocks. Deals with buying policies, pricing, dollar and unit control procedures, 
mark-up and mark-down policies, merchandise budgeting, and the gross margin- 
expense-net earnings relationships. 

B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 150 and senior 
standing. 

Functions of various exporting agencies: documents and procedures used 
in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of procuring goods in 
foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through the customs 
districts; and distribution of goods in the United States. 

B.A. 158. Advertising Campaigns (3) — Prerequisites, B.A. 151 and B.A. 152. 

This course is devoted to the application of advertising skills for the purpose 
of conducting advertising campaigns scaled to specific marketing needs and 
financial resources. It combines sound principles with laboratory techniques; 
familiarizes the student with the price structure, technical needs, and problems of 
effective presentation for newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and other 
media. 



280 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 159. Newspaper Advertising (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 151. 

A study of the problems of newspaper advertising with special attention t^a 
the needs of retail business. The course covers layout, production methods, sale 
techniques, and classified advertising. Students are encouraged to work in th pro 
advertising departments of campus and nearby publications for actual experience 

B.A. 160. Personnel Management (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 160. 

This course deals with the problems of directing and supervising employee 
under modern industrial conditions. Two phases of personnel administratioi|co 
are stressed, the application of scientific management and the importance o 
human relations in this field. 



B.A. 163. Industrial Relations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ 
160 and senior standing. 

A study of the development and methods of organized groups in industrj 
with reference to the settlement of labor disputes. An economic and lega 
analysis of labor union and employer association activities, arbitration, medi 
ation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agreements, strikes, boycotts 
lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and injunctions. 

B.A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3) — Prerequisite 
B.A. 160 and senior standing. 

Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases 
include the decisions of administrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals 

B.A. 165. Office Management (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. 

Considers the application of the principles of scientific management in 
their application to office work. 

B.A. 166. Business Communications (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, junior standing. 

The principles of effective written communication in business — formal and 
informal reports, including digesting of information, organizing for presentation, 
methods of handling various types of information, and physical setup; the 
various types of business letters; special consideration will be given to application 
letters. 

B.A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 160 
The investigation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry, study 
of the development and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and writing 
job descriptions, setting up a job evaluation plan, and relating job evaluation to 
pay scales. Study of various employee merit rating programs, the methods of 
merit rating, and the uses of merit rating. 

B.A. 168 Advanced Office Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 165 and senior standing. 

A study of the policies, systems, practices used to promote the effective 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 281 

ttilization of the office functions. Among the subjects studied will be organ- 
isation, standards determination, procedures, scheduling, layout, and process 
harting. The above techniques will be used in analyzing, evaluating, and im- 
proving the office methods found in several actual business cases. 

B.A. 169. Industrial Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B. A. 11 and 160. 

Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics 
overed are product development, plant location, plant layout, production plan- 
ning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, budgetary control, 
standard costs, and problems of supervision. An inspection trip to a large 
manufacturing plant is made at the latter part of the semester. 

B.A. 170. Transportation Services and Regulation (3) — Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

A general course covering the five fields of transportation, their develop- 
ment, services and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other 
courses.) 

B.A. 171. Industrial and Commercial Traffic Management (3) — Prerequi- 
site, B. A. 170. 

Covers the details of classification and rate construction for ground and 
air transportation. Actual experiences in handling tariffs and classifications is 
provided. It is designed for students interested in the practical aspects of 
shipping and receiving and is required for all majors in Transportation 
Administration. 

B.A. 172. Motor Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170. 
The place of the motor transport industry, development, uses in distribution, 
competitive situations, organization, regulation. 

B.A. 173. Overseas Shipping (3)— Prerequisite, B. A. 170. 

The ocean carrier, development of services, types, trade routes, company 
organization, ship brokers and freight forwarders, the American Merchant 
Marine as a factor in national activity. 

B.A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation (3) — Prerequisite, B. A. 170. 
The air transportation system of the United States: airways, airports, air- 
lines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services of com- 
mercial air transportation: economics, equipment, operations, financing, selling 
of passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and services. 

B.A. 175. Airline Administration (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual work in 
handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance, 
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations and 
other manuals of various companies. 



282 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 176. Problems in Airport Management (3) — Prerequisite, B.A. 174. 

Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs, airport plan- 
ning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Management, 
financing, operations, revenue sources. 

B.A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 169. 

A study of the principles of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion 
study, the fundamentals of time study, job evaluation, observations, standard 
times, allowances, formula construction, and wage payment plans. 

B.A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2) — Prerequisite B. A. 169. 

An analysis of the man-, material-, and machine requirements for production 
according to the several types of manufacture. The development and application 
of inventory records, load charts, production orders, schedules, production 
reports, progress reports and control reports. One lecture period and one 
laboratory period each week. 

B.A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3) — Prerequisite B. A. 169. 

A case study course of supervisory problems divided into difficulties with 
subordinates, with associates and with superiors. The purposes of the course 
are to apply general principles of industrial management to concrete cases and 
to extract principles from a study of cases. 

B.A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. 

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instruments, 
agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales. 

B.A. 184. Public Utilities (3)— Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior 

standing. 

Using the regulated industries as specific examples attention is focused on 
broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law, ad- 
ministrative law, public administration, government control of business, ad- 
vanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation, 
finance, engineering and management. 

B.A. 189. Business and Government (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing. 

A study of the role of government in modern economic life. Social control 
of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from the 
decline of competition. Criteria of and limitations on government regulation of 
private enterprise. 

B.A. 190. Life Insurance (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A general survey of life insurance: Its institutional development, selection 
of risks, mathematical calculations, contract provisions, kinds of policies, their 
functional uses, industrial and group contracts, internal management problems, 
and government supervision. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 283 

B.A. 191. Property Insurance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

A study of the insurance coverages written to protect business and per- 
sonal risks arising from such hazards as fire, windstorm, ocean and inland 
transportation, fidelity, and liability. 

B.A. 194. Insurance Agency Management (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, B.A. 190 or 191. 

This course deals with selected advanced topics and special coverages in 
life, old age, fire, transportation, and casualty insurance of interest to the 
insurance representative. Students are to write a report on some topic involv- 
ing investigation and research. 

B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles (3) — First semester. Prerequisite Econ. 
32 or 37. 

The course covers the nature and uses of real estate, real estate as a 
business, basic legal principles, construction problems and home ownership, 
city planning, and public control and ownership of real estate. 

B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 
32 or 37. 

This course includes various methods and techniques in the appraisal of 
real estate, in the financing of real estate operations, and in the supervision of 
real properties. 

B.A. 197. Real Estate Management (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
B.A. 195 or 196. 

Selected advanced problems in real estate brokerage, community develop- 
ment, property valuations, governmental powers, sources and placement of 
capital funds, and management of rental buildings. Students are to write a 
report on some topic involving investigation and research. 

For Graduates 

B.A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory (2-3) — Prerequisite B. A. Ill and 
graduate standing. 

B.A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3). 

B.A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 226. Accounting Systems (3). 

B.A. 228. Research in Accounting — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and Or- 
ganization — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management (1-3) — Prerequisites, Ec. 
140, B. A. 21, B. A. 140. 



284 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 249. Studies of Special Problems in the Field of Financial Adminis- 
tration — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 250. Problems in Sales Management (3). 

B.A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3). 

B.A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3). 

B.A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations — 

(Arranged.) 

B.A. 265. Development and Trends in Industrial Management (3). 

B.A. 266. Research in Personnel Management — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relation- 
ships — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation (3). 

B.A. 271. Theory of Organization (3). 

B.A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3). 

B.A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relations — (Arranged.) 

B.A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3). 

B.A. 290. Seminar in Insurance (3). 

B.A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate (3). 

B.A. 299. Thesis— (Arranged.) 

ECONOMICS 

Professors Dillard, Gruchy; Associate Professor Grayson; Assistant Professors 
Hamberg, Longley, Root; Instructors Norton, Robinson, Measday, Yeager. 

Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Freshman requirements in Business Administration Curriculums. 

An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop- 
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and 
age of mass production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western 
Europe and the United States. (Dillard and Staff.) 

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Required in the Business Administration 
Curriculums. 

A general analysis of the functioning of the economic system. A consid- 
erable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic concepts and ex- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 285 

planatory principles. The remainder deals with the major problems of the 
economic system. (Grayson and Staff.) 

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3) — First and second semesters. 
Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31 and 32. Not open to fresh- 
men or to B. P. A. students. 

A survey of the general principles underlying economic activity. Designed 
to meet the needs of special technical groups such as students of Engineering, 
Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable to take the more 
complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32. (Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

An investigation of the theory and practice of various types of economic 
systems. The course begins with an examination and evaluation of the 
capitalistic system and is followed by an analysis of alternative types of eco- 
nomic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for Economics majors. 

This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special 
attention to recent developments in the theory of imperfect competition. 

(Grayson.) 

Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 and senior standing. 

A survey of recent trends in American, English, and Continental Eco- 
nomic thought with special attention to the work of such economists as W. C. 
Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson and other 
contributors to the development of economic thought since 1900. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3) — First se- 
mester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A descriptive and theoretical analysis of international trade. Full con- 
sideration is given to contemporary problems facing international trade and to 
the impact of governmental policy upon international commercial relations. 

(Root.) 

Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning (3)— First semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

An analysis of the principles and practice of economic planning with special 
reference to the planning problems of Great Britain, Russia, and the United 
States. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 



286 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of the organization, functions, and operation of our monetary, 
credit, and banking system; the relation of commercial banking to the Federal 
Reserve System; the relation of money and credit to prices; domestic and 
foreign exchange, and the impact of public policy upon banking and credit. 

(Staff.) 

Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140. 

A study of recent developments in the theory of money and credit, of 
domestic and international price problems, and of monetary and credit policies 
in their relation to the problem of full employment. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of government fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources of 
public revenue, the tax system, government budgets, and the public debt. 

(Grayson.) 

Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Econ. 140. Econ. 136 and 141 recommended. 

This course considers the theory and practice of international finance and 
exchange. The increased importance of public authority in foreign trade, 
international policies, and finance is given due emphasis. (Root.) 

Econ. 150. Marketing Principles and Organization (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. 

This is an introductory course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is 
to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating, 
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products, 
natural products, services, and manufactured goods. (Reid and Staff.) 

Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 37. (Measday. Norton, Robinson, Yeager.) 

The historical development and chief characteristics of the American labor 
movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are then examined in detail: 
wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor organization, and col- 
lective bargaining. 

Econ. 170. Monoply and Competition (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 32 or 37. 

Growth of large-scale production, development of industrial combinations, 
the economies of vertical and horizontal combination, the anti-trust acts, and 
some conclusions as to policy in relation to competition and monoply. Problems 
of small business. 

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries (3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite. Econ. 32 or 37. 

A study of the technology, economics and geography of twenty representa- 
tive American industries. (Clemens.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 287 

For Graduates 

Econ. 200. Micro-Economic Analysis (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 132. 

Price, output, and distribution analysis as developed by Chamberlin, Triffin, 
Hicks, and others; econometric methods, including Leontief input-output tech- 
niques of inter-industry analysis. Considerable attention is given to contribu- 
tions in periodicals. (Grayson.) 

Econ. 202. Macro-Economic Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Econ. 132. 

National income accounting: determination of national income and em- 
ployment especially as related to the modern theory of effective demand; con- 
sumption function; multiplier and acceleration principles; the role of money as 
it affects output and employment as a whole; cyclical fluctuations. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor. 

A study of the development of economic thought and theories including the 
Greeks, Romans, canonists, mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, 
Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) — Second 
Semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. 

A study of various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic 
thought, particularly the classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German his- 
torical school, American economic thought, and the socialists. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

A study of recent developments in the field of institutional economic theory 
in the United States and abroad. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 236. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3) — (Arranged.) 
A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations. (Root.) 

Econ. 237. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3). 

Econ. 240. Comparative Banking Systems (3). 

Individual research under faculty guidance of special problems in the field 
of government finance and taxation. 

Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Industries 
(3)— (Arranged.) (Clemens.) 

Econ. 299. Thesis — (Arranged.) 



288 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

GEOGRAPHY 

Professors Van Royen, Hu, ; Consulting Professor Roterus, Lecturers 

with rank of Professor Lemons, McBryde; Assistant Professors Augelli, Kari- 

nen, Patton; Instructors Pickard, Calhoun, Herbst; Research Associate Batters- 

by; Research Assistants Allen, Kelley. 

Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week for Geog. 1; two lecture 
periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirements in the Business Administration 
Curriculums. 

General comparative study of the geographic factors underlying production 
economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural products, 
power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief survey of geog- 
raphy of commerce and manufacturing. (Patton and Staff.) 

Geog. 4. Regional Geography of the Continents I. The New World (2) 

— First semester. 

Study of the Americas witli emphasis upon human geography and the under- 
lying physical factors. Discussion of some of the major problems arising 
therefrom. Of particular value to students in the field of education. 

Geog. 5. Regional Geography of the Continents II. The Old World (2) 

— Second semester. 

Study of Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia with emphasis on human 
geography and the underlying physical factors. Discussion of some of the 
major problems resulting therefrom. Intended especially for students and 
teachers in the field of education. 

Geog. 10, 11. General Geography (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Required of all majors in geography; recommended for all minors; sug- 
gested for students of Arts and Sciences, Education, and others who may desire 
a background in geography and its application to problems of their respective 
fields. 

Introduction to geography as a field of study. A survey of the content, 
philosophy, techniques, and application of geography and its significance for 
the understanding of world problems. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology (3) — First semester. 

A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their geographic 
distribution, including subordinate land forms. Major morphological processes, 
the development of land forms, and the relationships between various types of 
land forms and land use problems. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 35. Map Reading and Interpretation (3) — First and second se- 
mesters. 

Designed to familiarize the student with various types of maps, their func- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 289 

ions and limitations. Introduction to map projections and their adaptability 
o different purposes. Emphasis upon characteristics and interpretation of 
opographic maps. (Karinen.) 

Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology (3)— First semester. 

An introductory study of the weather. Properties and conditions of the 
jitmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circulation and 
conditions responsible for various types of weather and their geographic dis- 
tribution patterns. Practical applications. (Pickard.) 

Geog. 41. Introductory Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor. 

Climatic elements and their controls, the classification and distribution of 
world climates, and relevance of climatic differences to human activities. 

(Pickard.) 

Geog. 42S. Weather and Climate (2) — Summer only. Permission of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the principal causes of the weather and the major types 
of climate, with special emphasis upon North America. 

Geog. 50. Problems of Cartographic Representation (3) — First or second 
semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite 
Geog. 30 and 35, or equivalent. 

Introduction to theory of projections. Study of principles and problems 
of representation of natural features according to map scales, and of general- 
ization and symbolization; also of classification, representation, and generalization 
of cultural features, including place-name selection. 

(Davies, Geological Survey.) 

Geog. 90. Problems of Cartographic Procedure (3) — First or second se- 
mester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite 
Geog. 30. _ r' 

Study of compilation methods and their relationship to drafting and 
reproduction methods, including basic concepts of compilation, criteria used 
in the selection of methods of transfer, relationships of reproduction methods to 
the degree of accuracy, drafting methods in compilation and in color-separation 
work, and analysis of type styles and their uses. (Skop, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 100, 101. Regional Geography of the United States and Canada 
(3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2, or Geog. 10, 11, 
or permission of the instructor. 

A study of regional diversity of the natural and human resources of the two 
countries, and the economic activities and settlement patterns of the population. 

(Herbst.) 

Geog. 102S. Geography of the United States (2) — Summer only. Per- 
mission of instructor. 



290 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A general study of the regions and resources of the United States in relation 
to agricultural and industrial development and to present-day national problems. 

Geog. 105. Geography of Maryland and adjacent areas (3) — First and 
second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. 

An analysis of the physical environment, natural resources, and population 
in relation to agriculture, industry, transport, and trade in the state of 
Maryland and adjacent areas. (Patton.) 

Geog. 106S. Geography of Maryland (2) — Summer only. Permission of 
instructor. 

The geographic regions of Maryland and their principal characteristics, 
especially in relation to the development of home studies and other study 
projects. 

Geog. 110, 111. Latin America (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Regional geography of the Latin American republics; an analysis of the 
physical environment and the natural resources, and a survey of the historical 
and cultural development. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3) — First semester. 
The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and industrial 
development and to present-day economic and national problems. 

(Van Royen, Patton.) 

Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa (3) — Second 

semester. 

The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural and mineral 
production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities 
of the future. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3) — First or second semester. 

Problems of development of colonial areas, with special emphasis upon the 
development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settlement in 
the tropics. 

Geog. 130. 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and East- 
ern Asia (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China, and the East Indies; 
natural resources, population, and economic activities. Comparisons of physical 
and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic, social and 
political development. (Hu.) 

Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia (3, 3)— First and second 

semesters. 

A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geographical distribution 
and interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural patterns of China, 
Japan, and Korea. Special emphasis will be placed on the unique characteristics 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 291 

f the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institutions, outlooks on life, 
ontemporary problems, and trends of cultural change. Designed especially 
Dr students of the social sciences, and those preparing for careers in foreign 
ervice, foreign trade, education, and international relations. (Hu.) 

Geog. 140. Soviet Lands (3) — First or second semester. 

The natural environment and its regional diversity. .Geographic factors in 
he expansion of the Russian State. The geography of agricultural and in- 
lustrial production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems, 
.nd diversity of population. 

Geog. 146. The Near East (3) — First semester. 

The physical, economic, political, and strategic geography of the lands 
)etween the Mediterranean and India. 

Geog. 150. Problems of Map Evaluation I. Topographic Maps (3) — 

First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 
Prerequisite, Geog 30. 

Review of status of topographic mapping with consideration of important 
schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means 
of determining map reliability and utility, including studies of map coverage. 
Emphasis on methods of preparation of data for compilation purposes, including 
a study of types of source materials. Methods of map cataloging and biblio- 
graphy are given brief consideration. (Davies, Geological Survey.) 

Geog. 151. Problems of Map Evaluation II. Non-topographic Special-use 
Maps (3) — First or second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours labora- 
tory a week. Prerequisite, Geog. 150. 

Deals exclusively with non-topographic special-use maps used in the fields 
of geology, pedology, climatology, forestry and botany, geography, economics, 
agricultural economics, demography, transportation and communication, military 
science, and certain other special fields. Each type is studied from the viewpoint 
of history, basic criteria upon which the selection of features and scales is de- 
termined, methods of representation and preparation, interpretation, and avail- 
ability of souce materials. Field trips when possible. 

(Brierly, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 152. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3) — First or 
second semester. Two-hour lecture and two hours laboratory a week. Prere- 
quisite, Geog. 30, 35 or equivalent. 

Reading and interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis on topo- 
graphic features. Study of limitations of photo interpretations. Interpretations 
of soil, geologic, vegetation, and military data. 

Geog. 154, 155. General Cartography and Graphics (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisite. Geog. 30 or consent of instructor. 

Problems and techniques of compilation, design, construction, and repro- 



292 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

duction of the various types of maps and graphic materials. Laboratory 
exercises are directed primarily toward the solution of actual cartographic 
problems encountered by the geographer. (Karinen.) 

Geog. 158. Elementary Toponymy (3) — First or second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Geog. 30 and one foreign language. 

Problems of place-name analysis as related to cartography, especially those 
involved in making and interpreting foreign maps, the language aspects of 
gazetteers, and the problems of compilation of cartographic dictionaries. The 
course will close with a review of the linguistic aspects of air charts, hydro- 
graphic charts, and the International Map of the World. 

(Aiken, Army Map Service.) 

Geog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography I. Agricultural Resources (3) 

— First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10 and 11. 

The nature of agricultural resources, the major types of agricultural ex- 
ploitation in the world, and the geographic distribution of certain major crops 
and animals in relation to the physical environment and economic geographic 
conditions. Main problems of conservation. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geography II. Mineral Resources (3) — 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10 and 11. 

The nature and geographic distribution of the principal power, metallic, 
and other minerals. Economic geographic aspects of modes of exploitation. 
Consequences of geographic distribution and problems of conservation. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 170. Local Field Course (3) — First semester. 

Training in geographic field methods and techniques. Field observation of 
land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture 
per week with Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Primarily for 
undergraduates. (Karinen.) 

Geog. 180, 181. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and basic prin- 
ciples of geography, with special reference to the major schools of geographic 
thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geographical works and 
methods of geographic research. (Hu.) 

Geog. 190. Political Geography (3) — Second semester. 

Geographical factors in national power and international relations; an 
analysis of the role of "Geopolitics" and "Geostrategy," with special reference 
to the current world scene. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation (3) — Second semester. 

The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface; patterns of 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 293 

transport routes; the adjustment of transport routes and media to conditions 
of the natural environment centers and their distribution. (Patton.) 

Geog. 197. Urban Geography (3)— First semester. 

Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site and location with 

reference to cities. The patterns and functions of some major world cities 

will be analyzed. Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be 

appraised. (Patton.) 

Geog. 199. Topical Investigations (1 to 3)— First and second semesters. 

Independent study under individual guidance. Choice of subject matter 
ploitation of mineral resources, and land utilization. Prerequisite, Geography. 
Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24 hours 
of geography. (Starr.) 

Geog. 200. Field Course (3)— Field work in September, conference and 
reports during first semester. 

Practical experience in conducting geographic field studies. Intensive 
training in field methods and techniques and in the preparation of reports. 
For graduate students in geography. Open to other students by special per- 
mission of the head of the Department of Geography. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Geog. 210, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Latin America, (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 

An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, exploi- 
tation of mineral resources, and land utilization. Prerequisite, Geog. 110, 111 
or consent of instructor. (McBryde.) 

Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3) 
First and second semesters. 

Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development 
of Europe and Africa. Prerequisite, Geog. 120 or 122, or consent of instructor. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of East Asia (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Analysis of problems concerning the geography of East Asia with emphasis 
on special research methods and techniques applicable to the problems of this 
area. (Hu.) 

Geog. 240, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U. S. S. R. (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters. 

Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography. Emphasis on the 
use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian and 
Geog. 140, or consent of instructor. 






294 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East (3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography (credit arranged) — First or second 
semester. 

The historical and mathematical background of cartographic concepts, 
practices, and problems, and the various philosophical and practical approaches 
to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presentation 'of 
specific cartographic problems investigated by the students. 

(Karinen and Davies.) 

Geog. 260. Advanced General Climatology (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site Geog. 42, or consent of instructor. 

Advanced study of elements and controls of the earth's climates. Principles 

of climatic classification. Special analysis of certain climatic types. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 261. Applied Climatology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite Geog. 
42, or consent of instructor. 

Study of principles, techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physical and 
regional climatology relating to such problems and fields as transportation, 
agriculture, industry, urban planning, human comfort, and regional geographic 
analysis. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Climatology (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Selected topics in meterology and climatology chosen to fit the individual 
needs of advanced students. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 280. Geomorphology (3) — Second semester. 

An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes and 
land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological problems. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 290, 291. Selected Topics in Geography (1 to 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field of geography. To be 
taken only with joint consent of adviser and head of the Department of 
Geography. (Staff.) 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Professors Burdette, Plischke, Starr, and Steinmeyer; Associate Professor 
Bowen; Assistant Professors Anderson and Dixon; Instructors Goostree, and 
Stillings. 

G. and P. 1. American Government (3) — Each semester. 
This course is designed as the basic course in government for the Ameri- 
can Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the 
United States— national, state, and local and of their adjustment to changing 
Social and economic conditions. 

G. and P. 4. State Government and Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite. G. & P. 1. 

A study oi the organization and functions of state government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland. 

G. and P. 5. Local Government and Administration (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the organization and functions of local government in the 
United States, with special emphasis upon the government of Maryland cities 
and counties. 

G. and P. 7. The Government of the British Commonwealth (2) — First 
semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. 

A study of the governments of the United Kingdom and the British 
Dominions. 

G. and P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe (2) — Second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A comparative study of the governments of France, Switzerland, Italy, 
Germany, and the Scandinavian countries. 

G. and P. 9. The Governments of Latin America (2) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A comparative study of Latin American governments, with special em- 
phasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico. 

G. and P. 10. The Governments of Russia and the Far East (2)— Second 
semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the governments of Russia, China, and Japan. 

G. and P. 97. Major Foreign Governments (3). 

An examination of characteristic governmental institutions and political 
processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France, Germany, 
Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in this course and 
also ohtain credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of the major factors underlying international relations, the in- 
fluence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, and the develop- 
ment of international organization, with emphasis on the United Nations. 



296 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

G. and P. 102. — International Law (3)— Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

Fundamental principles governing the relations of states, including mat- 
ters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace, and persons; treatment 
of aliens; treaty-making; diplomacy; and the laws of war and neutrality. 

G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

The background and interpretation of recent political events in the Far 
East and their influence on world politics. 

G. and P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

The principles and machinery of the conduct of American foreign relations, 
with emphasis on the Department of State and the Foreign Service, 
and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States. 

G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of public administration in the United States, giving special at- 
tention to the principles of organization and management and to fiscal, per- 
sonnel, planning, and public relations practices. 

G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3) — First semester. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 110 or B. A. 160. 

A survey of public personnel administration, including the development of 
merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification, recruitment, exami- 
nation techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, discipline, employee 
relations, and retirement. 

G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. 

A survey of governmental financial procedures, including processes of 
current and capital budgeting, the administration of public borrowing, the tech- 
niques of public purchasing, and the machinery of control through pre-audit 
and post-audit. 

G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

A comprehensive study of legislative organization, procedure, and problems. 
The course includes opportunities for student contact with Congress and with 
the Legislature of Maryland. 

G. and P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

A systematic inquiry into the general principles of the American constitu- 
tional system, with special reference to the role of the judiciary in the inter- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 297 

pretation and enforcement of the federal constitution; the position of the states 
in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce; due process of 
law and other civil rights. 

G. and P. 133. Administration of Justice (3)— Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

An examination of civil and criminal court structure and procedures in the 
United States at all levels of government, with special emphasis upon the 
federal judiciary. 

G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3)— First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A survey of the principal political theories set forth in the works of writers 
from Plato to Bentham. 

G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3)— Second semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of 19-th and 20th century political thought, with special emphasis 
on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism. 

G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
site G. & P. 1. 

A study of the development and growth of American political concepts from 
the colonial period to the present. 

G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite G. & P. 1. 

A study of governmental problems of international scope, such as causes 
of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are required to 
report on readings from current literature. 

G. and P. 174. Political Parties (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. & 
P. 1. 

A descriptive and analytical examination of American political parties, nom- 
inations, elections, and political leadership. 

G. and P. 178. Public Opinion (3) — First semester. Prerequisite G. & P. 1. 

An examination of public opinion and its effect on political action, with 
emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda, and pressure 
groups. 

G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite 
G. & P. 1. 

A study of the discretion exercised by administrative agencies, including 
analysis of their functions, their powers over persons and property, their pro- 
cedures, and judicial sanctions and controls. 

G. and P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions (3) — Second se- 
mester. Prerequisite G. and P. 1. 



298 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A careful study of major political institutions, such as legislatures, ex- 
ecutives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in selected foreign 
governments. 

American Civilization 137, 138. Conference in American Civilization (3, 3) 

— First and second semesters. 

The student's acquaintance with American Civilization is brought to a focus 
through the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such as Alexis de Toc- 
queville, Democracy in America, Nathaniel Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter, Thorstein 
Veblen, The Theory of the Leisure Class, and Gunnar Myrdal, An American 
Dilemma. Specialists from related departments participate in the conduct of the 
course. 

For Graduates 

G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3). 

A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations. 

G. and P. 202. Seminar in International Law (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in 
substantive and procedural international law. 

G. and P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and readings in the back- 
ground and development of American government. 

G. and P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3). 
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in 
governmental and political institutions in governments throughout the world. 

G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of recent federal-state relations. 

G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3). 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public administration. 

G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3). 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field 
of public personnel administration. 

G. and P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government in Maryland (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of Maryland 

state and local government. 

G. and P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management 
(3). 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 299 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administra- 
tive planning and management in government. 

G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authorities 
(3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the use of 
the corporate form for governmental administration. The topics for study will 
relate to the use of the corporate form as an administrative technique, as in the 
cases of the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York Authority, and 
local housing authorities. 

G. and P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of 
public opinion. 

G. and P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation (3). 
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the com- 
position and organization of legislatures and about the legislative process. 

G. and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields 
of political organization and action. 

G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3). 

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political theory 
as liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property, 
sovereignty, nationalism, and the organic state. 

G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the 
fields of constitutional and administrative law. 

G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3). 
Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics 
and instruction in the use of government documents. 

G. and P. 252. Problems of Democracy: National (3). Summer session 
only. 

G. and P. 253. Problems of Democracy: International (3). Summer 
session only. 

G. and P. 254. Problems of Democracy: National II (3). Summer 
session only. 

G. and P. 255. Problems of Democracy: International II (3). Summer 
session only. 

G. and P. 261. Research in Government and Politics (3). 
Credit according to work accomplished. 



300 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit). 

Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the department. Registration for 
two semesters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the entire 
departmental staff in full meeting. 

G. and P. 299. Thesis Course (Arranged). 

JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Professor Crowell; Associate Professor Krimel; Assistant Professor Danegger; 
Lecturers, Hottel, Zagoria. 

Journalism Courses 

Journ. 10. News Reporting I (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two 
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisites, Eng. 1, 2. 

Fundamentals of professional reporting. Laboratory time spent in writing 
news-story exercises assigned by instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 11. News Reporting II (3) — First semester. Two lectures, two 
laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 10. 

More specialized types of news stories. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 160. News Editing I (3). — First semester. Two lectures, two hours 
of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, Journ. 11. 

Copy editing, proofreading, headline writing. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 161. News Editing II (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; three 
hours of laboratory work on Baltimore Sun desk each week, arranged. 
Headwriting, makeup, rewriting, copy editing. 

Journ. 162. Community Journalism (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; 
three hours of laboratory work on a weekly newspaper each week, arranged. 
Introduction to community and weekly newspaper. 

Journ. 165. Feature Writing (3). — Second semester. Two lectures; one 
hour of laboratory work. 

Writing and selling of newspaper and magazine articles. Laboratory 
fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 175. Reporting of Public Affairs (3).— First semester. One lecture; 
three hours of laboratory time spent each week on regular beat for Baltimore 
Sun, by arrangement. 

Advanced reporting: city, county, federal beats. 

Journ. 176. Newsroom Problems (3).— First semester. Three lectures per 
week. 

Ethics, newsroom problems and policies, freedom and responsibilities of 
the press. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 301 

Journ. 181. Press Photography (3). — First, second semesters. One lecture, 
four hours of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, junior major standing in the 
department. 

Shooting, developing, printing of news and feature pictures. Equipment 
provided by university. Student furnishes own supplies needed in course. Lab- 
oratory fee, $6.00, provides demonstration supplies, maintenance of cameras. 

Journ. 184. Picture Editing (2). — Second semester. Prerequisite or core- 
quisite, Journ. 181. 

Theories and exercises in handling pictures for the press. 

Journ. 191. Law of the Press (3). — Second semester. 

Introduction to libel, right of privacy, fair comment and criticism, privilege, 
contempt by publication, Maryland pre'ss statutes. 

Journ. 192. History of American Journalism (3). — First semester. 
Leading personalities, chief movements in American journalism. 

Public Relations Courses 

Journ. 166. Publicity Techniques (3). — First semester. Preparation in 
Journ. 10, 170 desirable. 

Strategy and techniques of publicity operations. Orientation, practice in 
use of major media of public communications. 

Journ. 170. Public Relations (3). — First semester. 

Survey of public relations; general orientation, principles, techniques. 

Journ. 171. Industrial Journalism (2). — First semester. 

Introduction to industrial communications, management and production 
of company publications; public relations aspects of industrial journalism. 

Journ. 186. Public Relations of Government (3). — Second semester. 
Study of public relations, publicity, propaganda, information services in 
public administration. 

Journ. 194. Public Relations Cases (2). — Second semester. 
Study of cases in public relations, with particular attention to policy form- 
ulation, strategy, ethical factors. 

Journ. 195. Seminar in Public Relations (2). — Second semester. 
Group and individual research in public relations. 

OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 

Associate Professor Patrick; Instructors O'Neill, Costello, Frantz, Knapper. 

O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. 
Five laboratory periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 



302 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate th< 
typewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of thi 
"touch" system. This course should be completed prior to enrollment in O. T 
12, Principles of Shorthand. 

O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting (2) — First and second semesters. Fiv< 
periods per week. Laboratory fee, S7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C 
in O. T. 1 or consent of instructor. 

The aim of this course is to teach the fundamentals of letter writing anc 
to continue the development of speed typing. Problems in business lette 
styles and forms, arrangement of letters, tabulation, and exercises for im 
proving stroking skill will be used. 

O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems (2) — First and second semesters 
Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, S7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade o 
"C" in O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. 

In this course the aims are to develop the highest degree of accuracy anc 
speed possible for each student and to teach the advanced techniques of type- 
writing with special emphasis on production. 

O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand (4, 4) — First and second semesters 
Five periods per week. Prerequisite, O. T. 1, and consent of instructor. 

This course aims to develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Short- 
hand. The reading approach is used, stressing reading and writing from copj 
and dictation. 

*0. T. 116. Advanced Shorthand (3) — First semester. Five periods pe 
week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 13 and O. T. 2 or consem 
of instructor. 

Advanced principles and phrases of shorthand; dictation covering vocabu 
laries of representative businesses; development of dictation skill to maximurr 
for each individual. 

O. T. 117. Gregg Transcription (2) — First semester. Four periods pei 
week. Laboratory fee, S7.50. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. Ij 
and O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. This course is to be taken concurrent^ 
with O. T. 116. 

A course in intensive transcriptional speed building, and in the related skills 
and knowledges. 

O. T. 118. Gregg Shorthand Dictation (3) — Second semester. Five periods 

per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 116 and O. T. 117 

consent of instructor. 

A special course in shorthand speed building with emphasis placed on the 
development of a special shorthand vocabulary. 



*0. T. 10 should be completed prior to enrollment in Advanced Shorthand (O. T. 116) 
O. T. 116, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 117, Gregg Transcription, must be taken con 
currently. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



303 



O. T. 110. Secretarial Work (3) — First semester. Six periods per week. 
Prerequisite, O. T. Ill and O. T. 112 or consent of instructor. 

This course is designed to cover specific and general information in addition 
to the stenographic skills needed by a secretary. Units will be assigned on 
communication procedures and cost, installation and revision of files, selection 
of office equipment and supplies, editorial duties, compilation of statistical data, 
and use of reference books. It is assumed that stenographic skills are obtained 
from other sources. 

O. T. 111. Office Machines (3)— First and second semesters. Six periods 
per week. Prerequisites, O. T. 2 and junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

A course designed to give the students training in the use of modern office 
devices — duplicators, calculators, voice writing machines, and other common 
office equipment Some attention is given to supervision of small groups of 
office workers. 

O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3) — First and second semesters. 
Six times per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and completion of O. T. 110. 

The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office experience to 
senior secretarial students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience under 
supervision is required. In addition, each student will prepare a written 
report on an original problem previously approved. 




Business and Public Administration Building 






',:>,. 




ENTRANCE TO EDUCATION BUILDING 



College of 

EDUCATION 

Arthur Ahalt, M.A., Professor and Head, Agricultural Education. 

George E. Avery, M.A., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 

Walcott H. Beatty, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child 
Study. 

Richard M. Brandt, ALA., Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Assistant Dean. 

Glen D. Brown, M.A., Professor and Head, Department of Industrial Education. 

Lillian W. Brown, B.A., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education. 

Marie D. Bryan, M.A., Associate Professor of Education. 

Richard H. Byrne, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education. 

Mary Carl, Ph.D., Assistant Professor and Educational Adviser, Baltimore Division, 
College of Special and Continuation Studies. 

Harold F. Cotterman, Ph.D., Professor of Education. 

Vienna Curtiss, M.A., Professor and Head, Department of Practical Arts. 

Marie Denecke, M.A., Instructor in Education. 

Wilbur Devilbiss, Ed.D., Professor of Education and Dean. 

Stanley J. Drazek, Ph.D., Assistant Dean, College of Special and Continuation 
Studies. 

Elizabeth F. Duff, ALA., Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 

Rosemary Flannery, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education. 

Florence AL Gipe, R.N., Ed.D., Dean, School of Nursing. 

Christine Glass, ALA., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education. 

Ira J. Gordon, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

John D. Greene, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Margaret Hayes, ALS., Instructor, School of Nursing. 

R. Lee Hornbake, Ph.D., Professor of Industrial Education. 

Clay C. Katchmar, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education. 

AIary F. Kemble, ALS., Instructor in Alusic and Alusic Education. 

305 



306 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Robert B. Kindred, M.A., Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

John J. Kurtz, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Harry B. McCarthy, D.D.S., M.A., Director of Clinics, School of Dentistry. 

Edna B. McNaughton, M.A., Professor of Nursery School-Kindergarten Education. 

Donald Maley, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Industrial Education. 

Madelaine J. Mershon, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Dorothy R. Mohr, Ph.D., Professor of Physical Education. 

H. Gerthon Morgan, Ph.D., Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Samuel H. Patterson, B.S., Instructor in Industrial Education. 

Clarence A. Newell, Ph.D., Professor of Educational Administration. 

Lois H. Paradise, M.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education. 

Arthur S. Patrick, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Education. 

Hugh Perkins, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

Alice M. Powell, M.Ed., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education. 

Daniel A. Prescott, Ed.D., Professor of Education and Director, Institute for Child 
Study. 

Alvin W. Schindler, Ph.D., Professor of Education. 

Fern D. Schneider, Ed.D., Instructor in Education. 

Corrine Shulman, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education. 

Mabel S. Spencer, M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics Education. 

Margaret A. Stant, B.S., Instructor in Nursery School-Kindergarten Education. 

Charles T. Stewart, M.A., Instructor in Education. 

Fred Thompson, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

William F. Tierney, Ed.D., Instructor in Industrial Education. 

James A. VanZwoll, Ph.D., Professor of School Administration. 

Walter B. Waetjen, Ed.D., Assistant Professor Education, Institute for Child 
Study. 

Gladys A. Wiggin, Ph.D., Professor of Education. 

Albert W. Woods, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



307 



CRITIC TEACHERS— 1951-1952 



Pauline E. Abeyounis 

Catherine Ackerman 

Martha Adams 

Carlton Alger 

Ralph Angel 

Ruby Angel 

Eugenia L. Balsley 

Ruth B. Bartilson 

Ellen J. Beckman 

Frances L. Bell 

Albert W. Bender 

Helen Biggs 

Harold P. W. Bloom 

George Bollinger 

Vincent Brant 

Zelda Brenner 

Clara Bricker 

James Brown 

Laura S. Burruss 

Julia Burton 

Grace M. Butcher 

Robert Callahan 

Eugene Carney 

Maria Carrillo 

Lois Chapin 

Harry Chayt 

Frank Chubb, Jr. 

Richard Cleveland 

Catherine White Cockburn 

Laura D. Cook 

Reno Continetti 

Arnold Croddy 

Adelaide Crowder 

Nancy Cubbage 

Robert Norman Davis 

Dorothea Dawson 

Jane De Spain 

Gay S. Donnally 

John Donovan 

Phyliss Duke 

Mearle Duvall 

Julia Elliott 

Frank Fairbank 

Walter Fedora 



Anita Irene Fernandez 

Mary V. Filsinger 

Hazel Fitzwater 

Harold Freeman 

C. T. Futrell 

Elsie Gammer 

Myrtle Garner 

Samuel Geissenhainer 

Benjamin Goldfaden 

Jennette Giovannoni 

William Haefner 

Helena Haines 

Fred Hajdasz 

Charles S. Hamm 

Caroline Hardy 

John Harvill 

Carl Heintel 

Lester Heller 

Charles Hiden 

Dene Hoffman 

Melba Hon 

Theresa Howard 

Charles Hudson 

Harry Hughes 

Mary Anne Hurley 

Angie Hyde 

Mary Russell Jones 

W. H. Judkins 

Josephine Kelly 

Georgeanna Kemerer 

Garner F. Klair 

Viola Knowles 

Ernest Koch 

Merrill Kolb 

Bernard Kramer 

Robert F. Kunkle 

Sarah Lacey 

Holger Christian Langmack 

Elizabeth Layton 

June Lippy 

Alma C. Lyons 

Elizabeth Maas 

A. J. Marsh 

Julia Marshall 



308 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Mary McCarthy 
Eunice Michaels 
Milton Miller 
Stella Morris 
Joseph M. Murphy 
Margaret Myerly 
Catherine Murray 
Howard Newhouse 
Harvey Nichols 
Anne Nowland 
Estelle Nuttal 
Quebe Nye 
Ruth Oass 
William O'Dell 
Howard B. Owens 
Daniel A. Palumbo 
Vera R. Parker 
Naomi G. Payne 
Edward Phillips 
Margaret Powell 
Audrey E. Pressler 
Dorothy Ranck 
George B. Randall 
Sara Rause 
Kathleen Rehanek 
Joy Christie Reinmuth 
Robert Rinehart 
Doris Ritter 
Eleanor M. Roberts 
Wallace Roby 
Harold Rock 
Carrie Schreiber 
Daryl Shaw 
Rachel Sheetz 



Frank Silverman 
Olive P. Simpson 
Dorothy H. Smith 
Charlotte Spencer 
Virginia Stanton 
Audrey L. Steele 
Samuel Strauss 
Helene Sullivan 
Margaret R. Thomas 
Ruth Trundle 
Dorothea Umback 
Elgie J. Underwood 
Marjorie Van Dien 
Jeanne Vaughan 
Esther Vogel 
John Wakefield 
Jennie Walker 
Ruth Warren 
Ryland M. Warren 
Everett Q. Waterman 
Rhoda Watkins 
Robert H. Weagly 
Mayo Wells 
Otis White 
Jack Willard 
Louise G. Winfield 
Allen Wittel 
May-Louise Wood 
William Yarnell 
David Young 
Marian Young 
Claude Lindsey Yowell 
Peter Yurwitz 
Irving Zorb 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Wilbur Devilbiss, Ed.D., Dean 
Henry Brechbill, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 



309 




HE College of Education meets the needs of the following 
classes of students: (1) persons preparing to teach in sec- 
ondary schools, nursery schools, kindergartens, and nursing 
schools; (2) present or prospective elementary teachers who 
wish to supplement their preparation; (3) students preparing 
for educational work in the trades and industries; (4) 
graduate students preparing for teaching, supervisory, or 
administrative positions; (5) students whose major interests 
are in other fields, but who desire courses in education. 



SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES 

Research and Teaching Facilities 

Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's capital, 
unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its students and faculty. 
The Library of Congress, the library of the U. S. Office of Education, and special 
libraries of other government agencies are accessible, as well as the information 
services of the National Education Association, American Council on Education, 
U. S. Office of Education, and other institutions, public and private. The school 
systems of the District of Columbia, Baltimore, and the counties of Maryland offer 
generous cooperation. 

The Institute for Child Study 

The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it under- 
takes basic research in human development ; (2) it digests and synthesizes research 
findings from the many sciences that study human beings; (3) it plans, organizes, 
and provides consultant service programs of direct child study by in-service teachers 
in individual schools or in municipal, county or state systems ; (4) it offers field 
training to a limited number of properly qualified doctoral students, preparing them 
to render expert consultant service to schools and for college teaching of human 
development. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for Child Study. 

The Workshop on Child Development and Education 

The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development and 
Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of all participants, 
it provides opportunities for (1) study and synthesis of scientific knowledge about 
children and youth; (2) training in the analysis of case records; (3) training for 
study-group leaders for in-service child study programs ; (4) planning in-service 
programs of child study for teachers and pre-service courses and laboratory ex- 
periences for prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance, and 
school organization implications of scientific knowledge about human development 
and behavior. Special announcements of the Workshop are available about March IS 



310 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

of each year and advance registration is required because the number of participants 
must be limited. Inquiries should be addressed to the Director, Workshop on Child 
Development and Education. 

The University of Maryland Nursery- Kindergarten School 

The University of Maryland operates a nursery-kindergarten school on the 
campus in which students majoring in nursery-kindergarten school education 
receive training and practical experience. 

Professional and Pre-professional Organizations 

The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations : Phi Delta 
Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in Education, and Iota Lambda 
Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in Industrial Education. Both fraternities 
have large and active chapters and are providing outstanding professional leader- 
ship in their fields of service. 

The College of Education also sponsors a Chapter of the Future Teachers of 
America, a department of the National Education Association. This chapter is open 
to undergraduate students on the College Park campus. 

Courses Outside of College Park 

Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies a number of courses 
in education are offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses are chosen to 
meet the needs of groups of students in various centers. In these centers, on a 
part-time basis, a student may complete a part of the work required for a bachelor's 
degree. Graduate courses in education are offered in Baltimore. 

Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests to the 
Dean, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park, Maryland. 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Requirements for Admission 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Education must apply to the 
Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other 
indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject 
matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social and Natural Sciences 
are required. One unit each of Algebra and Plane Geometry is desirable. While 
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is required 
for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

Candidates for admission whose high school records are consistently low are 
strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of Education. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment, 
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident and 
non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of records, 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 311 

student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off-campus 
housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and student aid, athletics 
and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious denominational 
clubs, fraternities, societies and special clubs, the University band, student publica- 
tions, University Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications 
for the General Information issue of the Catalog. 

Military Instruction 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, are 
required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years. 
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the fisrt two years of attendance at 
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do 
not have the required two years of military training will be required to complete 
the course or take it until graduation, 'whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. 
courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve 
commission in the United States Air Force. 

For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction, write 
the Director of Publications for a copy of "General Information Issue" of the 
Catalog. 

Physical Education and Health 

All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and sophomores, 
irrespective of their physical condition, who are registered for more than six 
semester hours, are required to complete four prescribed courses in physical education. 
These courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of 
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer 
students who do not have credit in these courses or their equivalent, must complete 
them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military 
service may receive credit for these required courses by applying to the Dean of 
the College of Air Science. 

Guidance in Registration 

At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a member 
of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The choice of subject 
areas within which the student will prepare to teach will be made under faculty 
guidance during the first year in the Introduction to Education course required of 
all freshmen. Thereafter, the student will advise regularly with the faculty member 
responsible for his teaching major. While it may be possible to make satisfactory 
adjustments as late as the junior year for students from other colleges who have 
not already entered upon the sequence of professional courses, it is highly desirable 
that the student begin his professional work in the freshman year. Students who 
intend to teach (except Vocational Agriculture) should register in the College of 
Education, in order that they may have continuously the counsel and guidance of 
the faculty which is directly responsible for their professional preparation. 



312 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Junior Status 

The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional work of 
the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the professional courses, a 
student must have attained junior status. (See Academic Regulations.) 

Certification of Teachers 

The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved high 
schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have satisfactorily 
fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Specifically it limits certifica- 
tion to graduates who "rank academically in the upper four-fifths of the class and 
who make a grade of C or better in practice teaching." The several high school 
curricula of the College of Education fulfill State Department requirements for 
certification. (See also Elementary Education.) 

From the offerings in education, the District of Columbia requirement of 24 
semester hours of professional courses may be fully met. Students intending to 
qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Wahington, or any other city or state should, in 
their junior year, obtain a statement of certification requirements from these areas 
and be guided thereby in the selection of courses. Advisers will assist in obtaining 
and utilizing such information. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions prescribed for 
a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. 
Majors in English, social sciences, language and art receive the B.A. degree. 
Mathematics majors may receive either degree. All others receive the B.S. degree. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed charges; 
$71.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and laboratory fees, 
which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is 
charged all new students. An additional charge of $150.00 is assessed students not 
residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publica- 
tion", for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

GRADUATE STUDIES 
Graduate Status 

For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least 16 semester 
credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a bachelor's or master's 
degree from a college or university of recognized standing. The committee on 
masters' programs may interpret this requirement so that foundation work in fields 
other than education may be accepted in cases of graduate students not preparing for 
school work. The student must also satisfy the graduate Dean as to his ability 
to do graduate work. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 313 

Registration 

A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate School. 
Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to dates of 
registration on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean of the Graduate School. 
For further instructions a student should consult the Graduate School catalog. 

Masters' Degrees 

A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Education or 
a Master of Arts degree. For requirements for these degrees, the student should 
consult both the Graduate School catalog and the duplicated material issued by the 
education faculty. On matriculation, the student should select a faculty adviser. 

Doctors' Degrees 

Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education degree 
in education are administered for the Graduate School by the department of educa- 
tion. For requirements of these degrees, the student should consult both the Graduate 
School catalog and the statement of policy relative to doctoral programs in edu- 
cation. If the student has not already made arrangements with a member of the 
faculty to advise him, he should consult with the chairman of the education Com- 
mittee on Candidacy regarding a proper adviser. 

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 

The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers for each 
curriculum are as follows : 

Academic Education 

English — Marie D. Bryan, Room T-110 
Foreign Languages — Marie D. Bryan 
Mathematics — Henry Brechbill, Room T-114 
Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill 
Social Sciences — Alvin W. Schindler, Room T-117 
Speech — Warren Strausbaugh, Room R-106 

Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture) 

Arthur M. Ahalt. Room 0-137 
Art Education 

Vienna Curtiss, Room H-103 
Business Education 

Arthur S. Patrick, Room Q-245 
Dental Education 

Harry B. McCarthy (School of Dentistry, Baltimore) 
Elementary Education 

Alvin W. Schindler 

Marie Denecke, Room T-120 



314 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Home Economics Education 
Mabel Spencer, Room T-110 

Industrial Education 

Glen D. Brown, Room T-lll 
R. Lee HorHbake, Room T-lll 

Music Education 
Mary F. Kemble, Music Building 

Nursery School-Kindergarten Education 
Edna B. McNaughton, Building HH 

Nursing Education 
Florence M. Gipe (Baltimore) 
Margaret Hayes, Room T-106 

Physical Education (Men) 

Lester M. Fraley, Room G-102 
Albert W. Woods, Room G-101 

Physical Education (Women) 
Dorothy F. Deach, Women's Field House 
Dorothy R. Mohr, Women's Field House 

General Requirements of the College 

A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University requirement in 
military science and physical education is required for graduation in the College of 
Education. In no case shall the total number of semester hours required for gradu- 
ation be less than 128. 

CP 

The following minimum requirements are common to all curricula : English — 

12 semester hours ^social studies — 12 semester hours as follows: Soc. 1 — Sociology 
of American Life; G ,& P 1 — American Government; and H. 5, 6 — History of 
American Civilization ^science or mathematics — 6 semester hours , education — 20 
semester hours ^speech — 3 semester hours ; physical education and military science 
as required by the University. 

Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in 
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher 
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching a 
student must have a grade point average of 2.275. 

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of Education 
must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved by the Dean. 

Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are preparing 
to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements of the College of 
Education. . 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 315 

Majors and Minors. 

Students select a teaching major : for example, social science, art, music, physical 
education. Those electing the academic curriculum will ordinarily select both a 
teaching major and a teaching minor, and students in other curricula may select 
minors if they so desire. Advisers may waive the requirement for a minor when 
necessary to permit the development of an approved area such as psychology, human 
development, or sociology. 

Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those selecting 
one special teaching field such as industrial education need to take only one methods 
course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Students who select an academic 
major and a special fields minor, or vice versa, must take methods courses in both 
the major and minor fields, and should divide their practice teaching between the 
two fields. 

Academic Education 

Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum requirements 
in English and social science, plus the following : 

(1) Foreign language for candidates for the bachelor of arts degree: 12 
semester hours provided the student enters with less than three years of 
foreign language credits ; 6 semester hours, if he enters with three years 
of such credits. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 
with four years of language credits nor of candidates for the bachelor of 
science degree unless specified in the curriculum. (See "Degrees' above.) 

(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours. !,, 

(3) Education, 22 semester hours. 

(4) Speech, 4 semester hours. 

All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill the 
preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more school subjects 
which will involve meeting specific requirements in particular subject matter fields. 

The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows: 

English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows: 

Composition and Literature 12 semester hours 

American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours 

Electives 21 semester hours 

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15 semester 
hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives. 

Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser who will guide the 
student in terms of College of Education records and recommendations of the 
English Department. 

Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are required, of 
which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in American history 
and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours must be in advanced courses. 
For a minor in the group, 24 hours are required, as specified below, less the electives. 



316 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

History (including one year each of American and 

European History) 18 semester hours 

Economics, sociology, government, consumer 

education, or geography 6 semester hours 

Electives in social sciences 12 semester hours 

Electives should be chosen so that there will be a total of at least 3 in Economics, 
6 in Geography, 6 in Government and Politics, and 6 in Sociology. 

Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or Spanish 
are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are strongly advised 
to take the review course for majors. Further courses in comparative literature 
along with work in European or Latin American history are also recommended. 

Specific minimum requirements in the three languages are a semester each 
of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 8 and 80), a semester 
of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the literature (Fr., Ger., 
Sp. 75 and 76), one semester of a Life and Culture Course (Fr., Ger., Sp. 161 or 
162) and six hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above. If a foreign 
language is offered as a second field, all major requirements must be met. 

Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 30 semester hours and a minor, 
20 semester hours. The following courses must be included in both major and 
minor: Math. 2 — Solid Geometry (2), Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry (2), Math. 
15— College Algebra (3), Math. 17— Analytic Geometry (4), and Math. 20, 21— 
Calculus (4,4). 

Students who have had solid geometry in high school or who pass satisfactorily 
an examination in this subject need not take Math. 2. Electives in mathematics are 
selected with the advice of the adviser. 

Science. In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of 30 
semesters hours are offered, each including the following courses : Chem. 1, 3 — 
General Chemistry (4,4), Zool. 1 — General Zoology (4), Bot. 1 — General Botany 
(4), Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics (4,4) or Phys. 1, 2— Elements of 
Physics (3, 3). 

Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of the student's major 
adviser and of the science department in which his interest lies. 

Minors of 20 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in biological 
sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry. 
A minor in physics must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry. A minor 
in chemistry must be supported by a one-year course in physics. 

The requirements for major and minor are met if 52 semester hours in natural 
science, including the above listed courses, are offered. 

Speech. A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in Speech. The minimum 
requirements for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the 10 semester 
hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4. The 12 semester 
hours above the departmental requirement must include 6 hours of courses numbered 
100 or higher. It is the policy of the department to build a program of study in 



^ i y^// 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION / 317 

anticipation of the needs of prospective teachers, supervisors, correctionists, dramatic 
coaches, and other specialists in the general field of speech. All programs for the 
minor must be approved by the departmental adviser. 

Nursing Education 

By cooperative arrangement between the School of Nursing and the 
College of Education, a curriculum is provided for persons who desire to 
become assistant head nurses or assistant clinical instructors in schools of nursing. 
The total number of credits required for graduation in this curriculum is 128, of 
which the last 30 hours of work must be taken in the University of Maryland. 
Students eligible for this curriculum must have completed a three year course in 
an approved School of Nursing, successfully passed the Maryland State Board 
Examination for Nurses, and qualified as Registered Nurses. 

Nursing Education Curriculum 

ft'/.? 
Credit for Nurses Training .p\ 30 to 42* 

General Requirements 

English 12 

Social Science (Soc. 1, G & P 1, H. 5, and H. 6) 12 

Education 

Id. 100 — History of Education (or Nursing Education when offered). 2 

Ed. 90— Development and Learning (or H.D.Ed. 100, 101) 3 (or 6) 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 2 

Ed. 130 — Theory of the Junior High School or Ed. 131 — Theory of 

the Senior High School 2 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation-Nursing 3 

Ed. 148 — Methods and Practice of Teaching 6 

N. Ed. 105, 106 — Teaching of Nursing Arts 6 

P. E. 160 — Therapeutics of Physical Education 3 

— Physical Education as required by the University 

Science 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 3 

Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteriology 3 

Chem. 11, 18 — General Chemistry (or Chem. 1, 3) 6 -$ 

Electives (in sociology, psychology, edtrcartion, science, and other areas upon ap- 

T 



proval of adviser.) 



•Depending on completion of Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination of the National 
League of Nursing Education. 

I 



? ^ 



318 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Academic Education Curriculum 



Freshman Year 
*Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature . . 
*Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

*G. & P. 1— American Government 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) .... 

P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 

Hea. 2, 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women) 

Major and Minor Requirements 



Total. 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or. 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature.. 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . . 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men; ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 

Major and Minor Requirements 



Total. 



Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development. 
Major ; nd Minor Requirements, Electives 



Total 

Senior Year 

*Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. 

*Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

*Ed. 14S— Methods and Practice of Teaching 

** Electives 

•Major and Minor Requirements, Electives 



-Semester- 



16-18 



15-18 



3 
13 



1G 



16 



// 



16-18 



15-18 



3 

13 



16 



3 1 




3 




8 




2 






16 



16 



Total 

Agricultural Education 

This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational 
agriculture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course requirements, 
the student should consult the bulletin of the College of Agriculture. 

Art Education 

This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for special teachers 
and supervisors in art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to draw out 
and develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate art and other 
areas of study; to utilize art in solving social problems. General requirements 
are the same as for the academic curriculum. 



*May be taken either semester. 
•♦English and Social Studies majors must elect Ed. 134. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 319 

The curriculum for Art majors follows : 

Art Education Curriculum 

This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for teachers and 

supervisors of art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to draw out and 
develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate art and other areas 
of study; to utilize art in solving social problems. 

r— Semester— s 

Freshman Year I J[ 

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2 (2) 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Pr. Art 1— Design .... 3 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 .... 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Air Science (Men) (3) (3) 

Physical- Activities 1 l 

♦Language or electives 1-3 2-4 



Total 16-18 16-18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Science or Mathematics 3 3 

Pr. Art 3 — Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 2 .... 

Pr. Art 4 — Three-dimensional Design .... 2 

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3 

Pr. Art 30— Typography and Lettering .... 3 

Cr. 2— Simple crafts 2 .... 

Cr. 3— Blockprint and Silk Screen 2 

Cr. 20— Ceramics .... 2 

Cr. 30 Metalry 2 .... 

A. S. 3, 4— Air Science (Men) ,. (3) (3) 

Physical Activities 1 1 

*Electives 2 2 



Total 16-18 16-18 



♦Required foreign language : 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 
less than three years of foreign language credit ; 6 semester hours, if he enters with 
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 
with four years of language credit. 



320 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



r-Semester—\ 
Junior Year 1 H 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

H. 5, 6— American History 3 3 

Art 7— Landscape Painting .... '•' 

Pr. Art 0— Professional Lectures .... 

Pr. Art 21.— Action Drawing '. 2 .... 

Pr. Art 38— Photography 2 

Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design 1 3 

Cr. 5— Puppetry 3 .... 

Cr. 40— \\e*ving • • • • 2 

•Language or electives 2-5 4 

Total 16-18 16-18 

Senior Year 

Ed. 140— Curiculum, Instruction and Observation in Art 3 .... 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3 

Ed. 134— Materials and Procedures for the Core Curriculum.... .... 2 

**Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching .... 8 

Pr. Art 100— Mural Design .... 2 

Pr. Art 132— Advertising Layout 2 .... 

♦Language or electives 11-13 .... 

Total 16-18 15 

A minimum of 24 semester hours constitute a minor in part for which 
the following courses are required: Pr. Art 1, Pr. Art 2. Electives may be 
selected from the student's chosen field of concentration — advertising, costume, 
interior, ceramics, metalry, or weaving — and from courses selected in consultation 
with the student's adviser. For teaching, Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, 
and Observation in Art should be included as well as electives chosen from 
among the following courses: Cr. 2, 3, 5, 20, 30, 40, 198; Pr. Art 3, 4, 20, 21, 
30, 38, 132, 140, 141. 

Business Education 

Two curricula are offered for the preparation of teachers of business sub- 
jects. The General Business Education Curriculum qualifies for teaching all 
business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training in general 
business, including economics, it leads to teaching positions on both junior and 
senior high school levels. By the proper selection of electives, persons following 
this curriculum may also qualify as teachers of social studies. 
The Secretarial Education course is adapted to the needs of those who wish to 
become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects. 



•Required foreign language : 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 
less than three years of foreign language credit; 6 semester hours, if he enters with 
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 
with four years of language credit. 

** Available only during the last half of the spring semester. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



%2\ 



General Business Education Curriculum 
Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Lite 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 

Math. •;— Mathematics of Finance 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting 

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) . . 
P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2. 4 (Women) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6. 8 (Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development. 

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 

B. A. 112— Records Management 

O T. Ill— Office Machines 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 

Econ. 14 — Money and Banking.. 

Econ. 150— Marketing and Organization 

Total 

Senior Year 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Ed. x40— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 

Ed. 14S— Methods and Practice of Teaching 

B. A. 165— Office Management 

Electives an 1 Requirements 

Total 

Secretarial Education Curriculum 
Freshman Year 

Same as General Business Curriculum 



-Semester— \ 
I II 

3 3 





3 


2 


2 




2 


2 




2 


2 


3 


3 


2 


2 


1 


1 



18-19 



16-19 



17 



13 



16 



18-19 



16-19 

4 
3 
3 

2 

2 

3 

17 



322 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



t— Semester- 
Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Erg. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 4 4 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 2 .... 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems .... 2 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1 

Total 16-19 16-19 

Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

B. A. ISO, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 2 

O. T. 16— Advanced Shorthand 3 

O. T. 17— Transcription 2 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 4 4 

B. A. 112— Records Management .... 2 

Electives .... 3 

Total ' 18 16 

Senior Year 

O. T. Ill— Office Machines 3 

O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 3 

B. A. 165— Office Management 3 

B. A. 166— Business Communications 3 .... 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... f 3 

Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business.. 

Subjects I 3 

Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching .... [8 

Electives and Requirements 3 .... 

Total 15 11 

Childhood Education 

The childhood education curriculum has as its goal the praparation of 

nursery school and kindergarten teachers. It is also planned to further the 
personal development of the student and give training in home-making. 

Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery 
School and Kindergarten on the campus and in approved schools in nearby 
communities. Each student is encouraged to select a minor in an allied field. 

Graduates receive a B.S. degree and meet the requirements for certification 
for teaching kindergarten and nursery school in Maryland. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



323 



Childhood Education Curriculum 

^reshman Year 

•Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

•C. Ed. 2— Orientation, Observation, and Re ■ord Taking 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Speech 4— Voice and Diction 

•Foods 1— Introductory Foods 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health 

P. E. 2, 4 

Electives 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

•Sci. Ed. 1— Science for the Primary Grades 

Zool. 16— Human Physiology 

•Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 

P. E. 6, 8 

•Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

C. Ed. 100— Child Development I— Infancy 

C. Ed. 101— Child Development II— Early Childhood 

C. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Nursery. . 

School 

C. Ed. 150— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation— Kinder- 
garten 

C. E. 115— Children's Activities and Activities Materials 

C. Ed. 116— Creative Expression 

C. Ed. 14 9— Teaching Nursery School 

C. Ed. 159— Teaching Kindergarten 

Nut. Ill— Child Nutrition 

Elective 

Total 

Senior Year 

C. Ed. 145— Guidance in Behavior Problems 

C. E. 149— Teaching Nursery School 

C. Ed. 159— Teaching Kindergarten 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester— ^ 
/ // 



3 
2 

1 
2 

16 



15 



16 



2 

3 

3 
3 

2 
1 

2 

16 



3 
1 
3 
2 

15 



3 

3 

4 
2 
1 

16 



4 
3 
9 

16 



•May be taken either semester. 



324 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in 
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher 
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching, a student 
must have a grade point average of 2.275. Each student should have one summer 
of experience in working with children. 

Dental Education 

In cooperation with the School of Dentistry, the College of Education offers 
a curriculum in dental education leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, with 
course work offered in the Baltimore Center only. This curriculum is designed to 
prepare superior graduates of the Dental School for positions as teachers of 
dentistry. Details of the program may be obtained from the Dean of the School 
of Dentistry. Persons entering the program must be approved by the Com- 
mittee on Admissions of the Dental School. 

Dental Education Curriculum 

For students who are dental school graduates with the degree of Doctor of 
Dental Surgery acquired since 1936-37, after six years of study) and who have 
the approval of the Committee on Admissions of the Dental School : 

Ninety-six (96) semester hours (or the equivalent of three years of work) may 
be credited for the dental school work provided none of the dental school marks was 
lower than "B". 

The additional 32 semester hours, as follows, are required : 

Academic subjects 12 

Education 20 

History of Dental Education 2 

Educational Psychology 4 

Educational Measurement 2 

Methods of Teaching Vocational Subjects 2 

Organization and Management of Vocational Classes 2 

Electives 8 

Elementary Education 

This curriculum is open only to persons who have completed a tzvo- or three- 
year curriculum in a Maryland State Teachers College or other accredited teacher 
education institution and whose records give evidence of ability and character 
essential to elementary teaching. Such persons will be admitted to advanced standing 
and classified provisionally in appropriate classes. 

Credit for extension courses given by other institutions may be accepted in an 
amount not exceeding 30 semester hours. The last 30 semester hours of work 
preceding the conferring of the degree must be taken in the University of Maryland. 

State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher in service 
may present for certificate credit not more than six semester hours of credit completed 
during a school year. The College of Education assumes no responsibility in this 
connection, but candidates are advised to observe this regulation. 



COLLEGE OE EDUCATION 325 

Elementary Education Curriculum 

For graduates of two year normal schools. 

Credit for normal school work, not more than 64 

Requirements 

Education 4 

English (not including freshman English) 10 

*Natural science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology, 

bacteriology, entomology, general science, meteorology) 10 

Social science (history, government, sociology, 

economics, geography) 12 

fElectives 28 

For graduates of three year normal schools. 

Credit for normal school work, not more than 96 

Requirements 

Education 2 

English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6 

*Natural science (as above) 6 

Social science (as above) 12 

fElectives 6 

Home Economics Education 

The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who are 
preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage in any phase 
of home economics work which requires a knowledge of teaching methods. It 
includes studies of all phases of home economics and the allied sciences, with pro- 
fessional training for teaching these subjects. A student majoring in this curriculum 
may also qualify for a science minor. 

Home Economics Education Curriculum 

/—Semester— -\ 

Freshman Year I II 

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Speech 1, ,2— Public Speaking 2 2 

H. E. 1— Home Economics Lectures 1 .... 

Pr. Art 1 —Design 3 .... 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health 2 2 

P. E. 2, 4 1 1 

Tex. 1— Textiles .... 3 

Total 17 17 



*Not more than four semester hours of Science Education and other approved 
substitutions for regular science courses will be counted toward meeting the natural 
science requirements. 

t If a student is not allowed full credit for normal school work by the Director of 
Admisions, he mint take additional electives in the amount needed to complete 128 
semester hours of work. 



326 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



/—Semester— > 
Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature (3) (3) 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 3 .... 

Clo. 20A— Clothing 3 

Foods 2, 3— Foods 3 3 

P. E. 6, S 1 1 

Total 16 16 

Junior Year 

H. E. Ed. 14 0— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

Home Mgt. 150, 151— Home Management 3 3 

Foods 101— Meal Service .... 2 

Clo. 22— Clothing Construction 2 

Nut. 10 or 110— Elements of Nutrition 3 .... 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 .... 

Pr. Art 4 — Interior Design 1 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Zool. 16 Human Physiology 4 .... 

Total 16 16 

*Senior Year 

H. E. Ed. 102— Problems in Teaching Home Economics .... f 3 

H. E. Ed. 148— Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics .... J S 

Ed. 145 — Principles of High School Teaching .... ] 3 

Home Mgt. 152— Practice in Management of the Home .... [3 

Bact. 51— Houseohld Bacteriology 3 .... 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Electives 8 .... 

Total 15 17 

Industrial Education 

Three curriculums are administered by the Industrial Education Department: 
(1) Industrial Arts education, (2) Vocational-Industrial education, and (3) Educa- 
tion for Industry. The overall offering includes both undergraduate and graduate 
programs leading to the degrees of : Bachelor of Science, Master of Education, 
Master of Arts, Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The industrial arts education curriculum prepares people to teach industrial arts 
at the secondary school level. It is a four-year program leading to a Bachelor of 
Science degree. While trade or industrial experience contributes significantly to 
the background of the industrial arts teacher, previous work experience is not a 
condition of entrance into this curriculum. Students who are enrolled in the cur- 
riculum are encouraged to obtain work in industry during the summer months. 
Industrial arts as a secondary school subject area is a part of the general education 
program characterized by extensive shopwork and laboratory experiences. 

•Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be 
interchanged. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 327 

The vocational-industrial curriculum may lead either to certification as a 
vocational-industrial teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor of Science 
degree including certification. The University of Maryland is designated as the 
institution which shall offer the "Trade and Industrial" certification courses and 
hence the courses which are offered are those required for certification in Maryland. 
The vocational-industrial curriculum requires trade competence as specified by the 
Maryland State Plan for Vocational Education. A person who aspires to take the 
certification courses should review the State plan and he may well contact Maryland 
State Department of Education officials. If the person has in mind teaching in a 
designated city or county he may discuss his plans with the vocational-industrial 
official of that city or county inasmuch as there are variations in employment and 
training procedures. 

Industrial Arts Education 

r— Semester— \ 
Freshman Year I II 

Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 21 — Mechanical Drawing .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 2 — Elementary Woodworking 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking I .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 18 19 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

His. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding 1 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry 1 

Ind. Ed. 41— Architectural Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 67— Cold Metal Work 2 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 10— Algebra .... 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 18 19 



328 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development.., 

Ind. Ed. 26— Art Metal Work I , 

Ind. Ed. 28— Electricity I 

Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I , 

Ind. Eu. 24— Sheet Metal Work 

Ind. Ed. 160— Essentials of Design 

Ind. Ed. 166— Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts. 

Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II 

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management 

Electives 



Semester— \ 


/ 


// 


3 


3 




2 


2 




2 




2 




2 






2 




2 


3 


3 




2 


4 


4 



Total . . : 

*Senior Yea?- 

Ind. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation—. 

Ind. Education 

Ind. Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

**Ind. Ed. 89— Machine Shop Practice II 

find. Ed. 31— Mechanical Drawing 

J Ind. Ed. 42— Machine Woodworking II 

Ed. 161— Guidance in Secondary Schools 

Ind. Ed. 105— General Shop 

Econ. 3 7— Fundamentals of Economics 

Electives 



18 



Total. 



14 



Vocational-Industrial Certification 

A total of 240 clock hours of instruction is required for vocational-industrial 
teacher certification. The courses listed below are currently required : 
Ind. Ed. 50 — Methods of Teaching 

60 — Observation and Demonstration Teaching 
164 — Shop Organization and Management 
168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis 
169 — Course Construction 
Ind. Ed. 170' — Principles of Vocational Education, or 
Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education 
"The remainder of the 240 clock hours are to be met through elective industrial 
education courses offered by the University of Maryland and approved by the State 
supervisor of industrial education." ***Among the courses from which electives may 
be chosen there are : 



Ind. 
Ind. 
Ind. 
Ind. 



Ed. 
Ed. 
Ed. 
Ed. 



♦Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be 
interchanged. 

♦♦Ceramics accepted as a substitute. 
tPhotography accepted as a substitute. 
JAutomotives accepted as a substitute. 
♦♦♦Maryland (State Department of Education) The Maryland State Plan for Vocational 
Education, 1947—1952, p. 108. 

N. B. The present State plan is in process of revision. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 329 

Ind. Ed. 150 — Training Aids Development 

Ind. Ed. 157 — Tests and Measurements 

Ind. Ed. 161 — Principles of Vocational Guidance 

Ind. Ed. 165 — Modern Industry 

Ind. Ed. 167 — Problems in Occupational Education 

**Ind. Ed. 220 — Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational 
Education 

Ind. Ed. 240 — Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education 

Ind. Ed. 248 — Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 

Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 

Ed. 161 — Guidance in Secondary Schools 

Ed. 261 — Counseling Techniques 

Ed. 262 — Occupational Information 

Ed. 269 — Seminar in Guidance 

A person in vocational-industrial education may use his certification courses 
toward a Bachelor of Science degree. In doing so the general requirements of the 
College of Education must be met. A maximum of twenty semester hours of credit 
may be earned through examination in the trade in which the student has competence. 
Prior to taking the examination, the student shall provide documentary evidence of 
his apprenticeship or learning period and journeyman evperience. For further in- 
formation about credit by examination refer to the Academic Regulations of the 
University of Maryland. 

Education for Industry 

The Education for Indutsry curriculum is a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the program is to prepare persons for 
jobs within industry and, as such, it embraces four major areas of competence, (a) 
technical competence, (b) human relations and leadership competence, (c) com- 
munications competence, and (d) social and civic competence. The student who is 
enrolled in this curriculum is required to obtain work in industry in accordance with 
the plan described in the course, Industrial Education 124 a, b. 



**A course bearing a "200" number is open only to graduate students. 



330 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



r-Semester—\ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing I 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3 

Ind. Ed. 21— Mechanical Drawing II .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking 1 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding 1 

Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I 2 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry ! 1 

Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2 .... 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1 

Math. 10— Algebra or 

Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Total 19 19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Ind. Ed. 24— Sheet Metal Work 2 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2 

Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of Physics (Mechanics, Heat and 

Sound)— (Magnetism, Electricity and Optics)— or 

Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics (Mechanics and Heat) — 

Sound, Optics, Magnetism and Electricity) 3 or 4 3 or 4 

Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry or 

Math. 14 — Plar Trigonometry 2 or 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 1 

H. 5 — History of American Civilization .... 3 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Total 16, 17 or 18 18 or 19 

Junior Year ^ 

H. 6— History of American Civilization 3 .... 

Psych. 1 — Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Psych. 2— Applied Psychology .... 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

*Ind. Ed. 124a — Organized and Supervised Work Experience 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 143, 144— Industrial Safety Education 2 2 

B. A. 160 — Personnel Management .... 3 

Soc. 115 — Industrial Sociology .... 3 

Electives 3 3 

Total 21 18 



♦Must be pursued concurrently with the regular Summer Sessions between the 
sophomore and junior and the junior and senior years respectively. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 331 

r- Semester— s 

Senior Year I II 

B. A. 163— Industrial Relations 3 

B. A. n;7 Job Evaluation ami Merit Rating 2 .... 

•I ml. lOd. li'Hi — Organized and Supervised Work Experience '■', .... 

lnd. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 165— Modern Industry .... 2 

lnd. Ed. 168— Trade or Occupational Analyses 2 .... 

Psych. 121— Social Psychology .... 3 

Electives 5 8 

Total 15 15 

Music Education 

The Music Education curriculum affords pre-service preparation in the specialized 
field of Music Education and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education 
with a Public School major. The curriculum provides training in both the choral 
and instrumental fields of music and is planned to meet the growing demand for 
special teachers and supervisors in Public School Music. By proper selection of 
subjects, persons may also qualify in other academic subjects. Six semester hours 
of science or mathematics must be elected to meet the College requirements in this 
area. 

A major in music education includes 33 semester hours of music and 20 semester 
hours of applied music. A minor in the field may be secured with 23 hours of 
music and 10 hours of applied music. A curriculum for a major in music education 
will be found below. A minor in the field must include Mus. 2, 3, 7, 8, 11, 50, 70, 
71, 80, 81, 120, and 10 hours of applied music as needed; Ed. 140 in music, and 
practice teaching which is divided between the student's major and minor fields. 

Music Education Curriculum 

r— Semester— >, 
Freshman Year I 1 1 

Ed. — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Mus. 7 — Fundamentals of Music 2 .... 

Mus. S, 11— Solfeggio and Ear Training I, II 2 2 

Mus. 70— Harmony I .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. or R. O. T C. Band 

(Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3-(Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 l 

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1 .... 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Applied Music as needed— Mus. 12, 52, 13, 53, 4, 5, 6, 9. 10 (one 

credit each) 2 2 

Total 16-18 15-17 



332 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Mus. 2, 3— History of Music 

Mus. 7 1— Harmony II 

Mus. SO— Instruments of the Orchestra (Strings) 

Mus. 14— String Class 

Mus. SI— Instruments of the Bands (Winds and Percussion) 

Mus. 14— Woodwind Class 

Mus. 14— Brass Class 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. or R. O. T. C. Band 

(Men) 

P. E. 5, 7— (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 

Requirements (Mathematics or Science) 

Applied Music as needed— Mus. 72, 92, 73, 93, 54, 74, 4, 5. 6, 9, 10 
(one credit each) 



Total . 



Junior Year 

Speech 4— Voice and Diction 

H. D. Ed. 100. 101— Principles of Human Development 

Mus. 50— Elementary Conducting 

' Mus. 120— Advanced History and Appreciation of Music 

Mus! 150— 151— Harmony III, IV 

Mus. 160— Advanced Choral Conducting, Materials, and Methods 

Mus. 161— Advanced Orchestral Conducting, Materials, and Meth- 
ods 

Electives 

Applied Music as needed— Mus 112,152, 113, 153, 94, 114, 4, 5, 6, 
9, 10 (one credit each) 



Total . 



Senior Year 

Ed. 134— Materials and Procedures for the High School Core 

Curriculum 

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation 

Ed. 1 4 S— Methods and Practice of Teaching 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Mus. Ed. 132— Workshop in Music for Junior High School 

Electives 

Applied Music as needed— Mus. 172, 173, 154, 174, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10 
(one credit each) 



Total . 



-Semester—^ 


I 


II 


3 


3 


3 


3 




2 


3 




2 




1 





17-20 



16 



IS 



17-20 



IS 



12 

4 
16 



Physical Education and Health Education 

For detailed information on these curricula and courses, see College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health catalog. 

Curricula for Physical Education and Health Education 

The curricula in Physical Education and Health Education are designed tc 
prepare students for teaching and for work involving educational techniques in 
these fields. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 333 

The Health Education and Physical Education curricula lead primarily to 
teaching and supervising such work in schools and colleges. 

All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be approved 
by the medical director and by the Dean of College of Physical Education, 
Recreation and Health. 

Any student enrolled in the College of Education who meets the above 
requirements may develop a minor in one of these areas by completing 20 
hours of work in that area and 4 hours in a cognate area as described below, 
and as planned in consultation with his adviser and with written approval of 
the Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. 

Xote: To be certified to teach physical education in Maryland, 30 semester 
hours are required in this area, including the following or equivalent: Zool. 
14, 15; Hea. 50: P. E. 100, 140: Ed. 145; and Ed. 148, including at least 25 
hours of student teaching. 

MEN 

Physical Education Curriculum 

r— Semester— ^ 
Freshman Year I H 

Eng 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Sp. 4— Voice & Diction 3 .... 

P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement .... 2 

P. E. 30 — Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and 

Health 3 .... 

P. E. 4 0— Basic Body Controls 1 

P. E. 50 — Phythmic Analysis and Movement 1 .... 

P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1 

P. E. 61, 63— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O T. C 3 3 



Total 19 18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5. 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3 .... 

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health .... 3 

P. E. 65, 67— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T C 3 3 



Total 18 is 



334 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r— Semesters 

Junior Year I II 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3 

P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 .... 

P. E. 101, 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 2 2 

P. E. 113, 115— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.... 3 3 

P. E. 123 or 125— Coaching Athletics 3 .... 

P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health .... 3 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 2 

Electives 2 3 

Total 17 16 

Senior Year 

P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation .... 3 

P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 .... 

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Recreation and Health .... 3 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3 

Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching (see note below) .... .... 8 

Electives 12 

Total 15 17 

NOTE: Ed. 148 may be scheduled either semester. Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E. 
190 must be scheduled concurrently. 

WOMEN 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology • • • • 4 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 .... 

P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement .... 2 

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and 

Health 3 

P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1 

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1 .... 

P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1 

P. E. 52— Dance Techniques • • • • 1 

P. E. 62, 64— Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics.. 2 2 

Total 16 16 

NOTE : P. E. 72 and/or 74 may be required depending upon swimming ability of student. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 335 

r-Semester— •> 

Sophomore Year I H 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

History 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3 .... 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health .... 3 

P. E. 54— Dance Techniques 1 .... 

P. E. 56— Methods and Materials in Dance .... 2 

P. E. 66, 68— Techniques of Sports 2 2 

P. E. 82— Officiating 1 

Total 17 17 

NOTE : P. E. 76 may be required depending upon swimming ability of student. 

Junior Year I II 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3 

P E. 78— Methods of Teaching Aquatics . . .' .... 2 

P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 .... 

P. E. 114, 116— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.... 3 3 

P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2 

P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3 .... 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 2 

Electives .... 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

P. E. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3 

P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 .... 

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Recreation and Health .... ?, 

Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching Csee note below) .... .... 8 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching .... 3 

Electives 12 .... 

Total 15 17 

NOTE: When Ed. 148 is taken. Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also 
be scheduled concurrently. 

MEN 
Health Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 .... 

Sp. 1 0— Group Discussion .... 2 

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and 

Health 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Conditioning and Fitness Exercises 1 1 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basis Air Force R. O. T C 3 3 



Total 19 19 



336 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Zool. 14, 15 — Human Anatomy and Physiology 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 

P. E. 5, 7— Sports and Other Recreational Activities 

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 

Total 

Junior Year 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition. 

P. E. 180 — Measurement in Physical Education and Health or.. 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 

Hea. 110— Health Service and Supervision 

Hea. 120— Teaching Health 

Bact. 5— Advanced General Bacteriology 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Hea. 70— Safety Education 

P. E. 140— Curriculum, Introduction and Observation 

Hea. 190— Organization and Administration of Health Education 

Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Elective 

Total 

WOMEN 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 

Sp. 10 — Group Discussion 

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation and 

Health 

P. E. 2, 4— Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 

Total 



r— Semester— \ 


I 


ii 


3 


3 


3 


3 


4 


4 




3 


2 




1 


1 


3 


3 


3 


3 



19 



16-17 



IT 



20 



12 



15 



IS 



16 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 337 

r— Semester— \ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health .... 3 

P. E. 6, 8— Selected Sports & Dance 1 1 

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 3 .... 

1 'hys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3 

Total 17 17 

Junior Year 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology .... 4 

P. 10. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health or.... 3 .... 

Ed. 1 50— Educational Measurement 2 .... 

Hea. 110— Health Service and Supervision 2 .... 

Hea. 120— Teaching Health 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene .... 3 

Electives 2 3 



Total 16-17 16 

Senior Year 

Hea. 70— Safety Education .... 3 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 2 

P. E. 14 0— Curriculum, Instruction & Observation 3 .... 

Hea. 100— Organization and Administration of Health Education " .... 

Ed. 148— Methods and Practice of Teaching .... 

Ed. 14 5— Principles of High School Teaching 

Electives • . • • 10 



Total 17 15 



COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students has registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double numbei extends through two semesters. 



338 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of credit 
hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out 
his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

EDUCATION 
Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores 

Ed. 2. Introduction to Education (2) — First and second semesters. Re- 
quired of freshmen in Education. 

An exploratory or guidance course designed to help students choose wisely 
in their preparation for the teaching profession. Types of positions, teacher 
supply and demand, favorable and unfavorable aspects of teaching, and types of 
personal and professional competence required of teachers are among the topics 
included. The testing and observational program of the College of Education is 
begun in this course. Laboratory fee, $1.00. 

Ed. 6. Observation of Teaching (1). 

Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and criticisms. 

Ed. 52. Children's Literature (2) — First and second semesters and summer 
session. Prerequisite, English 1, 2. 

A study of literary values in prose and verse for children. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 90. Development and Learning (3). 

A study of the principles of learning and their application to school situa- 
tions. Designed to meet the usual teacher-certification requirement for edu- 
cational psychology. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 
Ed. 100. History of Education I (2) — First semester. 

A study of educational institutions and thought through the ancient, medi- 
aeval, and early modern periods. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 101 History of Education II (2) 

Emphasis is placed on the post-Rennaissance periods. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2) — Second semester. 

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present 

system of education in the United States. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2) 

A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of 
discovering their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for judging 
their worth. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 339 

Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2) 

This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national 
educational systems of the Western Hemisphere. 

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education (2) 

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affect- 
ing the development of modern education. 

Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) 
This course is concerned with present trends in the teaching of reading, 
spelling, handwriting, written and oral language, and creative expression. Special 
emphasis is given to the use of the skills in meaningful situations having real 
significance to the pupils. 

Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2) 
The emphasis in this course is on pupil growth through social experiences. 
Consideration is given to the utilization of environmental resources, curriculum, 
organization and methods of teaching, and evaluation of newer methods and 
materials in the field. 

Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum (2). 

This course will emphasize the relation of the elementary school curriculum 
to child growth and development. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the 
effect of school environment on learning; readiness to learn; and adapting cur- 
riculum content and methods to the maturity levels of children will be 
emphasized. 

Ed. 124. Arithmetic in the Elementary School (2). 

The emphasis in this course is on materials and procedures which help 
pupils sense arithmetical meanings and relationships. The content also helps 
teachers gain a better understanding of the number system and arithmetical 
processes. 

Ed. 125. Creative Expression in the Elementary School (2) 
This course allows for specialization in selected phases of the creative arts. 
Separate sections will be scheduled in such fields as art, dramatics, and music. 

Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2) 

A study of important developments in elementary education with particular 
attention to methods and materials which may be used to improve the develop- 
ment of pupils in elementary schools. Problems which are ecnountered in day- 
to-day teaching situations receive much attention. 

Ed. 127. Teaching in Elementary Schools (2-6). 

This course provides a comprehensive view of teaching in elementary schools. 
There is emphasis on planning the sequence of activities during the school day, 
basic teaching strategies, techniques of pupil-teacher planning, grouping of pupils, 



340 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

management of routine, cooperation with supervisors and administrators, teacher- 
parent and teacher-pupil relations, and analysis of instructional materials. 

*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2). 

This course gives a general overview of the junior high school. It includes 

consideration of the purposes, functions, and characteristics of this school unit; 

a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods, staff, and 

other similar topics, together with their implications for prospective teachers. 

*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2). 

The secondary school population; the school as an instrument of society; 

relation of the secondary school to other schools; aims of secondary education; 

curriculum and methods; extra-curricular activities; guidance and placement; 

teacher certification and employment in Maryland and the District of Columbia. 

Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching the Social Studies (2)— Offered in Baltimore. 

The course is designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching 
situations. Emphasis is placed on the use of various lesson techniques, audio 
and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs. Attention is given 
to the adaption of teaching methods to individual and group differences. Con- 
sideration is given to present tendencies and aims of instruction in the social 
studies. 

Ed. 134. Materials and Procedure for the High School Core Curriculum (2). 

This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are. 
in charge of core classes in junior and senior high schools. Materials and 
teaching procedures for specific units of work are stressed. 

Ed. 137. Science in the Junior High School (2)— Summer school. 
A study of the place, function and content of science in junior high school 
programs. Applications to core curriculum organization. Laboratory fee, $2.00. 

Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — First and second 
semesters. 

This course is offered in separate sections for the various subject matter 
areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathematics, 
art education, business education, industrial education, music education, nursing 
education, and physical education. Registration cards must include the subject- 
matter area as well as the name and number of the course. Graduate credit is 
allowed only by special arrangement. 

In each section the objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, 
appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional materials, 
measurement, and other topics pertinent to the particular subject matter area are 
treated. 

Twenty periods of observation. (Staff.) 



•Credit is accepted for Ed. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 341 

Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2) — First semester. 

This course is concerned with the selection and organization of content for 
English classes in secondary schools. Subject matter is analyzed to clarify 
controversial elements of form, style, and usage. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 142. High School Course of Study-Literature (2). 

Literature adapted to the various grade levels of junior and senior high 
schools is studied. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching (2-3) — First and second 
semesters. 

This course is concerned with the principles and methods of teaching in 
junior and senior high schools. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 147. Audio- Visual Education (2) — First semester and summer session. 

Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; projection apparatus, its 
cost and operation; slides, film-strips, and films; physical principles underlying 
projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures, models, and graphic 
materials; integration of sensory aids with organized instruction. Recommended 
for vocational industrial education students. Laboratory fee, $1.00. ( Maley.) 

Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (2-8)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 140, grade-point average of 2.275, and approval of 
faculty. Undergraduate credit only. Laboratory fee, $30.00. 

Application forms for this course, properly filled in, must be submitted to the 
Director of Student Teaching not less than ninety days before registration. 

Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the 
schools to which they are assigned. For 8 credits, full time for one-half of one 
semester is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers and some graduate 
students, the time and credit may be reduced. 

In the half-semester not devoted to student teaching, certain courses are 
blocked, including the following: Ed. 134, Ed. 140, Ed. 145, Cr. 198, H. E. 
Ed. 102, H. Mgt. 152, Ind. Ed. 140, P. E. 140, P. E. 190, P. E. 124. 

Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2) — First and second semesters. 

A studj r of tests and examinations with emphasis upon their construction 
and use. Types of tests; purposes of testing; elementary statistical concepts and 
processes used in summarizing and analyzing test results; school marks. 

Ed. 151. Remedial Reading Instruction (2) — First semester. 

Causes for reading disabilities; diagnostic techniques; and corrective methods 
are studied. Instructional materials are evaluated. The course is designed for 
both elementary and secondary school teachers. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2). 

This course deals with the intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational 
problems which arise in the transitional period between childhood and adulthood, 
the secondary school period. 



342 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 153. The Improvement of Reading (2). 

Attention is given to reading readiness, activities for the development ofl 
interests and language skills, the use of experience stories, procedures in using! 
basal readers, the organization of content units to promote development of read-l 
ing skills, the program in word analysis, selection and use of children's literature, 
and procedures for determining individual needs. (Schindler.) j 

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology — Introductory (2). 

This course deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to the 
work of teachers. Consideration is given to implications of democratic ideology 
for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed by changes in population and 
technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the socio-economic attitudes of 
individuals who control the schools, and other elements of community back- 
ground which have significance in relation to schools. 

Ed. 161. Principles of Guidance (2) — First and second semesters. 

A survey course of guidance principles and techniques, and the administra- 
tion of a program of guidance services. The basic course for counseling majors. 
A course of value for teachers at any level. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2). 
The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom 
problems. 

Ed. 163, 164, and 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2, 2, 2). 

This course involves experience from the educational standpoint with the 
agencies, institutions, cultural patterns, living conditions, and social processes 
which play significant roles in shaping the behavior of children and adults and 
which must be understood by individuals working toward school and community 
improvement. Each participant becomes a member of a group in a given area 
of study and concentrates on problems which have direct application in his 
school situation. Readings are integrated with techniques of study. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2) 

This course is designed to give teachers, principals, attendance workers, and 
supervisors an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional children. 
Preventive and remedial measures are stressed. 

Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2) 

A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery, analysis 
of causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational measures. 

Ed. 188. Special Problems in Education (1-3). Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. Not required. Available to mature students only. 

Individual study of approved problems of special interest to student. 

(Staff.) 

NOTE: Course cards must have the title of the problem and the name 
of the faculty member who has approved it. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 343 

Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2) 

The course includes a study of adult educational agencies, both formal and 
informal, with special reference to the development of adult education in the 
United States, the interests and abilities of adults, and the techniques of adult 
learning. Emphasis is laid on practical aids for teachers of various types of 
adult groups. (Wiggin.) 

For Graduates 

Ed. 202. The Junior College (2). 

The philosophy and development of the junior college in the United States 
with emphasis on curriculum and administrative controls. 

Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2). 

A study of present problems in higher education. 

Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2). 

Ed. 207. Seminar in History and Philosophy of Education (2). 

(Wiggin.) 
Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2) — 
First semester. 

The basic course in school administration. The course deals with the organi- 
zation and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and federal 
levels; and with the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.) 

Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary 
Schools (2) — Second semester. 

The work of the secondary school principal. The course includes topics such 
as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, student 
activities, schedule making, and internal financial accounting. (Newell.) 

Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2) 

An introduction to the finance phase of public school administration. The 
course deals with the basic principles of school finance; the implications of 
organization and control; the planning, execution, and appraisal of the activities 
involved in public school finance such as budgeting, taxing, purchasing, service 
of supplies, and accounting. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2). 

An orientation course in which school plant and plant planning are con- 
sidered as contributing to instructional programs. This course supplies the 
basis for analyzing existing plant, for determining need for new plant, for select- 
ing and developing school building sites, and for planning school building. 
Theory is put into practice in the development of line drawings for school 
building design in terms of the instructional program. Opportunity is provided 
to work on specific equipment problems. (Van Zwoll.) 



344 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2) 

A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school 
law. 

Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). Prerequisite, teaching experience. 

This course deals with recent trends in supervision; the nature and function 
of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating; participa- 
tion of teachers and other groups in policy development; school workshops; and 
other means for the improvement of instruction. Fee, $1.00. (Newell.) 

Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2). 

A study of the problems connected with organizing and operating elementary 
schools and directing instruction. 

Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems of 
school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning. Field 
work in school surveys is required in this course. (Newell.) 

Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2). (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2) 

This course includes consideration of the organization and administration of 
state, county, and district pupil transportation service with emphasis on safety 
and economy. The planning of bus routes; the selection and training of bus 
drivers, and maintenance mechanics; the specification of school buses; and pro- 
curement procedures are included in this course. 

Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2) — Prerequisite, Ed. 216. Prerequisite 
may be waived upon approval of the instructor. 

Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6) — Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. Enrollment limited. 

This course is designed to help teachers, school administrators, and other 
school staff members to learn to function more effectively in developing edu- 
cational policy in group situations. 

Each student in the course is required to be working concurrently in the 
field with a group of school staff members or citizens on actual school problems. 

(Newell.) 

Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16) 

Internships in administration or supervision may be provided for a few 
students who have had teaching experience. The intern will be assigned to 
assist a principal, supervisor, or some other staff member in a school or school 
system. In addition to the experience in the school situation, a program of 
studies will be planned by the intern, the appropriate member of the school staff, 
and the sponsor from the university. The sponsor will maintain a close working 
relationship with the intern and other persons involved. (Newell.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 345 

Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2). 

A study of the relationships between the public school as a social institution 
and the community of which it is a part. This course deals with the agents 
who participate in the interpretative process, with propaganda and the schools, 
with parent-teacher associations and other lay advisory groups, and with such 
means of publicity as the newspaper, radio, and school publications. 

(Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 226. Child Accounting (2). 

An inquiry into the keeping of essential records pertaining to the pre-school, 
school, and post-school life of individuals. This course explores the area of 
child accounting in terms of need, development, and current practice in local 
districts and in the state. Census taking, individual record practices, and ad- 
ministrative record procedures are taken into consideration. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2). 

An examination of practices with respect to personnel administration. This 
course serves to aid in the development of principles applying to personnel ad- 
ministration. Personnel needs, the means for satisfying personnel needs, 
personnel relationships, tenure, salary schedules, leaves of absence, and retire- 
ment plans are reviewed. Local and state aspects of the personnel problem 
are identified. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education. (2). 

Attention will be centered on selected problems in curriculum making, 
teaching, and child development. Members of the class may concentrate on 
seminar papers, prepare materials for their schools, or read extensively to dis- 
cover viewpoints and research data on problems and experimental practices. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 230. Elementary School Supervision (2). 

This course is especially concerned with the nature and function of super- 
vision, various techniques and procedures which supervisors may use, human 
factors to be considered in planning supervisory programs, and personal qualities 
essential for effective supervision. The supervisor's role in creating conditions 
which are conducive to superior teaching and learning is stressed. 

Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2). 

This course offers a consideration of the problems connected with the so- 
called "extra-curricular" activities of the present-day high school. Special con- 
sideration will be given to (1) philosophical bases, (2) aims, (3) organization, 
and (4) supervision of student activities such as student council, school publica- 
tions, musical organizations, dramatics, assemblies, and clubs. Present practices 
and current trends will be evaluated. 

Ed. 235. Curriculum Development in Elementary Schools (2). 
This course is concerned with problems ordinarily encountered in curriculum 
evaluation and revision. Attention is given to sociological and philosophical 



346 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

factors which influence the curriculum, principles for the selection and organiza- 
tion of content and learning activities, patterns of the curriculum organization, 
construction and use of courses of study, the utilization of personnel for cur- 
riculum development, and controversial curriculum issues. 

Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2) 

Curriculum planning; philosophical bases, objectives, learning experiences, 
organization of appropriate content, and means of evaluation. 

Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2). 

Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (2). 

This course surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a teacher- 
coordinator in a work-experience program. It deals particularly with evolving 
patterns in city and county schools in Maryland, and is designed to help teacher- 
coordinators, guidance counselors, and others in the supervisory and adminis- 
trative personnel concerned with functioning relationships of part-time co- 
operative education in a comprehensive educational program. (Brown.) 

Ed. 243. Application of Theory and Research to Arithmetic in Elementary 
Schools (2) 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the teaching of arithmetic in elementary schools. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 244. Applications of Theory and Research to the Language Arts in 
Elementary Schools (2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, 
and the results of research for the language arts in the elementary schools. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching 
(2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, and 
the results of research for the improvement of teaching on the secondary level. 

Ed. 246. Applications of Theory and Research to the Social Studies in 
Elementary Schools (2). 

The results of research, viewpoints on what the content and organization of 
the social studies program should be, and important curriculum trends are 
analyzed critically for their implications. 

Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2). 

Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2). (See 
Ind. Ed. 248.) (Brown, Hornbake.) 

Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2) — First semester. 
To provide guidance workers and teachers with proficiencies in identifying 
aptitudes, interests, temperaments, and other essential characteristics of each 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 347 

individual through various techniques. Records pertinent to individual analysis 
and their interpretation will be studied. Ed. 161 is desirable as a prior course. 
Required of counseling majors. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 253. Guidance Information (2) — Second semester. 

To provide guidance workers and others interested with proficiencies for 
finding and presenting to pupils information pupils need in making choices, plans, 
and interpretations in major problem areas, such as social, occupational, and 
educational problems. Required of counseling majors. Ed. 161 is desirable as 
a prior course. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 260. Principles of School Counseling (2) — First semester. Prerequi- 
sites, Ed. 161, Ed. 250, Ed. 253 for majors. Prerequisites may be waived by 
instructor. 

A basic course for counselors in public schools in the theories of counseling 
and study of techniques. Emphasis is on study of techniques used with pre- 
adolescents and adolescents. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 261. Case Studies in School Counseling (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Ed. 260. 

To provide elementary proficiencies in counseling in public schools through 
vicarious practice. Discussion of techniques applicable to specific cases. These 
cases will be actual ones reported by counselors in person, in writing, and by 
sound. Problems met by counselors in addition to problems of technique will 
be covered. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 263, 264. Aptitudes and Aptitude Testing (2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.) 

Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis (2). Pre- 
requisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165. 

Selected research problems in the field of community study with emphasis 
on Baltimore area. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2). 

Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2) — Second semester. Registration only by 
approval of instructor. 

For majors in guidance who are about to complete certification or degree 
requirements. Reports and discussions on advanced readings and studies in the 
guidance field. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2). 

Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2). (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2). 

A study of research in education, the sources of information and techniques 
available, and approved form and style in the preparation of research reports and 
theses. 



348 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education (2). 

A course based on the text and work-book by Carter Alexander, "How to 
Locate Educational Information and Data." The work involves attendance at 
class for one hour with two additional hours of work in the library. Especially 
valuable for students interested in research. 

Ed. 288. Special Problems in Education (1-6) — First and second semes- 
ters and summer session. 

Master of education or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special 
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for credit 
under this number. (Staff.) 

NOTE: Course card must have the title of the problem and the name of 
the faculty member under whom the work will be done. 

Ed. 289. Research — Thesis (1-6). First and second semesters and summer 
session. 

Students who desire credit for a master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a 
doctoral project should use this number. (Staff.) 

Ed. 291. Administrative Direction of Special Curricular Fields (2). 

A course designed to acquaint school administrators with the administrative 
techniques, opportunities and responsibilities in the modern programs of business 
education, home economics, and industrial arts. It will include an over-view 
of best present practice, recommendations of national organizations and agencies, 
and the development of standards for selection of professional personnel, evalua- 
tion of programs, development of facilities, and allocation of budget. 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2)— First semester. 

An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course contents of 
each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum. 

(Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office Skills (2). 

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, 
standards of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the integra- 
tion of office skills. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related 
Subjects (2) 

Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and 
related office knowledges and skills including a consideration of materials and 
teaching procedures. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2) 

This course deals with the exploratory aspects of basic business subjects and 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 349 

fundamentals of consumer business education, available instructional materials, 
and teaching procedures. 

B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (2). 

Consideration will be given to the vocational and consumer objectives; sub- 
ject matter content; methods of organizing material: types of classroom activi- 
ties; and teaching procedures in basic business subjects in the secondary schools. 

(Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2) 

Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment, budget 
making, guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids and the in-service training 
of teachers. 

For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects. 

B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2). 

Principles and practices in business education; growth and present status; 
vocational business education; general business education; relation to consumer 
education and to education in general. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 256. Curriculum Development in Business Education (2-6). 

This course is especially designed for graduate students interested in 
devoting the summer session to a concentrated study of curriculum planning in 
business education. Emphasis will be placed on the philosophy and objectives of 
the business education program, and on curriculum research and organization of 
appropriate course content. 

Opportunity will be provided through individual and group projects to study 
local school curricular problems. Available to the group will be the resources 
and personnel of the U. S. Office of Education, National Education Association, 
Maryland school system, and of various business organizations. 

A comprehensive report of the individual and group projects will be pre- 
pared at the end of the summer term. Enrollment limited to 25 students. 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

C. Ed. 2. Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking (2) — First and 
second semesters. 

Orientation to nursery school and kindergarten; introduction to methods of 
observing and recording behavior of children at different age levels. (Glass.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

C. Ed. 100. Child Development I — Infancy (3) — First semester. 

Understanding the pattern of growth. Factors influencing the physical, 
mental, and emotional development of the infant; relation of care during the 
first eighteen months to personality development; study of a child fourteen 
months of age or under. (McNaughton.) 



350 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

C. Ed. 101. Child Development II— Early Childhood (3)— Second semester. 

A study of the developmental growth of the child from eighteen months to 
five years; characteristics of each age level; experiences which help the child in 
his motor, mental, emotional and social development; observation in the nursery 
school; study of one child. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 102. Child Development III— The Child from Five to Ten (2)— 

First and second semesters. 

Development, characteristics and interests of the middle-age child; inter- 
personal relations as affected by home, school, and community; observations in 
kindergarten, public schools, and community organizations. (Stant.) 

C. Ed. 110. Child Development IV (3) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the developmental growth of the child from birth to five years; 
observation in the nursery school. Designed for students in other colleges of 
the University. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I (2). 

A study of the nature and needs of the child from two to six years of age, 
with emphasis upon learning tendencies; the child's relation to the materials, 
experiences, and the people of his world at home and at school. 

(McNaughton.) 

C. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II— The Social and Emotional 
Needs of the Young Child (2). 

An attempt to understand what lies beneath outward behavior rather than 
on conformity as such; acceptance of the child's feelings; helping the child to 
live richly and fully on his own level; seeing the child as a whole; working with 
the parents and the home to bring about the most favorable adjustment of the 
child. (Glass.) 

C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3) — First and 
and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. 

Storytelling; selection of books for pre-school children; the use, preparation, 
and presentation of such raw materials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks, 
wood, and scrap materials for nursery school and kindergarten. 

(Shulman.) 

C. Ed. 116, 117. Creative Expression; Art, Music, Dance (2-3, 2-3). Pre- 
requisite, Mus. 7 or equivalent. First and second semesters. 

Creative experience in songs and rhythms for the young child; correlation 
of music and everyday teachipg in accordance with the abilities and development 
of each level; study of songs and materials; observation and teaching experience 
with each age level. (Brown.) 

C. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Cooperative Nursery 
School (2-3). 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 351 

C. Ed. 140. Curriulum, Instruction, and Observation — Nursery School (3) — 
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100 and 101, or C. Ed. 110. 

Standards and organization of nursery school; study of age levels and 
methods of guidance; selection and use of equipment; observation in nursery 
school. 

C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems (3) — First semester. 

Handling of individual and group problems on the pre-school level; gather- 
ing of objective data; recording and observation; parent-teacher relationship, 
with special handling of child; guidance resources of community. 

C. Ed. 149. Teaching Nursery School (4-8) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $30.00. 

Admission to student teaching in Nursery School and Kindergarten de- 
pends upon physical and emotional fitness, and upon approval of the teaching 
staff of the department. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recom- 
mended that each student have some summer experience with young children. 

Teaching experience in the University Nursery School and in those of nearby 
communities. Approximately thirty clock-hours of school experience are re- 
quired for each semester-hour of credit. . (Shulman.) 

C. Ed. 150. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Kindergarten (2-3) 

— First and second semesters. 

A study of the interests, needs and activities of children living together in 
the kindergarten; discussion and workshop. (Stant.) 

C. Ed. 159. Teaching Kindergarten (4-8) — First and second semesters. 
Laboratory fee, $30.00. 

Admission to student teaching in Nursery School and Kindergarten depends 
upon physical and emotional fitness, and upon approval of the teaching staff of 
the department. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recommended 
that each student have some summer experience with young children. 

Teaching experience in the University kindergarten and in those of nearby 
communities. Approximately thirty clock-hours of school experience are required 
for each semester-hour of credit. (Shulman.) 

C. Ed. 165. Leadership Training (2). 

Designed for leaders in Parent-Teacher groups and in other organizations. 
Setting up the duties of a leader, participants, observer and recorder; developing 
methods for discussion groups; discussion of special problems of organization. 

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3) — First and 
second semesters. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Pre- 
requisite, H. E. Ed. 140. 



352 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering a home- 
making program; the physical environment, organization, and sequence of in- 
structional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2). Prerequisite, H. E. 
Ed. 140. 

The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the development of a 
plan for evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types of evalua- 
tion devices, their construction, and use. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 140 Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3) — Second 
semester. Required of juniors in Home Economics Education. 

The place and function of home economics education in the secondary school 
curriculum. Philosophy of education for home and family living; characteristics 
of adolescence, construction of source units, lesson plans, and evaluation devices; 
directed observation in junior and senior high school home economics depart- 
ments. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 148. Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics (8) — 
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 102 or 102 
parallel. See Ed. 148. Laboratory fee $30. 

Observation and supervised teaching in approved secondary school home 
economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2) — First semes- 
ter. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Eco- 
nomics (2-4). (Spencer.) 

Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current edu- 
cational trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, 
outcomes of instruction, and supervisory practices. 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION 

The staff of the Institute for Child Study offers a series of courses on human 
development and approaches to the direct study of children for members of the 
educational profession. Certain prerequisites are set up within the course se- 
quences, but these prerequisites are modified by the student's previous experience 
in direct study of children; this is done in order to provide an interrelated series 
of experiences leading toward synthesis and the ability to apply the principles of 
human development and behavior. 

Undergraduate courses are designed both for prospective teachers (H. D. 
Ed. 100-101) and in-service teachers (H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104; H. D. Ed. 112- 
13, 114-15, 116-17). The graduate offering contains two series. H. D. Ed. 200, 
201, 202, 203 provide a basic core of four seminars for students majoring in the 
field, and also provide electives (beginning with H. D. Ed. 200 — Introduction) 



COLLEGE OE EDUCATION 353 

for any graduate students interested in an overview of the field. The other 
seminars (H. D. Ed. 204 and above) are designed for emphasis in depth on the 
various areas of major processes and forces that shape the development and 
behavior of human beings, and are intended primarily for advanced graduate 
students. Along with most of the graduate seminars, H. D. Ed. 250 provides 
for concurrent application of scientific knowledge to the direct study of children 
as individuals and in groups. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I and II (3, 3). 

These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles that de- 
scribe human development and behavior and relate these principles to the task 
of the school. A year-long study of an individual child is an integral part of 
the course and will require one half-day per week for observing children in 
nearby schools. This course is designed to 'meet the usual certification requirements 
in Educational Psychology. 

H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and III 
(2, 2, 2). 

These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school 
year. Each participant gathers a wide body of information about an individual, 
presents the accumulating data from time to time to the study group for criticism 
and group analysis, and writes an interpretation of the dynamics underlying the 
child's learning, behavior and development. This course provides opportunity for 
teachers in-service to earn credit for participation in their own local child study 
group. 

H. D. Ed. 112, 114, 116. Scientific Concepts in Human Development I, 
II, III (3, 3, 3). 

H. E. Ed. 113, 115, 117. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, II, III (3, 

3, 3). 

Summer workshop courses for undergraduates providing credit for as many 
as three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory courses must 
be taken concurrently. 

H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3). 

This course offers a general overview of the scientific principles which 
describe human development and behavior and makes use of these principles in 
the study of individual children. Each student will observe and record the 
behavior of an individual child throughout the semester and must have one half- 
day a week free for this purpose. The course is basic to further work in child 
study and serves as a prerequisite for advanced courses where the student has 
not had field work or at least six weeks of workshop experience in child study. 
When this course is offered during the summer it will be H. D. Ed. 200 and 
intensive laboratory work with case records may be substituted for the study of 
an individual child. 



354 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior (3). 

This course emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and behavior 
depends on understanding the ways in which the body is able to capture, control 
and expend energy. Application throughout is made to human body processes 
and implications for understanding and working with people. H. D. Ed. 250 a 
Or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior (3). 

This course analyzes the socially inherited and transmitted patterns of pres- 
sures, expectations and limitations learned by an individual as he grows up. 
These are considered in relation to the patterns of feeling and behaving which 
emerge as the result of growing up in one's social group. H. D. Ed. 250 a or 
b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 203. Integrative Bases of Behavior (3). 

This course analyzes the organized and integrated patterns of feeling, think- 
ing and behaving which emerge from the interaction of basic biological drives 
and potentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social group. H. D. 
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 204, 205. Physical Processes in Human Development (3, 3). 

This course describes in some detail the major organic processes of: 
conception, biological inheritance ;differentiation and growth of the body; 
capture, transportation and use of energy; perception of the environment; 
ordination and integration of function; adaptation to unusual demands and 
to frustration; normal individual variation in each of the above processes. H. D. 
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. 206, 207. Socialization Processes in Human Development I, II (3, 3). 

This course analyzes the processes by which human beings internalize the 
culture of the society in which they live. The major sub-cultures in the United 
States, their training procedures, and their characteristic human expressions in 
folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, values, life-goals, and adjustment patterns are 
analyzed. Other cultures are examined to highlight the American way of life 
and to reveal its strengths and weaknesses. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must 
be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. 208, 209. Self Processes in Human Development I and II (3, 3). 
This course analyzes the effects of the various physical and growth processes, 
affectional relationships, socialization processes, and peer group roles and 
status on the integration, development, adjustment, and realization of the 
individual self. This analysis includes consideration of the nature of intelligence 
and of the learning processes; the development of skills, concepts, general- 
izations, symbolizations, reasoning and imagination, attitudes, values, goals and 
purposes; and the conditions, relationships and experiences that are essential 
to full human development. The more common adjustment problems ex- 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 355 

erienced in our society at various maturity levels, and the adjustment me- 
hanisms used to meet them are studied. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be 
aken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 210. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Develop- 
nent (3). 

This course describes the normal development, expression and influence 
>f love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the 
nfluence of parent-child relationships involving normal acceptance, neglect, 
•ejection, inconsistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional 
jehavior and personality adjustment and development. H. D. Ed. 250 a or 
) or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 211. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (3). 

This course analyzes the processes of group formation, role-taking and 
status-winning. It describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during child- 
hood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels to adult- 
hood. It analyzes the developmental tasks and adjustment problems associated 
with winning, belonging and playing roles in the peer group. H. D. Ed. 250 
or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 212, 214, 216. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Develop- 
ment I, II, III (3, 3, 3). 

H. D. Ed. 213, 215, 217. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, 
II, II (3, 3, 3). 

Summer workshop courses for graduates providing credit for as many as 
three workshops. In any one summer, concept and laboratory courses must 
be taken concurrently. 

H. D. Ed. 218. Workshop in Human Development (6) — Prerequisites 
H. D. Ed. 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217. 

Summer workshop in human development for graduate students who have 
had three workshops and wish additional workshop experience. This course 
can be taken any number of times, but cannot be used as credit toward a degree. 

H. D. Ed. 220. Developmental Tasks (3). 

This course describes the series of developmental tasks faced by children. 
These tasks, made necessary by the normal processes of growth and develop- 
ment, are learnings that the child needs and desires to accomplish because of 
emerging capacities for action and relationship, because of the demands and 
expectancies of his family and of society, and because of the progressive 
clarification and the directive powers of his own interests, attitudes, values and 
aspirations. Emphasis will be placed on the use of developmental tasks 
concepts in educational planning and practice. 






356 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I and II (2-6). 

This course offers apprenticeship training preparing properly qualified 
persons to become staff members in human development workshops, con- 
sultants to child study field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional 
child study programs for teachers or parents. Extensive field experience is 
provided. In general this training is open only to persons who have passed 
their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human develop- 
ment or psychology. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

H. D. Ed. 250a, 250b, 250c. Direct Study of Children (1, 1, 1). 

This course provides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior 
of an individual child in a nearby school. These records will be used in con- 
junction with the advanced courses in Human Development and this course 
will be taken concurrently with such courses. Teachers active in their jobs 
while taking advanced courses in Human Development may use records from 
their own classrooms for this course. May not be taken concurrently with 
H. D. Ed. 102, 103, or 104. 

H. D. Ed. 260. Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3). 

A seminar wherein advanced students work toward a personal synthesis 
of their own concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis is placed 
on seeing the dynamic interrelations between all processes in the behavior and 
development of an individual. Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 204, 206 and 208. 

H. D. Ed. 270. Seminars in Special Topics in Human Development (2-6). 

An opportunity for advanced students to focus in depth on topics of 
special interest growing out of their basic courses in human development. 
Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

For each semester hour of credit for shop and drawing courses two or 
three periods of lecture and practice are scheduled depending upon the specific 
needs of the course. 

Industrial Education 9, 10, and 11 constitute an art crafts sequence (Art 
Crafts I, II, and III). These courses are intended to assist persons who are 
preparing to teach art crafts in the junior high schools of Maryland or for 
teachers who have already undertaken this type of work in the schools. The 
work is appropriate also for persons who teach art crafts at any grade level 
and for those who teach art crafts in camps, clubs, adult evening classes, and 
the like. 

Ind. Ed. 1 — Mechanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

This course constitutes an introduction to orthographic multi-view and 
isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visualization of an object 
when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and upon the making of 
multi-view drawings. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 357 

This course carries through auxiliary views, sectional views, dimensioning, 
conventional representation and single stroke letters. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. 

This is a woodworking course which involves primarily the use of hand 
tools. The course is developed so that the student uses practically every 
common woodworking hand tool in one or more stituations. There is also 
included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing of lumber, and 
the care and conditioning of tools used. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 9. Art Crafts I (2) — First semester and summer session. Two 
laboratory periods a week during the regular term. 

The materials used in Art Crafts I are wood, metals, leathers and plastics. 
Each student is provided the opportunity of doing a variety of types of work 
in the four media. Laboratory fee, S5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 10. Art Crafts II (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory periods 
a day. 

Arts Crafts II offers work experiences in model building, ceramics, graphic 
arts, and paper construction. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 11. Art Crafts III (2) — Summer session. Two laboratory periods 
a day. 

Art Crafts III provides instruction in the principles of design which are 
pertinent to craft work and takes up reed and raffia, threads (weaving, hooking, 
knitting), and seasonal activities. Laboratory fee, §5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 12. Shop Calculations (3). 

Shop Calculations is designed to give the student an understanding and 
working knowledge of the mathematical concepts related to the various aspects 
of Industrial Education. The course includes phases of algebra, geometry, 
trigonometry, and general mathematics as applied to shop and drawing activities. 

Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequiste, Ind. Ed. 1. 

A course dealing with working drawings, machine design, pattern layouts, 
tracing and reproduction. Detail drawings followed by assemblies are presented. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 22. Machine Woodworking I (2) — Second semester. Two labo- 
ratory- periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 2. 

Machine Woodworking I offers initial instruction in the proper operation 
of the jointer, band saw, variety saw, jig saw, mortiser, shaper, and lathe. The 
types of jobs which may be performed on each machine and their safe operation 
are of primary' concern. The mediums of instruction are school-shop equipment, 
hobby items, and useful home projects. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 



358 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding (1) — Second semester. One laboratory 
period a week. 

A course designed to give the student a functional knowledge of the 
principles and use of electric and acetylene welding. Practical work is carried 
on in the construction of various projects using welded joints. Instruction 
is given in the use and care of equipment, types of welded joints, methods of 
welding, importance of welding processes in industry, safety considerations, 
etc. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. 

Articles are made from metal in its sheet form and involve the operations 
of cutting, shaping, soldering, riveting, wiring, folding, seaming, beading, bur- 
ring, etc. The student is required to develop his own patterns inclusive of 
parallel line development, radial line development, and triangulation. Common 
sheet metal tools and machines are used in this course. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 26. Art Metal Work I (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

An introductory course in designing and constructing art products in 
aluminum, copper and brass. The processes covered include surface decoration 
(hammering, piercing, etching, enameling), heat treatment and finishing. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I (2) — First semester. Two laboratory periods a 
week. 

An introductory course to electricity in general. It deals with the electrical 
circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement of electrical energy, and 
a brief treatment of radio such as may be offered at the junior high school level. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 31. Mechhanical Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week .Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 21. 

A course dealing with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on a more 
advanced basis. The reading of prints representative of a variety of industries 
is a part of this course. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

Practical experience is provided in the design and planning of houses and 
other buildings. Working drawings, specifications and blue-prints are featured. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 42. Machine Woodworking II (2) — First semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. 

Advanced production methods with emphasis on cabinetmaking and design. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 359 

Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory periods 
a week. 

Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical equipment, including heating 
measurements, motors and control, electro-chemistry, the electric arc, inductance 
and reactance, condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching (2). (Offered in CSCS Centers.) 
For vocational and occupational teachers of shop and related subjects. The 
identification and analysis of factors essential to helping others learn; the types 
of teaching situations and techniques; the use of instruction sheets; measuring 
results and grading student progress in shop and related technical subjects. 

Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching (2). (Offered in 
Baltimore.) Prerequisite, Educational Psychology and/or Methods of Teaching 
Vocational and Occupational Subjects. 

Primarily for vocational and occupational teachers. Sixteen hours of directed 
observation and demonstration teaching. Reports, conferences, and criticisms 
constitute the remainder of scheduled activities in this course. 

Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods a 
day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 26, or equivalent. 

Advanced practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and bowl 
ornamenting. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 67. Cold Metal Work (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. 

Metal in the form of bars, rods and tubes are shaped to produce "orna- 
mental iron" and bench metal products. The use of the hacksaw, file, drill press, 
taps and dies, the designing and forming of scrolls and the finishes appropriate 
for cold metal work are representatives of the course content. Laboratory 
fee, S5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Shop Practice I (2) — First semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

Bench work, turning, planning, milling, and drilling. Related technical 
information. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Shop Practice II (2) — Second semester. Two labora- 
tory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69, or equivalent. 

Advanced shop practicum in thread cutting, grinding, boring, reaming, 
and gear cutting. Work-production methods employed. Related technical 
information. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 94. Shop Maintenance (2)— Summer. Prerequisite, 8 semester 
hours of shop credit, or equivalent. 

Skill developing practice in the maintenance of school-shop facilities. 



360 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ind. Ed. 101. Operational Drawing (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods 
a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. 

A comprehensive course designed to give students practice in the modern 
drafting methods of industry. Laboratory fee, §5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 102. Advanced Woodfinishing and Upholstery (2)— Summer. 
Two laboratory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. 

This course offffers instruction in wood finishing techniques applicable to 
furniture. restoration and in the processes of upholstering household furniture. 
Laboratory fee, §5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 104. Advanced Practices in Sheet Metal Work (2)— Two labora- 
tory periods a day. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 24, or equivalent. 

Study of the more complicated processes involved in commercial items 
Calculations and pattern making are emphasized. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop (2). 

Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering a secondary school 
general shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowledge developing 
activities in mechanical drawing, electricity, woodworking, and general metal 
working. Laboratory fee, §5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 106. Art Metal Work (2) — Summer. Two laboratory periods 
a day. 

Simple operations in the art of making jewelry including ring making, 
stone setting, etc. Laboratory fee, §5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III (2)— Two laboratory periods a day. Pre- 
requisite, Ind. Ed. 28, or equivalent. 

Experimental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the 
principles of electricity. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 109. Experimental Electricity and Electronics — A, B, C, D (2, 2, 

2, 2). (Offered in Baltimore.) 

Ind. Ed. 110. Foundry (1) — First semester. One laboratory period a week. 
Bench and floor molding and elementary core making. Theory and prin- 
ciples covering foundry materials, tools and appliances. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 124 a, b. Organized and Supervised Work Experience (3 credits 
for each internship period, total: 6 credits). This is a work experience sequence 
planned for students enrolled in the curriculum, "Education for Industry." The 
purpose is to provide the students with opportunities for first-hand experiences 
with business and industry. The student is responsible for obtaining his own 
employment with the coordinator advising him as regards the job opportunities 
which have optimum learning value. 

The nature of the work experience desired is outlined at the outset of em- 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 361 

ployment and the evaluations made by the student and the coordinator are based 
upon the planned experiences. 

The time basis for each internship period is 6 forty-hour weeks or 240 work 
hours. Any one period of internship must be served through continuous em- 
ployment in a single establishment. Two internship periods are required. The 
two internships may be served with the same business or industry. 

The completion for credit of any period of internship requires the em- 
ployer's recommendation in terms of satisfactory work and work attitudes. 

More complete details are found in the handbook prepared for the student 
of this curriculum. 

Ind. Ed. 140 (Ed. 140.) Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3). 

Major functions and specific contributions of Industrial Arts Education; 
its relation to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools; 
selection and organization of subject matter in terms of modern practices and 
needs; methods of instruction; expected outcomes; measuring results; pro- 
fessional standards. Twenty periods of observation. (Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 141, 142. Industrial Safety Education I (2, 2). 

Ind. Ed. 141 deals with the history and development of effective industrial 
safety education programs; Ind. Ed. 142 treats causes, effects, and values of 
safety education in industry. 

Ind. Ed. 143, 144. Industrial Safety Education II (2, 2). Advanced. 

Ind. Ed. 143 studies exemplary safety practices, while Ind. Ed. 144, through 
conference discussion, plant visits, and class demonstrations, covers actual 
industrial situations and formulates evaluative criteria in safety education. 

Ind. Ed. 145. 146. Industrial Hygiene Education (2, 2). 

Ind. Ed. 145 deals with the theory and Ind. Ed. 146 with the practices of 
the following: Organization of plant medical department; medical services, in 
industry; prevention and control of occupational disease; control of air con- 
tamination; the venereal disease problem in industry; fatigue; nutrition; san- 
itation; illumination; noise; radiant energy: heating and ventilation; maximum 
use of manpower; absenteeism. 

Ind. Ed. 148. Methods and Practice of Teaching (8) — First and second 
semesters. See Ed. 148. Laboratory fee, $30. (Brown.) 

Ind Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2) — Second semester. 

Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application. Special 
emphasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids useful to shop 
teachers. Actual construction and application of such devices will be required. 

(Maley.) 

Ind. Ed. 157. Tests and Measurements (2). Prerequisite, Ed. 150 or 
consent of instructor. 

The construction of objective test for occupational and vocational subjects. 



362 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design (2) — Second semester. Two laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work. 

A study of the basic principles of design and practice in their application 
to the construction of shop projects. It treats the art elements of line, mass, 
color, and design. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 161. Principles of Vocational Guidance (2). 

This course identifies and applies the underlying principles of guidance to 
the problems of educational and vocational adjustment of students. (Staff.) 

Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2) — Second semester. 

This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an In- 
dustrial Education program including the selection of equipment and the 
arrangement of the shop. (Staff.) 

Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry (2) — Summer session. 

This course provides an overview of manufacturing industry in the American 
social, economic, and culture pattern. Representative basic industries are studied 
from the viewpoints of personnel and management organization, industrial 
relations, production procedures, distribution of products, and the like. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (2) — First 
semester. 

A study of the factors which definitely place Industrial Arts education in 
any well-rounded program of general education. Lectures, class discussions, 
readings and reports. (Brown and Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2). 

The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret 
data relative to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational education. 

Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2) — First semester. 

Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which is 
basic in organizing vocational industrial courses of study. This course should 
precede Ind. Ed. 169. Brown. 

Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction (2). 

Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of 
study for effective use in vocational and occupational schools. (Brown.) 

Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education (2). 

The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral 
phase of the American program of public education. (Brown.) 

Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2). 

An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive 
times to the present. The evolution of Industrial Arts is also considered. 

(Maley.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 363 

For Graduates 

Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2) — First semester. 

This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a point 
of view as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total educational 
program. He should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for appraising current pro- 
cedures and proposals and an articulateness for his own professional area. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2) — Second 
semester. 

This course deals with principles involved in planning a school shop and 
provides opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in the 
operaton of a satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2) — Second semester. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational 
Education (2). 

Tin's course surveys objectively the organization, administration, supervision, 
curricular spread and viewpoint, and the present status of vocational education. 

(Brown.) 

Ind.Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) — 
First and second semesters. 

This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting 
research in the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. (Staff.) 

Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts (2) — Second semester. 

Various methods and procedures used in curriculum development are ex- 
amined and those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are applied. 
Methods of and devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studies and practiced. 

(Hornbake.) 

Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2) — 
Second semester. . (Brown.) 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

Mus. Ed. 125. Creative Activities in the Elementary School Which Con- 
tribute to Musical Development (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course deals with musical experiences in creative listening and creative 
response to rhythm and mood, creative use of percussion and simple melody 
instruments, creative melody writing, creative interpretation of music performed. 
Creative interpretation and creative writing will also be studied in connection 
with its development through correlation with other areas and creative programs. 

Mus. Ed. 127. Methods and Materials for Program Productions in the 
Secondary School (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 



364 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Designed especially for those interested in presenting musical assemblies, 
concerts and programs for all types. Methods of presentation and materials 
suitable for various occasions will be discussed. 

Mus. Ed. 128. Workshop in Music for Elementary School (2). Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. 

A workshop for the study of group activities and materials through which 
children in the elementary schools experience music. This course has been 
planned as an aid to music teachers and classroom teachers in the elementary 
schools. It presents an outline of objectives, a survey of materials, and 
instructional methods that will develop a more thorough and progressive music 
program in the elementary school. 

Mus. Ed. 132. Workshop in Music for the Junior High School (2). Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. 

A workshop designed to make a study of the vocal and instrumental pro- 
gram in the Junior High School Curriculum. Special study will be made of a 
more flexible program that will oer many opportunities for active participation 
in experiencing music to the adolescent with or without special music aptitude. 
The part that Music can play in the integrated program will also be studied. 

Mus. Ed. 140. Workshop in Popular Music for Secondary Schools (2). 

This course is designed to train the music education student or school music 
teacher in the practical use of popular music as a means in the teaching of more 
serious music to the secondary school pupil. 

Mus. Ed. 155. Organization and Technique of Instrumental Class In- 
struction (2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course deals with practical instruction in methods of tone production, 
tuning, fingering, and care of the instruments in the hands of the students. 
A survey will be made of the latest methods and materials for class instruction. 

Mus. Ed. 170. Methods and Materials for Class Piano Instruction (2). 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course deals with the fundamental principles of teaching piano in a 
group of students of various grade levels. It includes the techniques and pro- 
cedures involved in teaching class piano and a survey of materials for piano 
class instruction and recommendation for their use. 

Mus. Ed. 175. Methods and Materials in Vocal Music for the High School 
(2). Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

This course is designed primarily for school choral directors and teachers 
of voice training classes. Special attention will be given to song repertoire, 
interpretation, diction, tone production, and breath activity. 

Mus. Ed. 180. Instrumental Seminar. (2). Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 365 

A review of beginning methods and materials for wind and percussion 
instruments; materials for bands for all grades; problems of intonation, tone 
quality and interpretation; the percussion section; organization and adjudication 
of contests and festivals; special maneuvers of the marching band; library 
organization; planning and conducting a concert; organization within the band 
and the orchestra; point systems, and other related topics. 

NURSING EDUCATION 

N. Ed. 2. Introduction to Nursing Education (2) — (Offered in Baltimore.) 
Exploratory and guidance course for nursing education students. Types 
of positions in schools of nursing, teacher supply and demand in such schools, 
and the types of professional and personal 'competence required of teachers in 
nursing schools are among the topics included. This course may be substituted 
for Ed. 2. Students who take N. Ed. 2 will not be permitted to register for 
Ed. 2, or vice versa. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

N. Ed. 105, 106. Teaching of Nursing Arts, I and II (3, 3)— (Offered in 
Baltimore.) 

This is the basic course in principles of teaching as applied to the field of 
general nursing. 

N. Ed. 112. School of Nursing Finance and Administration (3) — (Offered 
in Baltimore.) 

Sources of financial support for schools of nursing, budgeting, internal 
school accounting, purchase of supplies and equipment, and other selected 
problems of financing and administering schools of nursing. 

N. Ed. 115, 116. Ward Management and Clinical Teaching (2, 2)— 
("Offered in Baltimore.) 

This course covers the administrative phase of a hospital unit or ward, 
especially the assigning of duties according to the level of ability of the worker. 
Emphasis is placed upon hospital economics and the budgeting of supplies. A 
program for clinical bedside teaching is stressed through the entire course. 

N. Ed. 117. Newer Trends in Nursing Service. (2). (Offered in Baltimore.) 

N. Ed. 118. Industrial Nursing (2) (Offered in Baltimore.) 

This course involves an analysis of the role of the graduate nurse in 
industry and an analysis of specific problem areas in industrial nursing. 

N. Ed. 190. Principles of Pediatric Nursing (3) — (Offered in Baltimore.) 

Principles of nursing children with emphasis upon the direction of growth 

and development of children under conditions where nursing care is required. 



366 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates 

N. Ed. 286. Research Methods and Materials in Nursing Education (2) 

This course is designed to acquaint the advanced student in nursing edu 
cation with research methodologies and materials as they apply to nursing. 

N. Ed. 287. Seminar in Problems in Nursing Education (2). 

A study of the current research in nursing education with an emphasi 
on evaluation and methodology. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION 
A. Physical Education 

P. E. 30. Introduction to Physical Education, Health and Recreation (3)- 

First and second semesters. 

Orientation course in the professional fields. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Courses starred (*) may be taken for graduate credit 

P. E. 113, 115. Methods and Materials for secondary Schools I (3, 3)- 

Two lectures and two laboratories a week. 

Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching techniqu 
of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior and Senio 
High School programs. 

P. E. 114, 116. Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools II (3, 3)- 

Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week. 

Theory and practice; class organization, analysis, and teaching technique 
of sports, gymnastics, self-testing activities, and rhythms for Junior and Senio 
High School Programs. 

*P. E. 120. Physical Education for the Elementary School. (3) First an 
second semesters and summer. 

Theory and practice of elementary school physical education planned par 
ticularly for the general elementary teacher. The course content will includ 
curriculum participation, utilization of restricted play areas, class organizatior 
instruction techniques, and introduction to a variety of appropriate activities. 

P. E. 123, 125. Coaching Athletics (3, 3)— Two lecture and two laborator 
hours a week. 

Methods of coaching the various competitive sports commonly found i 
high school and college programs. 

P.E. 124, 126. Methods and Materials in Team Sports (2, 2)— Four labora 
tory hours a week. Prerequisites, P. E. 62, 64, 66, 68. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 367 

Theory in coaching and officiating sports for women. Opportunity for 
National Officials' Ratings. 

P. E. 140. Curriculum, Instruction and Observation (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, MEN— P. E. 113, 115; WOMEN— P. E. 114, 116; 
124, 126. (See Ed. 140.) 

*P. E. 180. Measurement in Physical Education and Health (3) — First and 
second semesters. Two lecture and two laboratory hours a week. The appli- 
cation of measurement to physical and health education. 

*P. E. 190. Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, Health 
and Recreation (3) — First and second semesters. 

The application of the principles of administration and supervision to 
physical education, health, and recreation. 

For Graduates 

P. E. 200. Seminar in Physical Education, Recreation and Health (1) — 
First and second semesters and summer. 

P. E. 201. Foundations in Physical Education, Recreation and Health (3) — 
First and second semesters and summer. 

An overall view of the total fields with their inter-relations and places in 
education. 

P. E. 203. Supervisory Techniques in Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health (3) — First and second semesters and summer. (Course may be offered 
in Baltimore.) 

Study of current concepts, principles and techniques of supervision and of 
their application to the special fields indicated; observation of available super- 
visory programs and visits with local supervisors; practice in the use of selected 
techniques. 

P.E. 205. Administration of Athletics (3) — First and second semesters 
and summer. 

Problems and procedures in the administration of school and college athletic 
competition, the installation and maintenance of indoor and outdoor athletic 
equipment, special problems of surveys, legislation, property acquisition, finances, 
inventories, and the selection of personnel. 

P. E. 210. Methods and Techniques of Research (3) — First and second 
semesters and summer. 

A study of methods and techniques of research used in physical education, 
recreation, and health education; an analysis of examples of their use; and 
practice in their application to problems of interest to the student. 

P. E. 220. Quantitative Methods (3) — First and second semesters and 
summer. 



368 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A course covering the statistical techniques most frequently used in research 
pertaining to physical education, recreation, and health education. An effort 
will be made to provide the student with the necessary skills, and to acquaint 
him with the interpretations and practical applications of these techniques. 

P. E. 230. Source Material Survey (3) — First and second semesters and 
summer. 

A library survey course, covering the total areas of physical education, 
recreation, and health, plus research in one specific limited problem of which a 
digest, including a bibliography, is to be submitted. 

P. E. 250. Mental and Emotional Aspects of Physical Education Activities. 
(3). First and second semesters and summers. Prerequisites, Psych. 1; or H.D. 
Ed. 100, 101, or equivalents. 

This course involves exploring and evaluating the psychological aspects 
of physical education, athletics and recreation. Such factors as the following 
are taken into account; the psychology of sports and other forms of rec- 
reational participation, applications of psychology to teaching, coaching and 
learning, psychological aspects of athletic efficiency (motivation, emotional 
upset, staleness, etc.), and esthetics in various physical education and recreation 
activities. 

P. E. 280. Scientific Bases on Physical Fitness (3) — First and second 
semesters and summer. 

A course designed to meet the needs of persons interested in the solution of 
problems related to the kinesiological and physical fitness aspects of sports. 
Problems pertaining to the performance of sport skills, the physical conditioning 
of participants, and the over-all effects of exercise are studied; in addition, the 
techniques employed in the solution of such problems are reviewed. 

P. E. 288. Special Problems in Physical Education, Recreation & Health. 
(1-6) — First and second semesters and summer. 

Master of Education or Doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special 
research problems under the direction of their advisers may register for 1-6 
hours of credit under this number. A Master of Education candidate may 
register for two or more credits under this number, and write one of his seminar 
papers. 

P. E. 289. Research Thesis (1-5) — First and second semesters and 
summer. 

Students who desire credit for a Master's thesis or a Doctoral project should 
use this number. 

P. E. 290. Administrative Direction of Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health (3) — First and second semesters and summer. 

A course to acquaint school administrators with the administrative tech- 
niques, and opportunities and responsibilities in the modern programs of physical 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 369 

education, recreation, and health education on a coordinated school-home-com- 
munity basis. It will include an over-view of the best present practices, recom- 
mendations of national bodies and the development of standards for selection 
of professional personnel, evaluation of programs, development of facilities and 
allocation of budgets. 

P. E. 291. Curriculum Construction in Physical Education and Health (3) — 
First and second semesters and summer. 

A study of the principles underlying curriculum construction in physical 
education and health education and the practical application of those principles 
to the construction of a curriculum for a specific situation. 

B. Health Education 

Hea. 114. Health Education for Elementary Schools (2) — First and second 
semesters and summer. 

Materials and methods in health education for the classroom teacher. 

Hea. 120. Teaching Health (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Hea. 40, or equivalent. (May be offered in Baltimore.) 

A study of materials and methods in health education. Planning the health 
education curriculum. 

*Hea. 160. Problems in School Health Education (2-6) — First and second 
semesters and summer. 

This is a workshop type course designed particularly for in-service teachers 
to acquaint them with the best methods of providing good health services, 
healthful environment and health instruction. 

*Hea. 190. Organization and Administration of Health Education (3) — 

First and second semesters. 

The planning of school curricula and presentation of courses of study in 
hygiene to the classroom teachers, and the planning of a community health edu- 
cation program. 

For Graduates 

Hea. 220. Principles and Practice of Health Education (3) — First and 
second semesters and alternate summers. 

This course endeavors to evolve a concept of "total personality health" on 
the basis of what is known of the physical, mental and emotional aspects of hu- 
man personality and what factors influence its development. The various adminis- 
trative and instructional phases of the school situation are examined to evaluate 
their role in contributing to such broadly conceived "health". 

Hea. 230, Public Health Education (3) — First and second semesters and 
summer. 



370 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A survey course designed to acquaint the student with the current major 
problems in public health and to enable him to recognize and understand the 
relationships and relative importance of these problems. 

Hea. 240. Advancements in Modern Health (3) — First and second semesters 
and summer. 

A course designed to review status and trends of modern health from the 
perspective of the educator. Study will include a survey of major health prob- 
lems of the world; developments in the broad fields of modern medicine; and 
current trends in school health education and the role of the school in relation 
to mental health and psychosomatic disturbances. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION 

*Sci. Ed. 1. Science for the Primary Grades (2) — Summer. Laboratory 
fee, $1.00. 

This course considers the characteristics of elementary school children in 
grades one through three. Selecting, organizing, and presenting science ma- 
terials appropriate to this level is done in relation to these characteristics. 

*Sci Ed. 2. Science for the Primary Grades (2) — Summer. Laboratory 
fee, $1.00. 

This is a continuation of the previous course using different subject matter 
areas to provide a wider range of experiences. 

*Sci. Ed. 3. Science for the Upper Elementary Grades (2) — Summer. 

This course is designed to meet the needs of teachers of grades four, five and 
six by providing background material from selected phases of science which 
can contribute to these levels. Special attention will be given to materials of 
the local environment. Laboratory fee, $1.00. 

*Sci. Ed. 4. Science for the Upper Elementary Grades (2) — Summer. 
This is a continuation of the previous course using difffferent subject matter 
materials to provide a wider background of experiences. Laboratory fee, $1.00. 

Sci. Ed. 105. Workshop in Science for Elementary Schools (2). 

This course gives teachers an opportunity to acquire science understandings 
and to develop materials which are of practical value. The emphasis is on 
content closely related to science units developed in elementary schools. 
Laboratory fee, $2.00. 



*.Students may receive credit for both Sci. ?3d. 1 and Sci. Ed. 2 or Ed. 3 and Sci. Ed. 
4, but no other combination of these courses is accepted. 



GLENN L MARTIN 
College of 

ENGINEERING AND 
AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 



STAFF 
-, Director of Engineering Education and Research. 
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E, C.E., 



Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students 



William R. Ahrexdt, M.S., Lecturer on Automatic Regulations. 

Redfield W. Allen, M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Russell B. Allen, B.S., Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Edward S. Barber, B.E., C.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

William D. Becker. M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Joseph H. Bilbrey, Jr., B.S., Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 

Doxald T. Boxxey. Ph.D.. Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Albert H. Cooper, Ph.D.. Visiting Professor in Chemical Engineering. 

George F. Corcorax, M.S.. Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman 

of the Department. 
Gerald Corxixg, B.S., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 
Johx B. Courxvx. M.S.E.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 
A. Berxard Eyler. M.S.. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Richard S. Fey. Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 
Jacob J. Freeman, Ph.D., Lecturer on Signal Analysis and Noise. 
Carl W. Gohr, B.S.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 
Victor G. Gottschalk, Ph.D.. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. 
Joseph A. Guard, M.S.. Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Arthl-r L. Guess, M.S.. Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 
Charles R. Hayleck, Jr.. M.S., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Doxald C. Hexnick, B.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Lawrexce J. Hodgixs, B.S.. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

371 



372 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Wilbert J. Hurr, Ph.D., D.Sc, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman 

of the Department ; Director of the Engineering Experiment Station ; 

Chairman, Division of Physical Sciences. 
Louis C. Hutson, Instructor in Mining Extension. 
John W. Jackson, M.S., M.E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Duane R. Keller, M.S.E., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 
Eugene P. Klier, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering and 

Metallurgy. 
Ralph H. Long, Jr., D.Eng., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Robert F. Luce, B.S., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 
Morris J. Ojalvo, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Louis E. Otts, Jr., M.S., Professor of Civil Engineering. 
Harry W. Piper, B.Arch.E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 
Henry W. Price, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
Walton R. Read, M.S., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
Henry R. Reed, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
Joseph R. Schulman, M.S., Lecturer on Electronics. 
Irving H. Shames, M.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 
Shan-Fu Shen, Sc.D., Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 
A. Wiley Sherwood, M.S., Research Professor of Aerodynamics; Manager of 

Wind Tunnel ; Acting Chairman of Aeronautical Engineering Department. 
Charles A. Shreeve, Jr., M.S., Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
David E. Simons, M.S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
Eric H. Small, M.E.E., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
Joseph S. Smatko, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Professor of Civil Engineering and Chairman of 

the Department ; Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students. 
William W. Thomas, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 
John R. Thorson, B.S., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 
T. C. Gordon Wagner, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
Stanton Walker, B.S., Lecturer on Engineering Materials. 
Joseph Weber, Ph.D., Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
Presley A. Wedding, M.S., Assistant Professor in Civil Engineering. 
John E. Younger, Ph.D., Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman 

of the Department. 

INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS 

Robert Betchov, Ph.D., Assistant Research Professor. 
Edward K. Blum, Ph.D., Post-Doctoral Fellow. 
Joaquin B. Diaz, Ph.D., Associate Research Professor. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 373 

Melville S. Green, Ph.D., Research Associate. 

Alfred 0. Huber, Ph.D., Research Associate. 

Geoffrey S. S. Ludford, Ph.D., Assistant Professor. 

Monroe H. Martin, Ph.D., Head, Department of Mathematics and Acting Director, 

Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics. 
Elliott W. Montroll, Ph.D., Research Professor (on leave) 
Gordon F. Newell, Ph.D., Research Assistant. 
Siiih-I Pai, Ph.D., Associate Research Professor. 
Lawrence E. Payne, Ph.D., Assistant Research Professor. 
Edwin L. Resler, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Research Professor. 
Karl H. Roth, Ph.D., Research Associate. 
Richard F. Wallis, Ph.D., Post-Doctoral Fellow. 
Hans F. Weinberg, Ph.D., Research Associate. 
Alexander Weinstein, Ph.D., Research Professor. 
Louis Witten, Ph.D., Research Associate. 
Eduardo H. Zarantonello, Ph.D., Research Associate. 



374 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

GLENN L. MARTIN 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 



Director of Engineering Education and Research. 
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., 




Dean in Charge of Undergraduate Students 

HE primary purpose of the College of Engineering is to train 

young men to practice the profession of Engineering. It 

endeavors at the same time to equip them for their duties 

as citizens and for careers in public service and in industry 

In training professional engineers it is necessary that 
great emphasis be placed on the fundamentals of mathe- 
matics, science and engineering so as to establish a broad 
professional base. Experience has also shown the value of 
a coordinated group of humanistic-social studies for en- 
gineering students since their later professional activities 
are so closely identified with the public. It is well recog- 
nized that an engineering training affords an efficient preparation for many 
callings in public and private life outside the engineering profession. 

The new buildings recently completed for the College of Engineering were 
made possible through the interest of Mr. Glenn L. Martin, of the Glenn 
L. Martin Company of Baltimore, which resulted in two large gifts from the 
Company to the University, to which have been added funds made available by 
the Legislature of Maryland. The new units consist of four structures, namely, 
the General Engineering building, an Engineering Laboratories building, a 
Chemical Engineering building, and a Wind Tunnel building. 

This increase in facilities has made possible an expansion of the work 
in each department and the establishment in the College of Engineering of an 
Institute for Advanced Technological Research. This Institute will carry 
on full-time research in connection with an organization known as the State 
Institute for Industrial Research, authorized by the Maryland Legislature to be 
under the direction of the Board of Regents of the University, and also to 
carry on studies in the various departments leading to graduate degrees. 

The length of the normal curriculum in the College of Engineering is 
four years and leads to the bachelor's degree. In the case of most students 
these four years give the engineering graduate the basic and fundamental 
knowledge necessary to enter upon the practice of the profession. Engineering 
students with superior scholastic records are advised to supplement their 
undergraduate programs by at least one year of graduate study leading to 
the master's degree. All the engineering departments encourage graduate work 
leading to the doctor's degree, and the Department of Chemical Engineering 
has already awarded Ph.D. degrees to a number of candidates. Graduate 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 375 

engineers desiring to enter research and development work should endeavor 
to qualify for the doctorate. Graduate programs will be arranged upon appli- 
cation to the chairman of the engineering department concerned. 

In order to give the new student time to choose the branch of engineering 
for which he is best adapted, the freshman year of the several curriculums 
is the same. Lectures and conferences are used to guide the student in making 
a proper choice. The courses differ only slightly in the sophomore year, but 
in the junior and senior years the students are directed definitely along pro- 
fessional lines. 

Admission Requirements 

In selecting students for admission to the University more emphasis will 
he placed upon good marks and other indications of probable success in college 
rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of Eng- 
lish, 3y 2 units of Mathematics including Solid Geometry, and 1 unit each of 
Social and Natural Sciences are required. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational 
subjects are acceptable as electives. 

It is possible, however, for high school graduates having the requisite 
number of entrance units to enter the College of Engineering lacking one 
unit of Advanced Algebra and one-half unit of Solid Geometry. The program 
for such students would be as follows: during the first semester, five hours 
a week would be devoted to making up algebra and solid geometry; in the 
second semester, mathematics of the first semester would be scheduled; and 
the second semester mathematics would be taken in the Summer School. 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Engineering must apply 
to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Publi- 
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Bachelor Degrees in the College of Engineering 

Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science are offered in the 
Departments of Aeronautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical en- 
gineering, and Metallurgy. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed 
charges; $71.00 for special fees; $360.00 board; $130.00 to $150.00 room; and 
laboratory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matricula- 
tion fee of $10.00 is charged all new students, and a College fee of $3.00 per 
semester is charged to all students registered in the College of Engineering. 
An additional charge of $150.00 is assessed students not residents of the State 
of Maryland. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules 
are required to take basic air force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two 



376 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation 
but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of 
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Trans- 
fer students who do not have the required two years of military training will 
be required to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever 
occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Force R. O. 
T. C. courses during their Junior and Senior years which lead to a regular 
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

General Information 

For information with reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip- 
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resi- 
dent and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts 
of records, student health and welfare, living arrangenments in the dormitories, 
off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and 
student aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors and awards, 
religious denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs, 
the University Band, student publications, University Post Office and Supply 
Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General Information Issue 
of the Catalog. 

Master of Science in Engineering 

Candidates for the degree of Master in Science in Engineering and in 
Metallurgy are accepted in accordance with the procedure and requirements of 
the Graduate School. See Graduate School Catalog. 

Professional Degrees in Engineering 

The degrees of Aeronautical Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Civil Engineer, 
Electrical Engineer, and Mechanical Engineer will be granted only to graduates 
of the University who have obtained a bachelor's degree in engineering. The 
applicant must satisfy the following conditions: 

1. He shall have engaged successfully in acceptable engineering work 
for not less than five years after graduation. 

2. He must be considered eligible by a committee composed of the Dean 
of the College of Engineering and the heads of the Departments of Aero- 
nautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical Engineering. 

3. His registration for a degree must be approved at least twelve months 
prior to the date on which the degree is to be conferred. He shall present 
with his application a complete report of his engineering experience and an 
outline of his proposed thesis. 

4. He shall present a satisfactory thesis in duplicate on an approved 
subject. 

Equipment 

The Engineering buildings are provided with lecture-rooms, recitation- 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 377 

rooms, drafting-rooms, laboratories, and shops for various phases of engineering 
work. 

Drafting-Rooms. The drafting-rooms are fully equipped for practical 
work. The engineering student must provide himself with an approved drawing 
outfit, supplies, and books. 

LABORATORIES 
Chemical Engineering Laboratories 

Instruction and research in Chemical Engineering is housed in a new 
building designed for this purpose. It contains lecture rooms, library, labora- 
tories, shops, storerooms, dark rooms and offices, equipped for the full range 
of chemical engineering studies, from the elementary chemical and physical 
reactions underlying process development to the construction and operation 
of pilot plants and the design of full scale equipment, with provisions for 
specialized work in options such as electrochemical engineering, fuel engineer- 
ing and metallurgy. Laboratories are maintained for (1) General Testing and 
Control; (2) Unit Operations; (3) Unit Processes; (4) Electrochemical En- 
gineering; (5) Metallurgy; (6) Gas and Fuel Analysis; (7) Cooperative Re- 
search; (8) Graduate Research. Shops include a complete machine shop, a wood 
shop and a student shop. 

General Testing and Control Laboratory. In this laboratory there is 
available complete equipment for the chemical and physical testing of water, 
gases, coal, petroleum, and related chemicals, and for general industrial 
chemicals, both inorganic and organic. 

Unit Operations Laboratory. This laboratory contains equipment for 
the study of fluid flow, heat flow, drying, filtration, distillation, evaporation, 
crystallization, crushing, grinding, combustion, gas absorption, extraction, and 
centrifuging. For the study of fluid flow a permanent hydraulic assembly is 
available, and this includes flow meters of most types. A Chemical Control 
Laboratory is maintained in conjunction with the Unit Operations Laboratory. 

In the laboratory there is a large column still with a kettle capacity 
of 100 gallons, equipped for the measurement of temperature and pressure, 
sampling devices, condensers, and vacuum receivers. This still is so designed 
that it can be used either as a batch type unit, continuous feed type, direct 
pot still, steam still, or as a vacuum still. Studies in evaporation can be made 
on a double effect evaporator, one unit of which is equipped with a horizontal 
tube bundle and the other with a vertical tube bundle. Dryers include cabinet, 
tray and vacuum t3 r pes. Gas absorption equipment includes a blower and a 
stoneware column packed with different types of packings in respective sec- 
tions so that comparative studies may be made. Filtration equipment includes 
plate and frame, Sweetland and Sparkler types. Combustion equipment available 
consists of an industrial carburetor, pot furnace, premix gas-fired furnace and 
the usual gas analysis equipment. For grinding there is a comminuting machine, 



378 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

jaw crusher, a disc crusher and ball mills. Mechanical shakers, standard sieve, 
and sub-sieve separator are available for particle size separation. Centrifuga- 
tion studies may be made on a continuous super centrifuge, Tolhurst basket 
type or centrifugal dryer. Concentrating equipment includes a flotation cell and 
Wilfley table. Student shop facilities include a milling machine, lathes, drill 
presses, grinder, welding equipment, and other tools necessary for unit opera- 
tion studies. 

Unit Processes Laboratory. The Unit Processes Laboratory is designed 
to permit the preparation of chemicals on a semi-industrial scale from 1 pound 
to 100 pounds. Both organic and inorganic compounds can be made. An ad- 
vantageous feature is the integration of this laboratory with the unit operations 
laboratory, thereby allowing a broad range of typical chemical engineering 
activities. Equipment includes apparatus for autoclaving, nitration, sulfonation, 
reduction, oxidation, esterification and neutralization, halogenation, amination, 
diazotization and the like. Substances such as dyes, plastics, wetting agents, 
organic insecticides, e. g., D.D.T., analine, nitrobenzene, phenol, paradichlor- 
benzene, ethyl acetate, cellulose acetate, benzaldehyde, B-naphthyl methyl ether 
and many others can be synthesized. 

Electrochemical Engineering Laboratory. This laboratory contains ap- 
paratus simulating industrial electrochemical engineering equipment, as well 
as small laboratory size units to illustrate principles of operation. Studies in- 
clude electric furnace operations, metal winning and refining, electroplating, 
corrosion, electrochemical preparations, chlorine and caustic soda manufacture, 
instrumentation, and related operations and processes. 

The laboratory contains small dry rectifiers, one 500-ampere 6-12 V motor 
generator set, several 300-ampere motor generator sets, 75 KVA variable D.C. 
supply for furnace operations, and numerous storage batteries as power 
sources. The equipment includes a small (25KVA) silicon carbide furnace, 
aluminum electrolytic cell, small arc furnace for making ferrosilicon, ferro- 
chromium, aluminum bronze and other alloys, numerous electrolytic cells for 
electroplating, copper, lead, nickel, chromium, zinc, cadmium, brass, silver, 
gold, rhodium, and other metals. Flexible arrangements are maintained for the 
production electrolytically of materials such as iodoform, white lead, cuprous 
oxide, azobenzene, dyes, nitrites, hydroxylamine, chlorine, caustic soda and 
other chemicals. Corrosion testing equipment is also on hand. Arrangements 
are flexible enough so that most industrial electrochemical operations can be 
reproduced on a moderate scale. 

Metallurgical Laboratories. These laboratories contain equipment for 
heat treating, testing and metallographic work. The large furnaces available 
for heat treating include a 16 KW Hoskins muffle furnace, an 18 KW Hevi- 
Duty salt pot furnace, an 8 KW Leeds and Northrup Vapocarb unit, and an 
American Gas Furnace Company salt pot furnace. Two special units are also 
available for student and research work. These are a 10 KW General Electric 
Electronic heater and an arc furnace for producing titanium ingots of up to 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 379 

en pounds in weight. This latter unit is powered by a 70 KW General Electric 
ire welding generator. In addition to the above, a number of smaller furnaces 
ire available for general laboratory use. 

The testing equipment consists of one Baldwin 60,000 lb. Southwark- 
Tate- Emery testing machine, one 5,000 lb. Dillon Universal Tester, one 
110/220 ft. lb. Riehle impact testing machine, and a Chapman high temperature 
testing machine. Brinell and Rockwell hardness testers are also available. 

The metallographic equipment consists of one Vickers projection micro- 
scope with full range of accessories, a number of smaller metallurgical micro- 
scopes, several Gamma cameras for the small microscopes, a Disa electro- 
polishing unit, and all additional equipment (mounting presses, sanders, 
polishing wheels, etc.), necessary for mounting and preparing specimens for 
examination. The metallurgical laboratories are also equipped with a North 
American Phillips 60 KV-50 MA X-ray diffraction apparatus. 

Electrical Engineering Laboratories 

Electrical Machinery Laboratory. This laboratory, with a floor space of 
5,760 square feet, is divided into four working areas, each area being serviced 
by a modern distribution switchboard and auxiliary panels. The distribution 
switchboard also provides inter-connection between each working area as 
well as to the various other laboratories situated throughout the electrical en- 
gineering department. Each working area is provided with an educational DC- 
AC motor generator and a variety of modern motors, generators, transformers, 
and other electrical devices of such size and design as to give typical per- 
formance characteristics. An overhead crane is available to facilitate the moving 
and rearrangement of the various machines. 

Electric power is supplied to the laboratory by a three-unit motor-generator 
set consisting of a 150-HP synchronous motor driving a 50-KW, 125/250 volt 
direct current generator, and a 62.5 KVA, 80 per cent power factor, 3-phase, 
60-cycle generator. This latter machine is so connected as to supply both 120 
volts and 240 volts simultaneously. Modern switchgear provides well regulated 
voltage from each generator. 

Adjoining the laboratory is an instrument and small-equipment room pro- 
vided with a large assortment of measuring instruments essential to practical 
electrical testing, namely ammeters, voltmeters, wattmeters, watt-hour meters, 
frequency meters, strobotacs. tachometers, wheatstone bridges, double bridges, 
impedance bridges, oscillographs, and special rheostats. 

A well appointed shop is available with modern metal and wood turning 
tools for the repair of equipment, the building of experimental devices, and the 
general repair of all laboratory facilities. Another adjoining room provides 
lecture room facilities, computation tables and reference material. 

Industrial Electronics Laboratory. A floor area of 1,900 square feet adja- 
cent to the machinery laboratory and connected with it by way of a two-ton 
monorail crane is called the Industrial Electronics Laboratory. 



380 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

This laboratory is equipped with apparatus and controls similar to those 
used in industry in obtaining better products in greater quantities, by means 
of electronic devices. 

The experimental apparatus consists of several amplidynes, an electronic 
welder, a high frequency heating unit, several types of electronic motor con- 
trollers, voltage regulators, photo-electric counters, thyratron rectifiers, servo- 
control systems, and X-ray installation. 

The laboratory is energized from a distribution center similar to the 
system used in the adjacent machinery laboratory and in addition, a 400-cycle 
power source and high voltage power supplies are provided. 

The instrument room and shop which serve the Machinery Laboratory also 
serve the Industrial Electronics Laboratory. 

Sophomore Laboratory. A balcony overlooking the machine laboratory 
is equipped with seven work stations at which basic electrical engineering 
experiments are performed. 

Equipment is provided for fundamental measurements of current voltage, 
power, resistance, and transmission losses. Basic non-linear circuit concepts 
are also studied experimentally in this laboratory. 

Electrical Measurements Laboratory. Fifteen basic measurements experi- 
ments which constitute the laboratory portion of the "Electrical Measure- 
ments" course are housed in this laboratory. 

Ballistic galvanometers, long solenoids, flux meters, potentiometers, a-c 
bridges, oscillographs, rotating standards, and impedance-measuring circuits 
are employed in measuring electric and magnetic quantities and in calibrating 
electrical instruments. 

Photometry and Oscillographic Laboratory. A laboratory, provided with 
a dark room, is available for photometric and oscillographic measurements. 
The photometry apparatus consists of a bar photometer and four types of 
portable photometers and light meters. Typical lighting installations are avail- 
able for experimental study. 

Electromagnetic oscillographs are available for studying transient and 
steady-state time variations of electric currents and voltages. The dark room 
facilities permit on-the-spot development of the photographic film. 

Electronics and Radio Engineering Laboratories. A room 25 feet in width 
by 60 feet in length is equipped with eight work stations, four of which are 
specifically outfitted for basic electronics experiments and four specifically 
for radio engineering experiments. 

The electronics equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, signal 
generators, cathode-ray oscilloscopes, vacuum tube voltmeters, frequency meters, 
and a wide range of indicating instruments. With this apparatus, pentode and 
thyratron characteristics are studied experimentally and basic electronic meas- 
urements are performed. The performance characteristics of amplifiers, oscil- 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 381 

lators, and regulated power supplies are also investigated in this section of 
the laboratory. 

The radio equipment consists of various bread-board layouts, including 
mixers, discriminators, oscillators, IF stages, inverters, class C amplifiers, and 
push-pull audio stages. Complete radio receivers and transmitters are available 
both in commercial form and in demonstration panel form for experimental 
study. 

Adjacent to this laboratory is a combined instrument room and radio re- 
pair shop. 

Ultra High Frequency Laboratory. Experimentation and measurements in 
the frequency spectrum ranging from 200 to 10,000 megacycles per second are 
performed in this laboratory. 

Signal generators covering this frequency range as well as a wide variety 
of magnetron, klystron, and light-house tube oscillators are available. 

In the lower frequency ranges, parallel-wire transmission lines are em- 
ployed to illustrate single and double stubbing theory. The transmission line 
is also used as an impedance measuring device. 

In the higher frequency ranges, wave guides, slotted sections, sectoral 
horns, and parabolic antennas are employed to demonstrate microwave tech- 
niques. Crystal detectors and bolometers are provided for signal detection 
and power measurements respectively. Apparatus for making special tubes is 
provided. 

FM and Television Laboratory. Space is provided on the upper floor of 
the main engineering building for experimental study of frequency-modulated 
and television signals. Receiving and transmitting apparatus are available 
for this purpose. Owing to the location of the laboratory, antennas may be 
installed readily and connected from the transmitter to the roof of the building, 
where a 50-by-500-foot unobstructed area may be used for antenna pattern 
measurements. 

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories 

Applied Mechanics Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the study 
of Dynamics and Stress Analysis. Experiments and research can be carried 
out in the fields of: vibration, steady and transients, photo-elasticity, and re- 
lated subjects. 

The equipment includes A.C. and D.C. strain gauge amplifiers, transient 
recorder and printers, vibrographs, 15G vibrating table, vibration pick-ups of 
various types and a photoelasticity bench for the study of two dimensional stress 
problems. 

Engine Laboratory. This laboratory is for instruction in all phases of 
Internal Combustion Engine work. 

Experiments and research can be carried out in the fields of: ignition, 
injection, combustion and detonation, and engine performance. 



382 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Included in this laboratory are: variable compression ratio test engines 
' for octane determination, diesel operation and general ignition work; multi- 
cylinder gasoline engines; eddy current, electric, and water dynamometers; and 
three jet engines. In addition there are indicators of various kinds including 
Piezo-electric and Cox intermittent as well as a number of different exhaust 
gas analyzers and temperature measuring devices. 

Heating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Laboratory. Equipment is 
available in these laboratories for the study of heating and cooling units plus 
air flow, dehumidification and humidification systems. Heating tests can be 
made on the performance of coal and oil burning units and hot water or warm 
air space heaters. In the study of refrigeration, freon and ammonia vapor com- 
pression units and absorption units are arranged for visual demonstration and 
equipped for performance tests. 

In most cases, laboratory units are fitted with both hand and commercial 
automatic controls. Instruments that are used include mechanical and hot wire 
anemometers, pitot tubes, gas analyzers, orifice plates, inclined and vertical 
manometers, thermocouples, potentiometers, resistance thermometers and sling 
psychrometers. 

Metallography Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the physical 
study of metals. Research and practice can be carried out in this laboratory 
in the following fields: crystallography and alloy systems, heat treatment and 
strength of materials, and macro and micro examination of metals. Included 
also are controlled heat treating and melting furnaces, bakelite mold press, 
polishing wheels, etching equipment, microscopes, photographic equipment, 
Universal testing machine, fatigue testing machine, hardness tester, Jominy 
end quench testing equipment, creep testing machine, cutting off wheels, thermo- 
couples and pyrometers, and other special instruments. 

The laboratory has a Bausch and Lomb I L S metalloscope for producing 
photomicrographs up to 2,000 magnifications. 

Steam Power Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for the study of 
steam power. Experiments and research can be carried out in this laboratory 
in the following fields: turbines, compressors, parallel operation of A.C. turbo- 
generators, series and parallel operation of turbines, condenser characteristics, 
etc. 

Included in this laboratory are steam turbines, compressors, engines, in- 
dicators, condensers, injectors, and various special equipment and instruments. 
There is also a complete Educational Power Plant consisting of two 20KW 
A.C. turbogenerators, condenser, synchronous motor and gauge board. 

Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer Laboratory. This laboratory is 
equipped for study and research in 1 hermodynamics and Heat Transfer. 

Experiments can be performed in the determination of viscosity, heating 
value, conductivity, calibration of gauges, etc. 

Equipment includes: bomb calorimeters, Junkers calorimeters, viscosimeters, 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 383 

distillation apparatus, conductivity box, Brown temperature (six channel) re- 
corder, potentiometers, galvanometers, and related equipment. 

Machine Shop. The machine shop is equipped with various types of lathes, 
planers, milling machines, drill presses, shaper, midget mill, and precision boring 
head. Equipment is available for gas and electric arc welding. 

The shop equipment not only furnishes practice, drill, and instruction for 
students, but makes possible the complete production of special apparatus for 
conducting experimental and research work in engineering. 

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

Aerodynamics Laboratory. The Aerodynamics Laboratory is equipped for 
study in several phases of aerodynamic problems. Research can be carried out 
in the following fields: Optical evaluation and pressure measurements in super- 
sonic flows; total drag measurements on projectile-type bodies and spheres; 
analogue solutions of potential flow problems in both incompressible and com- 
pressible flow. Equipment available includes: 6-inch supersonic wind tunnel 
with interchangeable nozzle blocks for two-dimensional flows at Mach numbers 
varying from 1.2 to 3; two-foot circular low speed wind tunnel; ballistic range; 
water table for hydraulic analogy; large electrolytic tank for electric analogy; 
Schlieren optical system; high speed flash photographic unit; strain-gage type 
pressure pick-ups; manometer board; other accessories shared with the struc- 
tures laboratory. 

Wind Tunnel Laboratory. The University of Maryland Wind Tunnel has a 
test section measuring 7.75 feet by 11 feet with air velocities up to 280 miles 
per hour. The six component balance system prints and simultaneously punches 
data into International Business Machine cards. This permits the reduction 
of data automatically through use of standard punched card machines. A 
variable frequency power source with precision metering makes possible the 
operation of electric motors in airplane models to stimulate propeller effects. 
Steady pressures are indicated on a 100-tube manometer board and unsteady 
pressures are recorded on a standard oscillograph with special electrical instru- 
ments. 

The laboratory is currently engaged in a year-round program of military 
tests for aircraft companies and the military services. Provision is made for 
active participation of senior students in one test during the year in connection 
with Aeronautical Laboratory. Facilities are also available to graduate students 
working on special subsonic problems. 

Structures Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to extend and comple- 
ment theoretical solutions to practical design problems and to provide facilities 
for proof tests of built-up structural units under both static and dynamic loads. 

The equipment consists of a 400,000 pound capacity Universal testing 
machine, a 24,000 pound Universal test machine complete with stress-strain 
recorder, a 500 ton hydraulic compression jack, hydraulic tension-compression 



384 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

jacks and pumps, and lead shot bags for applying structural loading. A rigid 
test rig is a permanent fixture in the laboratory. For measuring loads there are 
available traction dynamometers and SR-4 tension-compression load cells. The 
laboratory also has SR-4 strain indicating equipment with switching and balanc- 
ing units, extensometers, compressometers, Huggenberger tensometers, and 
an oscillograph for measuring strain. 

Aeronautical Shop. The shop includes complete facilities for the working 
of metal, sheet metal, and wood with particular emphasis on the tools used in 
aircraft construction. 

The sheet metal shop includes squaring shears, bending brake, nibbler, 
bending rolls, aircraft sheet metal router, rivet squeezers, and an electric furnace 
with automatic control for heat treating rivets. 

The machine shop includes a quick-change lathe, universal milling machine 
with vertical mill attachment, shaper, drill press, electric welder, acetylene 
welding and cutting outfit, metal cutting bandsaw, power hacksaw, tool grinders, 
arbor press, table saw, belt sander, and two-ton hydraulic floor hoist. 

Civil Engineering Laboratories 

Hydraulics Laboratory. The equipment consists of four electrically driven 
pumps together capable of circulating a maximum of 4,000 gallons of water per 
minute, a standpipe 5 feet in diameter and 60 feet high which can be used as a 
constant level tank at three different heads; 150 foot head tank, 300 foot head 
tank, 3 foot by 4 foot by 15 foot metal weir tank, 3 foot by 4 foot by 25 foot glass 
sided flume for weir and model experiments, Pelton water wheel with glass sides 
for direct observation, Rodney-Hunt reaction turbine, measuring tanks, weirs, 
nozzels, venturi meters, other meters, gauges, and other small apparatus neces- 
sary for the study of the flow characteristics of water. 

Materials Testing Laboratory. Apparatus and equipment are provided for 
making standard tests on various construction materials, such as sand, gravel, 
stone, steel, concrete, lumber, brick, bituminous materials and road mixes. 

Equipment includes a 400,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine, 
a 60,000-pound universal hydraulic testing machine, three 100,000-pound screw 
power universal testing machines, torsion testing machine, impact testing ma- 
machine, fatigue testing machine, weather-o-meter, Rockwell, Brinell and Shore 
hardness testers, abrasion testing machine, rattler, constant temperature chamber, 
moist room and other facilities for mixing, curing and testing concretes and 
mortars, as well as extensometer and micrometer gauges, electrical strain gauges 
and other special devices for ascertaining the elastic properties of various 
materials. 

Sanitary Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to provide facilities for 
instruction and research in water and sewage problems. 

The apparatus and equipment required to make standard chemical and 
bacteriological analyses of water and sewage are available. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 385 

Ample space and equipment for model work are provided in this laboratory 
and since it is adjacent to the hydraulics laboratory, access to its facilities 
for additional studies is available. 

Soil Mechanics Laboratory. The laboratory is designed for instruction and 
research into the properties of soils and their structural applications. The lab- 
oratory is equipped for the performance of all the usual soil tests, sieve and 
hydrometer analysis, Atterberg limits, compaction, permeability, capillarity, 
lidation and strength. 

The strength testing equipment includes direct shear and triaxial devices 
to be loaded statically or by variable speed motors and a universal testing ma- 
chine with a 240-pound low range and automatic recorder. A repetitive loading 
device is available to simulate fatigue or compaction from traffic loads. Com- 
paction equipment includes an automatic tamper and a variable frequency vibra- 
tion table. 

Also available are field sampling and resistivity exploration equipment, Cali- 
fornia bearing ratio apparatus for field and laboratory, apparatus for chemical 
and microscopic studies and motorized pulverization and mixing equipment. 

Structural Models Analysis Laboratory. This laboratory is equipped for 
the mechanical solution of indeterminate structures by use of scaled models. 
The equipment available for this analysis includes the Beggs Deformeter, the 
Eney Deformeter and the tools necessary for plastic model construction. Equip- 
ment for making brass spring equivalents of trussed frame-works is available, 
as are machines for photoelastic studies and membrane analogy (torsion) studies. 

Research Foundation. The National Sand and Gravel Association and the 
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association have, by arrangement with the 
College of Engineering, established their joint testing and research laboratory 
at the University. The purpose of the Research Foundation thus organized is 
to make available to the Association additional facilities for its investigational 
work, and to provide for the College of Engineering additional facilities and 
opportunities for increasing the scope of its engineering research. 

Surveying Equipment. Surveying equipment for plane, topographic, and 
geodetic surveying is provided properly to equip several field parties. A wide 
variety of surveying instruments is provided, including domestic as well as 
foreign makes, and stereoscopic instruments are available for the interpretation 
and use of aerial photographs. 

Special Models and Specimens. A number of models illustrating various 
types of highway construction and highway bridges are available. 

A wide variety of specimens of the more common minerals and rocks has 
been collected from various sections of the country, particularly from Mary- 
land. 






386 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Engineering Library 

In addition to the general University Library an Engineering Reading 
Room in the Engineering Building receives the standard engineering magazine: 
and technical journals and maintains a reference library of the standard engineer 
ing works and current technical literature. Also special reference books an< 
catalogs for design courses are provided in the design rooms of the various 
departments. The Departments of Chemical Engineering and Chemistry main- 
tain independent, readily available working libraries, also. 

The Davis Library of Highway Engineering and Transport, founded by Dr 
Charles H. Davis, President of the National Highways Association, is par' 
of the Library of the College of Engineering. This library covers all phases o: 
highway engineering, highway transportation, and highway traffic control. 

There has also been donated to the College of Engineering the transporta- 
tion library of the late J. Rowland Bibbins of Washington, D. C. The books 
and reports in this library deal with urban transportation problems, including 
railroads, street cars, subways, busses, and city planning. 

Curricula 

The normal curriculum of each department is outlined on the following 
pages. The total credit hours required for graduation varies from 149 to 160 
depending upon the engineering department in which the student is enrolled 
Students are expected to attend and take part in the meetings of the studenl 
chapters of the technical engineering societies. 

All curricula in the College of Engineering have been accredited by the 
Engineers' Council for Professional Development (ECPD), the national ac- 
crediting agency. 

Freshman engineering students are given a special course of lectures by 
faculty members and practicing engineers covering the work of the several 
engineering professional fields. The purpose of this course is to assist the fresh- 
man in selecting the particular field of engineering for which he is best adapted. 
The student is required to submit a brief written report on each lecture. A 
series of engineering lectures for upper classmen is also provided. These are 
given by prominent practicing engineers in the various branches of the pro- 
fession. 

Student branches of the following national technical societies are estab- 
lished in the College of Engineering: American Institute of Chemical Engi- 
neers, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Institute of Electrical 
Engineers, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Institute of Aero- 
nautical Sciences, and Institute of Radio Engineers. The student branches meet 
regularly for the discussion of topics dealing with the various fields of engi- 
neering. 

A student in the College of Engineering will be certified as a junior when 
he shall have passed all the basic technical courses of the Freshman and Sopho- 
more years with an average grade of C or higher. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 387 

The proximity of the University to Baltimore and Washington, and to 
Rher places where there are large industrial enterprises, offers an excellent 
jpportunity for the engineering student to ohserve what is being done in his 
:hosen field. An instructor accompanies students on all inspection trips, and 
tudents are required to submit a written report of each trip. 

The courses listed in the curricula to follow will be found described in de- 
rail on the succeeding pages. 

BASIC CURRICULUM FOR ALL FRESHMAN STUDENTS 

All freshman students are required to take the following curriculum during 

heir first year: 

r-Semester — \ 

freshman Year I ** 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 

Speech 7— Public Speaking • • • • 2 

•Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

•Math. 1 5— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry • • • • 4 

Chem. 1. 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 2 2 

Engr. 1— Introduction to Engineering 1 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 19 

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

Aeronautical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and mainte- 
lance of aircraft and aircraft power plants; aerodynamics and performance of 
lircraft; structural design and mechanical equipment; and the organization and 
)peration of industrial aircraft plants. 

\eronautical Engineering Curriculum r-Semesters 

ophomore Year I II 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Surv. 1— Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2 — Machine Shop Practice .... 1 

Shop 3 — Manufacturing Processes .... 1 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 



•A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is 
idequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take 
/lath. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit and is not eligible to take Math. 14 con- 
urrently. 



388 UNIVERSITY Of MARYLAND 

^-Semester— -v 

Junior Year I II 

*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 3 3 

*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Math. 84— Differential Equations for Engineers 3 .... 

Mech. 2— Statics and Dynamics 5 .... 

Mech. 52— Strength of Materials • • • • 5 

M. E. 53— Metallography .... 3 

M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3 .... 

Aero. E. 101 — Aerodynamics I • • • • 3 

Aero. E. 103— Airplane Detail Drafting 1 .... 

Aero. E. 105 — Airplane Fabrication Shop .... 1 

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 



Total 19 19 

Senior Year 

*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Aero. E. 102 — Aerodynamics IT 2 .... 

Aero. E. 106 — Airplane Fabrication Shop 1 .... 

Aero. E. 107, 1 OS— Airplane Design 4 4 

Aero. E. 109, 110— Aircraft Power Plants 3 3 

Aero. E. Ill, 112— Aeronautical Laboratory 2 2 

Aero. E. 113, 114— Mechanics of Aircraft Structures 3 4 

Aero. E. 115 — Aerodynamics III .... 3 



Total 18 19 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Chemical Engineering deals primarily with the industrial and economic 
transformation of matter. It seeks to assemble and develop information on 
chemical operations and processes of importance in modern life and to apply 
this under executive direction, according to engineering methods, for the attain- 
ment of economic objectives. Modern chemical research has contributed so much 
to industrial and social welfare that the field of the chemical engineer may now 
be said to cover practically every operation in which any industrial material 
undergoes a change in its chemical identity. 

When the Department of Chemical Engineering was founded in 1937, the 
Board of Regents transferred all the work in Industrial Chemistry, including 
the staff and equipment, to the Department of Chemical Engineering. 

Beginning in 1948-49. the Department of Chemical Engineering expanded 
its offerings to include an option in Metallurgy. Students who elect this option, 
which is outlined below, will receive their bachelor's degree in preparation for 
work in Metallurgy. 



*A. S. 101. 102 and A. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per 
semester may be substituted. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 389 

Chemical Engineering Curriculum rSemestei—^ 

Sophomore Year l n 

Math. 20. 21— Calculus \ 

l-hvs 20, 21— < Jeneral Physics * 

Chem. 35, il -Elementary Organii Chemistry Lectures 

Chei Elementary Organic Laboratory. 



Total. 
Junior Year 



31, 32— Principles of Economies. 



Total. 



ititative Chemical Analysis 4 •••• 

eh K. 11— Chemical Engineering Control 2 

\ s . ::, 4— Basic Air Force it. O T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 



21 19 



3 3 

••Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

•*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 

Ch. E. 10:'., f, s— Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 3 

Chem. 187, 189— Elements of Physical chemistry Lectures 3 3 

Chen 90— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 2 2 

M.ch. 1— Statics and Dynamics '. 3 ■••• 

Mech. 51— Strength of Materials • • • • 3 

Ch. E. Hi'— Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations 3 

i ;. & p, 1— American Government • • • • 3 



20 20 



Senior Year 

t*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization; or 3 3 

tCh. E. 114— Application of Electrochemistry 4 

Ch. E. 105, f. s— Advanced Unit Operations 5 5 

Ch. E. 109, f, s— Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 3 3 

Ch. E. 10S, f, s— Industrial Chemical Technology 2 2 

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

JCh. E. 1 04— Seminar 1 1 

Ch. E. 123, 124— Elements of Plant Design 3 3 

Total 21 or 22 21 

Seniors desiring to do so may audit Mech. 53 in preparation of licensing examinations. 



**A. S. 101, 102, Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C, 3 credits per semester, may be 
substituted. 

♦Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign 
language may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in 
their graduate program. Students who wish to do graduate work in Electrochemical 
Engineering may elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry," and secure the 
American History credit in their graduate program. 

tA. S. 103, 104, Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C, 3 credits per semester, may be 

substituted. 

tStudents prepare reports on current problems in Chemical Engineering and partici- 
pate under supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing 
so a student may receive a number of credits by re-registration. 



390 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 
Metallurgical Option 



Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Chemical Analysis 

Ch. E. 11— Chemical Engineering Control 

Ch. E. 23— Non-ferrous and Ferrous Metallurgy 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

ttEng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

or 
ttEng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 187, 189— Elements of Physical Chemistry 

Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory 

Ch. E. 64, 66— Physical Metallurgy 

Econ. 31, 32 — Principles of Economics 

Mech. 1 — Statics and Dynamics 

Mech. 51— Strength of Materials 

Total 

Senior Year 

Ch. E. 182, 183— Optical and X-ray Metallography 

Ch. E. 164, 166— Thermodynamics of Metallurgical Processes. 

Ch. E. 110— Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations.... 
$Ch. E. 104— Seminar, Metallurgical Section 

Ch. E. 168, 170— Metallurgical Investigations 

Ch. E. 103, f, s— Elements of Chemical Engineering 

*tH. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Total 



-Semesters 
II 



20 



19 



3 


3 


2 


2 


5 


5 


3 


3 


3 


.... 




3 


19 


19 


4 


4 


3 


3 


3 


.... 


1 


1 


2 


4 


3 


3 


3 


3 



19 



18 



♦Students who are to become candidates for graduate degrees requiring foreign 
language may elect instead a foreign language and secure the American History credit in 
their graduate program. Students who wish to do graduate work in Electrochemical 
Engineering may elect Ch. E. 114, "Applications of Electrochemistry," and secure the 
American History credit in their graduate program. 

ttA. S. 101, 102— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be 
substituted. 

tA. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be 
substituted. 

JStudente prepare reports on current problems in Metallurgy and participate under 
supervision of staff member. The content of this course is constantly changing so a stu- 
dent may receive a number of credits by re-registration. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 



391 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Civil Engineering deals with the design, construction, and maintenance 
of highways, railroads, waterways, bridges, buildings, water supply and sewerage 
systems, harbor improvements, dams, and surveying and mapping. 



Civil Engineering Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

( ; . & P. 1— American Government 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 

Fhys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics 

Surv. 2— Plane Surveying 

Surv. 50— Advanced Surveying 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 
Physical Activities 



Semester—^ 
II 

4 
5 
3 



Total. 



19 



20 



Junior Year 
*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or.. 
*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 

Geol. 2 — Engineering Geology 

Speech 1 OS— Public Speaking 

E. E3. 50— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering. 

M. E. 50— Principles of Mechanical Engineering.... 

Mech. 50— Strength of Materials 

Mech. 53— Materials of Engineering 

C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures 

Surv. 100— Curves and Earthwork 



Total. 



IS 



19 



Senior Year 

*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Eng. 7 — Technical Writing 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Bact. 55— Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology , 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications. 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 

C. E. 102— Structural Design 

C. E. 103— Concrete Design 

C. E. 104— Water Supply 

C. E. 105— Sewerage 

C. E. 106— Elements of Highways 



Total. 



20 



IP 



*A. S. 101, 102 and 103, 
semester may be substituted. 



104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per 



392 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 
Electrical Engineering deals with the generation, transmission, distribu- 
tion, and utilization of electrical energy; and with the transmission and recep- 
tion of intelligence as, for example, telephone, radio, radar, and television 
systems. 

Electrical Engineering Curriculum r— Semester— \ 

Sophomore Year I II 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 a 

Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics .... 3 

E. E. 1— Basic Electrical Engineering .... 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 20 

Junior Year 

*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

*Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Mech. 51— Strength of Materials 3 .... 

C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 3 

Math. 64— Differential Equations 3 .... 

E. E. 60— Electricity and Magnetism 3 .... 

E. E. 62, 63— Electrical Measurements 2 2 

E. E. 6 5— Direct Current Machinery .... 3 

E. E. 100— Alternating Current Circuits 4 .... 

E. E. 101— Engineering Electronics .... 4 

E. E. 104— Communication Circuits .... 3 

Total 18 18 

Senior Year — Electronics Option 

*H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. E. 51 — Thermodynamics '. 4 .... 

E. E. 115— Industrial Electronics .... 4 

E. E. 102— Alternating Current Machinery 4 .... 

E. E. 103L— Alternating Current Machinery Laboratory .... 1 

E. E. 105-106— Radio Engineering 4 4 

E. E. 114— Applied Electronics 3 .... 

E. E. 109— Pulse Techniques 3 

E. E. 108— Electric Transients .... 3 

Total 18 18 



*A. S. 101, 102 and 103, 104— Advanced R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be 
substituted. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 393 

r- Semester — ^ 

Senior Year — Power Option I II 

*H. 5, 6— History ol American Civilization 3 3 

M. B. 51— Thermodynamics 4 • • • • 

M. E. 52— Power Plants •••• 4 

E3, E 102-103— Alternating Currenl Machinery 4 4 

E3. E. 105 Radio I 4 .... 

K E, L06L Radio Engine e rim tory •••• 1 

E. E. 117— Power Transmission and Distribution 3 .... 

B. B. 116— Alternating Current Machinery Design .... 3 

E. E. 108— Electric Transients • ■ • ■ 3 



Total 18 18 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Mechanical Engineering deals with the design, construction, and main- 
tenance of machinery and power plants; heating, ventilation, and refrigeration; 
and the organization and operation of industrial plants. 

Mechanical Engineering Curriculum /—Semester— \ 

Sophomore Year I II 

<;. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Si..-. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— Genera] Physics 5 5 

Surv. 1— Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3 — Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2— Machine Shop Practice .... 1 

Shop 3— Manufacturing Processes .... 1 

A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 

Junior Year 

*Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 3 3 

*Kng. 5. 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Math. 61— Differential Equations for Engineers 3 .... 

Mech. 2 — Statics and Dynamics 5 .... 

Mech. 52— Strength of Materials .... 5 

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 4 4 

M E. 53— Metallography .... 3 

M. E. 54— Fluid Mechanics .... 3 

M. El 100— Thermodynamics 3 

Total 18 18 

•A. S. 101, 102— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be 
substituted. 



394 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r-Semester—\ 

Senior Year * '* 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 

*H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 2 

M. E. 102— Heating and Air Conditioning 3 .... 

M. E. 103— Reirigeration 

M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 4 4 

M. E. 106, 107— Mechanical Engineering Design 4 4 

M. E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 2 2 



Total 18 18 

AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING 

A five-year combined program in Agriculture and Engineering, arranged 
jointly by the College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, permits 
students to become candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in the 
College of Agriculture at the end of four years and for the degree of Bachelor 
of Science in the Departments of Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, or Chemical 
Engineering at the end of the fifth year. 

Details of this program will be found listed in the catalog of College of 
Agriculture. 

FELLOWSHIPS OF THE NATIONAL SAND AND GRAVEL ASSOCIA- 
TION RESEARCH FOUNDATION AND THE NATIONAL READY 
MIXED CONCRETE ASSOCIATION RESEARCH LABORATORY 

The University of Maryland, in cooperation with the National Sand and 
Gravel Association and the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, offers 
Fellowships for research on appropriate problems related to the sand and gravel 
and the ready mixed concrete industries. That offered by the National Sand and 
Gravel Association is known as the Stanton Walker Fellowship. Two are offered 
by the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, known as the Stephan 
Stepanian and the C. Dolly Gray Fellowships. Fellows enter upon their duties 
on August 1 and continue for 11 months. Payments under the Fellowships are 
made at the end of each month and amount to $1500 for the year, in addition 
to tuition fees and costs of books. 

Fellows register as students in the Graduate School of the University of 
Maryland. Class work is directed by the heads of the departments of instruc- 
tion, but about half of the time will be spent in research work. The faculty 
supervisor is the Dean of the College of Engineering of the University of 
Maryland. 

These fellowships are open to graduates in Engineering from an accredited 
college or university, who are qualified to undertake graduate study and research 
work leading to a Master's degree. Applications should be accompanied by a 



A. S. 103, 104— Advanced Air Force R. O. T. C— 3 credits per semester may be 
substituted. 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 395 

certified copy of college record, applicant's recent photograph, statement of 
technical and practical experience (if any), and letters from three persons, 
such as instructors or employers, covering specifically the applicant's character, 
ability, education, and experience. 

The applications should be addressed: Dean S. S. Steinberg, College of 
Engineering, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS 

The Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics has been estab- 
lished by the University to prosecute fundamental research in applied mathe- 
matics and in theoretical and experimental fluid dynamics. Its program en- 
compasses the important problems of high-speed and high-altitude flight. Re- 
search currently under way at the Institute includes coordinated theoretical 
and experimental investigations of physical phenomena in gas jets including 
shock waves and turbulence, and theoretical investigations of non-linear phe- 
nomena, particularly those occurring in gas dynamics and in elasticity, and of 
solid-state phenomena, especially those amenable to the methods of statistical 
physics. The former program is partially supported by the Air Research and 
Development Command, the latter by the Office of Naval Research. The In- 
stitute is particularly cognizant of the government research being done in the 
neighborhood of the University and offers its facilities for achievement of 
common objectives. 

The Institute is comprised of Research Professors who are in charge of 
the above programs. Each year a scholar of international renown, usually from 
abroad, is invited as a Visiting Research Professor. The Senior staff are assisted 
by Research Associates, University Fellows (post-doctoral), and University 
Assistants (doctoral candidates). In addition, faculty members from several of 
the University Departments participate in the activities of the Institute. 

The Institute sponsors weekly Seminars dealing with its own research 
fields. In addition, it holds weekly colloquia on research problems in applied 
mathematics and applied mechanics. The University also sponsors occasional 
lectures by distinguished scientists. 

Each semester members of the Institute in cooperation with the Depart- 
ments of Aeronautical Engineering, Mathematics and Physics, offer courses 
carrying full graduate credit for students working towards advanced degrees. 
These courses form part of the regular departmental offerings and further in- 
formation about them may be obtained from the official publications of the 
University, or from the Department concerned. 

ENGINEERING SHORT COURSES 

Through short courses, the College of Engineering carries the benefits of 
engineering teaching to persons and industries in various parts of the State. 
These courses offer, in addition to regular instruction, an opportunity for the 
discussion of problems of interest to those engaged in public works, in public 
health, and in public safety. 



396 UNIVERSITY 01 : MARYLAND 

Volunteer Firemen's Short Course. In cooperation with the Maryland State 
Firemen's Association a short course is held annually at College Park for 
volunteer firemen throughout the State. This four-day course is designed to 
hring to firemen the newest developments in fire prevention, control and ex- 
tinguishment, as well as information on inspection, arson investigation and 
equipment maintenance. 

Information regarding fire service extension courses may be found under 
"Fire Service Extension Department." 

Mining Extension Classes. In cooperation with the Maryland Bureau of 
Mines and the State Departments of Education of Allegany and Garrett 
Counties, night mining classes are conducted throughout the year in several 
training centers in the western part of the State. The subjects studied are coal 
mine gases, coal mine ventilation, map readings, and mine safety. 

Motor Fleet Supervisors Training Course. This course is offered annually 
in cooperation with many national and state organizations interested in con- 
servation and safety. It is open to fleet owners and operators, safety and per- 
sonnel directors, fleet supervisors, and safety engineers. 

Additional information regarding engineering short courses may be obtained 
from Dean S. S. Steinberg, College of Engineering, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland. 

Water and Sewage Treatment Plant Operators. This course is offered in 
cooperation with the State Department of Health, the Maryland-Delaware Water 
and Sewage Association, and the American Water Works Association. 

Aggregates and Concrete. This course is sponsored jointly by the National 
Sand and Gravel Association, the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association 
and the College of Engineering. Its purpose is the instruction of representatives 
of member companies of the two associations in basic and fundamental tech- 
nical information on aggregates and concrete. 

FIRE SERVICE EXTENSION DEPARTMENT 

The Fire Service Extension Department is organized under the College of 
Engineering in cooperation with the State Department of Vocational Educa- 
tion, and operates with both Federal and State funds. The Department pro- 
vides in-service training for firemen with classes conducted throughout the 
State by about 100 local instructors, with two full-time Senior Instructors. Basic 
training of 60 clock hours is given in the fundamentals of firemanship, as well 
as an advanced course of 69 clock hours, covering the technical field fire pre- 
vention, control and extinguishment and a third section of 57 clock hours in 
related technical information. A training course of 45 clock hours for industrial 
plant fire brigades is also available. A four-day short course is held annually 
the first week in September at the University at the new Fire Service Building. 
Specialized courses are scheduled to meet growing demand for more com- 






ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCI UNCI'S 397 

prehensive technical knowledge. Included are Instructor Training, Conferences 
Eor Fire Company Presidents, Conferences for Fire Chiefs and Schools for Fire 
Officers. Firemen who have completed the prescribed training courses have 
■ been given preferential rating in positions in the military and naval fire fighting 
forces. 

The Department also serves in an advisory capacity to the State Fire 
Marshal and municipal authorities in matters of fire prevention, fire protection, 
and fire safety regulations. The Director serves as Technical Advisor to tin- 
Maryland State Firemen's Association, and on various National Committer 
the National Fire Protection Association. 

Additional information may be obtained from Chief Robert C. Byrus, 
Director, hire Service Extension Department, Fire Service Building, Univer- 
sity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

ENGINEERING EXPERIMENT STATION 
WlLBERT J. Huff, Director. 

The Engineering Experiment Station carries on cooperative investigations 
with industries of Maryland and Departments of the State and Federal Govern- 
ments. A diversity of engineering training, experience, and equipment repre- 
sented by the faculty and laboratories of the College of Engineering is thus 
made available for the problems under inquiry. 

The staff of the College of Engineering available for research studies will 
be glad to discuss proposed problems of importance to industry and of public 
interest where means can be found for the cooperative researches; such studies 
may be undertaken with the approval of the administration of the University. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of credit 
hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the 
course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out 
his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 



398 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Sherwood; Associate Professors Corning, Shen; 
Assistant Professor Guess 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Aero. E. 101. Aerodynamics I (3) — Second semester. Three lectures z 

week. Prerequisite, Phys. 21 and Math. 21. 

Basic fluid mechanics and aerodynamic theory. (Sherwood.) 

Aero. E. 102. Aerodynamics II (2) — First Semester. Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Aero. E. 101. 

Elements of hydrodynamics and application to engineering problems. 

(Sherwood.) 

Aero. E. 103. Airplane Detail Drafting (1) — First semester. One labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, Dr. 3. 

Standards of airplane drafting. (Corning.) 

Aero. E. 105. Airplane Fabrication Shop (1) — Second semester. One lab- 
oratory period a week. Prerequisite, junior standing in Aero. E. 

Aero. E. 106. Airplane Fabrication Shop (1) — First Semester. One lecture 
period a week. Prerequisite, senior standing in Aero. E. 

Both Aero. E. 105 and Aero E. 106 include aircraft sheet metal forming 
and fabrication. Airframe materials, sheet metal fabrication, machining, fasteners, 
welding, casting, forging, and costs. 

Aero. E. 107, 108. Airplane Design (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures and two supervised calculation periods per wook. Prerequisites, 
Aero. 101, Aero. E. 104, and Mech. 52. Aero. E. 102 and Aero. E. 113 to be 
taken concurrently. 

Theory and method of airplane design, airplane stability and control, and 
structural design. Each student designs a jet transport based upon assigned 
specifications. Charts and formulas used in industry are derived and used as basis 
of design. Optimum airplane is obtained by variation of fundamental param- 
eters. (Corning.) 

Aero. E. 109, 110. Aircraft Power Plants (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 52, 
M. E. 100. 

Thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plant design. Gas tur- 
bines and jet propulsion. Study and tests of engines in laboratory. 

Aero. E. Ill, 112. Aeronautical Laboratory (2, 2)— First and second 
semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Aero. 
E. 101. To be taken concurrently with Aero. E. 102 and Aero E. 113. 

Wind tunnel tests. Structure tests. Ballistics tests. Fluid flow analogies. 

(Staff.) 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 399 

Aero. E. 113, 114. Mechanics of Aircraft Structures (3, 4)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, Mech. 52, and Math. 64. 

Principles and problems of airplane stress anyalsis and design. (Guess.) 

Aero. E. 115. Aerodynamics III (3) — Second semester. Elementary theory 
of the flow of a compressible gas at subsonic and supersonic speeds. Prerequisite, 
Aero. E. 102. (Sherwood.) 

For Graduates 

Aero. E. 200. Advanced Aerodynamics (3) — First semester. Three lec- 
tures a week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 115, Math. 64. 

Review of thermodynamics and physical properties of gases. One dimen- 
sional flow of a perfect compressible fluid. Shock waves. Fundamental equa- 
tions of aerodynamics of compressible fluid. Two-dimensional linearized theory 
of compressible flow, Prandtl-Glauert Method, Ackeret method. Rayleigh-Janzen 
method. Hodograph method. Karman-Tsien approximation. Two-dimensional 
transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic 
flow. (Pai.) 

Aero. E. 201. Advanced Aerodynamics (3) — Second semester. Three lec- 
tures a week. Prerequisite, Aero E. 200. 

Linearized theory of three-dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of 
axially symmetrical potential flow. Method of characteristics. (Two-dimensional 
and axially symmetrical flow). Nozzle design; flow in jets; rotational flow of 
compressible fluid. One-dimensional viscous compressible flow. Laminar bound- 
ary layer of compressible fluids. (Pai.) 

Aero. E. 202, 203. Advanced Aircraft Structures (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 113, 114. 

Advanced theory and problems of aircraft structural analysis. 

Aero. E. 204. Aircraft Dynamics (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 
64 and Aero. E. 114. 

Dynamics of a rigid body and applications to airplane dynamics. General- 
ized coordinates and Lagrange's equations. Vibrations of simple systems. Dy- 
namics of elastically connected masses. Influence coefficients. Mode shapes 
and principal oscillations. Transient stresses in an elastic structure. (Shen.) 

Aero. E. 205. Aircraft Dynamics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, 
Math. 64 and Aero. E. 101. 

Wing divergence and aileron reversal. Theory of two dimensional oscil- 
lating airfoil. Flutter problems. Corrections for finite span. Compressibility 
effects. (Shen.) 

Aero. E. 206, 207. Advanced Aircraft Power Plants (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequi- 
sites, M. E. 100; Aero. E. 109, 110. 



400 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power plants; 
jet and rocket engines. Research in power plant laboratory. 

Aero. E. 208. Advanced Aircraft Design (3) — First semester. Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101, 102, 113, 114. 

Theory and method of airplane design. Each student designs either a jet 
transport upon assigned specifications or any other airplane that he desires. 
Special emphasis is placed on the derivations and theoretical background of the 
formulas and experimental data used. (Corning.) 

Aero. E. 209. Stability and Control (3) — Second semester. Three lectures 
a week. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 101. 102. 

Static and dynamic stability and control. (Corning.) 

Aero. E. 210. Aerodynamic Theory (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, 
Aero. E. 101, Math. 64. 

Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. Irrotational motion. Circulation 
theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel corrections. 
Propellor theories. Linearized equations in compressible flow. (Shen.) 

Aero. E. 211. The Design and Use of Wind Tunnels Supersonic (3)— 
First and second semesters. 

The desig'i and use of wind tunnels (supersonic). Review of basic aero- 
dynamics and thermodynamics. Problems in supersonic tunnel design such 
as pumping, power supply, condensation and driers. Equipment for measuring 
results, including balances, manometer, optical instruments, such as schlieren, 
spark illumination and Xray equipment. 

Investigations in supersonic wind tunnels are described with special refer- 
ence to similitude required for conversion to full scale. 

Aero. E. 212, 213. Bodies at Supersonic Speeds (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent, and con- 
sent of instructor. 

Brief review of gasd\ r namics, drag. lift, stability, and damping on a body 
in a supersonic stream. Special aerodynamic problems in the design of super- 
sonic missiles. Methods for obtaining accurate test data on the aerodynamic 
characteristics of supersonic missiles. 

Aero. E. 214. Seminar — (Credit in accordance with work outlined by 
Aero. Engr. staff.) First and second semesters. Prerequisite, graduate standing. 

Aero. E. 215. Research — (Credit in accordance with work outlined by 
Aero. Engr. staff.) First and second semesters. Prerequisite, graduate standing. 

Aero. E. 216. Selected Aeroballistics Problems (3) — First semester. Phys- 
ical processes and aerothermodynamic laws connected with the flow around 
supersonic missiles. Boundary layer problems and the transfer of heat and mass. 
Prerequisite, degree in Aero. E. or M. E. or equivalent and consent of in- 
structor. (Kurzweg.) 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 401 

Aero. E. 217. Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) — Second semester. 
fundamental concepts. Navier-Stokes' equations. Simple exact solutions. Lami- 
nar boundary layer theory. Pohlhausen method. Turbulent boundary layer; 
mixing length and similarity theories. Boundary layer in compressible flow. 
Prerequisite, Aero. E. 101, Math. 64. (Shen.) 

Aero. E. 218. Selected Topics in Aerodynamics (3) — First or second 
semester. Prerequisites, Aero. E. 210, 115. 

Topics of current interest and recent advances in the field of aerodynamics. 

(Shen.) 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Professors Huff, Bonney, Cooper; Associate Professors Klier, Smatko; 

Assistant Professor Gottschalk; Instructor Bilbrey. 

Ch. E. 11. Chemical Engineering Control (2) — Second Semester. Six lab- 
oratory hours a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 19. 

Introductory laboratory studies of widely used materials, methods and 
computations encountered in the examination and interpretation of chemical 
engineering operations. Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. (Bonney and Staff.) 

Ch. E. 23. Nonferrous and Ferrous Metallurgy (4) — Second semester. Four 
lectures and demonstrations a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 

The methods of extraction of the important metals and their fabrication. 

(Klier and Bilbrey.) 

Ch. E. 64, 66. Physical Metallurgy (5, 5) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures, two laboratories a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 23; Math. 20, 
21; Physics 20, 21. 

Principles of Crystallography as applied to metals; X-ray diffraction; 
physical metallurgy of appropriate systems, including optical and X-ray 
metallography; constitution and properties of alloy systems; phase transfor- 
mations and diffusion theory. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Klier and Bilbrey.) 

Ch. E. 68, 70. Mechanical Properties of Metals (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisites, same as 
for Ch. E. 64, 66. 

Introduction to metal forming operations, ingot casting, forging, rolling; 
powder metallurgy; metal tests, tensile, impact, creep, fatigue, hardness. Lab- 
oratory fee, $8.00. (Klier.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ch. E. 103, f, s. Elements of Chemical Engineering (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Three hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 3; Math. 21; Phys. 
21. 

Theoretical discussion of underlying philosophy and methods in chemical 



402 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

engineering and elementary treatment of important operations involving fluid 
flow, heat flow, evaporation, humidity and air conditioning, distillation, and 
absorption. Illustrated by problems and consideration of typical processes. 

(Huff, Smatko.) 

Ch. E. 104. Chemical Engineering Seminar (1, 1) — One hour a week. 

Students prepare reports on current problems in Chemical Engineering 
and Metallurgy and participate in the discussion of such reports. 

The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may receive 
a number of credits by re-registration. (Bilbrey.) 

Ch. E. 105, f, s. Advanced Unit Operations (5, 5) — Two lectures and one 
all-day laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103; Chem. 189, 190. 

Advanced theoretical treatment of basic chemical engineering operations. 
Study and laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial type equipment. 
A comprehensive problem involving theory and laboratory operations is in- 
cluded to illustrate the development of a plant design requiring the utilization 
of a number of fundamental topics. Laboratory fee $8.00 per semester. 

(Bonney and Staff.) 

Ch. E. 106, f, s. Minor Problems (6, 6). Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semes- 
ter. 

Ch. E. 107. Fuels and Their Utilization (3) — Second semester. Three hours 
a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103, or permission of Department of Chemical 
Engineering. 

A study of the sources of solid, liquid, and gaseous fuels, their economic 
conversion, distribution, and utilization. Problems. (Huff.) 

Ch. E. 108, f, s. Industrial Chemical Technology (2, 2) — Two hours a 
week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 103. or simultaneous registration therein, or per- 
mission of the Department of Chemical Engineering. 

A study of the principal chemical industries. Plant inspections, trips, re- 
ports, and problems. (Smatko.) 

Ch. E. 109, f, s. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3, 3) — Three 
hours a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189; Ch. E. 103, or permission of in- 
structor. 

A study of the application of the principles of engineering and chemical 
thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the practice of 
chemical engineering. (Bonney.) 

Ch. E. 110. Advanced Chemical Engineering Calculations (3)— First semes- 
ter. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, Math. 21. 

A study of methods for analysis and solution of chemical engineering 
problems by use of differential equations. Graphical methods and approxima- 
tions by use of infinite series are covered. Also given at Army Chemical Center. 

(Bilbrey.) 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 403 

Ch. E. 114. Applications of Electrochemistry (4) — First semester. Three 
lecture hours and three laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, consent of 
instructor. 

Topics: Corrosion, batteries, electroplating, electro-oxidations and reduc- 
tions, metal winning and refining, electrolytic products, passivation, cathodic 
protection, electric furnaces, refractories and abrasives and others. Laboratory 
fee, $8.00. (Smatko.) 

Ch. E. 119. Empirical Equations and Nomography (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Three hours a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

Formulation of empirical equations to represent laboratory data. Con- 
struction of various types of nomographs. Also given at Army Chemical 
center. (Bilbrey.) 

Ch. E. 123, 124 — Elements of Plant Design (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Ch. 
E. 103, f, s; Ch. E. 110; Chem. 189. 

The solution of typical problems encountered in the design of chemical 
engineering plants. (Huff.j 

Ch. E. 164, 166. Thermodynamics of Metallurgical Processes (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters, three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 
189; Chem. 188, 190. 

The application of the principles of thermodynamics to metallurgical 
systems with emphasis on steel making; laws of chemical reactions; materials 
and reactions in steel making processes; applications of theory to steel making; 
applications of theory to selected non-ferrous systems. 

Ch. E. 168, 170. Metallurgical Investigations (2, 4) — First semester, two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week; second semester, three lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, concurrent registration in 
or completion of Ch. E. 182, 183. 

A study of the basic metals industry in which typical metallurgical pro- 
cesses in plant installations are considered in some detail. Class and individual 
assignments involving laboratory work and literature reviews. 

Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Klier.) 

Ch. E. 182, 183. Optical and X-Ray Metallography (4, 4)— First and second 
semesters. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisites, Ch. E. 64, 66; Ch. E. 68, 70; or permission of instructor. 

The application at an advanced level of the principles of metallography, 
with emphasis on the correlation of associated test procedures; constitution of 
metal systems and phase transformations; alloy steels; hardenability and 
tempering of quenched steels. 

Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Klier.) 

Ch. E. 188, 189. Alloy Steels I, II (2, 2)— First and second semesters. 



404 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, graduate or undergraduate standing. 
(Ch. E. 188 is not prerequisite to Ch. E. 189.) 

Recent advances in the physical metallurgy of steel; ferrite, cementite, 
and austenite; the isothermal transformation of austenite; variables affecting 
the isothermal transformation of austenite; decomposition of austenite by 
continuous cooling; the effects of various metallurgical treatments on the me- 
chanical properties of steels. 

The properties of quenched and tempered steels; importance of harden- 
ability in engineering applications; calculation of hardenability; variables af- 
fecting hardenability ; intensifiers; effects of alloying elements on the mechani- 
cal properties of steels; efficient use of alloying elements in steel. 

(Note: To be offered at off-campus naval installations as determined by 
departmental and registration requirements.) 

For Graduates 

Ch. E. 201. Graduate Unit Operations (5) — First semester. One-hour con- 
ference, three or more laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of 
the Department of Chemical Engineering. 

Advanced theoretical treatment of typical unit operations in chemical en- 
gineering. Problems. Laboratory operation of small scale semi-commercial 
units with supplemental reading, conferences and reports. 

Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Bonney.) 

Ch. E. 202. Gas Analysis (3) — One lecture and two laboratory periods a 
week. One semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical En- 
gineering. 

Quantitative determination of common gases, fuel gases, gaseous vapors, 
and important gaseous impurities. Problems. 

Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Bonney.) 

Ch. E. 203. Graduate Seminar (1) — One hour a week. Required of all 
graduate students in Chemical Engineering. 

The content of this course is constantly changing so a student may 
receive a number of credits by re-registration. 

Students prepare reports on current problems in chemical engineering 
and participate in the discussion of such reports. Also given at Army Chemical 
Center. (Staff.) 

Ch. E. 205. Research in Chemical Engineering and in Metallurgy — 
Credit hours to be arranged. 

The investigation of special problems and the preparation of a thesis in 
partial fulfillment of the requirements of an advanced degree. 

Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Huff, Bonney, Smatko, Klier.) 

Ch. E. 207, f, s. Plant Design Studies (3, 3)— Three conference hours 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 405 

a week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering. Also 
given at Army Chemical Center. (Huff.) 

Ch. E. 209, f, s. Plant Design Studies Laboratory (3, 3)— Three labora- 
tory periods :i week. Prerequisite, permission of Department of Chemical En- 
gineering. 

Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Bonney.) 

Ch. E. 210, f, s. Gaseous Fuels (2, 2) — Two hours a week. Prerequi- 
site, permission of Department of Chemical Engineering. 

An advanced treatment of some of the underlying scientific principles 
involved in the production, transmission and utilization of gaseous fuels. Prob- 
lems in design and selection of equipment. (Huff.) 

Ch. E. 214. Corrosion and Metal Protection (4) — Second semester. Four 
lecture hours a week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 114 or Chem. 189 or Chem. 190 
or consent of the instructor. 

The subjects to be covered include: Theories of corrosion of ferrous and 
non-ferrous metals, passive films, corrosion inhibitors, metal cleaning, stress 
corrosion, corrosive chemicals, electrolytic protection, restoration of ancient 
bronzes, organic coatings, metal coloring, parkerizing, hot dip coatings, plated 
coatings, and selection oi engineering materials. Class demonstrations will 
illustrate the subject matter. Due to the diversity of subjects and scattered 
sources, considerable outside reading will be necessary. Also given at Army 
Chemical Center. (Smatko.) 

Ch. E. 216. Unit Processes of Organic Technology (3) — Second semester. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Department. 

This course coordinates the study of fundamental principles of organic 
synthesis with the requirements of the industrial plant. (Smatko.) 

Ch. E. 217. Unit Processes of Organic Technology Laboratory (2) — 
Second semester. Two or more laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, per- 
mission of the Department. 

Tilot plant operation of processes such as halogenation, hydration, nitra- 
tion, oxidation, reduction and sulfonation. 

Laboratory fee. S8.00 per semester. (Bonney, Smatko.) 

Ch. E. 220, 221. Solid Phase Reactions (3, 3)— First and second semes- 
ters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 187, 189; Chem. 188, 190; 
Ch. E. 182. 183; or permission of the instructor. 

The application of thermodynamics to the study of phase equilibria and 
transformations in metals; mechanism and rate determining factors in solid 
phase reactions in metals; order-disorder phenomena, diffusion processes, nu- 
cleation theory, precipitation from solid solution, eutectoid decomposition. 

(Klier.) 

Ch. E. 224, 225. Advanced X-Ray Metallography (3, 3)— First and second 



406 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Math. 114, 115; Ch. E. 182, 183. 

Analysis of crystallography or martensite reactions, and transformations 
in general; analysis of complex diffracting systems. 

Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Klier.) 

Ch. E. 228. Seminar in Metallurgy (1) — First and second semesters. One 
meeting a week. Required of graduate students in metallurgical curriculum. 

Survey of Metals literature, and oral presentation of prepared reports. 

The content of this course is constantly changing, so a student may re- 
ceive a number of credits by re-registration. (Klier.) 

Ch. E. 229. Gases in Metals (2) — Second semester. Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 182, 183, or permission of the instructor. 

A consideration of the behavior of gases in metals with emphasis on the 
action of hydrogen in solid metals. (Klier.) 

Ch. E. 230, 231. Mechanical Metallurgy (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Math. 114, 115; Ch. E. 182, 183. 

Theory of plastic flow and rupture of polycrystalline metals; the influence 
of combined stresses, rate of deformation and temperature variation on the 
flow and rupture of metals. 

Flow and fracture in single crystals; theoretical crystal plasticity, theory 
of failure, recovery, recrystallization, and texture formation. (Klier.) 

Ch. E. 232, 233. Advanced Physical Metallurgy (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Three lectures a week. Required of graduate students in metal- 
lurgical curriculum. 

The principles of X-ray metallography; the atomic theory of metals; 
magnetic materials; phase equilibria; review of important binary and ternary 
systems; diffusion and transformations in the solid state. (Offered at the Navy 
Department.) 

Ch. E. 240, 241. Advanced Heat Transmission (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Elective of graduate students in Chemical Engineering and others. 
Prerequisite, permission of the Department. (Offered at the Army Chemical 
Center only.) 

The technical and scientific elements of the mathematical theory of heat 
conduction. (V. H. Gottschalk.) 

Ch. E. 250. Chemical Engineering Practice (6) — Four hours conference 
and forty hours per week of work in laboratory and plant for eight weeks. 
Prerequisite, permission of the Department. (Offered at the Army Chemical 
Center only.) 

The advanced application of chemical engineering principles to real prob- 
lems encountered in a large technical organization. These problems are solved 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 407 

by planning and conducting experiments in the laboratory and plant, with the 
aid of supplemental reading and conferences. Emphasis is placed on the solution 
.of problems under plant conditions and on the presentation of results orally and 
in written reports. 

Ch. E. 270. Plastics Technology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Department. 

A study of chemistry of the synthesis of resinous substances and high 
polymers. The processes of manufacture of both raw and finished products 
The properties in relation to constitution and application. 

Laboratory fee, $8.00 per semester. (Smatko.) 

Ch. E. 280. Graduate Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3) — Second 

semester. Prerequisites, Ch. E. 109, f, s; Ch. E. 110; or permission of instructor. 
Advanced studies of the applications of the principles of engineering and 
chemical thermodynamics to some industrial problems encountered in the 
practice of chemical engineering. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Professors Steinberg, Allen, Otts; Lecturer Walker; Associate Professors 
Barber, Cournyn, Gohr, Keller; Assistant Professors Piper, Wedding; 

Instructor Luce 

C. E. 50. Fluid Mechanics (3) — First or second semesters. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 1. Required of juniors in 
civil and electrical engineering. 

A rational and experimental study of fluids at rest and in motion with 
special emphasis on water and oils. Principles of viscous and turbulent flow 
through pipes, orifices, nozzles and metering devices; impulse and momentum 
concepts. Flow through closed conduits and open channels; divided flow, pumps, 
turbines, dimensional analysis; laws of similarity. (Cournyn.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

C. E. 100. Theory of Structures (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Mech. 50. 

Analytic and graphical determination of dead and live load stresses in 
beams and framed structures; influence lines; lateral bracing and portals; ele- 
ments of slope and deflection. (Allen, Piper.) 

C. E. 101. Soil Mechanics (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Mech. 50 and 53. 

An introductory study of the properties and behavior of soils as engineering 
materials. Soil physics, soil mechanics, and applications to engineering. 

(Barber.) 

C. E. 102. Structural Design (6) — First semester. Five lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 100. 



408 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Design and detailing of wood and metal structural members and their con- 
nections; wind stresses in building frames; structural framework. (Allen.) 

C. E. 103. Concrete Design (6) — Second semester. Five lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite. C. E. 100. 

Design and detailing of plain and reinforced concrete structures, appli- 
cations of slope-deflection and moment distribution theories; rigid frames. 

(Allen.) 

C. E. 104. Water Supply (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50 and senior standing. 

Requirements of a municipal water supply — design, operation, mainte- 
nance, and administration. (Otts.) 

C. E. 105. Sewerage (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one labora- 
tory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 50 and senior standing. 

The collection, treatment and disposal of sewage. (Otts.) 

C. E. 106. Elements of Highways (3) — First semester. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, C. E. 101. 

Location, design, construction, and maintenance of roads and pavements. 
Laboratory problems and field inspection trips. (Barber, Gohr.) 

C. E. 107. Statically Indeterminate Structures (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisites. C. E. 100, or equivalent. 

Deflections in beams, trusses and similar structures, both statically de- 
terminate and indeterminate. Real and virtual work, Castigliano's Theorem, 
area moments, the Williott-Mohr diagram. Classical methods of analysis of 
indeterminate structures; theorem of three moments, method of least work, 
slope deflection method. Modern methods of analysis of indeterminate struc- 
tures; moment distribution, general method of successive corrections. Applica- 
tions to particular structures; arches, closed rings, built-in beams and beams 
over multiple supports. (Allen, Keller.) 

C. E. 108. Photogrammetry (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Surv. 50. 

The fundamental principles of terrestrial and aerial photographic sur- 
veying and then application to principles of map making. Laboratory exercises 
in the use of the stereoscope, stereocomparagraph, contour finder, inter- 
pretometer, and the vertical sketchmaster. Study of the use of photographs 
in accident investigations and tax maps. (Gohr.) 

C. E. 109. Hydrology (3) — First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory 
period a week. Prerequisite. C. E. 50. 

A study of the factors governing the supply of ground water and the flow 
of streams and their relations to water power, water supply, drainage and 
sanitary engineering. (Cournyn.) 



ENGINEERING AND AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES 40! 

For Graduates 

C. E. 200. Advanced Properties of Materials (3) — First or second semester. 
Prerequisite, Mech. 53 or equivalent. 

A critical study of elastic and plastic properties, flow of materials, resist- 
ance to failure by fracture, impact, and corrosion, the theories of failure. As- 
signed reading from current literature. (Wedding.) 

C. E. 201. Advanced Strength of Materials (3) — First or second semes- 
ter. Prerequisite, Mech. 50, 51, or equivalent. 

Special problems in engineering stress analysis. Limitations of flexure and 
torsion formulas, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, combined stresses, 
thin tubes, thick-walled cylinders and flat plates. (Keller.) 

C. E. 202. Experimental Stress Analysis (3)— First or second semester. 
Prerequisite, Mech. 50, or equivalent. 

An introduction to the theory of elasticity. Applications of this theory to 
experimental methods of stress analysis with particular reference to the electric 
strain gauge, strain rosettes, photoelastic methods, brittle lacquer technique 
and various analogy methods. (Keller.) 

C. E. 203. Soil Mechanics (3) — First and second semester. Prerequisite, 
C. E. 101, or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the properties of engineering soils. Assigned reading 
from current literature. (Barber.) 

C. E. 204. Advanced Foundations (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi- 
sites, C. E. 101, 102 and 103, or equivalent. 

A detailed study of types of foundations. Design and construction to meet 
varying soil conditions. (Barber.) 

C. E. 205. Highway Engineering (3) — -First or Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, C. E. 106, or equivalent. 

An intensive course in the location, design, and construction of highways. 

(Barber, Gohr.) 

C. E. 206. Theory of Concrete Mixtures (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Mech. 53, or equivalent. 

A thorough review of the methods for the design of concrete mixtures, 
followed by a study of factors affecting the properties of the resulting concrete. 
This course is intended as a background for work in the field of concrete, 
concrete aggregates, or reinforced concrete. The second semester of this course 
is open only to students who are majoring in concrete. (Walker.) 

C. E. 207. Advanced Structural Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequi- 
sites, C. E. 102, 103, or equivalent. 

Maxwell's Law of Reciprocal Displacements, Castigliano's Theorem, gen- 
eral work and energy methods for displacements and for solution of indeter- 



410 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

minates, slope-deflection methods, Hardy Cross method of moment distribu- 
tion and column analogy methods. Solution of indeterminates by actual de- 
formations of scaled models, with particular reference to the Beggs and the 
Eney deformeters. (Keller.) 

C. E. 208. Advanced Sanitation (3) — First or second semester. Prerequisite, 
graduate standing in civil engineering. 

A detailed study of environment and its relation to disease, covering 
malaria and its control; rodent control; food sanitation; collection and dis- 
posal of municipal refuse; housing sanitation, including plumbing, rat-proofing, 
etc.; rural water supply and excreta disposal; sanitary inspection procedure. 

(Otts.) 

C. E. 209. Advanced Water Supply (3) — First or second semester. Prerequi- 
site, C. E. 104 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the problems of water supply including recent develop- 
ments in the treatment of water. (Otts.) 

C. E. 210. Advanced Sewerage (3) — First or second semester. Prerequisite, 
C. E. 105 or equivalent. 

A detailed study of the problems of sewerage, including recent develop- 
ments in the treatment of sewage. (Otts.) 

C. E. 211. Sanitary Engineering Design (3) — First or second semester. 
Prerequisite, C. E. 104, 105 or equivalent. 

Practical problems in the design of sewer systems and appurtenances; 
sewage treatment plants; water collection and distribution systems; water puri- 
fication plants. (Otts.) 

C. E. 212. Research — Credit in accordance with work done. First and second 
semesters. (Staff.) 

C. E. 213. Seminar — First or second semester. Credit in accordance with 
work outlined by the civil engineering staff. Prerequisite, graduate standing in 
civ